Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 3, 2012

Registration No. 333-178030

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 3

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

YELP INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7370   20-1854266

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

706 Mission Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

(415) 908-3801

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Rob Krolik

Chief Financial Officer

Yelp Inc.

706 Mission Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

(415) 908-3801

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Craig D. Jacoby

Kenneth L. Guernsey

David G. Peinsipp

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Laurence Wilson

General Counsel

Yelp Inc.

706 Mission Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

(415) 908-3801

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer    ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company    ¨

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject To Completion. Dated February 3, 2012

             Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Yelp Inc.

Yelp is offering              of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              shares. Yelp will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share and will be convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . Application has been made for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “YELP”.

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any recommendation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Yelp

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from Yelp at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                         , 2012.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Citigroup

Jefferies

 

 

 

Allen & Company LLC

Oppenheimer & Co.

Prospectus dated                      , 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO

Thanks to Yelp,

I HAVE WRITTEN

More in

five months than my

FOUR YEARS IN

high school.

You know you’re on

Your way

when your

name is now

A VERB.

How can

anyone

not love

YELP?

Yelp has

totally

reinvented my

SOCIAL LIFE.

Do you

REMEMBER

life before

yelp

I sure don’t...

It’s awesome.

I mean it.

I’m holding

A LIT SPARKLER

right now. Source: user reviews of Yelp

yelp


Table of Contents

LOGO

BECAUSE COMMUNITY MATTERS:

Yelp connects people with great local businesses on an international scale.

Most reviewed outdoor market in London

BOROUGH MARKET

216 reviews

Most reviewed public bathroom on Yelp

CHARMIN RESTROOMS

26 reviews

Most reviewed business on Yelp

BI-RITE CREAMERY

4,218 reviews Most reviewed plumber in Texas

UNION JACK PLUMBING

Most mobile Check-Ins per zip code

LAS VEGAS, 89109 70 reviews Most reviewed currywurst in

CURRY 36

What happens in Vegas gets

Most reviewed mechanic in Illinois reviewed on Yelp.

ASHLAND TIRE & AUTO 25 reviews

258 reviews Most recently formed Yelp Elite

= Yelp Market with Community Manager before 2011 Squad of reviewers

MADRID, SPAIN

= Yelp Market with Community Manager launched in 2011 Source: Yelp review database as of September 30th,

“Yelp’s impact is huge. When we first opened,

“Since I can’t be “Yelp is really critical in marketing and on an obscure corner, not a lot of people everywhere and “I have a dangerous running a restaurant properly. Every knew about us. We started gaining positive

do everything, addiction: Yelp. I single review is an educational

Yelp helps me Yelp reviews and they impacted our get up in the middle tool. If you’re keep track of business in a of the night to write not using Yelp, my city and big way.” reviews and edit my you’re missing out.” choose how to profile. Even my

- JULIE L spend my four-year-old kid has - CHARLES T

OC Wine Mart,

Roka Akor Sushi, time and money wisely.” Irvine, CA uttered, ‘You should yelp this.’” Chicago IL

- MICHAEL S - HEATHER N Yelper, Denver, CO Yelper, Decatur, GA


Table of Contents

LOGO

22 MILLION

reviews

25 20 15 10 5

0

Q4 ‘05 Q4 ‘06 Q4 ‘07 Q4 ‘08 Q4 ‘09 Q4 ‘10 Q3 ‘11

Cumulative reviews contributed since inception

61 MILLION

monthy unique visitors

60 50 40 30 20 10

0

Q4 ‘05 Q4 ‘06 Q4 ‘07 Q4 ‘08 Q4 ‘09 Q4 ‘10 Q3 ‘11

Average monthly unique visitors for the quarter

529 THOUSAND

claimed local business locations

500 400 300 200 100

0

Q4 ‘05 Q4 ‘06 Q4 ‘07 Q4 ‘08 Q4 ‘09 Q4 ‘10 Q3 ‘11

Cumulative claimed local business locations since inception

ALMOST EVERY SECOND

a consumer looks up directions to or calls a local business from a Yelp mobile app.

Average for Q3 2011


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     9   

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

    
12
  

Risk Factors

     16   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39   

Market, Industry and Other Data

     40   

Use of Proceeds

     41   

Dividend Policy

     41   

Capitalization

     42   

Dilution

     44   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     46   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     50   

Business

     77   

Management

     95   

Executive Compensation

     102   

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

     124   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     127   

Description of Capital Stock

     130   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     136   

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     138   

Underwriting

     142   

Legal Matters

     147   

Experts

     147   

Where You Can Find More Information

     147   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, where we refer in this prospectus to our “mobile application” or “mobile app”, we refer to all of our applications for mobile-enabled devices. Similarly, references to our “website” refer to both the U.S. and international versions of our website.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Yelp,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Yelp Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.

Company Overview

Yelp connects people with great local businesses. Our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews of almost every type of local business, from restaurants, boutiques and salons to dentists, mechanics, plumbers and more. These reviews are written by people using Yelp to share their everyday local business experiences, giving voice to consumers and bringing “word of mouth” online. The information these reviews provide is valuable for consumers and businesses alike. Approximately 66 million unique visitors used our website, and our mobile application was used on approximately 5.7 million unique mobile devices, on a monthly average basis during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Businesses, both small and large, use our platform to engage with consumers at the critical moment when they are deciding where to spend their money. Our business revolves around three key constituencies: the contributors who write reviews, the consumers who read them and the local businesses that they describe.

Contributors.     We foster and support vibrant communities of contributors in local markets across the United States, Canada, Western Europe and Australia. These contributors provide rich, firsthand information about local businesses, such as reviews, ratings and photos. Yelp users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews, which include, as of December 31, approximately 18 million unfiltered reviews that appear directly on business profile pages, approximately 5 million reviews that were being filtered and can be accessed by clicking on a link on business profile pages and approximately 1.8 million reviews that had been removed from our platform. Although they do not factor into a business’s overall star rating, we provide access to filtered reviews because they provide additional perspectives and information on reviewed businesses, as well as transparency of the efficacy of the filtering process.

Consumers.     Our platform is transforming the way people discover local businesses and is attracting a large audience of geographically and demographically diverse consumers. Every day, millions of consumers visit our website or use our mobile app to find great local businesses. Our strong brand and the quality of the review content on our platform have enabled us to attract this large audience with almost no traffic acquisition costs.

Local Businesses.     Our platform provides local businesses with a variety of free and paid services that help them engage with consumers at the critical moment when they are deciding where to spend their money.

Powerful Network Effect.     Our platform helps people find great local businesses to meet their everyday needs. As more people use our platform, more of them write reviews. Each review that a user contributes helps expand the breadth and depth of the content on our platform, drawing in more consumers and more prospective contributors. This increase in consumer traffic and content improves our value proposition to local businesses as they seek low-cost, easy-to-use and effective advertising solutions to target a large number of intent-driven consumers.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Yelp Mobile.     We help consumers make decisions on the go. Our mobile app was recognized in the Apple iPhone Hall of Fame for App Store Essentials and, as of November 10, 2011, was the #1 listed top free travel app in Apple’s App Store.

As our community has grown and our product offerings have expanded, we have seen significant growth in reviews, traffic, claimed local business locations and active local business accounts.

 

  Ÿ  

Our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews to our platform as of December 31, 2011, up 64% from the prior year. Of these reviews, approximately 18 million were available on business profile pages, approximately 5 million were being filtered and approximately 1.8 million had been removed from our platform, as of December 31, 2011.

 

  Ÿ  

We had approximately 66 million unique visitors on a monthly average basis for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, up 67% from the same period in the prior year.

 

  Ÿ  

We had approximately 606,000 claimed business locations as of December 31, 2011, up 97% from the prior year.

 

  Ÿ  

We recognized revenue from approximately 24,000 active local business accounts for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, up 109% from the same quarter in the prior year.

We generate revenue primarily from the sale of advertising on our website to local businesses and national brands that seek to reach our growing audience of consumers. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we generated net revenue of $83.3 million, representing 74% growth over 2010, a net loss of $16.7 million and an adjusted EBITDA loss of $1.1 million. For information on how we define and calculate number of contributed reviews, unique visitors, claimed local business locations, active local business accounts and adjusted EBITDA, and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

Industry Overview

Every day, hundreds of millions of consumers make decisions about where to spend their money at local businesses. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, in the United States alone, there are over 27 million local business locations, which we believe represents a multi-trillion dollar market for commerce. According to BIA/Kelsey, a market intelligence firm, local businesses are estimated to have spent $19.6 billion on online advertising and $113.6 billion on traditional offline advertising in 2010. We believe several secular trends will increasingly challenge the traditional ways in which local businesses have connected with consumers and will offer opportunities for solutions like ours.

Online Reviews are Gaining Credibility.     With the growth of the Internet, online reviews have become a regularly relied-upon source of information. According to a 2011 survey of U.S. consumers conducted by Cone Communications, a public relations and marketing agency, 87% of respondents said that positive information they read online reinforced their decision to purchase a product or service and 64% of respondents said that they go online to search for customer or user reviews.

Local Advertising is Moving from Offline to Online.     Over the past decade, the advertising market for local businesses has undergone rapid and fundamental changes. Consumers who at one time turned almost exclusively to the yellow pages, newspapers, magazines and other forms of offline media for information about local businesses are now increasingly relying on online resources. As consumers move online, local businesses are shifting their ad spending from traditional media sources to online advertising.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Mobile Connected Devices and Apps are Proliferating.      Mobile devices provide an ideal platform for people to search for local businesses due to their ability to identify consumer location and provide all the benefits of digital content to consumers on the go. IDC, a market research firm, estimates that there will be over 1 billion smartphone shipments worldwide in 2015.

Why Consumers Choose Yelp

We believe consumers are drawn to our platform because Yelp reviews reflect recent, firsthand experiences from the community that help consumers find the best local businesses for their everyday needs. The Yelp platform is free and easy to use and has broad demographic appeal, serving local communities in the United States and internationally.

Yelp Reviews .    Yelp reviews are core to the Yelp experience and a key point of differentiation from competing services. The passionate and detailed reviews on Yelp form a rich database from which consumers can draw relevant information about how and where to spend money locally.

Some of the distinguishing characteristics of Yelp reviews include:

 

  Ÿ  

Breadth .    Our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews (including filtered and removed reviews) covering a wide range of local business categories. The charts below highlight the breakdown by industry of local businesses that have been reviewed on our platform and the breakdown by industry of the reviews contributed to our platform through December 31, 2011. The charts below include information based upon all contributed reviews and include some businesses that have only received reviews that are being filtered or have been removed.

Reviewed Businesses

LOGO

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Reviews

LOGO

The top five industry categories accounted for an aggregate of approximately 78% of our local advertising revenue for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, broken down as follows: Home & Local Services, 20%; Restaurants, 18%; Beauty & Fitness, 17%; Health, 13%; and Shopping, 10%.

 

  Ÿ  

Depth .    We feature full-text reviews, providing detailed, searchable information about local businesses with greater depth of content than most competitive offerings. As of December 31, 2011, the reviews contributed to our platform, inclusive of reviews that do not appear on a business’s profile page because they had been filtered or removed, contained an average of more than 100 words. In addition to reviews, we collect photos, “check-ins” and other detailed information about local businesses. The in-depth nature of these reviews and other information allows Yelp to provide useful responses even to very specific queries from consumers.

 

  Ÿ  

Relevant and Recent .    Our platform is continually updated with fresh content from the community. Our contributors submitted over 26,000 reviews per day during the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

  Ÿ  

Trusted and Credible .    The credibility of Yelp reviews is a critical component of our value proposition and brand. We ensure that all reviews are written by users with public Yelp profiles, and we encourage local businesses to respond to positive and negative reviews alike. We also use proprietary, automated filtering software to help us showcase the most helpful and reliable reviews among the millions that are submitted to our website. However, determining the credibility of reviews is difficult, and we cannot guarantee that our efforts will prove to be effective or adequate.

Superior Search and Discovery .    The combination of our proprietary search technology and our content enables consumers to receive especially relevant results for highly specific local searches.

Mobile.     Our mobile app is an ideal way for people to discover great local businesses. It combines our reviews and other relevant information with knowledge of the consumer’s location in an integrated experience. Our mobile app also provides new ways to contribute content to our platform through features that let consumers “check-in” at local businesses and submit photos and “quick tips” directly from their smartphones.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Why Local Businesses Choose Yelp

Yelp serves local businesses by helping them get discovered and engage with potential customers and by providing advertising solutions that help local businesses reach new customers easily and affordably.

Broad and Targeted Reach .    Our platform helps local businesses access a large audience of potential consumers at the specific moment when they are searching for a local business.

Focus on Demand Fulfillment .    In contrast to other marketing solutions that only create awareness and attempt to generate consumer demand through online advertising and email marketing, we also help businesses fulfill demand by engaging with consumers who have already expressed demand for a specific product or service.

Easy, Flexible and Affordable Platform to Engage with Consumers .     Our platform provides multiple free and paid advertising solutions to engage with consumers, including: free online business accounts; search advertising; and Yelp Deals. Within a matter of minutes, a business owner can set up a free online business account. With minimal additional effort, she can use our online advertising platform to engage with customers and track the effectiveness of ads and deals. We offer local businesses performance and impression-based advertising and the flexibility to pay on a monthly basis or through the purchase of three, six or 12-month advertising plans. The prices of our advertising plans typically range from $300 to $1,000 per month.

Our Strengths

We are one of the leading providers of information about local businesses. We believe that our success is largely attributable to the breadth, depth and overall quality of the reviews contributed to our platform. These reviews helped us draw approximately 66 million unique visitors to our website, on a monthly average basis for the quarter ended December 31, 2011. In addition to the reviews available on our platform, other key strengths contributing to our success include:

 

  Ÿ  

Passionate Community.     We foster and support vibrant communities of contributors in the markets in which we operate, creating an environment that is conducive for people to write thoughtful and detailed reviews about local businesses. These local communities are hard to replicate, and they generate the detailed and passionate reviews for which we are known.

 

  Ÿ  

Leading Brand in Local.     Our exclusive focus on local has helped us to establish a powerful brand identity for local search. To maintain our strong brand, we will continue to foster communities of contributors, strive to ensure the richness and authenticity of reviews and increase the speed and accuracy of local business search.

 

  Ÿ  

Powerful Network Effect.     Our platform helps people find great local businesses to meet their everyday needs. As more people use our platform, more of them write reviews. Each review that a user contributes helps expand the breadth and depth of the content on our platform, in turn drawing in more consumers. This increase in consumer traffic improves our value proposition to local businesses as they seek low-cost, easy-to-use and effective advertising solutions to target a large number of intent-driven consumers.

 

  Ÿ  

Proven Market Development Strategy.     Although we have a limited operating history and have not yet achieved profitability, we have a track record of successfully building a base of detailed review content for new markets, which is a key driver of our growth and our leadership position.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Local-Focused Sales Force.     We believe we have been able to attract and train a highly specialized and effective internal sales force. Members of our sales force benefit from our powerful business model and brand, as they have easy access to approximately 20 million U.S. local businesses and approximately 606,000 claimed local business locations worldwide on our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary Technology.     Our engineering team has developed what we believe are superior search and review filtering technologies, which, together with ongoing innovation, help us attract a large base of contributors, consumers and local businesses.

 

  Ÿ  

Attractive Business Model.     Reviews contributed by our users enable us to benefit from low content creation costs, consisting primarily of the costs of Community Managers who we employ to foster and support our communities of contributors. Based on the breadth of content and variety of advertising solutions on our platform, we have been able to attract a large audience of consumers with almost no traffic acquisition costs and a diverse customer base of local business and national brand advertisers.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to grow our platform and our business by focusing on the following key growth strategies:

Growth in Existing Markets.     Within existing markets, we will seek to increase the number of reviews, attract more users, increase usage of current users and attract more businesses.

Expand to New Geographic Markets.     We are active in the United States, Canada, Western Europe and Australia, and we see a significant opportunity to continue expanding our footprint in new markets, both domestically and abroad. While we have not yet begun to sell advertising in our international markets, we intend to begin hiring an international sales force in 2012.

Platform Expansion.     We plan to continue to innovate and introduce new products for our website and mobile app and to introduce our content and solutions on new platforms and distribution channels, such as automobile navigation systems, web-enabled televisions and voice-enabled mobile devices.

Enhance Monetization.     We intend to grow our sales force and expand our portfolio of revenue-generating products in order to reach more businesses and increase the amount they spend on our advertising products.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Market Development

As of December 31, 2011, we were active in 46 Yelp markets in the United States and 25 Yelp markets internationally. In the markets we have entered, review growth and consumer activity are generally followed by revenue generated from local businesses. To illustrate the development of our markets as they scale, we highlight below our review and revenue metrics for three cohorts of Yelp markets in the United States: the Yelp markets that we launched in 2005-2006; the Yelp markets that we launched in 2007-2008; and the Yelp markets that we launched in 2009-2010.

 

U.S. Market Cohort

   Number of
Yelp Markets (1)
     Average
Cumulative
Reviews

in 2011 (2)
     Year-Over-Year
Growth in
Average
Cumulative
Reviews (3)
    Average Local
Advertising
Revenue

in 2011 (4)
     Year-Over-Year
Growth in
Average Local
Advertising
Revenue (5)
 

2005 – 2006 Cohort

     6         2,076         53   $ 5,845         57

2007 – 2008 Cohort

     14         472         64   $ 1,121         92

2009 – 2010 Cohort

     18         123         89   $ 143         135

 

(1) A Yelp market is defined as a city or region in which we have hired a Community Manager. For more information, see “Business—Market Development Strategy.”
(2) Average cumulative reviews is defined as the total cumulative reviews of the cohort as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands), including reviews that were then being filtered or had been removed from our platform, divided by the number of Yelp markets in the cohort.
(3) Year-over-year growth in average cumulative reviews compares average cumulative reviews as of December 31, 2011 with average cumulative reviews as of December 31, 2010.
(4) Average local advertising revenue is defined as the total local advertising revenue from businesses in the cohort for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands) divided by the number of Yelp markets in the cohort.
(5) Year-over-year growth in average local advertising revenue compares local advertising revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 with local advertising revenue for 2010.

For a table showing the year of launch of each of the Yelp markets in which we are currently active, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Overview.” In general, the Yelp markets in our earlier U.S. market cohorts are more populous than those in later cohorts, and we have already entered many of the largest markets in the United States. For these and other reasons, further expansion into additional U.S. markets may not yield results similar to those of our existing U.S. markets.

We have made a significant investment in support of our market development initiatives. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our total costs and expenses were $99.5 million, an increase of approximately 74% over 2010. Over the same period, total net revenue also increased by approximately 74%. Because most of our costs and expenses relate to personnel and activities that support multiple markets, we do not record costs and expenses separately by market or cohort.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

  Ÿ  

we have a short operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful;

 

  Ÿ  

we have incurred significant operating losses in the past, and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability, particularly given our significant ongoing

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

sales and marketing expenses. Our recent growth rate will likely not be sustainable, and a failure to maintain an adequate growth rate will adversely affect our results of operations and business;

 

  Ÿ  

we rely on traffic to our website from search engines like Google, Yahoo! and Bing, some of which offer products and services that compete directly with our solutions. If our website fails to rank prominently in unpaid search results, traffic to our website could decline and our business would be adversely affected;

 

  Ÿ  

if we fail to generate and maintain sufficient high quality content from our users, we will be unable to provide consumers with the information they are looking for, which could negatively impact our traffic and revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

our business depends on a strong brand, and any failure to maintain, protect and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to retain or expand our base of users and advertisers, or our ability to increase the frequency with which they use our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

negative publicity about our company, including allegations of improper business practices or sales tactics or of manipulation of reviews, or complaints regarding our filtering technology could diminish confidence in and use of our solutions, which would adversely affect our results of operations and business;

 

  Ÿ  

if our technology filters helpful content or fails to filter unhelpful content, consumers and businesses alike may stop or reduce their use of our platform and products, and our business could suffer;

 

  Ÿ  

if we fail to maintain and expand our base of advertisers, our revenue and our business will be harmed;

 

  Ÿ  

if we fail to expand effectively into new markets, both domestically and abroad, our revenue and our business will be harmed;

 

  Ÿ  

if we are not successful in developing solutions that generate revenue from our international markets or from our mobile application, which have not been the source of material revenue to date, or if those solutions are not widely adopted, our results of operations and our business could be adversely affected;

 

  Ÿ  

our user traffic could be adversely affected if consumers perceive the utility of our platform to be limited to finding businesses in the restaurant and shopping categories; and

 

  Ÿ  

the dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this offering, including our founders, directors, executive officers and employees and their affiliates, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on September 3, 2004 under the name Yelp, Inc., and we changed our name later in September 2004 to Yelp! Inc. and in February 2012 to Yelp Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California 94103, and our telephone number is (415) 908-3801. Our website address is www.yelp.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision.

Yelp, Yelp Inc., the Yelp logo and other trade names, trademarks or service marks of Yelp appearing in this prospectus are the property of Yelp. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by Yelp

             shares

 

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

             shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock offered by Yelp

             shares

 

Voting rights

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, on all matters that are subject to a stockholder vote. Each share of Class B common stock may be converted into one share of Class A common stock at any time at the election of the holder thereof, and will be automatically converted into one share of Class A common stock upon the earlier of (i) the date specified by a vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, and (ii) transfer thereof. In addition, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will automatically convert into a single class of common stock upon the earlier of (x) the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 10% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and (y) seven years from the effective date of this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities,

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

“YELP”

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 52,773,181 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

9,303,989 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2011 pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”) or our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (our “2011 Plan”), which was adopted as a successor and continuation of our 2005 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.48 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,037,357 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance prior to this offering under our 2011 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

3,575,500 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

1,050,000 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

On January 25, 2012, our board of directors approved a 1-for-4 reverse split of our common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on February 2, 2012. Upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split, (i) every four shares of outstanding common stock was decreased to one share of common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock into which each outstanding option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased on a 1-for-4 basis, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option to purchase common stock was proportionately increased on a 1-for-4 basis, and (iv) the conversion ratio for each share of preferred stock outstanding was proportionately reduced on a 1-for-4 basis. All of the share numbers, share prices, and exercise prices have been adjusted within the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 1-for-4 reverse stock split.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus (other than historical financial statements) is as of December 31, 2011 and assumes:

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of our common stock into an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,816,772 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for the full year or any other period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
        2009             2010             2011      
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

     

Net revenue by product:

     

Local advertising

  $ 20,097      $ 33,759      $ 58,473   

Brand advertising

    5,393        12,046        17,686   

Other services

    318        1,926        7,126   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

  $ 25,808      $ 47,731      $ 83,285   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

     

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

    1,121        3,137        5,931   

Sales and marketing

    17,979        33,919        54,539   

Product development

    3,243        6,560        11,586   

General and administrative

    4,597        11,287        17,234   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                  5,928   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,201        2,334        4,238   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    28,141        57,237        99,456   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (2,333     (9,506     (16,171

Other income (expense), net

    33        15        (395
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (2,300     (9,491     (16,566

Provision for income taxes

    (8     (75     (102
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (2,308     (9,566     (16,668

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (32     (175     (189
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,340   $ (9,741   $ (16,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Basic

  $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

     12,344        13,774        15,291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     12,344        13,774        15,291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1) (unaudited)

      

Basic

       $ (0.33
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ (0.33
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1) (unaudited)

      

Basic

         51,108   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

         51,108   
      

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operational Data:

      

Reviews(2)

     8,834        15,115        24,817   

Unique Visitors(3)

     26,077        39,356        65,796   

Claimed Local Business Locations(4)

     120        307        606   

Active Local Business Account(5)

     7        11        24   

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

   $ (575   $ (5,741   $ (1,128

 

(1) Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock, as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of 2011 or the original date of issue, if later.
(2) Represents the cumulative number of reviews submitted to Yelp since inception, as of the year end, including reviews that were then being filtered or that had been removed from our platform. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 18 million reviews were available on business profile pages, approximately 5 million reviews were being filtered and approximately 1.8 million reviews had been removed from our platform. We define a review as each individually written assessment submitted by a user who has registered by creating a public profile on our platform. For more information, including information regarding filtered and removed reviews, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Reviews”.
(3) Represents the average number of monthly unique visitors for the last quarter of each year. We define monthly unique visitors as the total number of unique visitors who have visited our website at least once in a given month, and we average the number of monthly unique visitors in each month of the three-month period to calculate average monthly unique visitors. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Unique Visitors”.
(4) Represents the cumulative number of business locations that have been claimed on Yelp worldwide since 2008, as of the period end. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Claimed Local Business Locations”.
(5) Represents the number of active local business accounts from which we recognized revenue during the last quarter of each year. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Active Local Business Accounts”.
(6) We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss, adjusted to exclude: provision (benefit) for income taxes, other income (expense), net, interest income, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and our contribution to The Yelp Foundation. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

0000 0000 0000
     Year Ended December 31,  
             2009                      2010                      2011          
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 26       $ 50   

Sales and marketing

     221         662         1,607   

Product development

     179         260         721   

General and administrative

     157         483         2,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $    557       $ 1,431       $ 4,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,     As of December 31, 2011  
     2010     2011     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted
(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  
           (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,074      $ 21,736      $ 21,736       $                    

Property, equipment and software, net

     5,256        9,881        9,881      

Working capital

     28,741        18,996        18,996      

Total assets

     41,015        43,821        43,821      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     55,246        55,435             

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (20,889     (24,347     31,088      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 35,816,772 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 35,816,772 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the sale by us of              shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table above and elsewhere in this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation and our contribution to The Yelp Foundation;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
    

(in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:

      

Net loss

   $ (2,308   $ (9,566   $ (16,668

Provision for income taxes

     8        75        102   

Other income (expense), net

     (33     (15     395   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,201        2,334        4,238   

Stock-based compensation

     557        1,431        4,877   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                   5,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (575   $ (5,741   $ (1,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and cause the value of our Class A common stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a short operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

We have a short operating history in an evolving industry that may not develop as expected, if at all. This short operating history makes it difficult to assess our future prospects. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter in this rapidly evolving industry. These risks and difficulties include our ability to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

increase the number of users of our website and mobile app, the number of reviews and other content on our platform and our revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

continue to earn and preserve a reputation for providing meaningful and reliable reviews of local businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

effectively monetize our mobile app as usage continues to migrate toward mobile devices;

 

  Ÿ  

manage, measure and demonstrate the effectiveness of our advertising solutions and attract and retain new advertising clients, many of which may only have limited or no online advertising experience;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully compete with existing and future providers of other forms of offline and online advertising;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully compete with other companies that are currently in, or may in the future enter, the business of providing information regarding local businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully expand our business in new and existing markets, both domestic and international;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully develop and deploy new features and products;

 

  Ÿ  

avoid interruptions or disruptions in our service or slower than expected load times;

 

  Ÿ  

develop a scalable, high-performance technology infrastructure that can efficiently and reliably handle increased usage globally, as well as the deployment of new features and products;

 

  Ÿ  

hire, integrate and retain talented sales and other personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

effectively manage rapid growth in our sales force, personnel and operations; and

 

  Ÿ  

effectively partner with other companies.

If the demand for information regarding local businesses does not develop as we expect, or if we fail to address the needs of this demand, our business will be harmed. We may not be able to successfully address these risks and difficulties or others, including those described elsewhere in these risk factors. Failure to adequately address these risks and difficulties could harm our business and cause our operating results to suffer.

 

16


Table of Contents

We have incurred significant operating losses in the past, and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability, particularly given our significant ongoing sales and marketing expenses. Our recent growth rate will likely not be sustainable, and a failure to maintain an adequate growth rate will adversely affect our results of operations and business.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses, and, as of December 31, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $41.2 million. Although our revenues have grown rapidly, increasing from $12.1 million in 2008, to $83.3 million in 2011, we expect that our revenue growth rate will decline in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the maturation of our business and the gradual decline in the number of major geographic markets, especially within the United States, to which we have not already expanded, and you should not rely on the revenue growth of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. We also expect our costs to increase in future periods as we continue to expend substantial financial resources on:

 

  Ÿ  

sales and marketing;

 

  Ÿ  

product and feature development;

 

  Ÿ  

our technology infrastructure;

 

  Ÿ  

domestic and international expansion efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

strategic opportunities, including commercial relationships and acquisitions; and

 

  Ÿ  

general administration, including legal and accounting expenses related to being a public company.

These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth and to manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses in the future and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

We rely on traffic to our website from search engines like Google, Yahoo! and Bing, some of which offer products and services that compete directly with our solutions. If our website fails to rank prominently in unpaid search results, traffic to our website could decline and our business would be adversely affected.

Our success depends in part on our ability to attract users through unpaid Internet search results on search engines like Google, Yahoo! and Bing. The number of users we attract to our website from search engines is due in large part to how and where our website ranks in unpaid search results. These rankings can be affected by a number of factors, many of which are not in our direct control, and they may change frequently. For example, a search engine may change its ranking algorithms, methodologies or design layouts. As a result, links to our website may not be prominent enough to drive traffic to our website, and we may not know how or otherwise be in a position to influence the results. In some instances, search engine companies may change these rankings in order to promote their own competing products or services or the products or services of one or more of our competitors. Our website has experienced fluctuations in search result rankings in the past, and we anticipate fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our website could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Google in particular is the most significant source of traffic to our website accounting for more than half of the visits to our website from Internet searches during the year ended December 31, 2011. Our success depends on our ability to maintain a prominent presence in search results for queries regarding local businesses on Google. Google has removed links to our website from portions of its web search product, and has promoted its own competing products, including Google’s local products,

 

17


Table of Contents

in its search results. Given the large volume of traffic to our website and the importance of the placement and display of results of a user’s search, similar actions in the future could have a substantial negative effect on our business and results of operations.

If we fail to generate and maintain sufficient high quality content from our users, we will be unable to provide consumers with the information they are looking for, which could negatively impact our traffic and revenue.

Our success depends on our ability to provide consumers with the information they seek, which in turn depends on the quantity and quality of the content provided by our users. For example, we may be unable to provide consumers with the information they seek if our users do not contribute content that is helpful and reliable, or if they remove content they previously submitted. Similarly, we may be unable to provide consumers with the information they seek if our users are unwilling to contribute content because of concerns that they may be harassed or sued by the businesses they review, instances of which have occurred in the past and may occur again in the future. In addition, we may not be able to provide users the information they seek if the information on our platform is not up-to-date. We do not phase out or remove dated reviews, and consumers may view older reviews as less relevant, helpful or reliable. If our platform does not provide current information about local businesses or users perceive reviews on our platform as less relevant, our brand and our business could be harmed.

If we are unable to provide consumers with the information they seek, or if they can find equivalent content on other services, they may stop or reduce their use of our platform, and traffic to our website and on our mobile app will decline. If our user traffic declines, our advertisers may stop or reduce the amount of advertising on our platform and our business could be harmed.

Our business may be harmed if users view our platform as primarily limited to reviews of restaurants and shopping experiences.

Our user traffic could be adversely affected if consumers perceive the utility of our platform to be limited to finding businesses in the restaurant and shopping categories, which together accounted for approximately 45% of the businesses that have been reviewed on our platform and 62% of our cumulative reviews through December 31, 2011. We believe that this concentration of reviews is primarily due to the frequency with which individuals visit specific businesses or engage in certain activities versus others. For example, an individual may eat at a restaurant three times in one week or go shopping once a week, but the same individual is unlikely to visit a mechanic, get a haircut or use a home or local service with the same frequency. However, if the high concentration of reviews in the restaurant and shopping categories generates a perception that our platform is primarily limited to these categories, traffic may decline and advertising customers may be less likely to perceive value from using our services, which could harm our business.

If our technology filters helpful content or fails to filter unhelpful content, consumers and businesses alike may stop or reduce their use of our platform and products, and our business could suffer.

While we have designed our technology to filter content that we believe may be offensive, biased, unreliable or otherwise unhelpful, we cannot guarantee that our efforts will be effective or adequate. In addition, some consumers and businesses have expressed concern that our technology inappropriately filters legitimate reviews, which may cause them to stop or reduce their use of our platform or our advertising solutions. If the performance of our filter proves inadequate or ineffective, our reputation and brand may be harmed, users may stop using our products and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our business depends on a strong brand, and any failure to maintain, protect and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to retain or expand our base of users and advertisers, or our ability to increase the frequency with which they use our solutions.

We have developed a strong brand that we believe has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Maintaining, protecting and enhancing the “Yelp” brand is critical to expanding our base of users and advertisers and increasing the frequency with which they use our solutions, and will depend largely on our ability to maintain consumer trust in our solutions and in the quality and integrity of the user content and other information found on our website and mobile app, which we may not do successfully. If we do not successfully maintain a strong brand, our business could be harmed.

For example, consumers may believe that the reviews, photos and other content contributed by our Community Managers or other employees are influenced by our advertising relationships or are otherwise biased. Although we take steps to prevent this from occurring by, for example, displaying an “ambassador” badge on the account profile pages for each of our Community Managers identifying them as Yelp employees and explaining their role on our platform, the designation does not appear on the page for each review contributed by the Community Manager and we may not be successful in our efforts to maintain consumer trust. As a result, our brand and our business could be harmed.

Our trademarks are an important element of our brand. We have faced in the past, and may face in the future, oppositions from third parties to our applications to register key trademarks in foreign jurisdictions in which we expect to expand our presence. If we are unsuccessful in defending against these oppositions, our trademark applications may be denied. Whether or not our trademark registration applications are denied, third parties may claim that our trademarks infringe their rights. As a result, we could be forced to pay significant settlement costs or cease the use of these trademarks and associated elements of our brand in those or other jurisdictions. Doing so could harm our brand or brand recognition and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Negative publicity could adversely affect our reputation and brand.

Negative publicity about our company, including our technology, sales practices, personnel or customer service, could diminish confidence in and the use of our products. The media has previously reported allegations that we manipulate our reviews, rankings and ratings in favor of our advertisers and against non-advertisers. In order to demonstrate that our filtering process applies in a non-discriminatory manner to both advertisers and non-advertisers, we have made all filtered reviews accessible on our platform. We have also allowed businesses to publicly comment on negative reviews so that they can provide their response. Nevertheless, our reputation and brand, the traffic to our website and mobile app and our business may suffer if negative publicity about our company persists or if users otherwise perceive that content on our website and mobile app is manipulated or biased. In addition, our website and mobile app serve as a platform for expression by our users, and third parties or the public at large may attribute the political or other sentiments expressed by users on our platform to us, which could harm our reputation.

If we fail to maintain and expand our base of advertisers, our revenue and our business will be harmed.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, substantially all of our revenue was generated by the sale of advertising products. Our ability to grow our business depends on our ability to maintain and expand our advertiser base. To do so, we must convince prospective advertisers of the benefits of our products, including those who may not be familiar with our products (such as those in new markets). In addition, we have incurred significant costs to attract current and future advertisers and expect to incur significant additional costs for the foreseeable future. We may face greater challenges as we continue

 

19


Table of Contents

to expand our advertiser base in businesses outside the restaurant and shopping categories, which together accounted for approximately 45% of the businesses that have been reviewed on our platform and 62% of our cumulative reviews through December 31, 2011, especially if these businesses believe that consumers perceive the utility of our platform to be limited to finding businesses in the restaurant and shopping categories. We must also convince existing and prospective advertisers alike that our advertising products work to their benefit. Many of these businesses are more accustomed to using more traditional methods of advertising, such as newspapers or print yellow pages directories. Failure to maintain and expand the advertiser base could harm our business.

Our advertisers do not typically have long-term obligations to purchase our products. In addition, we rely heavily on advertising spend by small and medium-sized local businesses, which have historically experienced high failure rates and often have limited advertising budgets. As a result, we may experience attrition in our advertisers in the ordinary course of business resulting from several factors, including losses to competitors, lower priced competitors, perceptions that our advertising solutions are unnecessary or ineffective, declining advertising budgets, closures and bankruptcies. We must continually add new advertisers both to replace advertisers who choose not to renew their advertising or who go out of business, or otherwise fail to fulfill their advertising contracts with us, and to grow our business. Our advertisers’ decisions to renew depend on a number of factors, including the degree of satisfaction with our products and their ability to continue their operations and spending levels. The ratings and reviews that businesses receive from our users may also affect advertising decisions by current and prospective advertisers. For instance, favorable ratings and reviews, on the one hand, could be perceived as obviating the need to advertise, and unfavorable ratings and reviews, on the other, could discourage businesses from advertising to an audience they perceive as hostile or cause them to form a negative opinion of our products and user base which could discourage them from doing business with us. If our advertisers increase their rates of non-renewal or if we experience significant advertiser attrition or contract breach, or if we are unable to attract new advertisers in numbers greater than the number of advertisers that we lose, our client base will decrease and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

If we fail to expand effectively into new markets, both domestically and abroad, our revenue and our business will be harmed.

We intend to expand our operations into new markets, both domestically and abroad. We may incur losses or otherwise fail to enter new markets successfully. Our expansion into new markets places us in competitive environments with which we are unfamiliar and involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved for several years, or at all. In attempting to establish a presence in new markets, we expect, as we have in the past, to incur significant expenses and face various other challenges, such as expanding our sales force and community management personnel to cover those new markets. Our current and any future expansion plans will require significant resources and management attention. Furthermore, we have already entered many of the largest markets in the United States and further expansion in smaller markets may not yield similar results or sustain our growth.

Our international operations involve additional risks, and our exposure to these risks will increase as we expand internationally.

We have started to expand our operations internationally. We expect to expand our international operations significantly by accessing new markets abroad and expanding our offerings in new languages. Our platform is now available in English and several other languages. However, we may have difficulty modifying our technology and content for use in non-English-speaking markets or fostering new communities in non-English-speaking markets. Our ability to manage our business and

 

20


Table of Contents

conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources, and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems, regulatory systems and commercial infrastructures. Furthermore, in most international markets, we would not be the first entrant, and our competitors may be better positioned than we are to succeed. Expanding internationally may subject us to risks that we have either not faced before or increase our exposure to risks that we currently face, including risks associated with:

 

  Ÿ  

recruiting and retaining qualified, multi-lingual employees, including sales personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

increased competition from local websites and guides and potential preferences by local populations for local providers;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with applicable foreign laws and regulations, including different privacy, censorship and liability standards and regulations and different intellectual property laws;

 

  Ÿ  

providing solutions in different languages for different cultures, which may require that we modify our solutions and features to ensure that they are culturally relevant in different countries;

 

  Ÿ  

the enforceability of our intellectual property rights;

 

  Ÿ  

credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with anti-bribery laws, including compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act;

 

  Ÿ  

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

political and economic instability in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

double taxation of our international earnings and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in the tax laws of the United States or the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate; and

 

  Ÿ  

higher costs of doing business internationally.

Many people use smartphones and other mobile devices to access information about local businesses. If we are not successful in developing solutions that generate revenue from our mobile application, or those solutions are not widely adopted, our results of operations and business could be adversely affected.

The number of people who access information about local businesses through mobile devices, including smartphones and handheld tablets or computers, has increased dramatically in the past few years and is expected to increase. Because we do not currently deliver advertising on our mobile app, we have not materially monetized our mobile app to date. As a result, we may not be able to generate meaningful revenue from our mobile app for the foreseeable future. If consumers use our mobile app at the expense of our website, our advertisers may stop or reduce advertising on our website, and they may be unable to advertise on our mobile app unless we develop effective mobile advertising solutions that are compelling to them. Similarly, we may be unable to attract new advertisers unless we develop effective mobile advertising solutions. At the same time, it is important that any mobile advertising solutions that we develop do not adversely affect our users’ experience, even if they might result in increased short-term monetization. We have limited experience with mobile advertising. If we fail to develop effective advertising solutions, if our solutions alienate our user base, or if our solutions are not widely adopted or are insufficiently profitable, our business may suffer.

 

21


Table of Contents

Additionally, as new mobile devices and platforms are released, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing products for these alternative devices and platforms, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of such products. In addition, if we experience difficulties in the future in integrating our mobile app into mobile devices or if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems or mobile application download stores, such as those of Apple or Google, if our applications receive unfavorable treatment compared to the promotion and placement of competing applications, such as the order of our products in the Apple AppStore, or if we face increased costs to distribute our mobile app, our future growth and our results of operations could suffer.

We expect to face increased competition in the market.

The market for information regarding local businesses and advertising is intensely competitive and rapidly changing. With the emergence of new technologies and market entrants, competition is likely to intensify in the future. Our competitors include, among others; offline media companies and service providers; newspaper, television, and other media companies, Internet search engines, such as Google, Yahoo! and Bing; and various other online service providers. Our competitors may enjoy competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, substantially greater market share, large existing user bases and substantially greater financial, technical and other resources. These companies may use these advantages to offer products similar to ours at a lower price, develop different products to compete with our current solutions and respond more quickly and effectively than we do to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. In particular, major Internet companies, such as Google, Facebook, Yahoo! and Microsoft may be more successful than us in developing and marketing online advertising offerings directly to local businesses, and many of our advertisers and potential advertisers may choose to purchase online advertising services from these competitors and may reduce their purchases of our products. In addition, many of our current and potential competitors have established marketing relationships with and access to larger client bases. As the market for local online advertising increases, new competitors, business models and solutions are likely to emerge. We also compete with these companies for the attention of contributors and consumers, and may experience decreases in both if our competitors offer more compelling environments. For all of these reasons, we may be unable to maintain or grow the number of people who use our website and mobile app and the number of businesses that use our advertising solutions and we may face pressure to reduce the price of our advertising solutions, in which case our business, results of operations and financial condition will be harmed.

The traffic to our website and mobile application may decline and our business may suffer if other companies copy information from our platform and publish or aggregate it with other information for their own benefit.

From time to time, other companies copy information from our platform, through website scraping, robots or other means, and publish or aggregate it with other information for their own benefit. For example, in parts of 2010 and 2011, Google incorporated content from our website into its own local product without our permission. Google’s users, as a result, may not have visited our website because they found the information they sought on Google. Our Chief Executive Officer recently testified before the U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiciary, Subcommittee on Antitrust, Competition Policy and Consumer Rights regarding Google’s practices in this regard. While we do not believe that Google is still incorporating our content within its local products, we have no assurance that Google or other companies will not copy, publish or aggregate content from our platform in the future.

When third parties copy, publish, or aggregate content from our platform, it makes them more competitive, and decreases the likelihood that consumers will visit our website or use our mobile app to find the information they seek, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and

 

22


Table of Contents

financial condition. We may not be able to detect such third-party conduct in a timely manner and, even if we could, we may not be able to prevent it. In some cases, particularly in the case of websites operating outside of the United States, our available remedies may be inadequate to protect us against such practices. In addition, we may be required to expend significant financial or other resources to successfully enforce our rights.

The impact of worldwide economic conditions, including the resulting effect on advertising spending by local businesses, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our performance is subject to worldwide economic conditions and their impact on levels of advertising spend by small and medium-sized businesses, which may be disproportionately affected by economic downturns. To the extent that the current economic slowdown continues, or worldwide economic conditions materially deteriorate, our existing and potential advertising clients may no longer consider investment in our advertising solutions a necessity, or may elect to reduce advertising budgets. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in advertising spending. In particular, web-based advertising solutions may be viewed by some of our existing and potential advertising clients as a lower priority and could cause advertisers to reduce the amounts they spend on advertising, terminate their use of our solutions or default on their payment obligations to us. In addition, economic conditions may adversely impact levels of consumer spending, which could adversely impact the numbers of consumers visiting our website and mobile app. Consumer purchases of discretionary items generally decline during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. If spending at many of the local businesses reviewed on our website or mobile app declines, businesses may be less likely to use our advertising products, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We face potential liability and expense for legal claims based on the content on our platform.

We face potential liability and expense for legal claims relating to the information that we publish on our website and mobile app, including claims for defamation, libel, negligence and copyright or trademark infringement, among others. For example, businesses in the past have claimed, and may in the future claim, that we are responsible for defamatory reviews posted by our users. We expect claims like these to continue, and potentially increase in proportion to the amount of content on our platform. These claims could divert management time and attention away from our business and result in significant costs to investigate and defend, regardless of the merits of the claims. In some instances, we may elect or be compelled to remove content or may be forced to pay substantial damages if we are unsuccessful in our efforts to defend against these claims. If we elect or are compelled to remove valuable content from our website or mobile app, our platform may become less useful to consumers and our traffic may decline, which could have a negative impact on our business and financial performance.

Our business could suffer if the jurisdictions in which we operate change the way in which they regulate the Internet, including regulations relating to user-generated content and privacy.

Our business, including our ability to operate and expand internationally, could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are adopted, interpreted or implemented in a manner that is inconsistent with our current business practices and that requires changes to these practices or the design of our platform, products or features. For example, if legislation is passed that limits the immunities afforded to websites that publish user-generated content, we may be compelled to remove content from our platform that we would otherwise publish, restrict the types of businesses that our users can review or further verify the identity of our users, among other changes. Similarly, legislation could be passed that limits our ability to use or store information about our users. The Federal Trade

 

23


Table of Contents

Commission (“FTC”) already expects companies like ours to comply with guidelines issued under the Federal Trade Commission Act that govern the collection, use and storage of consumer information, establishing principles relating to notice, consent, access and data integrity and security. Our practices are designed to comply with these guidelines as described in our published privacy policy. For example, we disclose that we collect a range of information about our users, such as their names, email addresses, search histories and activity on our platform. We also use and store such information primarily to personalize the experience on our platform, provide customer support and display relevant advertising. While we do not sell or share personally identifiable information with third parties for direct marketing purposes, we do have relationships with third parties that may allow them access to user information for other purposes. For example, when we outsource functions such as technical and customer support, tracking and reporting, quality assurance and payment processing to other companies, we make user information available to those companies to the extent necessary for them to provide the outsourced services. We believe our policies and practices comply with the FTC privacy guidelines and other applicable laws and regulations. However, if our belief proves incorrect, or if these guidelines, laws or regulations or their interpretation change or new legislation or regulations are enacted, we may be compelled to provide additional disclosures to our users, obtain additional consents from our users before collecting or using their information or implement new safeguards to help our users manage our use of their information, among other changes.

Legislative changes such as the examples above have already been proposed both domestically and abroad, including recent proposals by the European Commission. Changes like these could increase our administrative costs and make it more difficult for consumers to use our platform, resulting in less traffic and revenue. Similarly, changes like these could make it more difficult for us to provide effective advertising tools to businesses on our platform, resulting in fewer advertisers and less revenue. In any of the cases above, our business could suffer.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our brand, results of operations and business could be harmed.

We have experienced rapid growth in our headcount and operations, which places substantial demands on management and our operational infrastructure. Most of our employees have been with us for fewer than two years. We intend to make substantial investments in our technology, sales and marketing and community management organizations. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees, including employees in international markets, while maintaining the beneficial aspects of our company culture. If we do not manage the growth of our business and operations effectively, the quality of our platform and efficiency of our operations could suffer, which could harm our brand, results of operations and business.

We may not timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology and network infrastructure to ensure that our platform is accessible.

It is important to our success that users in all geographies be able to access our platform at all times. We have previously experienced, and may experience in the future, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our platform simultaneously, and denial of service or fraud or security attacks. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the availability of our platform, especially during peak usage times and as our solutions become more complex and our user traffic increases. If our platform is unavailable when users attempt to access it or it does not load as quickly as they expect, users may seek other services to obtain the information for which they are looking, and may not return to our platform as often in the future, or at all. This would negatively impact our ability to

 

24


Table of Contents

attract users and advertisers and increase the frequency with which they use our website and mobile app. We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the availability of our platform and to enable rapid releases of new features and products. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be harmed.

Our disaster recovery program contemplates transitioning our platform and data to a backup center in the event of a catastrophe, but we have not yet tested the procedure in full, and the transition procedure may take several days or more to complete. During this time, our platform may be unavailable in whole or in part to our users.

We are, and may in the future be, subject to disputes and assertions by third parties that we violate their rights. These disputes may be costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.

We currently face, and we expect to face from time to time in the future, allegations that we have violated the rights of third parties, including patent, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property rights. For example, third parties have sued us for allegedly violating their patent rights (we are currently a defendant in seven such suits, all of which involve plaintiffs targeting multiple defendants in the same or similar suits), an action was filed against us on behalf of current and former employees claiming that we violated labor and other laws (we have agreed in principle, subject to court approval, to settle the suit for up to $1.3 million) and various businesses have sued us alleging that we manipulate Yelp reviews in order to coerce them and other businesses to pay for Yelp advertising (one such suit was voluntarily dismissed, and two others were consolidated and recently dismissed with prejudice, although the plaintiffs are seeking an appeal).

Other claims against us can be expected to be made in the future. Even if the claims are without merit, the costs associated with defending these types of claims may be substantial, both in terms of time, money, and management distraction. In particular, patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop offering certain features, purchase licenses or modify our products and features while we develop non-infringing substitutes or may result in significant settlement costs. We do not own any patents, and, therefore, may be unable to deter competitors or others from pursuing patent or other intellectual property infringement claims against us.

The results of litigation and claims to which we may be subject cannot be predicted with certainty. Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, results or operations and reputation.

Some of our solutions contain open source software, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software and solutions.

We use open source software in our solutions and will use open source software in the future. From time to time, we may face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software and/or derivative works that we developed using such software (which could include our proprietary source code), or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated solutions unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source

 

25


Table of Contents

software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could have a negative effect on our business and operating results.

We make the consumer experience our highest priority. Our dedication to making decisions based primarily on the best interests of consumers may cause us to forgo short-term gains and advertising revenue.

We base many of our decisions upon the best interests of the consumers who use our platform. We believe that this approach has been essential to our success in increasing our user growth rate and the frequency with which consumers use our platform and has served the long-term interests of our company and our stockholders. In the past, we have forgone, and we may in the future forgo, certain expansion or revenue opportunities that we do not believe are in the best interests of consumers, even if such decisions negatively impact our results of operations in the short term, and we believe that continued adherence to this principle will, in the long term, benefit our stockholders. In particular, our approach of putting our consumers first may negatively impact our relationships with our existing or prospective advertisers. For example, unless we believe that a review violates our terms of service, such as reviews that contain hate speech or bigotry, we allow the review to remain on the platform, even if the business disputes its accuracy. Certain advertisers may therefore perceive us as an impediment to their success as a result of negative reviews and ratings. This practice could result in a loss of advertisers, which in turn could harm our results of operations.

We rely on third-party service providers for many aspects of our business.

We rely on data about local businesses from third parties, including various yellow pages and other third parties that license such information to us. We also rely on third parties for other aspects of our business, such as mapping functionality and administrative software solutions. If these third parties experience difficulty meeting our requirements or standards, or our licenses are revoked or not renewed, it could make it difficult for us to operate some aspects of our business, which could damage our reputation. In addition, if such third-party service providers were to cease operations, temporarily or permanently, face financial distress or other business disruption, increase their fees or if our relationships with these providers deteriorate, we could suffer increased costs and delays in our ability to provide consumers and advertisers with content or provide similar services until an equivalent provider could be found or we could develop replacement technology or operations. In addition, if we are unsuccessful in choosing or finding high-quality partners, if we fail to negotiate cost-effective relationships with them, or if we ineffectively manage these relationships, it could have an adverse impact on our business and financial performance.

We expect a number of factors to cause our operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.

Our operating results could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year because of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to other risk factors discussed in this section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly and annual results include:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract new local business advertisers and retain existing advertisers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan our expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

the effects of changes in search engine placement and prominence;

 

  Ÿ  

the effects of increased competition in our business;

 

26


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully expand in existing markets, enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of worldwide economic conditions, including the resulting effect on consumer spending at local businesses and the level of advertising spending by local businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain an adequate rate of growth and effectively manage that growth;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain and increase traffic to our website and mobile app;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to keep pace with changes in technology;

 

  Ÿ  

the success of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims and related judgments or settlements;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in government regulation affecting our business;

 

  Ÿ  

interruptions in service and any related impact on our reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to choose and effectively manage third-party service providers;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully manage any acquisitions of businesses, solutions or technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in consumer behavior with respect to local businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

the effectiveness of our internal controls; and

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional tax liabilities.

Because we recognize most of the revenue from our advertising products over the term of an agreement, a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our results of operations.

We recognize revenue from sales of our advertising products over the terms of the applicable agreements, which are generally three, six or 12 months. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed agreements in any one quarter may not significantly impact our revenue in that quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our fixed costs in response to reduced revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in advertising sales may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.

We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, retain and motivate well-qualified employees, our business could be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our employees, including Jeremy Stoppelman, our Chief Executive Officer, Geoff Donaker, our Chief Operating Officer, and our software engineers, marketing professionals and advertising sales staff. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. In addition, the loss of any of our senior management or key employees could materially

 

27


Table of Contents

adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. All of our officers and other U.S. employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business could be harmed.

Failure to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our business and results of operations.

We regard the protection of our trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and domain names as critical to our success. In particular, we must maintain, protect and enhance the “Yelp” brand. We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks, and service marks in the United States and in certain jurisdictions abroad. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We typically enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. However, these contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation or disclosure of our proprietary information nor deter independent development of similar technologies by others.

Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark and domain name protection is expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and expenses and the costs of defending our rights. We are seeking to protect our trademarks and domain names in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our respective trade secrets or determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights claimed by others. Any litigation of this nature, regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We may incur significant costs in enforcing our trademarks against those who attempt to imitate our “Yelp” brand. If we fail to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property rights, our business and operating results may be harmed.

We may be unable to continue to use the domain names that we use in our business, or prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brand or our trademarks or service marks.

We have registered domain names for our website that we use in our business, such as Yelp.com. If we lose the ability to use a domain name, whether due to trademark claims, failure to renew the applicable registration, or any other cause, we may be forced to market our products under a new domain name, which could cause us substantial harm, or to incur significant expense in order to purchase rights to the domain name in question. In addition, our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names similar to ours. Domain names similar to ours have been registered in the United States and elsewhere. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brand or our trademarks or service marks. Protecting and enforcing our rights in our domain names may require litigation, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention.

 

28


Table of Contents

If our security measures are compromised, or if our platform is subject to attacks that degrade or deny the ability of users to access our content, users may curtail or stop use of our platform.

Like all online services, our platform is vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins, phishing attacks, attempts to overload our servers with denial-of-service or other attacks and similar disruptions from unauthorized use of our computer systems, any of which could lead to interruptions, delays, or website shutdowns, causing loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure or use of personally identifiable or other confidential information. If we experience compromises to our security that result in performance or availability problems, the complete shutdown of our website or the loss or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, our users or advertisers may lose trust and confidence in us and decrease their use of our platform or stop using our platform entirely. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target and may originate from less regulated and remote areas around the world, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, user and business owner accounts and profile pages could be hacked, hijacked, altered or otherwise claimed or controlled by unauthorized persons. For example, we enable businesses to create free online business accounts and claim the business profile pages for each of their business locations. We verify these claims through an automated telephone verification process, which is designed to confirm that the person setting up the account is affiliated with the business by confirming that the person has access to the business’s telephone. Our verification system could fail to confirm that the recipient of the call is an authorized representative of the business, or mistakenly allow an unauthorized representative to claim the business’s profile page. Any or all of these issues could negatively impact our ability to attract new users or could deter current users from returning or reduce the frequency with which consumers and advertisers use our solutions, cause existing or potential advertisers to cancel their contracts or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, thereby harming our results of operations.

We process, store and use personal information and other data, which subjects us to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

We receive, store and process personal information and other user data, including credit card information for certain users. There are numerous federal, state and local laws around the world regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, processing, disclosure and protection of personal information and other user data, the scope of which are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent between countries or conflict with other rules. We generally comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties (including, in certain instances, voluntary third-party certification bodies such as TRUSTe). It is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to users or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other user data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation or negative publicity and could cause our users and advertisers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if third parties with whom we work, such as advertisers, vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put our users’ information at risk and could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, many of which are unsettled and still developing and which could subject us to claims or otherwise harm our business.

We are subject to a variety of laws in the United States and abroad, including laws regarding data retention, privacy, distribution of user-generated content and consumer protection, that are frequently evolving and developing. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, particularly outside the United States. For example, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties are currently being tested by a number of claims, including actions based on invasion of privacy and other torts, unfair competition, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the ads posted, or the content provided by users. In addition, regulatory authorities around the world are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning data protection and other matters that may be applicable to our business. It is also likely that if our business grows and evolves and our solutions are used in a greater number of countries, we will become subject to laws and regulations in additional jurisdictions. It is difficult to predict how existing laws will be applied to our business and the new laws to which we may become subject.

If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could be directly harmed, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to discontinue certain products or features, which would negatively affect our business. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise impact the growth of our business. Any costs incurred to prevent or mitigate this potential liability could also harm our business and operating results.

Domestic and foreign laws may be interpreted and enforced in ways that impose new obligations on us with respect to Yelp Deals, which may harm our business and results of operations.

Our Yelp Deals products may be deemed gift certificates, store gift cards, general-use prepaid cards or other vouchers, or “gift cards”, subject to, among other laws, the federal Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (“Credit CARD Act of 2009”) and similar federal, state and foreign laws. Many of these laws include specific disclosure requirements and prohibitions or limitations on the use of expiration dates and the imposition of certain fees. For example, the Credit CARD Act of 2009 requires that gift cards expire no earlier than five years after their issue. Yelp Deals are comprised of two components: (i) the purchase value, which is the amount paid by the purchaser and which does not expire, and (ii) the promotional value, which is the remaining value for which the Yelp Deal can be redeemed during a limited period, which typically ends one year after the date of purchase. If, contrary to our belief, the Credit CARD Act of 2009 and similar state laws were held to apply to the promotional value component of Yelp Deals, consumers would be entitled to redeem the promotional value component of their Yelp Deals for up to five years after their issue, and we could face liability for redemption periods that are less than five years. Various companies that provide deal products similar to ours are currently defendants in purported class action lawsuits that have been filed in federal and state court claiming that their deal products are subject to the Credit CARD Act of 2009 and various state laws governing gift cards and that the defendants have violated these laws as a result of expiration dates and other restrictions they have placed on their deals. Similar lawsuits have been filed in other locations in which we plan to sell our Yelp Deals, such as the Canadian province of Ontario, alleging similar violations of provincial legislation governing gift cards.

The application of various other laws and regulations to our products, and particularly our Yelp Deals, is uncertain. These include laws and regulations pertaining to unclaimed and abandoned property, partial redemption, refunds, revenue-sharing restrictions on certain trade groups and

 

30


Table of Contents

professions, sales and other local taxes and the sale of alcoholic beverages. For example, although it is the responsibility of merchants to redeem or refund unexpired Yelp Deals that they offer through our platform, the law might be interpreted to require that we redeem or refund them. Because merchants alone, and not Yelp, are in a position to track the redemption of Yelp Deals, we may not be able to comply with such a requirement without substantial and potentially costly changes to our infrastructure and business practices. In addition, we may become, or be determined to be, subject to federal, state or foreign laws regulating money transmitters or aimed at preventing money laundering or terrorist financing, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and other similar future laws or regulations.

If we become subject to claims or are required to alter our business practices as a result of current or future laws and regulations, our revenue could decrease, our costs could increase and our business could otherwise be harmed. In addition, the costs and expenses associated with defending any actions related to such additional laws and regulations and any payments of related penalties, fines, judgments or settlements could harm our business.

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features and products or enhance our existing services, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. Any debt financing we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be harmed.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our product offerings and grow our business in response to changing technologies, user and advertiser demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may determine to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses or technologies rather than through internal development. We do not have experience acquiring other businesses and technologies. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. Furthermore, even if we successfully acquire additional businesses or technologies, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business or technology. In addition, we may unknowingly inherit liabilities from future acquisitions that arise after the acquisition and are not adequately covered by indemnities. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our results of operations. If an acquired business or technology fails to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural catastrophic events and to interruption by man-made problems such as computer viruses or terrorism.

Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, human errors, break-ins and similar events. For example, a significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition, and our insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Our U.S. corporate offices and one of the facilities we lease to house our computer and telecommunications equipment are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. In addition, acts of terrorism, which may be targeted at metropolitan areas that have higher population density than rural areas, could cause disruptions in our or our local business advertisers’ businesses or the economy as a whole. Our servers may also be vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure of confidential client data. We may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in certain circumstances, such as natural disasters affecting the San Francisco Bay Area, and our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. As we rely heavily on our servers, computer and communications systems and the Internet to conduct our business and provide high quality customer service, such disruptions could negatively impact our ability to run our business and either directly or indirectly disrupt our local business advertisers’ businesses, which could have an adverse affect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

The intended tax benefits of our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements depend on the application of the tax laws of various jurisdictions and on how we operate our business.

Our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements, including the manner in which we develop and use our intellectual property and the transfer pricing of our intercompany transactions, are intended to reduce our worldwide effective tax rate. The application of the tax laws of various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our international business activities is subject to interpretation and depends on our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, including our transfer pricing, or determine that the manner in which we operate our business does not achieve the intended tax consequences, which could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our financial position and results of operations.

Our corporate structure includes legal entities located in jurisdictions with income tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. Our intercompany arrangements allocate income to such entities in accordance with arm’s-length principles and commensurate with functions performed, risks assumed and ownership of valuable corporate assets. We believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative to the U.S. statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective tax rate.

Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For example, our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates or by changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations, principles and interpretations. As we operate in numerous taxing jurisdictions, the application of tax laws can be subject to diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations by tax

 

32


Table of Contents

authorities of these jurisdictions. It is not uncommon for taxing authorities in different countries to have conflicting views, for instance, with respect to, among other things, the manner in which the arm’s length standard is applied for transfer pricing purposes, or with respect to the valuation of intellectual property. In addition, tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new interpretations of the law are issued or applied. In particular, there is uncertainty in relation to the U.S. tax legislation in terms of the future corporate tax rate but also in terms of the U.S. tax consequences of income derived from income related to intellectual property earned overseas in low tax jurisdictions.

Our existing corporate structure and intercompany arrangements have been implemented in a manner we believe is in compliance with current prevailing tax laws. However, the tax benefits which we intend to eventually derive could be undermined if we are unable to adapt the manner in which we operate our business and due to changing tax laws.

The enactment of legislation implementing changes in the U.S. taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies could materially impact our financial condition and results of operations.

The current administration has made public statements indicating that it has made international tax reform a priority, and key members of the U.S. Congress have conducted hearings and proposed new legislation. Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and the deferral of certain tax deductions until earnings outside of the United States are repatriated to the United States, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings. Due to the expanding scale of our international business activities, any changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this offering, including our founders, directors, executive officers and employees and their affiliates, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this initial public offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our founders, directors, executive officers and employees and their affiliates, will together beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering. Consequently, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even when the shares of Class B common stock represent a small minority of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term, which may include existing founders, officers and directors and their affiliates.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our share price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price, if at all.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our Class A common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in projected operating and financial results;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of technological innovations or new offerings by us or our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

issuance of research or reports by securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and market conditions.

Furthermore, the stock markets recently have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock. If the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could harm our business.

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

 

34


Table of Contents

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, and as a result your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

  Ÿ  

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ  

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chair of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with directors in each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

  Ÿ  

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

  Ÿ  

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

  Ÿ  

reflect two classes of common stock, as discussed above.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our future depends in part on the interests and influence of key stockholders.

Following this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, some of whom are represented on our board of directors, together with their affiliates, (including institutional investors such as Benchmark Capital, Bessemer Venture Partners and Elevation Partners) will beneficially own              shares our Class B common stock, or     % of our outstanding capital stock, which will represent     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, these stockholders will, immediately following this offering, be able to determine the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. This ownership could affect the value of your shares of common stock by, for example, these stockholders electing to delay, defer or prevent a change in corporate control, merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

The net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in the offering may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be invested with a view towards long-term benefits for our stockholders and this may not increase our operating results or market value. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

Prior to this offering, there has been limited trading of our common stock in alternative online markets at prices that may be higher than what our Class A common stock will trade at once it is listed.

While, prior to this offering, our shares have not been listed on any stock exchange or other public trading market, there has been some trading of our securities, for instance, in private trades or trades on alternative online markets, such as SecondMarket and SharesPost, that exist for privately traded securities. These markets are speculative, and the trading price of our securities on these markets is privately negotiated. We cannot assure you that the price of our Class A common stock will equal or exceed the price at which our securities have traded on these private secondary markets.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause our share price to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity

 

36


Table of Contents

securities. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011, upon the closing of this offering, we will have              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options and the sale of              shares of our Class A common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders.

All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act”, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining              shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering, based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2011, will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain extensions.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act”, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

37


Table of Contents

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in increased threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal controls over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on our management’s assessment of our internal controls.

We are in the early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective.

If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Because the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $ per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2011, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. See “Dilution” for more information. Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will only own approximately     % of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock (and have     % of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock), after the offering even though their aggregate investment will represent     % of the total consideration received by us in connection with all initial sales of              shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31, 2011, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and              shares of our Class A common stock to be sold by certain selling stockholders. To the extent outstanding options to purchase our Class B common stock are exercised, investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering will experience further dilution.

 

38


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “expect” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to compete for quality content and increase the number of reviews on our platform;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain advertisers and consumers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively monetize our mobile application and offer new products through our mobile app that are commercially successful;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new domestic and international markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our expectations regarding economies of scale and operating cost leverage in mature markets;

 

  Ÿ  

future investments in our technology, sales and marketing and community management organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans and ability to build out an international sales force and generate revenue internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

our decision to emphasize Yelp deals that are displayed on our website and mobile app and deemphasize Yelp deals that are emailed to our users;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to benefit from accelerating network effect dynamics;

 

  Ÿ  

worldwide economic conditions and their impact on advertising spending;

 

  Ÿ  

future trends in search for information regarding local businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our future relationships with commercial partners;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business, including copyright and privacy regulation;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to realize the intended tax benefits of our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements;

  Ÿ  

our liquidity and working capital requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

our plans for The Yelp Foundation; and

 

  Ÿ  

our estimates regarding the sufficiency of our cash resources.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

39


Table of Contents

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, except as required by law, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. The Gartner Report, “Forecast: Mobile Advertising, Worldwide, 2008-2015,” described herein, (the “Gartner Report”) represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”) and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus), and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice. IDC estimates of worldwide smartphone shipments in 2015 derive from IDC, Worldwide Smartphone 2011-2015 Forecast Update: September 2011, doc # 230173, September 2011; estimates of mobile app downloads in the United States by 2013 derive from IDC, Worldwide and U.S. Mobile Applications, Storefronts, Developer, and In-App Advertising 2011-2015 Forecast: Emergence of Postdownload Business Models, doc #228221, June 2011; and estimates of local businesses worldwide as of 2009 derive from IDC, Worldwide Small and Medium-Sized Business Company Count Update by Region, 2010, doc #224528, August 2010.

We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

40


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock offered by us of approximately $         million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our capital stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2011:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 35,816,772 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering as if such conversion had occurred on December 31, 2011; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect, in addition, the sale by us of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after              deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of              shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands,
except share and per share data)
 
    

(unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 21,736      $ 21,736      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value, 143,267,115 shares authorized, 143,267,115 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 55,435      $     

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Common stock, $0.000001 par value, 280,000,000 shares authorized, 16,956,409 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Preferred stock, $0.000001 par value, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Class A common stock, $0.000001 par value, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 200,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                

Class B common stock, $0.000001 par value, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 52,773,181 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                

Additional paid-in capital

     16,625        72,060     

Other comprehensive income

     271        271     

Accumulated deficit

     (41,243     (41,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (24,347     31,088     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 31,088      $ 31,088      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 52,773,181 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

9,303,989 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2011 pursuant to our 2005 Plan or our 2011 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.48 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,037,357 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance prior to this offering under our 2011 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

3,575,500 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

1,050,000 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

 

43


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 was $31.1 million, or $1.83 per share. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 was $31.1 million, or $0.59 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments referenced under “Capitalization”.

After giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments referenced under “Capitalization” and (ii) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of Class A common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2011

   $ 0.59      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by approximately $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share of Class A common stock.

 

44


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes as of December 31, 2011, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
       Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    
                (dollars in thousands,
other than per share)
       

Existing stockholders

        %      $                  %      $            

New investors

             $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 52,773,181 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

9,303,989 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2011 pursuant to our 2005 Plan or our 2011 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.48 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,037,357 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance prior to this offering under our 2011 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

3,575,500 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

1,050,000 shares of Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to          shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and 2011 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2011 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. In such event, the total consideration paid by our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would be approximately $         million, or     %, the total consideration paid by our new investors would be $         million, or     %, the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders would be $         and the average price per share paid by our new investors would be $        .

 

45


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, as well as the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, are derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period.

 

46


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

Net revenue

  $ 3,745      $ 12,139      $ 25,808      $ 47,731      $ 83,285   

Costs and expenses:

         

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

    232        608        1,121        3,137        5,931   

Sales and marketing

    3,977        10,039        17,979        33,919        54,539   

Product development

    1,472        2,047        3,243        6,560        11,586   

General and administrative

    1,809        5,113        4,597        11,287        17,234   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                                5,928   

Depreciation and amortization

    175        571        1,201        2,334        4,238   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    7,665        18,378        28,141        57,237        99,456   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,920     (6,239     (2,333     (9,506     (16,171

Other income (expenses), net

    606        434        33        15        (395
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (3,314     (5,805     (2,300     (9,491     (16,566

Provision for income taxes

    (2     (4     (8     (75     (102
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (3,316     (5,809     (2,308     (9,566     (16,668

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (17     (30     (32     (175     (189
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (3,333   $ (5,839   $ (2,340   $ (9,741   $ (16,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

  $ (0.67   $ (0.63   $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.67   $ (0.63   $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

         

Basic

    4,975        9,246        12,344        13,774        15,291   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    4,975        9,246        12,344        13,774        15,291   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1) (unaudited)

         

Basic

          $ (0.33
         

 

 

 

Diluted

          $ (0.33
         

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1) (unaudited)

         

Basic

            51,108   
         

 

 

 

Diluted

            51,108   
         

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operational Data:

         

Reviews(2)

    1,993        4,689        8,834        15,115        24,817   

Unique Visitors(3)

    5,717        15,736        26,077        39,356        65,796   

Claimed Local Business Locations(4)

    NA        25        120        307        606   

Active Local Business Accounts(5)

           4        7        11        24   

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

  $ (3,651   $ (5,303   $ (575   $ (5,741   $ (1,128

 

(1) Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock, as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of 2011 or the original date of issue, if later.
(2) Represents the cumulative number of reviews submitted to Yelp since inception, as of the period end, including reviews that were then being filtered or that had been removed from our platform. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 18 million reviews were available on business profile pages, approximately 5 million reviews were being filtered and approximately 1.8 million reviews had been removed from our platform. We define a review as each individually written assessment submitted by a user who has registered by creating a public profile on our platform. For more information, including information regarding filtered and removed reviews, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Reviews”.
(3) Represents the average number of monthly unique visitors for the last three months of the period. We define monthly unique visitors as the total number of unique visitors who have visited our website at least once in a given month, and we average the number of monthly unique visitors in each month of the three-month period to calculate average monthly unique visitors. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Unique Visitors”.

 

47


Table of Contents
(4) Represents the cumulative number of business locations that have been claimed on Yelp worldwide since 2008, as of the period end. We define a claimed local business location as each business address for which a business representative visits our website and claims the free business listing page for the business located at that address. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Claimed Local Business Locations”.
(5) Represents the number of active local business accounts from which we recognized revenue during the last three months of the period. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics—Active Local Business Accounts”.
(6) We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: provision (benefit) for income taxes, other income (expense), net, interest income, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and our contribution to The Yelp Foundation. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

(20,889) (20,889) (20,889) (20,889) (20,889)
       Year Ended December 31,  
     2007      2008      2009      2010      2011  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $       $       $       $ 26       $ 50   

Sales and marketing

     41         141         221         662         1,607   

Product development

     16         64         179         260         721   

General and administrative

     37         160         157         483         2,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 94       $ 365       $ 557       $ 1,431       $ 4,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(20,889) (20,889) (20,889) (20,889) (20,889)
     As of December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,693      $ 14,869      $ 15,074      $ 27,074      $ 21,736   

Property, equipment, and software, net

     528        1,751        2,184        5,256        9,881   

Working capital

     8,985        17,032        15,092        28,741        18,996   

Total assets

     10,540        21,368        20,817        41,015        43,821   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     15,899        30,845        30,877        55,246        55,435   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (6,215     (11,548     (13,169     (20,889     (24,347

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table above and elsewhere in this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

 

48


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not consider the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:

          

Net loss

   $ (3,316   $ (5,809   $ (2,308   $ (9,566   $ (16,668

Provision for income taxes

     2        4        8        75        102   

Other income (expense), net

     (606     (434     (33     (15     395   

Depreciation and amortization

     175        571        1,201        2,334        4,238   

Stock-based compensation

     94        365        557        1,431        4,877   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                                 5,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (3,651   $ (5,303   $ (575   $ (5,741   $ (1,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

Yelp connects people with great local businesses. Our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million reviews of almost every type of local business, from restaurants, boutiques and salons to dentists, mechanics, plumbers and more. These reviews are written by people using Yelp to share their everyday local business experiences, giving voice to consumers and bringing “word of mouth” online. The information these reviews provide is valuable for consumers and businesses alike. Approximately 66 million unique visitors used our website, and our mobile application was used on approximately 5.7 million unique mobile devices, on a monthly average basis during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Businesses, both small and large, use our platform to engage with consumers at the critical moment when they are deciding where to spend their money. Our business revolves around three key constituencies: the contributors who write reviews, the consumers who read them and the local businesses that they describe.

As of December 31, 2011, we are active in 46 Yelp markets in the United States and 25 Yelp markets internationally. This footprint represents a fraction of the potential domestic and international markets that we are currently targeting for expansion. Our domestic expansion plans include growth in our existing markets as well as expansion into new markets, many of which are smaller than our current markets, as we look to expand our breadth of coverage. Internationally, as we are in the early stages of establishing our footprint, we are targeting a mix of both large and small markets. We develop each market in the following stages:

Identification.     We select new markets based on a number of different city- or country-specific criteria, including population size, local gross domestic product, or GDP, pre-existing base of reviews on our platform, internet and wireless penetration, proximity to existing markets, number of local businesses and local ad market growth rate.

Preparation and Launch.     Before launching a market in any country, we license business listing information from third-party data providers and create individual pages for each business location in the entire country. We sometimes hire temporary local employees, called “scouts,” to provide additional rich content, such as reviews, photos and hours of operation. At launch, consumers can read and write reviews about any business on our platform and contribute information about businesses that are not already listed. We have active Yelp markets in Austria, Canada, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, the United Kingdom and the United States.

Growth .    After launch, we focus on attracting contributors, consumers and local businesses to our platform. In each Yelp market, we hire a Community Manager, a local resident who helps increase awareness of our platform and who fosters a local community of contributors. The primary responsibilities of a Community Manager include:

 

  Ÿ  

planning and executing fun and engaging events for the community, such as parties, outings and activities at restaurants, museums, hotels and other local places of interest;

 

  Ÿ  

getting to know our users and helping them get to know one another as a way to foster an offline community experience that can be transferred online;

 

50


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

promoting Yelp, including guest appearances on local television and radio and at local events like concerts and street fairs; and

 

  Ÿ  

writing weekly e-mail newsletters to share information with the community about local businesses, events and activities.

Through these activities, we believe Community Managers help increase the frequency of use of our platform that drives a network effect, whereby contributed reviews expand the breadth and depth of our review base and this expansion draws an increasing number of consumers to access the content on our platform, thus inspiring new and existing contributors to create additional reviews that can be shared with this growing audience.

Scale.     At scale, our platform reaches a critical mass of reviews, consumers and active local business accounts, and we begin an active sales effort to local businesses. Thereafter, our largest expense is related to sales efforts to attract local business advertising customers. In Yelp markets that have attained this level of development, we expect to achieve economies of scale and operating cost leverage.

Our success is primarily the result of significant investment in our communities, employees, content, brand and technology. As we continue to launch new markets, we believe that we will follow a similar pattern of investment preceding revenue growth. The table below summarizes the expansion of our business since inception:

 

    2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011

Cumulative Yelp Markets(1)

  1   6   14   20   27   49   71

New Yelp Markets(1)

  1   5   8   6   7   22   22

Yelp Markets(1)

(United States)

  SF   Boston

Chicago

LA

NYC

Seattle

  San Diego

DC

Austin

Atlanta

Portland

Houston

Phoenix

San Jose

  Philadelphia

Denver

Minneapolis

Dallas

Miami

Detroit

  Sacramento

Honolulu

St. Louis

Orlando

  Raleigh-Durham

Kansas City

Las Vegas

San Antonio

Columbus

Indianapolis

Charlotte

Cincinnati

Tucson

Nashville

New Orleans

Cleveland

Salt Lake City

Providence

  Milwaukee

Pittsburgh

Tampa Bay

Louisville

Baltimore

Memphis

Hartford

Buffalo

Yelp Markets(1)

(International)

          London

Toronto

Vancouver

  Dublin

Leeds

Paris

Berlin

Glasgow

Manchester

Calgary

Edmonton

  Amsterdam

Halifax

Edinburgh

Vienna

Hamburg

Lyon

Madrid

Munich

Marseille

Montreal

Rome

Barcelona
Milan
Melbourne

Metrics (in thousands):

             

Reviews(2)

  114   611   1,993   4,689   8,834   15,115   24,817

Unique Visitors(3)

  253   1,808   5,717   15,736   26,077   39,356   65,796

Claimed Business Locations(4)

  NA   NA   NA   25   120   307   606

Active Local Business Accounts(5)

  NA   NA     4   7   11   24

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1) A Yelp market is defined as a city or region where we have hired a Community Manager. Cumulative Yelp markets represents the cumulative number of Yelp markets as of the end of each of the years in the period from 2005 through 2011.
(2) Represents the cumulative number of reviews submitted to Yelp since inception, as of the end of each of the years in the period from 2005 through 2011, including reviews that were then being filtered or that had been removed from our platform. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 18 million reviews were available on business profile pages, approximately 5 million reviews were being filtered and approximately 1.8 million reviews had been removed from our platform. We define a review as each individually written assessment submitted by a user who has registered by creating a public profile on our platform. For more information, including information regarding filtered and removed reviews, see “Key Metrics—Reviews”.
(3) Represents the average number of monthly unique visitors for the last quarter of each of the years in the period from 2005 through 2011. We define monthly unique visitors as the total number of unique visitors who have visited our website at least once in a given month, and we average the number of monthly unique visitors in each month of the three-month period to calculate average monthly unique visitors. For more information, see “Key Metrics—Unique Visitors”.
(4) Represents the cumulative number of business locations that have been claimed on Yelp worldwide since 2008, as of the end of each of the years in the period from 2008 through 2011. For more information, see “Key Metrics—Claimed Local Business Locations”.
(5) Represents the number of active local business accounts from which we recognized revenue during the last quarter of each of the years in the period from 2007 through 2011. For more information, see “Key Metrics—Active Local Business Accounts”.

We provide local businesses both free and paid services to connect with our large audience of consumers. Our free services include a business owner’s account that allows local merchants to update business listing information and respond to reviews in real time. We generate revenue from our paid services to local businesses, which include enhanced business listings, search advertising solutions and Yelp Deals, as well as the sale of brand advertising. Many of our active local business accounts pay us on a monthly basis, primarily by credit card. To date, almost all of our revenue and a majority of our expenses have been denominated in U.S. dollars. As we expand internationally, however, we will incur an increasing percentage of our expenses in foreign currencies and, over time, expect to generate revenue in foreign currencies as well.

While our core local online advertising business in the United States has a significant and growing base of revenue, we have invested in several initiatives to enhance our future growth opportunities. We first launched internationally in Canada in 2008 and have continued to expand across Canada and Europe and other regions to cover 25 Yelp markets internationally as of December 31, 2011. We do not currently generate any material revenue in these international markets, but we plan to begin building an international sales force in 2012. We introduced our first mobile app in 2008, and, during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, our mobile app was used on approximately 5.7 million unique mobile devices on a monthly average basis. We do not currently offer local and brand advertising on our mobile app; however, we see the mobile market as an attractive monetization opportunity.

Each day, millions of consumers come to our platform to connect with great local businesses. In 2010, our net revenue was $47.7 million, which represented an increase of 85% from 2009, and we generated a net loss of $9.6 million and an adjusted EBITDA loss of $5.7 million. In the year ended December 31, 2011, our net revenue was $83.3 million, which represented an increase of 74% from the year ended December 31, 2010, and we generated a net loss of $16.7 million and an adjusted EBITDA loss of $1.1 million.

Our overall philosophy is to invest for long-term growth. Accordingly, we do not expect to be profitable in the near term as we anticipate that our operating expenses will increase significantly in the foreseeable future. Specifically, we have made significant investments in our business and expect to continue investing in marketing and product development to improve both the consumer and local business experience on our online and mobile platforms. In addition, we expect to continue to grow our sales organization both domestically and abroad, including plans to spend approximately $15.0 million on international expansion in 2012. We believe that our entry into new markets provides our largest opportunity for future growth. Accordingly, we have determined to forgo the achievement of near-term profitability in return for growth.

 

52


Table of Contents

We also expect to invest between $6.0 million and $10.0 million annually for the next two years in capital expenditures as we grow our business, the majority of which we expect to use to upgrade our technology and infrastructure to improve the ability of our platform to handle the projected increase in usage and enable the release of new features and solutions.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Ability to Attract and Retain Local Businesses .    In order to increase our revenue, we must continue to acquire and retain local business advertisers that purchase our advertising solutions. Our largest sales and marketing expenses consist of the costs associated with acquiring local business advertisers. We spent a majority of our $54.5 million sales and marketing expense for 2011 on initiatives relating to local business advertiser acquisition and expect to continue to expend significant amounts to attract additional local business advertisers. Failure to effectively attract and retain paying local business advertisers would adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

New Market Development.     Our long-term growth depends on our ability to successfully develop new and existing domestic and international markets. It can take years for our platform to achieve a critical mass of consumers and reviews to drive meaningful traction of our advertising solutions and begin to generate revenue in a particular market. As a result, we may continue to generate losses in new markets for an extended period, and different markets can be expected to grow at different rates and generate varying levels of revenue. As with most businesses, we expect our revenue growth to slow as our business matures over time. Local advertising revenue for our oldest cohort of U.S. markets, which launched in 2005-2006, grew at a 57% year-over-year rate for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This rate is lower than the growth rate of local advertising revenue for the 2007-2008 cohort which grew at 92% in the same period. We believe this is indicative of continued revenue growth, but slowing revenue growth for more mature markets.

We also plan to begin hiring an international sales force in 2012. While we do not currently generate any local advertising revenue internationally, we plan to do so in the near future as we seek to emulate the same model that we have employed in the United States.

Investment in Growth .    We have aggressively invested in the growth of our platform and intend to continue to invest to support this growth as we expand our platform, grow our contributor and local business base, hire additional employees and further develop our technology.

Impact of Economic Conditions on Local Businesses.     We generate a significant portion of revenue from local businesses advertising on Yelp. Many local businesses have limited financial resources, making them more vulnerable to weak economic conditions. A worsening economic outlook would likely cause businesses to decrease investments in advertising, which would adversely affect our revenue.

 

53


Table of Contents

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue from local advertising, brand advertising and other services, including Yelp Deals and partner arrangements. The following table provides a breakdown of our net revenue.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net revenue by product:

      

Local advertising

   $ 20,097      $ 33,759      $ 58,473   

Brand advertising

     5,393        12,046        17,686   

Other services

     318        1,926        7,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,808      $ 47,731      $ 83,285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Percentage of total net revenue:                   

Local advertising

     78     71     70

Brand advertising

     21        25        21   

Other services

     1        4        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Local Advertising .    We generate revenue from local advertising programs, including enhanced profile pages and performance and impression-based advertising in search results and elsewhere on our website.

Brand Advertising .    We generate revenue from brand advertising through the sale of display advertisements (both graphic and text) on our website, including advertisements from leading national brands in the automobile, financial services, logistics, consumer goods and health and fitness industries.

Other Services.     We generate other revenue through the sale of Yelp Deals, monetization of remnant advertising inventory through third-party ad networks and various partner arrangements related to reservations. Yelp Deals allow merchants to promote themselves and offer discounted goods and services on a real-time basis to consumers directly on our website and mobile app and via email. Recently, we have focused on Yelp Deals displayed on our website and mobile app to target intent-driven consumers who are searching for a specific product or service on our platform. We have seen an increase in revenue from Yelp Deals based on this approach and expect that trend to continue as we develop Yelp Deals that focus on direct fulfillment and scale our service offerings. Accordingly, we have deemphasized and expect to continue to deemphasize Yelp Deals that are emailed to our users in favor of Yelp Deals that are displayed on our website and mobile app. We do not expect this deemphasis to have a material impact on our financial condition or growth. We earn a fee on Yelp Deals for acting as an agent in these transactions, which we record on a net basis and include in revenue upon a consumer’s purchase of the deal. We also generate a small portion of our revenue through revenue-sharing arrangements with partner companies. Currently, our revenue-sharing partner arrangements provide for the ability for consumers to make reservations on OpenTable and Orbitz through Yelp.

Key Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends in our business, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

54


Table of Contents

Reviews.     Number of reviews represents the cumulative number of reviews submitted to Yelp since inception, as of the period end, including reviews that were then being filtered or that had been removed from our platform. In addition to the text of the review, each review includes a rating of one to five stars. We include filtered and removed reviews because all of them are either currently accessible on our platform or were accessible at some point in time, providing information that may be useful for users to evaluate businesses and individual reviewers. Because our filtering technology continually reassesses which reviews to filter based on new information, the “filtered” or “unfiltered” status of reviews may change over time. Reviews that are being filtered or have been removed do not factor into a business’s overall star rating. By clicking a link on a reviewed business’s page on our website, users can access the filtered reviews for the business, as well as the star rating and other information about reviews that we removed for violation of our terms of service. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 18 million reviews were available on business profile pages, approximately 5 million reviews were being filtered and approximately 1.8 million reviews had been removed from our platform, either by us for violation of our terms of service or by the users who contributed them.

From December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, the cumulative number of reviews (including filtered and removed reviews) contributed to Yelp increased by 71% from approximately 9 million to 15 million, and from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, the cumulative number of reviews (including filtered and removed reviews) contributed to Yelp increased by 64% from approximately 15 million to 25 million. This increase in reviews is a key driver of our platform’s value proposition to consumers seeking information on local business and to local businesses seeking to engage consumers. Growth in reviews also provides us with the benefit of a network effect that attracts more consumers, contributors and local businesses. As we expand internationally, growth in reviews will depend, in part, on our ability to include additional languages on our website and mobile app.

Unique Visitors.     Unique visitors represent the average number of monthly unique visitors over a given three-month period. We define monthly unique visitors as the total number of unique visitors who have visited our website at least once in a given month, and we average the number of monthly unique visitors in each month of a given three-month period to calculate average monthly unique visitors. We track unique visitors based on the number of visitors with unique cookies who have visited our website using either a computer or mobile browser, as measured by Google Analytics, a product that provides digital marketing intelligence. Unique visitors do not include visitors who access our platform through our mobile app. For the quarter ended December 31, 2011, our mobile app was used on approximately 5.7 million unique mobile devices on a monthly average basis. Because the number of unique visitors is based on visitors with unique cookies, an individual who accesses our website from multiple devices with different cookies will be counted as multiple unique visitors, and multiple individuals who access our website from a shared device with a single cookie will be counted as a single unique visitor.

From the quarter ended December 31, 2009 to the same period of 2010, average monthly unique visitors to our website increased by 51% from approximately 26 million to 39 million, and from the quarter ended December 31, 2010 to the same period of 2011, average monthly unique visitors increased by 67% from approximately 39 million to 66 million, reflecting an increase in brand awareness and our domestic and international expansion. We view unique visitors as a key indicator of our brand awareness among consumers and whether we are providing consumers with useful products and features, thereby increasing their usage of our platform. We believe that a higher level of usage may contribute to an increase in sales of our advertising solutions, as businesses will have access to a larger potential customer base.

Claimed Local Business Locations.     The number of claimed local business locations represents the cumulative number of business locations that have been claimed on Yelp worldwide since 2008, as of a given date. We define a claimed local business location as each business address for which a business representative visits our website and claims the free business listing page for the business located at that address.

 

55


Table of Contents

From December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, the number of claimed local business locations increased by 157% from approximately 120,000 to 307,000, and from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, the number of claimed local business locations increased by 97% from approximately 307,000 to 606,000. We view the number of claimed local business locations as an indicator of an increased brand awareness among local businesses and an opportunity to introduce those local businesses to Yelp’s advertising solutions.

Active Local Business Accounts.     The number of active local business accounts represents the number of active local business accounts from which we recognized revenue in a given three-month period. We treat business accounts that have the same payment and/or user information as a single business account.

From the quarter ended December 31, 2009 to the quarter ended December 31, 2010, the number of active local business accounts increased by 61% from approximately 7,000 to 11,300, and from the quarter ended December 31, 2010 to the quarter ended December 31, 2011, the number of active local business accounts increased by 109% from approximately 11,300 to 23,700. Of the approximately 23,700 total active local business accounts for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, approximately 15,800, or approximately 67%, were existing advertisers from which we recognized local advertising revenue in the immediately preceding 12-month period, and approximately 7,900, or approximately 33%, were advertisers from which we did not recognize any local advertising revenue in that immediately preceding 12-month period. We view the number of active local business accounts as an indicator of the health of our business, our brand awareness, and the benefit that a business ascribes to the consumers coming to our website or using our mobile app, as well as our ability to grow our market share. It also provides us with a measure of how productive our sales force is in engaging new active local business accounts.

Adjusted EBITDA.     Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: provision (benefit) for income taxes, other income (expense), net, interest income, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and our contribution to The Yelp Foundation. We believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. This non-GAAP information is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Non-GAAP information should not be viewed as a substitute for, or superior to, net income (loss) prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. Users of this financial information should consider the types of events and transactions for which adjustments have been made. For more information about adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA.”

Cost of Revenue and Expenses

Cost of Revenue.     Our cost of revenue consists primarily of credit card processing fees, web hosting, internet services costs, and salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our infrastructure teams related to operating our website, as well as creative design for brand advertising, video production expenses and allocated facilities costs.

Sales and Marketing .    Our sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation, travel expense and incentive compensation for our sales and marketing employees. In addition, sales and marketing expenses include business acquisition marketing, community management, branding and advertising costs, as well as allocated facilities and other supporting overhead costs. We spend almost no sales and marketing expenses to acquire traffic to our website or mobile app. Our Community Managers are responsible for growing and fostering local

 

56


Table of Contents

communities, and coordinating events to raise awareness of our brand. We expect our community management costs to increase as we continue to expand to new markets and within existing markets. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase both domestically and internationally as we expand our domestic and international footprint, increase the number of active local business accounts and continue to build our brand. In particular, we expect to spend approximately $15 million internationally in 2012 as compared to approximately $7 million spent in 2011. The substantial majority of these expenses will be related to hiring an international sales force. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase and to be our largest expense for the foreseeable future.

Product Development .    Our product development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our engineers, product management and information technology personnel. In addition, product development expenses include outside services and consulting, allocated facilities and other supporting overhead costs. We believe that continued investment in features, software development tools and code modification is important to attaining our strategic objectives, and, as a result, we expect product development expense to increase for the foreseeable future.

General and Administrative .    Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our executive, finance, user operations, legal, human resources and other administrative employees. In addition, general and administrative expenses include outside consulting, legal and accounting services, and facilities and other supporting overhead costs not allocated to other departments. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to expand our business.

We believe that additional costs of becoming a public company will be between $3.0 million and $5.0 million per year given the expected increase in audit fees, regulatory compliance (including Sarbanes-Oxley Act), listing fees and the increase in director and officer insurance, among other costs. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will record stock-based compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of stock options held by two executive officers. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the amount of this additional general and administrative expense would be approximately $         million.

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation .      In November 2011, our Board of Directors approved the establishment of The Yelp Foundation, a non-profit organization designed to support consumers and businesses in the communities in which we operate. Contributions made to The Yelp Foundation consist of the issuance and contribution of 520,000 shares of our common stock in the form of a charitable contribution to The Yelp Foundation during 2011. We do not expect to make future contributions to The Yelp Foundation.

Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expenses primarily consist of depreciation on computer equipment, software, leasehold improvements, capitalized website and internal software development costs and amortization of purchased intangibles. We expect depreciation and amortization expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to expand our technology infrastructure.

Other Income (Expense), Net .    Other income, net consists primarily of the interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and foreign exchange gains and losses.

Provision for Income Taxes .    Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions, deferred income taxes reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and the realization of net operating loss carryforwards.

 

57


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented as a percentage of net revenue for those periods (certain items may not foot due to rounding). The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      
     (as a percentage of net revenue)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Net revenue by product

      

Local advertising

     78 %     71 %     70

Brand advertising

     21        25        21   

Other services

     1        4        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

         100 %           100 %           100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

     4     7     7

Sales and marketing

     69        71        66   

Product development

     13        14        14   

General and administrative

     18        23        21   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                   7   

Depreciation and amortization

     5        5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     109        120        120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9 )     (20     (20

Other income (expense), net

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (9 )     (20     (20

Provision for income taxes

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (9 )%     (20 )%     (20 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

Net Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2009 to
2010 %
Change
    2010 to
2011 %
Change
 
     2009     2010     2011              
     (dollars in thousands)              

Net revenue by product:

          

Local advertising

   $ 20,097      $ 33,759      $ 58,473        68     73

Brand advertising

     5,393        12,046        17,686        123        47   

Other services

     318        1,926        7,126        506        270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

   $ 25,808      $ 47,731      $ 83,285        85     74
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of net revenue by product:

          

Local advertising

     78 %     71 %     70    

Brand advertising

     21        25        21       

Other services

     1        4        9       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

     100 %     100 %     100    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

58


Table of Contents

During 2009, 2010 and 2011, we focused on revenue growth related to our local advertiser customer base as well as the development of relationships with brand advertising agencies. Additionally, during the second half of 2010, we began selling Yelp Deals through our platform.

2010 Compared to 2011.     Total net revenue increased $35.6 million, or 74%, in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Our local advertising revenue increased $24.7 million, or 73%, primarily due to a significant increase in the number of customers purchasing local advertising plans as we expanded our sales force to reach more prospective local businesses. Our brand advertising revenue increased $5.7 million, or 47%, primarily due to an increase in the average spend per brand advertiser driven primarily by increased advertising impressions. In addition, our other services revenue increased $5.2 million, primarily due to an increase in revenue from the sale of Yelp Deals and remnant advertising inventory and from added partnership arrangements.

2009 Compared to 2010.     Total net revenue increased $21.9 million, or 85%, from 2009 to 2010. Our local advertising revenue increased by $13.6 million, or 68%, primarily due to a significant increase in the number of customers purchasing local advertising plans as we expanded our sales force to reach more prospective local businesses. Our brand advertising revenue also increased by $6.7 million, or 123%, due primarily to an increase in the average spend per brand advertiser driven primarily by increased advertising impressions and, to a lesser extent, by a higher effective price. In addition, mid-2010, we began selling Yelp Deals through our platform and during 2010 we added partnership relationships which in total contributed to an increase in other revenue of $1.6 million.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2009 to
2010 %
Change
    2010 to
2011 %
Change
 
     2009     2010     2011              
     (dollars in thousands)              

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,121      $ 3,137      $ 5,931        180 %     89

Percentage of net revenue

     4 %     7 %     7    

2010 Compared to 2011 .    In the year ended December 31, 2011, cost of revenue increased $2.8 million, or 89%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.1 million in expenses related to creative design for brand advertising customers. In addition, outside hosting and internet service fees, which are necessary to support the increase in visitors and transactions completed on our website, increased $0.7 million. Merchant fees related to credit card transactions for local advertising also increased $0.7 million, and we added personnel to support our website infrastructure resulting in an increase of $0.3 million.

2009 Compared to 2010.     Cost of revenue increased $2.0 million, or 180%, from 2009 to 2010. This increase was attributable to a $0.5 million increase in outside hosting and internet services fees necessary to support the increase in visitors and transactions completed on our website as well as an increase of $0.3 million in merchant fees related to credit card transactions for local customer plans. Additionally, we experienced an increase in expenses related to creative design for brand advertising customers of $0.6 million and added personnel to support our website infrastructure resulting in an increase of $0.5 million.

 

59


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2009 to
2010 %
Change
    2010 to
2011 %
Change
 
     2009     2010     2011              
     (dollars in thousands)              

Sales and marketing

   $ 17,979      $ 33,919      $ 54,539        89 %     61

Percentage of net revenue

     69 %     71 %     66    

2010 Compared to 2011.     In the year ended December 31, 2011, sales and marketing expenses increased $20.6 million, or 61%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount and related expenses of $15.1 million, including an increase in stock-based compensation of $1.0 million, as we expanded our sales organization to take advantage of the market opportunity created by increased recognition of the value of our platform and increased use of our free online business accounts. As a result of our increase in net revenue, our commission expenses also increased $2.4 million. In addition, we experienced an increase in facilities and related allocations of $1.3 million and domestic and international marketing and advertising costs of $1.4 million.

2009 Compared to 2010.     Sales and marketing expenses increased $15.9 million, or 89%, from 2009 to 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount and related expenses of $11.7 million as we expanded our sales organization. In addition, we experienced an increase in facility costs of $1.3 million, general marketing and advertising costs of $1.1 million and international marketing expenses of $1.2 million.

Product Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2009 to
2010 %
Change
    2010 to
2011 %
Change
 
     2009     2010     2011              
     (dollars in thousands)              

Product development

   $ 3,243      $ 6,560      $ 11,586        102 %     77

Percentage of net revenue

     13 %     14 %     14    

2010 Compared to 2011.     In the year ended December 31, 2011, product development expenses increased $5.0 million, or 77%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount and related expenses of $4.8 million, including an increase in stock-based compensation of $0.5 million, as we continued to invest in adding features and functionality to our website and mobile app. In addition, we experienced an increase in facilities and related allocations of $0.2 million.

2009 Compared to 2010.     Product development expenses increased $3.3 million, or 102%, from 2009 to 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount and related expenses of $2.7 million as well as expenses related to outside consultants of $0.3 million as we continued to invest in adding features and functionality to our website and mobile app. In addition, we experienced an increase in facility costs of $0.3 million.

 

60


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2009 to
2010 %
Change
    210 to
2011 %
change
 
     2009     2010     2011              
     (dollars in thousands)              

General and administrative

   $ 4,597      $ 11,287      $ 17,234        146 %     53

Percentage of net revenue

     18 %     23 %     21    

2010 Compared to 2011.     In the year ended December 31, 2011, general and administrative expenses increased $5.9 million, or 53%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount and related expenses of $5.5 million, including an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $2.0 million related primarily to refresh grants, as we continued to invest in key accounting, finance and management positions within the organization. Additionally, we invested in our systems and support for the growth of the business through the use of outside consultants, which contributed to the increase by $1.6 million. The amount of the increase was partially offset by the accrual of a $1.3 million legal settlement recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

2009 Compared to 2010 .    General and administrative expenses increased $6.7 million, or 146%, from 2009 to 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in headcount and related expenses of $2.6 million as we continued to invest in key accounting, finance and management positions within the organization. In addition, we experienced an increase in legal expenses primarily related to the accrual of a $1.3 million legal settlement recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, an increase in consulting and outside services of $1.1 million related to our ERP system implementation and other efforts to build a global organization and an increase in facility costs of $0.3 million.

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

   $ —         $ —         $ 5,928   

2011 Compared to 2010.     In the year ended December 31, 2011, we issued 520,000 shares of common stock to The Yelp Foundation as a charitable contribution. We recorded an expense in the amount of $5.9 million for the contribution based on the fair value of the common stock on the date the shares were issued to The Yelp Foundation.

2010 Compared to 2009.     There were no contributions to The Yelp Foundation in 2009 or 2010.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2009 to
2010 %
Change
    2010 to
2011 %
Change
 
     2009     2010     2011              
     (dollars in thousands)              

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 1,201      $ 2,334      $ 4,238        94 %     82

Percentage of net revenue

     5 %     5 %     5    

 

61


Table of Contents

2010 Compared to 2011.     In the year ended December 31, 2011, depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.9 million, or 82%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily the result of our investments in expanding our technology infrastructure and capital assets to support our increase in headcount across the organization. Depreciation and amortization related to our fixed assets and capitalized website and internal use software development costs increased $1.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

2009 Compared to 2010 .    Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $1.1 million, or 94%, from 2009 to 2010. The increase was primarily the result of our investments in expanding our technology infrastructure and capital assets to support our increases in headcount across the organization. Depreciation and amortization related to our capitalized website and internal-use software development costs and fixed assets increased $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

Other Income (Expenses), Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009              2010             2011      
     (in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 20       $ 30      $ 13   

Transaction gains (losses) on foreign exchange

             9        (393

Other non-operating income (loss), net

     13         (24     (15
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expenses), net

   $ 33       $ 15      $ (395
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2010 Compared to 2011.     In the year ended December 31, 2011, other income (expense), net decreased $0.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was largely driven by an unfavorable change in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the Euro, which contributed to transaction losses on foreign exchange in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a gain in 2010.

2009 Compared to 2010.     Other income (expense), net was relatively flat from 2009 to 2010.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 8       $ 75       $ 102   

2010 compared to 2011.     In the year ended December 31, 2011, income tax expense increased $27,000 primarily because of taxes due in foreign jurisdictions.

2009 Compared to 2010.     Income tax expense increased $67,000 from 2009 to 2010, primarily because of taxes due in foreign jurisdictions.

 

62


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data

The following tables set forth our quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and our statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenue for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2011. We also present other financial and operational data and a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA. We have prepared the quarterly data on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the quarterly financial information reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

    Quarter Ended  
    Mar 31,
2010
    Jun 30,
2010
    Sep 30,
2010
    Dec 31,
2010
    Mar 31,
2011
    Jun 30,
2011
    Sep 30,
2011
    Dec 31,
2011
 
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

               

Net revenue by product

               

Local advertising

  $ 7,088      $ 8,152      $ 8,880      $ 9,639      $ 11,222      $ 13,357      $ 15,746      $ 18,148   

Brand advertising

    1,935        2,462        3,195        4,454        3,583        4,471        4,599        5,033   

Other services

    113        113        519        1,181        1,695        1,750        1,957        1,724   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

  $ 9,136      $ 10,727      $ 12,594      $ 15,274      $ 16,500      $ 19,578      $ 22,302      $ 24,905   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

               

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)(1)

    572        718        878        969        1,276        1,285        1,537        1,833   

Sales and marketing(1)

    6,687        7,917        9,465        9,850        11,271        12,347        14,897        16,024   

Product development(1)

    1,207        1,522        1,922        1,909        2,319        2,661        3,444        3,162   

General and administrative(1)(2)

    3,092        2,793        2,690        2,712        3,617        3,584        4,766        5,267   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                                                     5,928   

Depreciation and amortization

    444        453        586        851        819        924        1,047        1,448   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    12,002        13,403        15,541        16,291        19,302        20,801        25,691        33,662   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (2,866 )     (2,676     (2,947     (1,017     (2,802     (1,223     (3,389     (8,757

Other income (expense), net

    (39 )     15        104        (65     108        75        (326     (252
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (2,905 )     (2,661     (2,843     (1,082     (2,694     (1,148     (3,715     (9,009

Provision for income taxes

    (11 )     (10     (27     (27     (12     (17     (36     (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (2,916 )     (2,671     (2,870     (1,109     (2,706     (1,165     (3,751     (9,046

Accretion of preferred stock

    (33     (48     (47     (47     (47     (47     (47     (48
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,949 )   $ (2,719   $ (2,917   $ (1,156   $ (2,753   $ (1,212   $ (3,798   $ (9,094
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

               

Basic

  $ (0.23 )   $ (0.20   $ (0.21   $ (0.08   $ (0.19   $ (0.08   $ (0.24   $ (0.56
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ (0.23 )   $ (0.20   $ (0.21   $ (0.08   $ (0.19   $ (0.08   $ (0.24   $ (0.56
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

               

Basic

    13,074        13,508        14,151        14,347        14,553        14,985        15,511        16,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    13,074        13,508        14,151        14,347        14,553        14,985        15,511        16,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

               

Cost of revenue

  $ 5      $ 5      $ 8      $ 8      $ 9      $ 11      $ 13      $ 17   

Sales and marketing

    121        139        129        273        271        281        559        496   

Product development

    55        38        75        92        147        173        237        164   

General and administrative

    72        75        155        181        676        483        651        689   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 253      $ 257      $ 367      $ 554      $ 1,103      $ 948      $ 1,460      $ 1,366   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes non-cash stock-based compensation expense.
(2) Includes a legal settlement accrual of $1.3 million recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2010

 

63


Table of Contents
    Quarter Ended  
    Mar 31,
2010
    Jun 30,
2010
    Sep 30,
2010
    Dec 31,
2010
    Mar 31,
2011
    Jun 30,
2011
    Sep 30,
2011
    Dec 31,
2011
 
    (as a percentage of net revenue)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

               

Net revenue by product

               

Local advertising

    78     76     71     63     68     68     71     73

Brand advertising

    21        23        25        29        22        23        21        21   

Other services

    1        1        4        8        10        9        8        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

               

Cost of revenue

    6        7        7        7        8        6        7        7   

Sales and marketing

    73        74        75        64        68        63        67        64   

Product development

    14        14        15        12        14        14        16        13   

General and administrative

    34        26        22        18        22        18        21        21   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                                                     24   

Depreciation and amortization

    5        4        5        6        5        5        5        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    132        125        124        107        117        106        116        135   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (32 )     (25 )     (24     (7     (17 )     (6 )     (16     (35

Other income (expense), net

                  1               1               (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (32 )     (25 )     (23     (7     (16 )     (6 )     (17     (36

Provision for income taxes

                                                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (32 )%     (25 )%     (23 )%     (7 )%     (16 )%     (6 )%     (17 )%     (36 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Quarter Ended  
    Mar 31,
2010
    Jun 30,
2010
    Sep 30,
2010
    Dec 31,
2010
    Mar 31,
2011
    Jun 30,
2011
    Sep 30,
2011
    Dec 31,
2011
 
    (in thousands)        

Other Financial and Operational Data(1):

               

Reviews

    10,244        11,696        13,475        15,115        17,339        19,705        22,390        24,817   

Unique Visitors

    29,815        32,538        37,496        39,356        46,817        51,560        61,102        65,796   

Claimed Local Business Locations

    159        199        247        307        380        453        529        606   

Active Local Business Accounts

    8        9        11        11        13        15        19        24   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (2,169   $ (1,966 )   $ (1,994 )   $ 388      $ (880 )   $ 649      $ (882   $ (15

 

(1) For information on how we define these operational and other metrics, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics.”.

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

 

    Quarter Ended  
    Mar 31,
2010
    Jun 30,
2010
    Sep 30,
2010
    Dec 31,
2010
    Mar 31,
2011
    Jun 30,
2011
    Sep 31,
2011
    Dec 31,
2011
 
    (in thousands)        

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA:

               

Net loss

  $ (2,916 )   $ (2,671 )   $ (2,870 )   $ (1,109 )   $ (2,706 )   $ (1,165 )   $ (3,751   $ (9,046

Provision for income taxes

    11        10        27        27        12        17        36        37   

Other (income) expense, net

    39        (15 )     (104     65        (108 )     (75 )       326        252   

Depreciation and amortization

    444        453        586        851        819        924        1,047        1,448   

Stock-based compensation

    253        257        367        554        1,103        948        1,460        1,366   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                                                     5,928   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (2,169 )   $ (1,966 )   $ (1,994 )   $ 388      $ (880 )   $ 649      $ (882 )     $ (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $21.7 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. Cash held internationally as of December 31, 2011 was immaterial. We did not have any short-term or long-term investments. Additionally, we do not have any outstanding bank loans or credit facilities in place.

Since inception, we have financed our operations and capital expenditures through private sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock. Specifically, we received an aggregate of $15.9 million in net proceeds from the issuance of Series A, Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock from inception to 2008. During 2008, we received additional net proceeds of $14.9 million from the issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock. In 2010, we received additional net proceeds of $24.2 million from the issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock. In 2012, we plan to continue to invest for long-term growth.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balance together with the net proceeds we receive from this offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. In addition, we may elect to raise additional funds at any time through equity, equity-linked or debt financing arrangements. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We may not be able to secure additional financing to meet our operating requirements on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we raise additional financing by the incurrence of indebtedness, we will be subject to increased fixed payment obligations and could also be subject to restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we are unable to obtain needed additional funds, we will have to reduce our operating costs, which would impair our growth prospects and could otherwise negatively impact our business.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

   $ 622      $ 3,571      $ 4,798   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,201        2,334        4,238   

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

     (633     (7,811     250   

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

     775        (4,800     (7,453

Cash flows provided by financing activities

     72        24,633        1,582   

Operating Activities

We generated $0.3 million of cash from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily resulting from our net loss of $16.7 million, offset by a non-cash expense of $5.9 million related to the contribution of common stock to The Yelp Foundation, non-cash stock-based compensation of $4.9 million and non-cash depreciation and amortization of $4.2 million. In addition, significant changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted from the following:

 

   

increase in accounts receivable of $1.7 million due to an increase in billings for local advertising plans and brand advertising campaigns as well as timing of payments from these customers; and

 

65


Table of Contents
   

increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $4.0 million relating to the growth in the business and more specifically, the increase in accrued vacation and employee related expenses, deferred rent for new facilities, as well as timing of invoices and payments to vendors.

We used $7.8 million of cash in operating activities in 2010, primarily resulting from our net loss of $9.6 million, offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization of $2.3 million and non-cash stock-based compensation of $1.4 million. In addition, significant changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted from the following:

 

  Ÿ  

increase in accounts receivable of $4.4 million due to an increase in billings for local advertising plans and brand advertising campaigns as well as timing of payments from these customers;

 

  Ÿ  

increase in prepaids and other expenses of $1.1 million primarily due to the timing of payments for annual licenses and support for ERP and CRM systems;

 

  Ÿ  

increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $2.9 million relating to the growth in the business and more specifically, the increase in accrued vacation, deferred rent for new facilities as well as timing of invoices and payments to vendors; and

 

  Ÿ  

increase in deferred revenue of $0.5 million related to the timing of payments for brand advertising campaigns as well as the growth in the local advertising plans business.

We used $0.6 million of cash in operating activities during 2009, primarily resulting from our net loss of $2.3 million, offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization of $1.2 million and non-cash stock-based compensation of $0.6 million.

Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of purchases of property and equipment to support the build-out of our data centers. We also continued to invest in technology hardware to support our growth in headcount and software to support website development, website operations and our corporate infrastructure. Purchases of property and equipment may vary from period to period due to the timing of the expansion of our operations and website and internal-use software development.

We used $7.5 million and $4.8 million of cash in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in cash used in investing activities of $2.7 million primarily related to an increase of $1.3 million for expenditures related to website development and $1.2 million related to purchases of property and equipment necessary to support our growth in the business.

We used $4.8 million of cash in investing activities during 2010 compared to generating $0.8 million in 2009. The increase in cash used in investing activities of $5.6 million primarily related to an increase of $2.9 million for purchase of property, equipment and software to support our growth in headcount. In addition, we generated $2.3 million of cash from investing activities in 2009 through net sales of investments and did not sell or purchase investments in securities in 2010.

We expect to continue to invest in property and equipment and development of software for 2012 and thereafter.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock as well as the issuance of common stock related to the exercise of stock options.

 

66


Table of Contents

We generated $1.6 million and $24.6 million of cash from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in cash from financing activities of $23.0 million primarily related to additional net proceeds of $24.2 million that we received in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock. Cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 related to proceeds from the issuance of our common stock related to exercises of stock options. We used $0.5 million in financing activities during 2011 related to our deferred offering costs.

We generated $24.6 million and $0.1 million of cash from financing activities during 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in cash from financing activities of $24.5 million primarily related to additional net proceeds of $24.2 million that we received in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off balance sheet arrangements in 2009, 2010 or 2011.

Contractual Obligations

We lease various office facilities, including our corporate headquarters in San Francisco, California, under operating lease agreements that expire from 2011 to 2017. The terms of the lease agreements provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease periods. We do not have any debt or material capital lease obligations, and all of our property, equipment and software have been purchased with cash. We have no material long-term purchase obligations outstanding with any vendors or third parties. Our future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases for equipment and office facilities are as follows as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 - 3 Years      3 - 5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 11,551       $ 3,419       $ 5,544       $ 2,467       $ 121   

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, website and internal-use software development costs, income taxes and stock-based compensation have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from local advertising, brand advertising, and other services, which include Yelp Deals and various partner arrangements. Since 2008, net revenue from local advertising represented a majority of our revenue.

Local Advertising .    We generate revenue primarily through fixed monthly fee advertising plans with local businesses. Our contracts typically last for three, six or 12-month periods in which businesses receive an agreed upon number of advertising impressions and the ability to add videos to their business pages, among other services. Revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual service period. After the expiration of the initial term, advertising plans automatically roll into a month-to-month basis unless otherwise specified by the merchant. Enhanced profile features can also be purchased individually on a monthly basis. Revenue is recognized in the month the service is delivered. Some advertising products can be purchased on a cost-per-click or pay-per-call basis, and revenue is recognized at the time of delivery. The arrangements are evidenced by written and/or electronic acceptance of our agreement that stipulate the volume of advertising to be delivered and the pricing.

Brand Advertising .    We generate revenue from brand advertising through the display of advertisements (both graphic and text) on our website, including advertisements from leading national brands in the automobile, financial services, logistics, consumer goods, and health and fitness industries. We recognize revenue from the sale of impression-based advertisements on our online platform in the period in which the advertisements, or “impressions”, are delivered, net of customer discounts. We also have fixed-price sponsorships for which we recognize revenue ratably over the applicable service period. The arrangements are evidenced by insertion orders or contracts that stipulate the types of advertising to be delivered and the pricing.

Other Services.     We generate additional revenue through the sale of Yelp Deals, monetization of remnant advertising inventory through third-party ad networks and various partner arrangements related to reservations. Yelp Deals allow merchants to promote themselves and offer discounted goods and services on a real-time basis to consumers directly on our website or mobile app and via email. We earn a fee on Yelp Deals for acting as an agent in these transactions which are recorded on a net basis and included in revenue upon purchase of the deal. We record a sales allowance for potential Yelp Deal refunds based on our historical experience of refunds. We also generate a portion of our revenue through various partner agreements, for which revenue is recognized on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Currently, our partnership arrangements include the ability for consumers to make reservations on OpenTable and Orbitz through our website, each of which arrangement began in 2010. In those arrangements for which we receive a fee, revenue is recorded on a per reservation basis net of cancellations.

Multiple-Element Arrangements .    We enter into arrangements with customers to sell advertising packages that include different media placements or ad services that are delivered at the same time, or within close proximity of one another.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, because we had not yet established the fair value for each element and our agreements contained mid-campaign cancellation clauses, advertising sales revenue was recognized in the period in which the advertisement was delivered.

Beginning on January 1, 2011, we adopted new authoritative guidance on multiple element arrangements, using the prospective method for all arrangements entered into or materially modified from the date of adoption. Under this new guidance, we allocate arrangement consideration in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables or those packages in which all components of the package are delivered at the same time, based on the relative selling price method in accordance with the selling price hierarchy, which includes: (1) vendor-specific

 

68


Table of Contents

objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available; (2) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available; and (3) best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

VSOE .    We determine VSOE based on our historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the standalone selling prices for these services fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range. We have not historically sold a large volume of transactions on a standalone basis. As a result, we have not been able to establish VSOE for any of its advertising products.

TPE .    When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple element arrangements, we apply judgment with respect to whether we can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. Generally, our go-to-market strategy differs from that of our peers and our offerings contain a significant level of differentiation such that the comparable pricing of services cannot be obtained. Furthermore, we are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor services’ selling prices are on a standalone basis. As a result, we have not been able to establish selling price based on TPE.

BESP .    When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the service were sold on a standalone basis. BESP is generally used to allocate the selling price to deliverables in our multiple element arrangements. We determine BESP for deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, prices we charge for similar offerings, market conditions, competitive landscape and pricing practices. We limit the amount of allocable arrangement consideration to amounts that are fixed or determinable and that are not contingent on future performance or future deliverables. We will regularly review BESP. Changes in assumptions or judgments or changes to the elements in the arrangement could cause a material increase or decrease in the amount of revenue that we report in a particular period.

We recognize the relative fair value of the media placements or ad services as they are delivered assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. As a result of implementing this recent guidance, our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 was not materially different from what would have been recognized under the previous guidance for multiple-element arrangements.

Website and Internal-Use Software Development Costs

We capitalize certain costs related to the development of our website or software developed for internal use. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we begin to capitalize our costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally estimated to be two to three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria together with costs incurred for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred and recorded in product development expenses on our consolidated statements of operations. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional features or functionality are capitalized and expensed over the estimated useful life of the enhancements, generally two or three years.

Income Taxes

We record income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, generally

 

69


Table of Contents

all expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We also provide reserves as necessary for uncertain tax positions taken on our tax filings. First, we determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. Second, based on the largest amount of benefit, which is more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement we recognize any such differences as a liability. Because of our net operating loss carryforwards, none of the unrecognized tax benefits through December 31, 2010, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.

At December 31, 2011, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.0 million and $28.2 million, respectively, expiring beginning in 2024 and 2013, respectively. We also had losses in Ireland of $4.5 million, which may be carried forward indefinitely against Ireland profits.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the authoritative guidance on stock compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Fair Value of Our Common Stock .     Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected Term .     The expected term was estimated using the simplified method allowed under SEC guidance.

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-free Rate .     The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

70


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Dividend Yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Expected term (in years)

     6.08        5.99        6.08   

Volatility

     71.57 %     70.71 %     60.71

Risk-free rate

     3.07 %     2.36 %     2.30

Expected dividend yield

                     

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we used in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

  Ÿ  

third-party valuations of our common stock performed as of January 2010, July 2010, November 2010, April 2011, July 2011, September 2011 and November 2011;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices of our preferred stock sold to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the history of the company and the introduction of new products;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

 

71


Table of Contents

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2011:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Common Stock
Fair Value Per
Share at
Grant Date
 

January 5, 2010

     291,250       $ 5.20       $ 5.20   

March 18, 2010

     340,000         6.92         6.92   

April 28, 2010

     188,750         6.92         6.92   

July 28, 2010

     611,499         6.92         6.92   

September 4, 2010

     114,583         6.92         6.92   

November 10, 2010

     335,750         7.16         7.16   

January 6, 2011

     3,144,730         7.16         7.16   

January 26, 2011

     887,874         7.16         7.16   

March 11, 2011

     212,499         7.16         7.16   

April 6, 2011

     118,750         7.16         7.16   

April 27, 2011

     151,250         8.16         8.16   

July 27, 2011

     466,125         9.08         9.08   

September 28, 2011

     479,000         10.64         10.64   

November 9, 2011

     105,500         11.40         11.40   

November 14, 2011

     25,000         11.40         11.40   

December 6, 2011

     22,250         11.40         11.40   

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 was approximately $         million, of which approximately $         million related to vested options and approximately $         million related to unvested options.

In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we utilized the option pricing method for those options granted in January 2010. The option method relies on financial option theory to allocate value among different classes of members’ equity based upon a future “claim” in value. For those options issued after January 2010, we utilized the probability-weighted expected return method (“P-WERM”), valuation approach. Under this approach, the share values were based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future returns, considering each of the possible future scenarios available to the business enterprise, as well as the rights of each share class. The five potential liquidity/exit event scenarios evaluated by the board of directors and its third-party valuation firm are: (1) long-term initial public offering (“IPO”) sale, which contemplates a long-term IPO or strategic sale to occur in mid-2013; (2) medium-term IPO sale, which contemplates a medium-term IPO or strategic sale estimated to occur in mid-2012; (3) short-term IPO sale, which contemplates a short-term IPO or strategic sale estimated to occur in the second half of 2011; (4) medium-downside sale, which contemplates a sale of the Company in a two-year period if growth and markets to be penetrated are not consistent with the Company’s strategic plans; and (5) an intellectual property sale, which contemplates zero growth or market penetration, or erosion of our user base due to competition or external factors to occur by the second half of 2011.

In 2011, we began granting restricted stock awards to certain employees. The fair value of the restricted stock was determined in a similar manner to that of our common stock.

 

72


Table of Contents

Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock and restricted stock awards at these grant dates include:

January 2010

We generated $7.7 million in revenue for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 compared to $7.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. We continued to incur net losses as we built out our sales and product development teams and our local advertising revenue increased by $1.0 million. The significant assumptions employed in this valuation were a risk-adjusted discount rate of between 25% and 30%, dividend yield of 0%, volatility on expected term of 26% and a risk-free interest rate of 0.8%. Based on these results, the factors described above and a third-party valuation as of January 2010, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $5.20 per share.

March 2010 and April 2010

Between January 2010 and March 2010, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued their recovery. We experienced sequential revenue growth, generating $9.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared to $7.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. In addition, on February 5, 2010, we issued Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to a new investor for net proceeds of $24.2 million at a purchase price of $2.15 per share and, in February, March and April 2010, many holders of our common stock sold a portion of their shares to the same new investor for net proceeds of $8.136 per share, plus additional contingent consideration that was valued at $0.116 per share. In connection with this funding, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of January 27, 2010 and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $6.92 per share. We considered possible scenarios of an exit event within one to three years of the valuation date. Our Business Enterprise Value (“BEV”) reflected a non-marketability discount of 25% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately two years. Based on these events, the third-party valuation of January 2010 and the factors discussed above, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $6.92 per share.

July 2010 and September 2010

Between March 2010 and June 2010, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to recover. We experienced sequential revenue growth, generating $10.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 compared to $9.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. In light of our improved financial performance, we reviewed the valuation of our common stock as of July 15, 2010 and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $6.92 per share. Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 25% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately two years. Based on these considerations, a third-party valuation as of July 2010 and the factors discussed above, our board of directors decided to continue to grant stock options with an exercise price of $6.92 per share.

November 2010

Between September 2010 and November 2010, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to recover. We experienced sequential revenue growth, generating $12.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2010, compared to $10.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2010. Although we only generated minimal revenue in the quarter ended September 30, 2010, we began selling Yelp Deals through our website. In addition, we continued to grow our sales and marketing and product development and as a result continued to incur net losses. During this period, we prepared a slight downward revision of our financial forecast to reflect updated information on sales expectations and expense forecasts. This downward revision in our forecast was offset in our valuation

 

73


Table of Contents

by market trends and comparable company metrics. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of November 10, 2010, and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.16 per share. Our BEV reflected a non-marketability discount of 25% based on a liquidity event expected to occur within approximately one to two years. Based on these considerations, a third-party valuation as of November 2010 and the factors discussed above, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $7.16 per share.

January 2011, March 2011 and April 6, 2011

Between November 2010 and March 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to recover. We experienced sequential revenue growth, generating $15.3 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2010 compared to $12.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2010. In analyzing the increase in revenue, we determined that the increase in revenue was driven by specific brand advertising campaigns and other revenue for various partner arrangements related to reservations and Yelp Deals through our website that may not be recurring. In addition to our downward revision of our financial forecast in November 2010, we continued to incur net losses and prepared for increased usage of cash due to hiring plans and investments in our website technology. Based on these considerations, third-party valuation as of November 2010 and the factors discussed above, our board of directors decided to continue to grant stock options with an exercise price of $7.16 per share.

April 27, 2011

In late April 2011, our board of directors instructed management to solicit proposals from outside firms to assist in preparing for an accelerated timeline for a potential IPO. As part of this directive in late April 2011, we performed a valuation of our common stock as of April 27, 2011, and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.16 per share. Although our financial forecast did not change significantly from November 2010, we reduced our non-marketability discount from 25% to 20% based on a reduction in the assumed time to a liquidity event to occur to approximately within one year and increased the probability weighting of an IPO in the medium term to 50% in light of the change in market conditions. Based on the timing of the decision of the board of directors, these considerations, a third-party valuation performed in April 2011 and the factors described above, our board of directors granted stock options with an exercise price of $8.16 per share.

July 2011

In July 2011, the U.S. economy and the financial and stock markets continued to recover. We experienced sequential revenue growth, generating $16.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to $15.3 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2010. In analyzing the increase in revenue, we determined that brand advertising revenue decreased as a result of specific brand advertising campaigns in the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that did not continue in the quarter ended March 31, 2011. We continued to incur net losses and prepared for increased usage of cash due to hiring plans and investments in our website technology. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of July 15, 2011, and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $9.08 per share. Our BEV reflected a probability weighting of an IPO in the medium term of 60% and a reduction in the time horizon to a liquidity event to one year. Based on these results, the factors discussed above and a third-party valuation performed in July 2011, our board of directors decided to grant stock options with an exercise price of $9.08 per share. We also used this price to record the fair value of the restricted stock awards granted during July 2011.

September 2011

We experienced sequential revenue growth, generating $19.6 million of net revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 compared to $16.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. In

 

74


Table of Contents

analyzing the increase in revenue, we determined that brand advertising revenue increased as a result of specific brand advertising campaigns in the quarter ended June 30, 2011 and by increases in local advertising and other revenue related to Yelp Deals. However, we continued to incur net losses and prepared for increased usage of cash due to hiring plans and investments in our website technology. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of September 28, 2011, and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $10.64 per share. Our BEV reflected we reduced our non-marketability discount from 20% to 15% based on a reduction in the assumed time to a liquidity event to approximately 0.5 years. Based on these results, a third-party valuation performed in September 2011 and the factors discussed above, our board of directors decided to grant stock options with an exercise price of $10.64 per share.

November and December 2011

We experienced moderate sequential revenue growth, generating $24.9 million of net revenue for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 compared to $22.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2011. In analyzing the increase in revenue, we determined that brand advertising and local advertising revenue increased by 9% and 15%, respectively. We continued to incur net losses and continued to increase usage of cash due to hiring of additional employees and further investments in our website technology. We performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of November 9, 2011, and determined the fair value of our common stock to be $11.40 per share. Our BEV reflected a reduction to our non-marketability discount from 15% to 10% based on a reduction in the assumed time to a liquidity event to approximately 0.38 years. Based on these results, a third-party valuation performed in November 2011 and the factors discussed above, our board of directors decided to grant stock options with an exercise price of $11.40 per share.

We also used this price to determine the fair value of the restricted stock awards granted during November 2011 and the contribution of common stock as a charitable contribution to The Yelp Foundation during November 2011.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks include primarily interest rate, foreign exchange risks and inflation.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds and commercial paper. We do not have any long-term borrowings.

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash and cash equivalents have a relatively short maturity, our portfolio’s fair value is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. During 2010, we determined that the nominal difference in basis points for investing our cash and cash equivalents in longer-term investments did not warrant a change in our investment strategy. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the British pound sterling and the euro. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. Although we

 

75


Table of Contents

have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income (loss) as a result of transaction gains (losses) related to revaluing certain cash balances, trade accounts receivable balances and intercompany balances that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, we believe such a change will not have a material impact on our results of operations. In the event our foreign sales and expenses increase, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business. At this time we do not, but we may in the future, enter into derivatives or other financial instruments in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. It is difficult to predict the impact hedging activities would have on our results of operations.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2009-13”), which updates the current guidance pertaining to multiple-element revenue arrangements included in FASB ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements. ASU 2009-13 addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. ASU 2009-13 was effective beginning with our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. ASU 2009-13 may be applied retroactively or prospectively and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2009-13”), which updates the current guidance pertaining to multiple-element revenue arrangements included in FASB ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements. ASU 2009-13 addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. ASU 2009-13 was effective for us in the annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2011. ASU 2009-13 may be applied retrospectively or prospectively and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”), to require an entity to present total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for us beginning with the first quarter of 2012 and will be applied retrospectively. This standard will only affect how, and in what specific financial statements, we present the components of comprehensive income. Accordingly, the adoption of ASU 2011-05 will not affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flow. In December 2011, the FASB further amended its guidance to defer changes related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments indefinitely as a result of concerns raised by stakeholders that the new presentation requirements would be difficult for preparers and add unnecessary complexity to financial statements.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Yelp connects people with great local businesses. Our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews of almost every type of local business, from restaurants, boutiques and salons to dentists, mechanics, plumbers and more. These reviews are written by people using Yelp to share their everyday local business experiences, giving voice to consumers and bringing “word of mouth” online. The information these reviews provide is valuable for consumers and businesses alike. Approximately 66 million unique visitors used our website, and our mobile application was used on approximately 5.7 million unique mobile devices, on a monthly average basis during the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Businesses, both small and large, use our platform to engage with consumers at the critical moment when they are deciding where to spend their money. Our business revolves around three key constituencies: the contributors who write reviews, the consumers who read them and the local businesses that they describe.

Contributors.     We foster and support vibrant communities of contributors in local markets across the United States, Canada, Western Europe and Australia. These contributors provide rich, firsthand information about local businesses, such as reviews, ratings and photos. As our contributors add more information, the platform becomes more valuable for consumers and local businesses alike. Our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews to our platform, which include approximately 18 million unfiltered reviews that appear directly on business profile pages, approximately 5 million reviews that were being filtered as of December 31, 2011 and can be accessed by clicking on a link on business profile pages and approximately 1.8 million that had been removed from our platform as of December 31, 2011.

Consumers.     Our platform is transforming the way people discover local businesses and is attracting a large audience of geographically and demographically diverse consumers. Every day, millions of consumers visit our website or use our mobile app to find great local businesses. Our strong brand and the quality of the review content on our platform have enabled us to attract this large audience with almost no traffic acquisition costs. The reviews on our platform serve as valuable, “word-of-mouth” recommendations as consumers search for businesses to meet their everyday needs. Yelp consumers span a broad range of age groups, educational backgrounds and income levels. Approximately 66 million unique visitors used our website, and our mobile application was used on approximately 5.7 million unique mobile devices, on a monthly average basis for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

Local Businesses.     Our platform provides local businesses with a variety of free and paid services that help them engage with consumers at the critical moment when they are deciding where to spend their money. Local businesses can register a business account for free and “claim” their Yelp business page for each of their locations, allowing them to enhance the page with additional information about their businesses and respond to consumer reviews, among other features. Local businesses can also pay for premium services to promote themselves through targeted search advertising, discounted offers and further enhancements to their business page. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 606,000 free business pages had been claimed, and in the quarter ended December 31, 2011, we recognized revenue from approximately 24,000 local business accounts.

Powerful Network Effect.     Our platform helps people find great local businesses to meet their everyday needs. As more people use our platform, more of them write reviews based on their own experiences. These new reviews attract more consumers and prospective contributors, which improves our value proposition to local businesses seeking effective advertising solutions. We believe that this increased engagement will enhance the usefulness of our platform for users and local businesses alike, benefiting our business in the long term.

 

77


Table of Contents

Yelp Mobile.     We help consumers make decisions on the go. Our mobile app was recognized in the Apple iPhone Hall of Fame for AppStore Essentials and, as of November 10, 2011, was the #1 listed top free travel app in Apple’s App Store. Our mobile app accounted for approximately 42% of all searches on our platform in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Almost every second on average, consumers used our mobile app to look up directions to or call a local business for the quarter ended December 31, 2011. We expect mobile device usage to continue to grow and believe that this is complementary to the use of our website. However, if consumers using mobile devices cease to use our website and we do not develop ways to effectively monetize our mobile app, this trend could adversely impact our business.

As our community has grown and our product offerings have expanded, we have seen significant growth in reviews, traffic, claimed local business locations and active local business accounts.

 

  Ÿ  

Our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews to our platform as of December 31, 2011, up 64% from the prior year. These reviews include reviews that are being filtered or have been removed. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 18 million reviews were available on business profile pages, approximately 5 million reviews were being filtered and approximately 1.8 million reviews had been removed from our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

We had approximately 66 million unique visitors on a monthly average basis for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, up 67% from the prior year.

 

  Ÿ  

We had approximately 606,000 claimed business locations as of December 31, 2011, up 97% from the prior year.

 

  Ÿ  

We recognized revenue from approximately 24,000 active local business accounts for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, up 109% from the same period in the prior year.

We generate revenue primarily from the sale of advertising on our website to local businesses and national brands that seek to reach our growing audience of consumers. In 2011, we generated net revenue of $83.3 million, representing 74% growth over 2010, a net loss of $16.7 million and an adjusted EBITDA loss of $1.1 million. For information on how we define and calculate number of contributed reviews, unique visitors, claimed local business locations, active local business accounts and adjusted EBITDA, and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see “Selected Consolidated Financial And Other Data.”

Industry Overview

Every day, hundreds of millions of consumers make decisions about where to spend their money at local businesses. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, in the United States alone, there are over 27 million local business locations, which we believe represents a multi-trillion dollar market for commerce. A study by Ecorys, a global research and consulting firm, estimates that there are approximately 21 million local businesses in the European Union in 2010, and government reports from Canada and Australia estimate that there are 2.4 million and 2 million local businesses in those countries, respectively. IDC estimates that there are over 63 million local businesses worldwide as of 2009. According to BIA/Kelsey, a market intelligence firm, local businesses are estimated to have spent $19.6 billion on online advertising and $113.6 billion on traditional offline advertising in 2010. In addition, according to BIA/Kelsey’s Global Yellow Pages Forecast given in December 2011, global revenues for Yellow Pages in 2011 are expected to be approximately $23.4 billion. During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, approximately 66 million active users on a monthly average basis visited our website, representing a small fraction of potential Yelp users in both our current and potential markets. According to a market forecast by Euromonitor, a market research firm, there will be nearly 2.3 billion Internet users worldwide in 2012. The same forecast estimates that, in 2012, there will be 263 million Internet users in the United States and a combined 403 million Internet users in Canada, Australia and Western Europe. We believe several secular trends will increasingly challenge the traditional ways in which local businesses have connected with consumers and will offer opportunities for solutions like ours.

 

78


Table of Contents

Online Reviews are Gaining Credibility.     With the growth of the Internet, online reviews have become a regularly relied-upon source of information. For example, according to the 2011 Cone Online Influence Trend Tracker, a survey of U.S. consumers conducted by Cone Communications, a public relations and marketing agency, 89% of respondents said that they find online channels trustworthy sources for product and service reviews, 87% of respondents said that positive information they read online reinforced their decision to purchase a product or service and 64% of respondents said that they go online to search for customer or user reviews. In another example, according to a 2010 survey from BrightLocal, a local search engine marketing company, 71% of U.S. consumers who responded said that they have read online customer reviews to determine whether a local business is a good business.

Local Advertising is Moving from Offline to Online.     Over the past decade, the advertising market for local businesses has undergone rapid and fundamental changes. Consumers who at one time turned almost exclusively to the yellow pages, newspapers, magazines and other forms of offline media for information about local businesses are now increasingly relying on online resources. As consumers move online, local businesses are shifting their ad spending from traditional media sources to online. According to the Veronis Suhler Stevenson Communications Industry Forecast, 23rd Edition, 2009-2013, the amount spent on local advertising in the United States through yellow pages and newspapers is forecast to decline from $58 billion in 2007 to $35 billion in 2012. According to BIA/Kelsey, the amount spent on online advertising by local businesses is forecast to increase from $15.5 billion in 2008 to $35.2 billion in 2014.

Mobile Connected Devices and Apps are Proliferating.      Mobile devices provide an ideal platform for people to search for local businesses due to their ability to identify consumer location and to provide all the benefits of digital content to consumers on the go. IDC, a market research firm, estimates that there will be over 1 billion smartphone shipments worldwide in 2015. Moreover, growth in user downloads of mobile apps has increased dramatically, with total mobile app downloads projected to reach almost 14 billion by 2013, according to IDC. This proliferation of mobile devices and mobile app downloads has given rise to the mobile advertising market, which is expected to grow at a 76% compound annual growth rate from $1.6 billion in 2010 to $15.6 billion by 2014 based on revenue according to Gartner, a market research firm. Despite the relatively nascent stage of this market, advertisers are increasingly shifting their focus to mobile as an opportunity to engage with consumers and influence the decision-making process in real-time.

Why Consumers Choose Yelp

We believe consumers are drawn to our platform because Yelp reviews reflect recent, firsthand experiences from the community that help consumers find the best local businesses for their everyday needs. The Yelp platform is free and easy to use and has broad demographic appeal, serving local communities in the United States and internationally. The graphic below, based on data compiled by Quantcast, a digital marketing firm, in November 2011, illustrates the broad age, education and income demographics of consumers who use Yelp.

LOGO

 

79


Table of Contents

We believe that consumers choose Yelp primarily for the following reasons:

Yelp Reviews .    Yelp reviews are core to the Yelp experience and a key point of differentiation from competing services. The passionate and detailed reviews on Yelp form a rich database from which consumers can draw relevant information about how and where to spend money locally.

Some of the distinguishing characteristics of Yelp reviews include:

 

  Ÿ  

Breadth .    We believe that we have more reviews of more businesses in more categories and locations in the markets in which we operate than any competitive service. Our breadth of content across business categories provides consumers with a wide-ranging selection of reviewed businesses as they search across many categories, making our platform a one-stop source for all things local. Since 2005, our users have contributed a total of approximately 25 million cumulative reviews covering a wide set of local business categories, including restaurants, shopping, beauty and fitness, arts, entertainment and events, home and local services, health, nightlife, travel and hotel, auto and other categories. We highlight below the breakdown by industry of local businesses that have received reviews on our platform and the breakdown by industry of reviews contributed to our platform through December 31, 2011. The charts below include information based upon all contributed reviews and include some businesses that have only received reviews that are being filtered or have been removed.

Reviewed Businesses

LOGO

 

80


Table of Contents

Reviews

LOGO

The top five industry categories accounted for an aggregate of approximately 78% of our local advertising revenue for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, broken down as follows: Home & Local Services, 20%; Restaurants, 18%; Beauty & Fitness, 17%; Health, 13%; and Shopping, 10%.

 

  Ÿ  

Depth .    We feature full-text reviews, providing detailed, searchable information about local businesses with greater depth of content than most competitive offerings. This differentiation is illustrated by the number of reviews per reviewed business and the level of detail provided in the reviews. As of December 31, 2011, based on approximately 25 million total reviews contributed to our platform, each reviewed business received, on average, more than nine total reviews, some of which are filtered or removed and do not appear on business profile pages. Each contributed review contained an average of more than 100 words. We collect and index information on local businesses at the state, city, neighborhood and street level. In addition to reviews, we collect photos, check-ins and other detailed information about local businesses. The in-depth nature of these reviews and other information allows Yelp to provide useful responses even to very specific queries from consumers, whether searching for the best baba ghanoush in the Tribeca district of Manhattan, or an auto mechanic specializing in classic cars in Seattle. This level of detailed content enhances Yelp’s local search experience and allows consumers to regularly rely on our platform for all kinds of everyday purchasing decisions.

 

  Ÿ  

Relevant and Recent .    Our platform is continually updated with fresh content from the community. Our contributors submitted over 26,000 reviews per day during the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

  Ÿ  

Trusted and Credible .    The credibility of Yelp reviews is a critical component of our value proposition and brand. We follow three primary principles to bolster the credibility of the reviews on our platform. First, we ensure that all reviews are written by users with public Yelp profiles, and we also encourage them to express themselves personally in their profiles. Second, we encourage local businesses to respond to positive and negative reviews so that they can connect with their fans and attempt to allay the concerns of their detractors. Third, we use automated filtering software to help us showcase the most helpful and reliable reviews among the millions that are submitted to our website. However, determining the credibility of reviews is difficult, and we cannot guarantee that our efforts will prove effective or adequate.

Superior Search and Discovery .    Yelp provides a robust platform for consumers to easily discover new things to do and new places to go based on nuanced queries, location and other

 

81


Table of Contents

personal preferences. The combination of our proprietary search technology and our content enables consumers to receive especially relevant results for highly specific local searches. For example, a consumer desiring fresh oysters in Seattle does not have to search through the menus of local seafood restaurants. Instead, the consumer can search for “fresh oysters” on Yelp in the specific neighborhood of interest. A recent Yelp search for fresh oysters in the downtown district of Seattle returned 28 results with the top reviewed establishments ranked first, some with well over 100 reviews. The Yelp search result also displayed the different restaurants’ contact information and an interactive map to find directions. Additionally, our content tends to rank highly on major search engines, such as Google, Yahoo! and Bing, which we believe is due to its quality, freshness and relevance.

Mobile.     Our mobile app is an ideal way for people to discover great local businesses. It combines our reviews and other relevant information with knowledge of the consumer’s location in an integrated experience. Our mobile app was ranked as the #1 free travel app in the Apple App Store as of November 10, 2011, was recognized by Time magazine as one of the top “50 Best iPhone apps in 2011,” and was recognized in the Apple iPhone Hall of Fame for App Store Essentials. Our mobile app also provides new ways to contribute content to our platform through features that let consumers “check-in” at local businesses and submit photos and “quick tips” directly from their smartphones.

Why Local Businesses Choose Yelp

Yelp serves local businesses by helping them get discovered and engage with potential customers and by providing advertising solutions that help local businesses reach new customers easily and affordably.

Broad and Targeted Reach .    Our platform helps local businesses access a large audience of potential consumers at the specific moment when they are searching for a local business. We have a large audience of local online users with approximately 66 million unique visitors, on a monthly average basis for the quarter ended December 31, 2011. These consumers are generally planning to spend money at a local business, and Yelp helps them find the best business to meet their needs. We also give local businesses the ability to offer mobile deals and discounts to attract consumers on the go.

Focus on Demand Fulfillment :    In contrast to other marketing solutions that only create awareness and attempt to generate consumer demand through online advertising and email marketing, Yelp also helps businesses fulfill demand by engaging with consumers that have already expressed demand for a specific product or service. Local businesses can use our platform to engage with, advertise to, and offer deals and discounts to intent-driven consumers to attract them to their business.

Easy, Flexible and Affordable Platform to Engage with Consumers . Within a matter of minutes, a business owner can set up a free online business account. With minimal additional effort, she can use our online advertising platform to engage with customers and track the effectiveness of ads and deals. We offer local businesses performance- and impression-based advertising and the flexibility to pay on a monthly basis or through the purchase of three, six or 12-month advertising plans. The prices of our advertising plans typically range from $300 to $1,000 per month. Our platform provides multiple free and paid advertising solutions to engage with consumers:

 

  Ÿ  

Free Online Business Accounts. Local businesses can provide additional details like hours of service, business history and pictures to attract consumers. Additionally, local businesses can use the Yelp platform to respond to reviews, good or bad, to retain existing customers and attract new customers, all at no cost.

 

  Ÿ  

Search Advertising. Our platform enables local businesses to target consumers who are specifically looking to purchase their product or service at the critical moment when they are deciding where to spend their money. For example, a Yelp ad placed by a dentist in Brooklyn will be shown to consumers in that area who are looking for dentists on our website.

 

82


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Deals. Local businesses also have the ability to offer promotional discounted deals for their products and services. Yelp Deals are primarily focused on demand fulfillment, and are thus shown to consumers who search for a specific product or service on our platform.

Our Strengths

We are one of the leading providers of information about local businesses. We believe that our success is largely attributable to the breadth, depth and overall quality of the reviews contributed to our platform. These reviews helped us draw approximately 66 million unique visitors to our website, on a monthly average basis for the quarter ended December 31, 2011. In addition to the reviews available on our platform, other key strengths contributing to our success include:

 

  Ÿ  

Passionate Community.     We foster and support vibrant communities of contributors in the markets in which we operate, creating an environment that is conducive for people to write thoughtful and detailed reviews about local businesses. These local communities are hard to replicate, and they generate the detailed and passionate reviews for which we are known.

 

  Ÿ  

Leading Brand in Local.     Our exclusive focus on local has helped us to establish a powerful brand identity for local search. To maintain our strong brand, we will continue to foster communities of contributors, strive to ensure the richness and authenticity of reviews and increase the speed and accuracy of local business search.

 

  Ÿ  

Powerful Network Effect.     Our platform helps people find great local businesses to meet their everyday needs. As more people use our platform, more of them write reviews based on their own experiences. Each review that a user contributes helps expand the breadth and depth of the content on our platform. This content draws in more consumers who use our platform to find more great local businesses. This increase in consumer traffic then improves our value proposition to local businesses in the community as they seek low-cost, easy-to-use and effective advertising solutions to target a large number of intent-driven customers. We believe that this increased engagement will enhance the usefulness of our platform for users and local businesses alike, benefiting our business in the long term.

 

  Ÿ  

Proven Market Development Strategy.     Although we have a limited operating history and have not yet achieved profitability, we have a track record of successfully building a base of detailed content review for new markets, which is a key driver of our growth and our leadership position. We first identify attractive new markets, populate our content platform in those markets by collecting business listing information and hiring local Community Managers. After launch, growth in Yelp reviews drives a virtuous cycle of growth in both consumers and active local business accounts. We also invest heavily in expanding our sales force to further drive revenue growth. Once we achieve a critical mass of reviews, consumers and local businesses in a market, our platform can continue to generate revenue growth, with our largest expense being related to sales efforts to attract local business advertising customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Local-Focused Sales Force .    We believe we have been able to attract and train a highly specialized and effective internal sales force. Members of our sales force benefit from our powerful business model and brand, as they have easy access to approximately 20 million U.S. local businesses and 606,000 claimed local business locations worldwide on our platform. We also enjoy significant efficiencies as nearly all of our sales force is concentrated primarily in three locations—Scottsdale, Arizona, San Francisco, California and New York City, New York—to serve all of our local businesses and national advertisers in the United States.

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary Technology.     Our engineering team has developed what we believe are superior search and review filtering technologies, which, together with ongoing innovation, helps us attract a large base of contributors, consumers and local businesses. Our search technologies enable contextual and meaningful search for consumers—for example, if a user searches for

 

83


Table of Contents
 

“vinyl records”, our search results would return music stores that specialize in old records in the relevant geographic area with related relevant reviews. Reviews available on our platform are filtered through our proprietary software, which helps improve the reliability of the content on our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Attractive Business Model.     Reviews contributed by our users enable us to benefit from low content creation costs, consisting primarily of the cost of Community Managers, who we employ to foster and support our communities of contributors. Based on the breadth of content and variety of advertising solutions on our platform, we have been able to attract a large audience of consumers with almost no traffic acquisition costs and a diverse customer base of local businesses and national brand advertisers.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to grow our platform and our business by focusing on the following key growth strategies:

Growth in Existing Markets:

 

  Ÿ  

Increase the Number of Reviews .    We will continue to explore ways to enable contributors to share their local experiences through detailed reviews, pictures and other forms of content contribution across our platform. As we continue to grow our contributor and consumer footprint within our existing markets, we expect to benefit from accelerating network effect dynamics, further driving the growth of reviews, consumers and local business activity.

 

  Ÿ  

Attract More Users.     We believe that we can increase the number of consumers that use our platform. In September 2011, less than 15% of the of the total U.S. online audience visited Yelp as reported by comScore, Inc., a company providing digital marketing intelligence. We believe that as our brand recognition increases and the number of reviews on our platform grows, our platform will become more widely known and relevant to broader audiences, thus attracting new consumers to use our service.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase Usage of Current Users.     By continuing to expand the number of reviews across diverse categories, driving more claimed business pages, and providing a more feature-rich experience, we can increase the number of visits and searches per user. Many consumers begin using Yelp to search for restaurants and boutiques, but more than half of reviewed businesses are in categories outside of restaurants and shopping. We believe that there is a substantial opportunity for a larger percentage of our user base to use Yelp to search in more categories.

 

  Ÿ  

Attract More Businesses.     As of December 31, 2011, only approximately 606,000 local business locations out of the 20 million local businesses on our platform had claimed their Yelp pages. We believe the continued increase in the size of our audience of consumers will encourage local businesses to advertise on our platform.

Expand to New Geographic Markets

 

  Ÿ  

United States.     While we have reviews and local business listings that span the entire United States, we see a significant opportunity to continue expanding our footprint in the United States by hiring Community Managers in new markets. Our aim is to leverage our capabilities, brand and know-how to create a trusted online platform to connect people to great local businesses across the United States.

 

  Ÿ  

International.     We are active in 25 international markets, all of which are in Canada, Western Europe and Australia. While we have not yet begun to sell local advertising in our international

 

84


Table of Contents
 

markets, we intend to begin hiring an international sales force in 2012. We plan to continue investing in additional international markets as we seek to emulate our growth in the United States.

Platform Expansion

 

  Ÿ  

Website and Mobile.     We plan to continue to innovate and introduce new products for our website and mobile app, making it even easier for consumers to find the most relevant information on Yelp as they look for a local businesses. During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, our mobile app users accounted for approximately 42% of all searches on our platform. We are highly focused on the quality of the user experience and will not incorporate advertising or other products or solutions that we believe may excessively degrade the user experience with our mobile app and potentially alienate users, even if they might result in increased short-term monetization. Accordingly, we do not currently offer paid advertising on our mobile app, other than Yelp Deals. We plan to continue to explore opportunities to monetize our mobile app while adhering to high standards of user experience, but we have no firm plans at this time to increase monetization of our mobile app. As a result, we may not be able to generate meaningful revenue from our mobile app for the foreseeable future.

 

  Ÿ  

Alternative Platforms.     We also plan to continue to innovate and introduce our content and solutions on new platforms and distribution channels such as automobile navigation systems, web-enabled televisions and voice-enabled mobile devices. We have relationships with several companies like T-Mobile USA, Inc. and Apple Inc. to make our content and solutions available on their consumer devices.

Enhance Monetization

 

  Ÿ  

Grow Our Sales Force.     We will continue to grow our sales force so we can reach more businesses. We believe this ongoing investment in our sales force will drive an increase in active local business accounts. In the quarter ended December 31, 2011, we recognized revenue from approximately 24,000 local business accounts on our platform, a fraction of the approximately 606,000 claimed local business locations and approximately 20 million U.S. local businesses on our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand Our Portfolio of Revenue-Generating Products.     We plan to continue to grow and develop advertising and e-commerce products and partner arrangements that provide incremental value to our advertisers and business partners to encourage them to increase their advertising budgets allocated towards our platform.

Market Development Strategy

As of December 31, 2011, we were active in 46 Yelp markets in the United States and 25 Yelp markets internationally. This footprint represents a fraction of the potential markets that we are currently targeting for expansion. We describe our market development strategy below:

Identification.     We select new markets based on a number of different city- or country-specific criteria, including population size, local gross domestic product, or GDP, pre-existing base of reviews on our platform, Internet and wireless penetration, proximity to existing markets, number of local businesses and local ad market growth rate.

Preparation and Launch.     Before launching a market in any country, we license business listing information from third-party data providers and create individual pages for each business location in the entire country. We sometimes hire temporary local employees, called “scouts,” to provide additional rich content, such as reviews, photos and hours of operation. To bolster the integrity of the content

 

85


Table of Contents

they provide, we closely monitor their contributions to the platform, prohibit them from reviewing businesses with which they have a conflict of interest and identify them in their public profiles as paid contributors. At launch, consumers can read and write reviews about any business on our platform and contribute information about businesses that are not already listed. We have active Yelp markets in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States.

Growth.     After launch, we focus on attracting contributors, consumers and local businesses to our platform. In each Yelp market, we hire a Community Manager, a local resident whose responsibilities include writing a weekly Yelp email newsletter and organizing events for Yelp contributors. Our Community Managers’ activities help us increase awareness of our platform and build avid communities of users who are willing to contribute content to our platform. These active contributors may be invited to attend sponsored social events but do not receive compensation. In time, this community growth drives a network effect whereby contributed reviews expand the breadth and depth of our review base. This expansion draws an increasing number of consumers to access the content on our platform, thus inspiring new and existing contributors to create additional reviews that can be shared with this growing audience.

Scale.     While this virtuous cycle unfolds, we focus our sales force to build our base of active paying local business accounts and drive revenue growth. At scale, our platform reaches a critical mass of reviews, consumers and active local business accounts, and we begin an active sales effort with local businesses. Thereafter, our largest expense is related to sales efforts to attract local business advertising customers.

To further illustrate the development of our markets as they scale, we highlight below our review and revenue metrics for three cohorts of Yelp markets in the United States: the Yelp markets that we launched in 2005-2006; the Yelp markets that we launched in 2007-2008; and the Yelp markets that we launched in 2009-2010. In the markets we have entered, review growth and consumer activity are generally followed by revenue generated from local businesses. We hope to improve the revenue generating potential of our international markets once we begin hiring an international sales force in 2012.

 

U.S. Market Cohort

   Number of
Yelp Markets (1)
     Average
Cumulative
Reviews

in 2011 (2)
     Year-Over-Year
Growth in
Average
Cumulative
Reviews (3)
    Average Local
Advertising
Revenue

in 2011 (4)
     Year-Over-Year
Growth in
Average Local
Advertising
Revenue (5)
 

2005 – 2006 Cohort

     6         2,076         53   $ 5,845         57

2007 – 2008 Cohort

     14         472         64   $ 1,121         92

2009 – 2010 Cohort

     18         123         89   $ 143         135

 

(1) A Yelp market is defined as a city or region in which we have hired a Community Manager.
(2) Average cumulative reviews is defined as the total cumulative reviews of the cohort as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands), including reviews that were then being filtered or had been removed from our platform, divided by the number of markets in the cohort.
(3) Year-over-year growth in average cumulative reviews compares average cumulative reviews as of December 31, 2011 with average cumulative reviews as of December 31, 2010.
(4) Average local advertising revenue is defined as the total local advertising revenue from businesses in the cohort for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands), divided by the number of Yelp markets in the cohort.
(5) Year-over-year growth in average local advertising revenue compares local advertising revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 with local advertising revenue for 2010.

 

86


Table of Contents

For a table showing the year of launch of each of the Yelp markets in which we are currently active, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Overview.” In general, the Yelp markets in our earlier U.S. market cohorts are more populous than those in later cohorts, and we have already entered many of the largest markets in the United States. For these and other reasons, further expansion into additional U.S. markets may not yield results similar to those of our existing U.S. markets.

We have made a significant investment in support of our market development initiatives. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our total costs and expenses were $99.5 million, an increase of approximately 74% over 2010. Because most of our costs and expenses relate to personnel and activities that support multiple markets, we do not record costs and expenses separately by market or cohort.

Products

We provide both free and paid products to local businesses. In addition, we enable local businesses and national advertisers to deliver targeted advertising to large local audiences through our platform.

 

Local Business   
Free Online Business Account    We enable businesses to create a free online business account and claim the page for each of their business locations. Business representatives can verify their affiliation with the business through an automated telephone verification process which requires that they be reachable at the phone number that is publicly displayed for their business listing on our platform. With their free business accounts, businesses can view business trends (e.g., statistics and charts reflecting the performance of a business’s page on our platform), message customers (e.g., by replying to reviews either publicly or privately), update information (e.g., address, hours of operation) and offer Yelp Deals.
Enhanced Listing    Our enhanced listing solution eliminates search advertising from the businesses’ profile pages and allows them to incorporate a video clip or photo slide show on the pages.
Search and Other Ads    We allow local businesses to promote themselves as a sponsored search result on our platform or on related business pages.
Yelp Deals    Our Yelp Deals product allows local business owners to create promotional discounted deals for their products and services, which are marketed to consumers through our platform. Yelp Deals typically have a fee structure based solely on transaction volume with no upfront costs, and we typically earn a fee based on the discounted price of each deal sold. We process all customer payments and remit to the business the revenue share of any Yelp Deal purchased. We offer both email deals that are focused on demand generation and deals on our platform that are focused on demand fulfillment where businesses can target intent-driven consumers who are specifically searching for a product or service on our platform.

 

87


Table of Contents
National/Brand Advertisers   
Traditional Display Advertising    We offer our advertising solution for national brands that want to improve their local presence. These solutions consist of search and display ads (both graphic and text) on Yelp’s website, which are typically sold to advertisers on a per-impression basis. Our national advertisers include leading brands in the automobile, financial services, logistics, consumer goods and health and fitness industries.
Transaction Partners   
OpenTable    Our partnership, through a written agreement, with OpenTable provides consumers the ability to reserve seats directly on the business listing pages of restaurants that participate in OpenTable’s network.
Orbitz    Our partnership, through a written agreement, with Orbitz allows consumers to quickly book rooms directly on the business listing pages of hotels that affiliate with Orbitz.

The screenshot below illustrates a search on our website for an auto mechanic in Chicago and includes a display advertisement for a national brand and a Yelp search ad for a local business.

LOGO

 

88


Table of Contents

The screenshot below illustrates a local business page on our website for a restaurant in Sherman Oaks, California that includes a photo slide show as part of an enhanced listing, the ability to reserve a table through our partnership with OpenTable and an offer for a Yelp Deal.

LOGO

 

89


Table of Contents

The screenshots below illustrate a Yelp Deal for a special offer at a local business in San Francisco as displayed on our mobile app.

LOGO

The screenshot below illustrates a dashboard for a local business that displays the number of times this particular local business page was viewed. The business owner also has the option to view the number of times an ad was clicked if they chose to advertise on Yelp.

LOGO

 

90


Table of Contents

Technology

Product development and innovation are core pillars of our strategy. We aim to delight our users and business partners with our products. We provide our web-based and mobile services using a combination of in-house and third-party technology solutions and products.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Search and Ranking Technology.     We leverage the data stored on our platform and our proprietary indexing and ranking techniques to provide our users with contextual, relevant and up-to-date results to their search queries. For example, a consumer desiring environmentally-friendly carpet cleaners does not have to call individual cleaners and inquire about their use of chemical-base cleaning solutions. Instead the consumer can search for “environmentally-friendly carpet cleaners” on Yelp and discover cleaners with the best service and “green” cleaning products that serve a specific neighborhood.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Filtering Technology.     In order to maintain and enhance the quality, authenticity and integrity of the reviews on our platform, we employ proprietary filtering technology to analyze and screen all of our reviews. Our filtering software looks at a wide range of data associated with each review and reviewer in order to determine the review’s relevance and reliability. Our filtering software operates continually, and the results of its determinations with respect to particular reviews may change over time as it factors in new information. This can result in reviews that were previously unfiltered becoming filtered and reviews that were previously filtered being restored to unfiltered status. Filtered reviews do not factor into a business’s overall star rating and are segregated from unfiltered reviews on our website. By clicking on a link on a reviewed business’s page on our website, users can access the filtered reviews for that business, as well as the star rating and other information about reviews that we have removed for violation of our terms of service. We believe our filtering technology is one of the key contributors to the quality, authenticity and integrity of the reviews on our platform and the success of our service.

 

  Ÿ  

Our Mobile Solutions.     We identified mobile as a key area for our business as early as 2006. We have since invested significant resources into the development of a comprehensive mobile app platform, supporting the major smartphone operating systems available to consumers today, including iOS, Android, Blackberry and Windows Mobile. In addition, we maintain a version of our website dedicated to mobile-based browsers at m.yelp.com. Over time we have enhanced the functionality of our mobile app, such that it provides similar and, in some areas, greater functionality than our website. Some of the innovations we introduced through our mobile app include “check-ins”, “quick tips” and Monocle, our augmented reality feature, among others.

 

  Ÿ  

Infrastructure.     Our web and mobile properties are currently hosted from two locations. The primary location is within a shared data center environment in San Francisco, California. We are in the process of deploying an additional location within a shared data center environment in Virginia as a fully redundant backup for our primary location, and to increase performance and reliability of our web and mobile properties. We expect this location to be fully operational in early 2012. We currently use a third-party leased server provider as our second hosting location to optimize performance as an interim solution until our redundant location is fully deployed; we expect to cease using this interim solution in 2012. Our web and mobile properties are designed to have high availability, from the Internet connectivity providers we choose, to the servers, databases and networking hardware that we deploy. We design our systems such that the failure of any individual component is not expected to affect the overall availability of our platform. We also leverage other third-party Internet based (cloud) services including rich-content storage, map related services, ad serving, and bulk processing.

 

  Ÿ  

Network Security.     Our platform includes a host of encryption, antivirus, firewall and patch-management technology to protect and maintain the systems located at the data center as well as other systems and computers across our business.

 

91


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Internal Management Systems.     We rely on third-party ‘off-the-shelf’ technology solutions and products as well as internally developed and proprietary systems to ensure rapid, high-quality customer service, software development and website integration, update and maintenance.

Sales and Marketing

We have a team of Community Managers based in 71 Yelp markets in the United States and internationally, whose primary goals are to build a local community of contributors, raise brand awareness, organize events for the best contributors in their respective cities and engage with the surrounding community. These efforts foster and support vibrant communities of contributors in local markets across the United States, Canada, Western Europe and Australia. We believe that continuing to serve our contributors is a critical factor in improving the value of our platform.

The primary purpose of our marketing campaigns is to increase brand awareness, foster a sense of community among local contributors, and increase the number of claimed local business locations and active local business accounts. The strength of our brand and the high quality of Yelp reviews facilitate a powerful network effect that has helped to attract approximately 66 million unique visitors, on a monthly average basis for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, to our website with almost no traffic acquisition costs.

Our sales force is concentrated in three primary locations—Scottsdale, Arizona, San Francisco, California and New York City, New York. We intend to begin hiring our international sales force in 2012. Our sales force primarily focuses on gaining new active local business accounts by identifying and contacting local businesses through direct engagement, direct marketing campaigns, and weekly emails to claimed local businesses. Our sales force is also responsible for attracting national brand advertisers to our platform.

Competition

We compete for consumer traffic with traditional, offline local business guides and directories, and with other online providers of local and web search on the basis of a number of factors, including the reliability of our content, breadth, depth and timeliness of information and the strength and recognition of our brand. We also compete for a share of local businesses’ overall advertising budgets with traditional, offline media companies and other Internet marketing providers on the basis of a number of factors, including our large consumer audience, effectiveness of our advertising solutions, our pricing structure and recognition of our brand. Our competitors include the following types of businesses:

 

  Ÿ  

Offline.     We primarily compete with offline media companies and service providers who typically have existing advertising relationships with local businesses. Services provided by competitors range from yellow pages listings to direct mail campaigns to advertising and listings services on local newspapers, magazines, television and radio.

 

  Ÿ  

Online.     We compete with Internet search engines, such as, Google, Yahoo! and Bing. We also compete with various other online service providers.

Culture and Employees

We take great pride in our company culture and consider it to be one of our competitive strengths. Our culture helps drive our business forward and is a part of everything we do; it allows us to attract and retain a talented group of employees, create an energetic work environment and continue to innovate in a highly competitive market.

Our culture extends beyond our offices and into the local communities in which people use Yelp. We have full-time employees called Community Managers located in 71 markets across the United

 

92


Table of Contents

States and internationally, whose responsibilities include supporting the sharing of experiences by consumers in the local market that they serve and increasing brand awareness. In addition, we organize events several times a year to recognize our most important contributors, fostering face-to-face interaction, build the Yelp brand and foster the sense of true community in which we believe so strongly. Our culture is at the foundation of our success, and our core values remain a pivotal part of our everyday operations.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 918 full-time employees globally.

The Yelp Foundation

Our board of directors has approved the establishment of The Yelp Foundation, a non-profit organization designed to support consumers and businesses in the communities in which we operate. In the quarter ended December 31, 2011, our board of directors approved the contribution and issuance to The Yelp Foundation of 520,000 shares of our common stock, representing approximately one percent of our outstanding capital stock.

Intellectual Property

We rely on federal, state, common law and international rights, as well as contractual restrictions, to protect our intellectual property. We control access to our proprietary technology and algorithms by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with third parties.

In addition to these contractual arrangements, we also rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, service marks and domain names to protect our intellectual property. We pursue the registration of our copyrights, trademarks, service marks and domain names in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 59 trademarks registered or pending in approximately 18 countries or regions. Our registration efforts have focused on gaining protection of the following trademarks (among others): Yelp and the Yelp burst logo. These marks are material to our business as they enable others to easily identify us as the source of the services offered under these marks and are essential to our brand identity.

Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For example, effective intellectual property protection may not be available in the United States or other countries in which we operate. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time-consuming. Any unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results.

Companies in the Internet, media and other industries may own large numbers of patents, copyrights and trademarks and may frequently request license agreements, threaten litigation or file suit against us based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We are currently subject to, and expect to face in the future, allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including our competitors and non-practicing entities. As we face increasing competition and as our business grows, we will likely face more claims of infringement.

 

93


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our principal executive offices in North America are located in San Francisco, California, and currently our international offices are located in Dublin, Ireland (international headquarters) and London, England. Although we plan to expand our facility footprint in London, we believe that our properties are otherwise generally suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, to the extent we require additional space in the future, we believe that it would be readily available on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

In February and March 2010, we were sued in two putative class actions on behalf of local businesses asserting various causes of action based on claims that we manipulated the ratings and reviews on our platform to coerce local businesses to buy our advertising products. These cases were subsequently consolidated in an action asserting claims for violation of the California Business & Professions Code, extortion and attempted extortion based on the conduct they allege and seeking monetary relief in an unspecified amount and injunctive relief. In October 2011, the court dismissed this action with prejudice. The plaintiffs have since filed notice of their intent to appeal the dismissal.

In March 2011, we were sued in an action on behalf of certain current and former employees asserting claims for violations of the federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the California Labor Code and the California Business & Professions Code and seeking monetary relief in an unspecified amount. In September 2011, we agreed in principle, subject to court approval, to settle this matter for payments in an aggregate amount of up to $1.3 million.

In addition, from time to time, we are a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business.

Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

94


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and positions are as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Jeremy Stoppelman

     34       Co-Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Geoff Donaker

     39       Chief Operating Officer and Director

Rob Krolik

     43       Chief Financial Officer

Joseph R. (“Jed”) Nachman

     39       Senior Vice President of Revenue

Laurence Wilson

     39       General Counsel and Secretary

Max R. Levchin(1)

     36       Chair of the Board of Directors

Fred Anderson(2)(3)

     67       Director

Peter Fenton(3)

     39       Director

Diane M. Irvine(2)

     53       Director

Jeremy Levine(2)

     38       Director

Keith Rabois(1)

     42       Director

 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of the audit committee.
(3) Member of the compensation committee.

Executive Officers

Jeremy Stoppelman is our co-founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since our inception in 2004 and as a member of our board of directors since September 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Stoppelman served as the Vice President of Engineering at PayPal, Inc., an online payment company, from February 2000 to June 2003. Prior to PayPal, Mr. Stoppelman was a software engineer at Excite@Home, an Internet search provider, from August 1999 to January 2000. He holds a B.S. in Computer Engineering from the University of Illinois. Mr. Stoppelman brings to our board of directors the perspective gained from his experience as one of our founders and our Chief Executive Officer and his experience in the Internet industry.

Geoff Donaker has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2006 and a member of our board of directors since December 2010. Since joining us in November 2005 as the Vice President of Business Development, Mr. Donaker has helped to orchestrate our geographic expansion, build our revenue lines and hire our management team. Prior to joining us, Mr. Donaker served in several roles at eBay Inc., an Internet marketplace, including Director of International Categories and Director of Collectibles, from May 2001 to November 2005. Prior to eBay, he held various management and marketing roles at Internet companies, including Voter.com, Excite@Home and Excite, from 1998 through 2000. Mr. Donaker began his career with Mercer Management Consulting (now Oliver Wyman) from August 1995 to January 1998. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University. Mr. Donaker brings to our board of directors his experience in the Internet industry and the perspective gained from working with us since our early stages.

Rob Krolik has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Krolik served as Chief Financial Officer of Move, Inc., an online real estate company, from July 2009 to August 2011. Prior to Move, Mr. Krolik served in several roles, the most recent as Vice President, Global Finance Operations at eBay from September 2005 to July 2009. Prior to eBay, Mr. Krolik served as Vice President of Finance at Shopping.com, Inc., a price comparison service company, from September 2004 to September 2005, when it was acquired by eBay. Prior to Shopping.com, Mr. Krolik held management roles at DigitalThink, Inc., an online learning company acquired by Convergys

 

95


Table of Contents

Corporation, from March 2002 to May 2004, most recently as its Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Krolik holds a B.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin and is a certified public accountant (inactive).

Jed Nachman has served as our Vice President of Sales since January 2007 and our Senior Vice President of Revenue since September 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Nachman held several senior sales roles for Yahoo! Inc., an Internet search company, from January 2002 to January 2007, most recently as Director of Corporate Sales for the Western Region for Yahoo! HotJobs, an online job search company. Prior to Yahoo!, Mr. Nachman served as sales manager at HotJobs from June 1999 to 2002, when it was acquired by Yahoo!. Prior to HotJobs, Mr. Nachman was an associate at Robertson Stephens from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Nachman holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Colorado at Boulder.

Laurence Wilson has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since November 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Wilson served as Vice President of Legal and Business Development for Xoom Corporation, a global money transfer company, from January 2004 to October 2007. Previously, Mr. Wilson began his legal career with Claremont Partners, Inc., a health care solutions company, from March 2002 to January 2004. He received his J.D. from Stanford Law School and a B.A. in History from the University of California, San Diego.

Board of Directors

Max Levchin has served on our board of directors as Chairman since July 2004. Mr. Levchin is currently an investor in and adviser to emerging technology companies. Previously, Mr. Levchin was Vice President of Engineering at Google, Inc., an Internet search company, from August 2010 to August 2011. Prior to Google, Mr. Levchin was founder and Chief Executive Officer of Slide, Inc., a developer of social applications such as photo and video self-expression and social games, from January 2005 to August 2010, when it was acquired by Google. Prior to founding Slide, Mr. Levchin was Chief Technology Officer and a director at PayPal from March 2000 to December 2002, when it was acquired by eBay. Mr. Levchin co-founded Confinity Inc., an Internet and electronics company, in December 1998, and served as the Chief Technology Officer and a director through March 2000, when Confinity merged with X.com and became PayPal. Mr. Levchin founded NetMeridian Software, a developer of early palm-top security applications, in January 1996, and served as Chief Executive Officer from January 1996 to December 1998. He received a B.S. in Computer Science from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign in 1997. Mr. Levchin was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive background and experience in the social media and Internet industry and as a seasoned entrepreneur.

Fred Anderson has served on our board of directors since February 2011. Mr. Anderson has been a Managing Director of Elevation Partners, a private equity firm focused on the media and entertainment industry, since July 2004. From March 1996 to June 2004, Mr. Anderson served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Apple Inc., a manufacturer of personal computers and related software. Prior to joining Apple, Mr. Anderson was Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Automatic Data Processing, Inc., an electronic transaction processing firm, from August 1992 to March 1996. On April 24, 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) filed a complaint against Mr. Anderson and another former officer of Apple. The complaint alleged that Mr. Anderson failed to take steps to ensure that the accounting for an option granted in 2001 to certain executives of Apple, including himself, was proper. Simultaneously with the filing of the complaint, Mr. Anderson settled with the SEC, neither admitting nor denying the allegations in the complaint. In connection with the settlement, Mr. Anderson agreed to a permanent injunction from future violations of Sections 17(a)(2) and 17(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and Rules 13b2-2 and 16a-3 thereunder, and from aiding and abetting future violations of Sections 13(a), 13(b)(2)(A), 13(b)(2)(B), and 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Rules 12b-20, 13a-1,

 

96


Table of Contents

13a-13, and 14a-9 thereunder. He also agreed to disgorge approximately $3.5 million in profits and interest from the option he received and to pay a civil penalty of $150,000. Under the terms of the settlement, Mr. Anderson may continue to act as an officer or director of public companies. Mr. Anderson also served on the Board of Apple from June 2004 to June 2006, E.Piphany, Inc. from May 2003 to September 2005 and Palm, Inc. from September 2007 to July 2010. Mr. Anderson currently serves on the Board of Directors of eBay, Inc. and Move, Inc. Mr. Anderson holds a B.A. from Whittier College and an M.B.A. degree from the University of California, Los Angeles. The board of directors believes Mr. Anderson’s extensive global financial management expertise as the former Chief Financial Officer of global technology firms gives him the experience, qualifications and skills to serve as a director.

Peter Fenton has served on our board of directors since September 2006. Since May 2006, Mr. Fenton has been a General Partner at Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm, where his investment interests include software, digital media, and technology-enabled services. Prior to joining Benchmark, Mr. Fenton was a Managing Partner at Accel Partners, a venture capital firm, from October 1999 to May 2006. Prior to joining the venture capital community, he was General Manager of Video at Autonomy Virage, Inc., a multimedia information retrieval company, from April 1996 to April 1998. He holds an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business and a B.A. in Philosophy from Stanford University. Mr. Fenton was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive background in and experience with the venture capital industry, providing guidance and counsel to a wide variety of Internet and technology companies and serving on the boards of directors of a range of private companies.

Diane Irvine has served on our board of directors since November 2011. Ms. Irvine served as Chief Executive Officer of Blue Nile, Inc., an online retailer of diamonds and fine jewelry, from February 2008 to November 2011 and as President from February 2007 to November 2011. Ms. Irvine also served as a director of Blue Nile from May 2001 to November 2011, and she served as Chief Financial Officer of Blue Nile from December 1999 to September 2007. From February 1994 to May 1999, Ms. Irvine served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Plum Creek Timber Company, Inc., a timberland management and wood products company. From September 1981 to February 1994, Ms. Irvine served in various capacities, most recently as a partner, with Coopers and Lybrand LLP, an accounting firm. Ms. Irvine formerly served on the board of directors of Ticketmaster Entertainment, Inc., a live entertainment ticketing and marketing company, from August 2008 to January 2010 and Davidson Companies, an investment banking and asset management company from January 1998 to January 2009. Ms. Irvine holds a B.S. in Accounting from Illinois State University and an M.S. in Taxation from Golden Gate University. Ms. Irvine was selected to serve on our board of directors due to her financial expertise and extensive experience in public company management.

Jeremy Levine has served on our board of directors since November 2005. Mr. Levine is a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, which he joined in May 2001, where his investment interests include entrepreneurial startups and high growth companies in various industries, including consumer Internet, consumer software and business software and services. Prior to joining Bessemer, Mr. Levine was Vice President of Operations at Dash.com Inc., an Internet software publisher from June 1999 to May 2001. Prior to Dash, Mr. Levine was an Associate at AEA Investors, a management buyout firm, where he specialized in consumer products and light industrials, from July 1997 to June 1999. Previously, Mr. Levine was with McKinsey & Company as a management consultant from June 1995 to July 1997. Mr. Levine holds a B.S. in Computer Science and Economics from Duke University. Mr. Levine was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive background in and experience with the venture capital industry, providing guidance and counsel to a wide variety of Internet and technology companies and serving on the boards of directors of a range of private companies.

 

97


Table of Contents

Keith Rabois has served on our board of directors since September 2005. Mr. Rabois is the Chief Operating Officer of Square, Inc., a service allowing anyone to accept credit cards utilizing a smartphone. Prior to Square, Mr. Rabois was the Vice President of Strategy & Business Development for Slide, from May 2007 to August 2010, when it was acquired by Google. Prior to Slide, Mr. Rabois was Vice President of Business and Corporate Development at LinkedIn Corporation, a professional online network, from January 2005 to May 2007. Previously, he was Chief Operating Officer of Epoch Innovations, Inc., a research and investment information company, from December 2003 to December 2004 and was an Entrepreneur in Residence at Clarium Capital Management, an investment management company and hedge fund, from January 2003 to December 2003. Previously, Mr. Rabois held various positions at PayPal from November 2000 to November 2002, most recently Executive Vice President of Business Development, Public Affairs and Policy. He was previously Vice President of Business Development at Voter.com from February 2000 to November 2000 and Policy Director at Quayle 2000, the company running the presidential campaign for Dan Quayle, from April 1999 to October 1999. Mr. Rabois was an associate at Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, a law firm, from October 1995 to March 1999 and was a law clerk for the Honorable Edith H. Jones, United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit from August 1994 to August 1995. He holds a J.D. from Harvard Law School and a B.A. in Political Science from Stanford University. Mr. Rabois was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive background and experience in the social media and Internet industry and as a seasoned investor.

Each of our officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of eight members. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

The Class I directors will be Fred Anderson, Peter Fenton and Jeremy Levine, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

The Class II directors will be Diane Irvine, Max Levchin and Keith Rabois, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

 

  Ÿ  

The Class III directors will be Geoff Donaker and Jeremy Stoppelman, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

We expect that additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within one year of the closing of this offering.

 

98


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning such director’s background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that, other than Messrs. Stoppelman and Donaker, by virtue of their positions as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, respectively, none of our directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Accordingly, a majority of our directors are independent, as required under applicable New York Stock Exchange rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee currently consists of Mr. Anderson, Ms. Irvine and Mr. Levine, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Ms. Irvine, whom our board of directors has determined is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector. The primary functions of this committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm and deciding whether to retain their services;

 

  Ÿ  

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports and discussing the statements and reports with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, including a review of disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;

 

  Ÿ  

considering and approving or disapproving of all related party transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing, with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, significant issues that may arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, as well as matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

 

  Ÿ  

conducting an annual assessment of the performance of the audit committee and its members, and the adequacy of its charter; and

 

99


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Anderson and Fenton, each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The chair of our compensation committee is Mr. Fenton. The functions of this committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

determining the compensation and other terms of employment of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending to the full board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating, adopting and administering the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing with management our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and recommending to the full board its inclusion in our periodic reports to be filed with the SEC; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Levchin and Rabois, each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. Rabois. The functions of this committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing periodically and evaluating director performance on our board of directors and its applicable committees, and recommending to our board of directors and management areas for improvement;

 

  Ÿ  

interviewing, evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors any amendments to our corporate governance policies; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and assessing, at least annually, the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.yelp.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion

 

100


Table of Contents

of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We do not currently provide any cash compensation to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. We have a policy of reimbursing our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings. We did not provide any cash compensation to our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The following table sets forth information regarding non-cash compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during 2011:

 

Name

   Option
Award
    Total  

Fred Anderson

   $      $   

Peter Fenton

              

Diane Irvine

     165,470 (1)      165,470   

Max R. Levchin

              

Jeremy Levine

              

Keith Rabois

              

 

(1) In connection with Ms. Irvine’s joining the board of directors in November 2011, we awarded Ms. Irvine an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our Class B common stock.

 

101


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The compensation provided to our “named executive officers” for 2011 is set forth in detail in the Summary Compensation Table and other tables and the accompanying footnotes and narrative that follow this section. This section explains our executive compensation philosophy, objectives and design, our compensation-setting process, our executive compensation program components, and the decisions made for compensation in respect of 2010 and 2011 for each of our named executive officers.

Our named executive officers for 2011 who appear in the Summary Compensation Table are:

 

  Ÿ  

Jeremy Stoppelman, our Chief Executive Officer

 

  Ÿ  

Rob Krolik, our Chief Financial Officer

 

  Ÿ  

Geoff Donaker, our Chief Operating Officer

 

  Ÿ  

Jed Nachman, our Senior Vice President of Revenue

 

  Ÿ  

Laurence Wilson, our General Counsel and Secretary

 

  Ÿ  

Vlado Herman, our former Chief Financial Officer

Executive Compensation Philosophy, Objectives, and Design

Philosophy .    We operate in a new and rapidly evolving market. To succeed in this environment, we must continually refine our business model, increase our traffic and revenue, manage the effectiveness of our advertising solutions and attract new advertising clients, develop and update our technology infrastructure and deploy new functions and products, expand our business in new and existing markets, both domestic and international, and partner with other companies. To achieve these business objectives, we need to attract and retain a highly talented team of executives. We also expect our team to possess and demonstrate strong leadership and management capabilities.

Objectives .    Our executive compensation programs are designed to achieve the following objectives:

 

  Ÿ  

attract and retain talented and experienced executive officers, whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

  Ÿ  

motivate these executive officers to achieve our business objectives;

 

  Ÿ  

promote teamwork while also recognizing the role each executive plays in our success; and

 

  Ÿ  

align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders.

Design .    As a privately held company, our total compensation package for our executive team has consisted of a combination of base salary, grants under our long-term equity incentive compensation plan and limited severance and change in control benefits. Compensation has been heavily weighted towards equity, including stock options, with limited cash compensation. We provide base salary to compensate employees for their day-to-day responsibilities, at levels that we feel are necessary to attract and retain executive talent. We have not generally offered cash bonus opportunities to our executive officers, as we believe that relying primarily on equity compensation has focused our executive officers on driving the achievement of our strategic and financial goals while conserving cash during our early years. We believe that making equity awards the largest component of executive compensation helps to motivate our executive officers to achieve our business objectives, and align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. We have also provided limited severance and change in control benefits to allow our executive officers to focus on pursuing business strategies that, while in best interest of our stockholders, may result in a disruption in their employment.

 

102


Table of Contents

We do not affirmatively set out in any given year, or with respect to any given new hire package, to apportion compensation in any specific ratio between cash and equity, or between long-term and short-term compensation. Rather, total compensation may skew more heavily toward either cash or equity, or short-term or long-term compensation, as a result of the factors described in the prior paragraph and in greater detail below. We generally review compensation on an annual basis.

Compensation-Setting Process

Role of Our Board .    For 2010 and for part of 2011 prior to the first formal meeting of our compensation committee in November 2011, our board of directors was responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program, including determining and approving the compensation arrangements for our executive officers. Mr. Stoppelman and Mr. Donaker, as members of our board, attended meetings of our board of directors and actively participated in determining our executive compensation philosophy, design and amounts, but each abstained from final decisions with respect to his own performance and compensation. Unless otherwise stated, the discussion and analysis below is based on decisions by the board of directors.

During 2010 and 2011, our board of directors and our compensation committee considered one or more of the following factors when setting executive compensation, as further explained in the discussions of each compensation element below:

 

  Ÿ  

the experiences and individual knowledge of the members of our board of directors regarding executive compensation, as we believe this approach helps us to compete in hiring and retaining the best possible talent while at the same time maintaining a reasonable and responsible cost structure;

 

  Ÿ  

individual negotiations with executive officers, particularly in connection with their initial compensation package, as these executive officers have generally been leaving meaningful compensation opportunities at their prior employers to work for us;

 

  Ÿ  

the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

corporate and individual performance, as we believe this encourages our executive officers to focus on achieving our business objectives;

 

  Ÿ  

the executive’s existing equity award and stock holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

internal pay equity of the compensation paid to one executive officer as compared to another—that is, that the compensation paid to each executive should reflect the importance of his role to the company as compared to the roles of the other executive officers, while at the same time providing a certain amount of parity to promote teamwork; and

 

  Ÿ  

the potential dilutive effect of equity awards on our stockholders.

We expect that following this offering, in setting executive compensation, we may review and consider, in addition to the items above, factors such as the achievement of predefined milestones, tax deductibility of compensation, the total compensation that may become payable to executive officers in various hypothetical scenarios, the performance of our Class A common stock and compensation levels at public peer companies.

We created our compensation committee in March 2011, and we approved a charter in November 2011. The compensation committee held its first formal meeting in November 2011. Prior to this offering, our compensation committee was primarily responsible for reviewing our existing executive compensation structures and programs and making recommendations for any changes to the full board for approval. Following November 2011, our compensation committee will be responsible, together with our board of directors, for executive compensation decisions, including

 

103


Table of Contents

establishing our executive compensation philosophy and programs and determining specific executive compensation, including cash and equity.

Role of Management .    In setting compensation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer worked closely with members of our board in managing our executive compensation program, including reviewing existing compensation for adjustment (as needed), and establishing new hire packages. Our finance department works with our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer to gather financial and operational data that the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer review in making their recommendations. From time to time, our Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel attend meetings (or portions of meetings) of the board of directors and compensation committee to present information and answer questions. No executive officer voted in the final determinations regarding the amount of any component of his own compensation package.

Role of Compensation Consultant .    Prior to 2011, neither we nor our board nor our compensation committee had retained a compensation consultant to provide services in respect of executive compensation. In September 2011, in preparation for this offering, our compensation committee retained Compensia, Inc., a national compensation consulting firm, to provide executive compensation advisory services. Specifically, we have engaged Compensia to provide the following services:

 

  Ÿ  

suggest a peer company group composed of public companies with revenues and employee populations comparable to us;

 

  Ÿ  

conduct an executive compensation assessment analyzing the current cash and equity compensation of our senior management team against compensation for similarly situated executives at our peer group companies;

 

  Ÿ  

review market practices with respect to executive severance and change in control arrangements;

 

  Ÿ  

assist with a review of our equity compensation strategy, including the development of award guidelines and an aggregate spending budget;

 

  Ÿ  

review our compensation policies and practices, including our long-term compensation program design;

 

  Ÿ  

review of board compensation; and

 

  Ÿ  

assist management in preparing a compensation risk assessment of our broad-based employee compensation practices.

From time to time, Compensia attends meetings (or portions of meetings) of our compensation committee to present information and answer questions.

Creation of Peer Group .    Prior to 2012, we did not refer to compensation paid by a specific peer group of companies in setting compensation and we did not benchmark our compensation to a specific level. Instead, we relied heavily on the reasonable business judgment of our board members and officers (which includes their knowledge and experience with the hiring of hundreds of employees by our company in the last several years) and negotiations with the new hire candidates in determining compensation levels that would allow us to compete in hiring and retaining the best possible talent. In preparation for this offering, our management has been working with Compensia to determine a set of peer companies to recommend to our compensation committee for purposes of making executive compensation decisions following this offering.

Executive Compensation Program Components

Base Salary.     We provide base salary as a fixed source of compensation for our executive officers, allowing them a degree of certainty in the face of working for a privately-held company and

 

104


Table of Contents

having a meaningful portion of their compensation “at risk” in the form of equity awards covering the shares of a private company. The board of directors recognizes the importance of base salaries as an element of compensation that helps to attract and retain highly qualified executive talent, particularly in the absence of a cash bonus opportunity.

In setting initial salary levels and determining adjustments from year to year, the board considers the executive’s anticipated responsibilities and individual experience, the board members’ experiences and knowledge in compensating similarly situated individuals at other companies, our then-current cash constraints, a general sense of internal pay equity among our executive officers and negotiations with the executive. The board may also consider the impact of the value of the executive’s equity awards when setting or adjusting base salaries. The board does not apply specific formulas in determining base salary increases.

The board generally reviews, and adjusts as necessary, base salaries for each of our executive officers annually. In connection with our annual review process for 2010, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer recommended and our board approved without change the base salary increases for our executive officers set forth below. Our board decided not to increase Messrs. Stoppelman’s and Donaker’s base salaries in 2010, based on its determination that these officers’ overall compensation package, including their prior equity holdings, appropriately met our motivation and retention goals. The board increased Messrs. Nachman’s, Wilson’s and Herman’s base salaries based on the scope of the executive’s anticipated responsibilities for the coming year, the independent judgment of the directors in compensating similarly situated individuals at other companies, our budget for salary adjustments and a desire for greater internal pay parity with respect to base salaries. Based on these factors, our board increased the base salary for Mr. Nachman effective January 1, 2010 and increased the base salaries for Messrs. Wilson and Herman effective July 1, 2010.

 

Name

   2009 Salary      2010 Salary      % Increase  

Jeremy Stoppelman

   $ 220,000       $ 220,000         0

Geoff Donaker

   $ 235,000       $ 235,000         0

Jed Nachman

   $ 180,000       $ 220,000         22

Laurence Wilson

   $ 170,000       $ 200,000         18

Vlado Herman

   $ 170,000       $ 200,000         18

In early 2011, as part of the annual compensation review, our board of directors reviewed our named executive officers’ salaries. The board did not approve increases for Messrs. Stoppelman’s and Donaker’s base salaries after taking into account the potential value of equity awards granted to these executives in January 2011 (discussed in greater detail below). However, at that time, the board did approve 2011 base salaries of $300,000 for Mr. Nachman and $235,000 for Mr. Herman, effective January 1, 2011 and $225,000 for Mr. Wilson effective July 1, 2011, reflecting the critical importance of their respective roles to the Company as we prepared for this offering and the easing of cash constraints on our compensation budget as our company has matured. In setting Mr. Krolik’s initial base salary of $300,000, the board considered internal pay equity, the prior salary of Mr. Herman, the critical need for a chief financial officer candidate with public company experience and negotiations with Mr. Krolik of the salary level necessary to induce him to join our team.

 

Name

   2010 Salary      2011 Salary      % Increase  

Jeremy Stoppelman

   $ 220,000       $ 220,000         0

Rob Krolik

     NA       $ 300,000         NA   

Geoff Donaker

   $ 235,000       $ 235,000         0

Jed Nachman

   $ 220,000       $ 300,000         36

Laurence Wilson

   $ 200,000       $ 225,000         13

Vlado Herman

   $ 200,000       $ 235,000         18

 

105


Table of Contents

In November 2011, in connection with the preparations for this offering, the compensation committee reviewed base salaries and approved base salary increases, effective as of January 1, 2012, to $300,000 for each of Messrs. Stoppelman, Donaker and Wilson. In determining this level of compensation, the compensation committee considered their experiences in compensating executives at similarly situated companies, the desire for internal pay equity as among our named executive officers, and the contemporary decision to continue to rely on base salary and equity compensation as the primary compensation vehicles.

Incentive Cash Compensation .    In 2010 and 2011, the board decided to not offer incentive cash compensation opportunities, and did not pay bonus compensation for such years, to any executive officer. The board recognizes that while incentive cash compensation is a common compensation element at many companies, including companies with whom we compete for talent, the board felt that the equity compensation opportunities held by our executives provided sufficient motivation and retention incentives. The board also felt it was appropriate, given the broader economic environment, and the company’s then-current cash constraints, and that it was in the best interests of the company and our stockholders to rely on base salary and equity compensation and not incentive cash compensation. In November 2011, in connection with preparations for this offering, the compensation committee revisited the board’s decision from earlier in 2011 and made the decision to continue to rely on base salary and equity compensation as the primary executive compensation vehicles.

Equity Compensation .    As a privately held company, we have historically used options as the principal component of our executive compensation program. Consistent with our compensation objectives, we believe this approach has allowed us to attract and retain key talent in our industry and aligned our executive team’s focus and contributions with the long-term interests of the company and our stockholders. We grant stock options with an exercise price not less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, so these options will have value to our executive officers only if the fair market value of our common stock increases after the date of grant. Typically, stock options granted to our executive officers vest over four or five years, allowing them to serve as an effective retention tool. We have also started to use, on a limited basis, restricted stock awards, in order to attract key talent. These restricted stock awards have a multi-year (generally over four years) time-based vesting condition, allowing them to serve as an effective retention tool.

In addition, our board has approved certain executive stock awards containing accelerated vesting provisions upon certain material change in control transactions, upon an initial public offering of our securities, or upon certain adverse employment actions taken in connection with a change in control. Our board believes these accelerated vesting provisions reflect current market practices, based on the collective knowledge and experiences of our board members (and without reference to specific peer group data), and allow us to attract and retain highly qualified executive officers and to motivate our executive officers to work towards corporate objectives that provide a meaningful return to our stockholders. In addition, we believe these accelerated vesting provisions will allow our executive officers to focus on our material corporate goals, including completion of an initial public offering, as well as on the potential for closing other material corporate transactions that may be in the best interest of our stockholders even though the transaction may otherwise result in a termination of their employment and, absent such accelerated vesting, a forfeiture of their unvested equity awards. Additional information regarding accelerated vesting prior to, upon or following a change in control is discussed below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

From time to time, we have granted to our employees generally, including our executive officers, options with an early exercise feature that allows the optionholder to exercise and receive unvested shares of our stock, so that the executive may exercise and have a greater opportunity for gains on the shares to be taxed at long-term capital gain rates rather than ordinary income rates. Our board believes this early exercise feature reflects current market practices for private companies, based on

 

106


Table of Contents

the collective knowledge and experiences of our board members, and allows us to attract and retain highly qualified employees.

In determining the form, size, and material terms of executive equity awards, our board customarily considered, among other things, the executive officer’s total compensation opportunity, the need to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term stockholder value, the need to attract and retain employees in the absence of a cash bonus program, the Chief Executive Officer’s and Chief Operating Officer’s recommendations, individual accomplishments, adjustments to duties, the executive officer’s existing equity award holdings (including the unvested portion of such awards), the retention implications of existing grants and our incentive goals, internal pay equity as among our executive officers and market conditions.

With respect to 2010, our board of directors considered the then-current equity compensation opportunities and holdings of each of our executive officers, and the increases in base salary for Messrs. Nachman and Wilson, and decided that for each executive, other than Mr. Herman, the existing rights and opportunities provided sufficient compensation opportunities and motivation. The board decided to grant Mr. Herman a stock option covering 250,000 shares in connection with his transition to his new role as Chief Financial Officer. The size of the grant reflected the board’s determination of the importance of his role in the preparations for this offering and the appropriate internal pay equity of a chief financial officer as compared to the other executive officers.

With respect to 2011, our board of directors granted each of our executive officers, other than Mr. Herman, new stock option awards, covering the number of shares set forth in the table below. The size and terms of these stock options reflected the board’s determination of the need for long-term retention incentives as well as the board’s experiences in compensating similarly situated executives at similarly situated companies. The board did not grant Mr. Herman a new stock option award in light of the sizable grant made to him in the middle of 2010. The board granted Mr. Krolik options covering 75,000 shares of our common stock and a restricted stock award covering 150,000 shares of our common stock in connection with the commencement of his employment. The size and terms of these grants reflected negotiations with Mr. Krolik and a desire for internal pay parity with our other executive officers.

 

Name

  

2011 Option Grant

    

2011 Restricted Stock Award

 

Jeremy Stoppelman

     1,601,039           

Rob Krolik

     75,000         150,000   

Geoff Donaker

     1,309,941           

Jed Nachman

     187,500           

Laurence Wilson

     187,500           

Vlado Herman

               

Post-Employment Compensation

The terms and conditions of employment for each of our named executive officers are set forth in written letter agreements. For a summary of the material terms and conditions of these letters, see “—Offer Letter Agreements” below. For a summary of the material terms and conditions in effect on December 31, 2011 see “—Offer Letter Agreements” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Prior to 2011, we had not entered into employment agreements providing for post-employment compensation in the form of cash severance or continued employee benefits to our named executive officers. While severance is a common compensation element at many companies, including

 

107


Table of Contents

companies with whom we compete for talent, the board felt that offering this kind of severance was not necessary at the relevant hire dates to attract key talent and induce employees to leave their current employment and was not prudent for a small but growing private company. Instead, we have offered our senior executive officers change in control and severance protections in the form of limited rights to acceleration of vesting on a change in control and upon involuntary terminations of employment following a change in control. We believe these equity acceleration provisions will help our executive officers maintain continued focus and dedication to their responsibilities to help enhance stockholder value if there is a potential transaction that could involve a change in control of our company and a potential for the termination of their employment.

However, to induce Mr. Krolik to forgo other opportunities and leave his current employment for the uncertainty of a demanding position in a new and unfamiliar organization, the board approved cash and equity acceleration protections in the event of his involuntary termination of employment following a change in control. The amount and terms of these benefits reflect the negotiations of the executive officer with the company and the directors’ determination, based on their experiences and without reference to market data, of reasonable severance provisions for similarly situated executives. These benefits encourage Mr. Krolik to maintain continued focus and dedication to his responsibility to help enhance stockholder value in the face of decisions that are in the best interests of our stockholders but not necessarily in the executive officer’s own personal best interests.

In connection with the preparations for this offering, the compensation committee approved the Executive Severance Benefit Plan (“Severance Plan”) in January 2012. Under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan, our named executive officers are eligible to receive severance upon an involuntary termination without cause (including a resignation for good reason), subject to signing a release of claims and compliance with continuing obligations of confidentiality. For a summary of the material terms and conditions of the Executive Severance Benefit Plan, see “—Executive Severance Benefit Plan” below. The compensation committee members believe, based on their experiences, the benefits provided are reasonable severance provisions and encourage our executives to remain with Yelp following this offering and to work to maximize stockholder value.

Employee Benefits

We provide standard health, dental, vision, life and disability insurance benefits to our executive officers, on the same terms and conditions as provided to all other eligible employees. Our executive officers may also participate in our broad-based 401(k) plan, which currently does not include a company match or discretionary contribution. We believe these benefits are consistent with the broad-based employee benefits provided at the companies with whom we compete for talent and therefore are important to attracting and retaining qualified employees.

We generally do not offer executive perquisites. However, from time to time, we may consider providing limited perquisites to the extent our board believes that these limited perquisites are important for attracting and retaining key talent.

Equity Granting Policies

 

  Ÿ  

We encourage our named executive officers to hold a significant equity interest in our company, but have not set specific ownership guidelines.

 

  Ÿ  

While our board of directors has delegated authority to our compensation committee to grant equity awards to executive officers, all equity awards previously granted to our named executive officers have been granted by our full board of directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Prior to this offering, we did not have any program, plan or obligation that required us to grant equity compensation on specified dates and, because we have not been a public company, we

 

108


Table of Contents
 

have not made equity grants in connection with the release or withholding of material non-public information.

 

  Ÿ  

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors has historically determined the fair market value of our common stock in good faith based upon consideration of a number of relevant factors including our financial condition, the likelihood of a liquidity event, the liquidation preference of our participating preferred stock, the price at which our preferred stock was sold, the enterprise values of comparable companies, our cash needs, operating losses, market conditions, material risks to our business and valuation reports obtained from independent valuation firms.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Deductibility of Executive Compensation.     Section 162(m) of the Code limits the amount that a public company may deduct from federal income taxes for remuneration paid to executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) to one million dollars per executive officer per year, unless certain requirements are met. Section 162(m) provides an exception from this deduction limitation for certain forms of “performance-based compensation,” including the gain recognized by executive officers upon the exercise of qualifying compensatory stock options. While our board is mindful of the benefit to us of the full deductibility of compensation, our board believes that it should not be constrained by the requirements of Section 162(m) where those requirements would impair flexibility in compensating our executive officers in a manner that can best promote our corporate objectives. We have not adopted a policy that requires that all compensation be deductible. We intend to continue to compensate our executive officers in a manner consistent with the best interests of the company and our stockholders.

Taxation of “Parachute” Payments and Deferred Compensation.     Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code provide that executive officers and directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain prescribed limits, and that the company, or a successor, may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. Section 409A of the Code also imposes additional significant taxes on the individual in the event that an executive officer, director or other service provider receives “deferred compensation” that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. We did not provide any executive officer, including any named executive officer, with a “gross-up” or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that he or she might owe as a result of the application of Sections 280G, 4999, or 409A of the Code during 2010 or 2011 and we have not agreed and are not otherwise contractually obligated to provide any named executive officers with such a “gross-up” or other reimbursement.

Accounting Treatment.     The accounting impact of our compensation programs is one of many factors that are considered in determining the size and structure of our programs, so that we can ensure that our compensation programs are reasonable and in the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Recovery Policies

The board and the compensation committee have not determined whether they would attempt to recover bonuses from our executive officers if the performance objectives that led to the bonus determination were to be restated, or found not to have been met to the extent originally believed by the compensation committee. However, as a public company subject to the provisions of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, if we are required as a result of misconduct to restate our financial results due to our material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirements under the federal securities laws, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer may be legally required to reimburse us for any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation they receive. In

 

109


Table of Contents

addition, we will comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and will adopt a compensation recovery policy once final regulations on the subject have been adopted.

Compensation Risk Assessment

During 2011, at the direction of our compensation committee, we engaged Compensia, which, assisted by our management, conducted a risk assessment review of our compensation policies and practices. Compensia presented its findings to our compensation committee for consideration. After consideration of the information presented, our compensation committee concluded that our compensation programs are designed with an appropriate balance of risk and reward in relation to our overall business strategy and do not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk-taking behavior. In making this determination, our compensation committee considered our pay mix, our base salaries, the attributes of our variable compensation programs, including our equity program, and our sales compensation plan and our alignment with market pay levels and compensation program designs.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our former Chief Financial Officer, who resigned from that position in July 2011, and our other three most highly compensated executive officers during 2011. We refer to these individuals in this prospectus as our named executive officers. 2010 compensation information is included for certain individuals as was previously disclosed in public filings with the SEC.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus(1)     Stock
Awards(2)
    Option
Awards(2)
    All Other
Compensation(3)
    Total  

Jeremy Stoppelman

    2011      $ 220,000      $      $      $ 6,624,459      $ 6,741      $ 6,851,200   

Chief Executive Officer

    2010        220,000                             5,933        225,933   

Rob Krolik(4)

    2011        128,461               1,362,000        391,530        5,341        1,887,332   

Chief Financial Officer

    2010                                             

Geoff Donaker

    2011        235,000                      5,420,012        12,805        5,667,817   

Chief Operating Officer

    2010        235,000                             11,493        246,493   

Jed Nachman

    2011        300,000                      775,800        12,844        1,088,644   

Senior Vice President of Revenue

    2010        220,000                             11,460        231,460   

Laurence Wilson

    2011        212,500                      775,800        6,426        994,726   

General Counsel and Secretary

    2010        185,000                             5,738        190,738   

Vlado Herman(5)

    2011        186,042                             9,070        195,112   

Former Chief Financial Officer

    2010        185,000                      1,095,700        5,219        1,285,919   

 

(1) None of our executive officers was eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus for services performed during 2010 or 2011. In January 2010, Mr. Nachman received a bonus of $40,000, which was awarded in recognition of services performed during 2009 and is not included in the table above.

 

110


Table of Contents
(2) The amounts reported here do not reflect the actual economic value realized by the named executive officer. In accordance with SEC rules, these columns represent the grant date fair value of shares underlying stock awards and stock options, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions. For additional information on the valuation assumptions, see note 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(3) The amounts reported here include life, health and dental insurance premiums paid by the company and reimbursement for health club memberships. All of these benefits are provided to the named executive officers on the same terms as provided to all of our regular full-time employees. For Mr. Herman, it also includes cash paid for unused time off due to him on his termination date.
(4) Mr. Krolik has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2011 and did not receive any compensation from us for service in any capacity during 2010.
(5) Mr. Herman served as our principal financial officer from November 2006 through July 2011 and left the Company in October 2011.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table shows all plan-based awards granted to the named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2011. The equity awards granted identified in the table below are also reported in “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2011.” For additional information regarding our equity incentive plans, see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits and Stock Plans.”

 

     Grant
Date
     All Other Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or Units
     All Other Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying

Options(1)
     Exercise
Price or
Base Price
of Option

Awards(2)
     Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option

Awards(2)
 

Name

              

Jeremy Stoppelman

     1/6/2011            1,601,039       $ 7.16       $ 6,624,459   

Rob Krolik

     7/27/2011            75,000         9.08         391,530   
     7/27/2011         150,000                         1,362,000   

Geoff Donaker

     1/6/2011            1,309,941         7.16         5,420,012   

Jed Nachman

     1/6/2011            187,500         7.16         775,800   

Laurence Wilson

     1/26/2011            187,500         7.16         775,800   

Vlado Herman

     NA                                   

 

(1) The stock options and stock awards reflected in this column were granted under our 2005 Plan. For a description of the terms of stock options granted under our 2005 Plan, see “Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.”
(2) The amounts reported here do not reflect the actual economic value realized by the named executive officers. In accordance with SEC rules, this column represents the grant date fair value of shares underlying stock awards and stock options, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions. For additional information on the valuation assumptions, see note 9 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

111


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2011

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2011.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested
    Market or
Payout
Value
of Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
 

Jeremy Stoppelman

    497,508 (1)       124,377      $ 0.352        12/10/2012                 
    180,117 (2)       1,420,922        7.160        1/5/2021                 

Robert J. Krolik

          
75,000
(3)  
    9.080        7/26/2021                 
            150,000 (4)       1,710,000   

Geoff Donaker

    323,268 (5)              0.064        6/20/2016                 
    404,440 (6)              0.320        12/10/2017                 
    9,447 (7)       49,980        7.160        1/5/2021                 
    137,919 (8)       1,112,594        7.160        1/5/2021                 

Joseph R. Nachman

    96,875 (9)              0.196        7/30/2017                 
    77,500 (10)              1.080        4/22/2018                 
    10,518 (11)       40,924        7.160        1/5/2021                 
    10,731 (12)       125,325        7.160        1/5/2021                 

Laurence A. Wilson

    186,129 (13)              0.320        11/4/2017                 
    1,162 (14)       40,687        7.160        1/25/2021                 
    4,045 (15)       141,604        7.160        1/25/2021                 

Vlado Herman

    (16)              NA        NA                 

 

(1)

20% of the total shares underlying this option vested on December 11, 2008. The remaining shares vest  1 / 60 monthly, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date.

(2) For the first 12 months following the vesting commencement date of November 10, 2010, 13,342 shares vested monthly; for the second 12 months, 20,013 shares vest monthly; for the third 12 months, 26,684 shares vest monthly; for the fourth 12 months, 33,355 shares vest monthly; and for the fifth 12 months, the remainder of shares outstanding vest ratably.
(3) 25% of the shares underlying this option will vest on July 27, 2012. Thereafter, the remaining shares vest in a series of 36 equal monthly installments, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date.
(4) 25% of the shares underlying this award will vest on July 27, 2012. Thereafter, the remaining shares vest in a series of 12 equal quarterly installments, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date.
(5)

25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on June 26, 2007. The remaining shares vest  1 / 48 monthly, subject to continued service to us. As of December 31, 2011, all shares underlying this option were vested, and the option had been exercised as to 79,989 shares.

(6)

25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on December 11, 2008. The remaining shares vest  1 / 48 monthly, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. As of December 31, 2011, all shares underlying this option were vested.

 

112


Table of Contents
(7) For the first 12 months following the vesting commencement date of November 10, 2010, 725 shares underlying the option vested monthly; for the second 12 months, 750 shares vest monthly; for the third 12 months, 1,164 shares vest monthly; and for the next 24 months, the remainder of shares outstanding vest ratably.
(8) For the first 12 months following the vesting commencement date of November 10, 2010, 10,191 shares underlying the option vested monthly; for the second 12 months, 15,624 shares vest monthly; for the third 12 months, 20,669 shares vest monthly; for the fourth 12 months, 26,127 shares vest monthly; and for the fifth 12 months, the remainder of shares outstanding vest ratably.
(9)

25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on July 31, 2008. The remaining shares vest  1 / 48 monthly, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. Of the shares underlying this option, all shares were vested as of December 31, 2011.

(10)

25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on April 28, 2009. The remaining shares vest  1 / 48 monthly, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. Of the shares underlying this option, 71,042 shares were vested as of December 31, 2011. This option is early exercisable and to the extent any of such shares are unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase by us.

(11) For the first 10 months following the vesting commencement date of July 10, 2011, 2,104 shares vest monthly; thereafter, 1,061 shares shall vest on a monthly basis for 29 months.
(12) For the first 10 months following the vesting commencement date of July 10, 2011, 2,146 shares vest monthly; thereafter, 3,189 shares shall vest on a monthly basis for 29 months.
(13)

25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on November 5, 2008. The remaining shares vest  1 / 48 monthly, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. Of the shares underlying this option, all shares were vested as of December 31, 2011 and 28,718 were issued upon exercise of the option during 2010.

(14) Each month following the vesting commencement date of November 1, 2011, the shares underlying the option vest ratably each month for a total of 36 months.
(15) Each month following the vesting commencement date of November 1, 2011, the shares underlying the option vest ratably each month for a total of 36 months.
(16) Upon the termination of Mr. Herman’s employment with us, Mr. Herman exercised the vested portions of his outstanding option awards, and the unvested portions of his outstanding option awards were cancelled. He had no awards outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

 

113


Table of Contents

Stock Option Exercises During 2011

The following table shows information regarding options that were exercised by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
     Value Realized
on Exercise(1)(2)
 

Jeremy Stoppelman

           $   

Rob Krolik

               

Geoff Donaker

               

Jed Nachman

     107,432         748,131   

Laurence Wilson

               

Vlado Herman

     199,222         1,314,395   

 

(1) The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of the options represents the amount by which (i) the aggregate market price of the shares of our Class B common stock on the date of exercise exceeded (ii) the aggregate exercise price of the option. For the exercise by Mr. Nachman in April 2011, we calculated the value realized based on a fair value of $7.16 per share and an exercise price of $0.1962 per share. Mr. Herman exercised an option as to 121,097 shares in July 2011, with a fair value of $8.16 per share and exercise price of $0.1962 per share, and exercised options as to 78,125 shares in December 2011, with a fair value of $11.40 per share and exercise price of $6.92 per share.

Pension Benefits

We do not have any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not offer any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Offer Letter Agreements

We entered into offer letter agreements with each of our named executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, in connection with their commencement of employment with us. These offer letter agreements provided for the named executive officer’s initial base salary, eligibility to participate in our standard benefit plans and in certain cases, the named executive officer’s initial stock option grant along with vesting provisions with respect to that initial stock option grant. The offer letters did not provide for severance, other than for Mr. Krolik.

We entered into an offer letter agreement with Rob Krolik, our current Chief Financial Officer, which was signed in July 2011. Mr. Krolik’s offer letter provided for an initial base salary, an opportunity to participate in our standard benefit plans and terms providing for initial equity grants. Pursuant to Mr. Krolik’s offer letter, we granted Mr. Krolik 150,000 shares of restricted stock and a stock option to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $9.08 per share, in each case vesting over four years. Under Mr. Krolik’s offer letter, in the event that Mr. Krolik’s employment was terminated without cause or constructively terminated, in each case within one year following a change in control, as these terms were used in Mr. Krolik’s offer letter, Mr. Krolik, subject to Mr. Krolik executing a general release of claims in favor of us, would be entitled to acceleration of the vesting of 50% of the then-unvested shares underlying the restricted stock and option grants. In addition, if Mr. Krolik’s employment was terminated without cause within one year following a change in control,

 

114


Table of Contents

subject to Mr. Krolik executing a general release of claims in favor of us, he would also be entitled to a lump sum payment of 100% of his base salary and prorated percentage of any incentive compensation to which he would otherwise then be entitled.

Jeremy Stoppelman

We entered into an employment letter agreement with Jeremy Stoppelman, our Chief Executive Officer, dated February 3, 2012. This offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Stoppelman’s current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to participate in incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by us. In addition, Mr. Stoppelman is eligible to participate in the Severance Plan. Nothing in the letter modifies the vesting or other terms of Mr. Stoppelman’s existing equity award agreements.

Rob Krolik

We entered into an employment letter agreement with Rob Krolik, our Chief Financial Officer, dated February 3, 2012, which amended and restated his original offer letter agreement dated June 27, 2011. This offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Krolik’s current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to participate in incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by us. In addition, Mr. Krolik is eligible to participate in the Severance Plan. Nothing in the letter modifies the vesting or other terms of Mr. Krolik’s existing equity award agreements.

Geoff Donaker

We entered into an employment letter agreement with Geoff Donaker, our Chief Operating Officer, dated February 3, 2012, which amended and restated his original offer letter agreement dated January 1, 2006. This offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Donaker’s current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to participate in incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by us. In addition, Mr. Donaker is eligible to participate in the Severance Plan. Nothing in the letter modifies the vesting or other terms of Mr. Donaker’s existing equity award agreements.

Jed Nachman

We entered into an employment letter agreement with Jed Nachman, our Senior Vice President, Revenue, dated February 3, 2012, which amended and restated his original offer letter agreement dated December 13, 2006. This offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Nachman’s current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to participate in incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by us. In addition, Mr. Nachman is eligible to participate in the Severance Plan. Nothing in the letter modifies the vesting or other terms of Mr. Nachman’s existing equity award agreements.

Laurence Wilson

We entered into an employment letter agreement with Laurence Wilson, our General Counsel and Secretary, dated February 3, 2012, which amended and restated his original offer letter agreement dated September 19, 2007. This offer letter has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Wilson’s current annual base salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to participate in incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by us. In addition, Mr. Wilson is eligible to participate in the Severance Plan. Nothing in the letter modifies the vesting or other terms of Mr. Wilson’s existing equity award agreements.

 

115


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to our named executive officers pursuant to stock option agreements or restricted stock awards in the event that (i) we had consummated a transaction that effected a change in control on December 31, 2011, (ii) their employment had been terminated by us without cause or they had experienced a constructive termination, in each case within 12 months following a change in control consummated on December 31, 2011, or (iii) we had consummated an initial public offering on December 31, 2011.

 

Name

   Salary
Continuation
    Bonus
Continuation
     Continued
Benefits
     Value of Equity
Acceleration(1)
    Total  

Jeremy Stoppelman

            

Change in Control

   $      $       $       $ 4,775,567      $ 4,775,567   

Termination upon Change in Control

                            4,775,567        4,775,567   

Initial Public Offering

                            3,012,355 (2)      3,012,355   

Rob Krolik

            

Change in Control

                                     

Termination upon Change in Control

     300,000 (3)                      942,000        1,242,000   

Initial Public Offering

                                     

Geoff Donaker

            

Change in Control

                            1,232,329        1,232,329   

Termination upon Change in Control

                            1,232,329        1,232,329   

Initial Public Offering

                            2,464,658 (2)      2,464,658   

Jed Nachman

            

Change in Control

                                     

Termination upon Change in Control

                            464,150        464,150   

Initial Public Offering

                                     

Laurence Wilson

            

Change in Control

                                     

Termination upon Change in Control

                            397,500        397,500   

Initial Public Offering

                                     

Vlado Herman(4)

            

Change in Control

                                     

Termination upon Change in Control

                                     

Initial Public Offering

                                     

 

(1) Amounts indicated in this column are calculated as the fair value of a share of Class B common stock underlying the options or restricted stock award subject to accelerated vesting on December 31, 2011 less (in the case of a stock option) the exercise price of the option, multiplied by the number of unvested shares for which vesting would accelerate. The fair value of a share of Class B common stock on December 31, 2011, as determined by our board of directors, was $11.40.
(2) Under stock option agreements entered into during 2011, Messrs. Stoppelman and Donaker are entitled to receive acceleration of 50% of any unvested shares upon the consummation of an initial public offering.
(3) The terms of the offer letter to Mr. Krolik that was in effect on December 31, 2011 provided that he would receive 100% of his then-current annual base salary in the event of a change in control and, within one year of the change in control, the termination of his employment.
(4) Because Mr. Herman terminated his employment with us in October 2011, he would have received no payments upon the consummation of a change in control or initial public offering on December 31, 2011.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve prior to the closing of this offering, our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (“2012 Plan”). We do not expect to grant awards under our 2012 Plan until after the closing of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (“2011 Plan”). Our 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation to our employees, directors and

 

116


Table of Contents

consultants. Additionally, our 2012 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our 2012 Plan is 13,916,841 shares, which number is the sum of (i) 3,575,500 shares, plus (i) the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2011 Plan at the time our 2012 Plan becomes effective, not to exceed 346,431 shares, plus (ii) any shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2011 Plan or our 2005 Plan that would have otherwise returned to our 2011 Plan or our 2005 Plan, as applicable (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting), not to exceed 9,994,910 shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2013 and continuing through and including January 1, 2022, by 4% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2012 Plan is 27,500,000 shares.

Shares issued under our 2012 Plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our Class A common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2012 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2012 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2012 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, will become available for future grant under our 2012 Plan.

Plan A dministration .    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2012 Plan. Our board of directors has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2012 Plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Our board of directors has delegated such authority to our chief executive officer. Subject to the terms of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2012 Plan.

The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2012 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Section 162(m) Limits .     At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 2,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2012 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 2,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock or a performance

 

117


Table of Contents

cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000 under our 2012 Plan. These limitations are designed to allow us to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance Awards .    Our 2012 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more of the following performance criteria: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) total stockholder return; (9) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (10) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (11) stock price; (12) margin (including gross margin); (13) income (before or after taxes); (14) operating income; (15) operating income after taxes; (16) pre-tax profit; (17) operating cash flow; (18) sales or revenue targets; (19) increases in revenue or product revenue; (20) expenses and cost reduction goals; (21) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (22) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (23) market share; (24) cash flow; (25) cash flow per share; (26) share price performance; (27) debt reduction; (28) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (29) user satisfaction; (30) stockholders’ equity; (31) capital expenditures; (32) debt levels; (33) operating profit or net operating profit; (34) workforce diversity; (35) growth of net income or operating income; (36) billings; (37) bookings; (38) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (39) employee retention; and (40) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, our compensation committee will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in

 

118


Table of Contents

connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, our compensation committee retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Corporate Transactions . Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, as defined under our 2012 Plan, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The administrator may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation; (3) accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction; (4) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; or (5) cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award. The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Change in Control .    The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2012 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2012 Plan.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (“2011 Plan”) in July 2011, as a successor to and continuation of our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”) discussed below. Our 2011 Plan allows for the grant of ISOs to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of NSOs and stock purchase rights to employees, officers, directors and consultants of ours and of our parent and subsidiary corporations. Effective as of July 2011, our board terminated our 2005 Plan and provided that no further stock awards were to be granted under our 2005 Plan.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum number of shares of our Class B common stock that may be issued under our 2011 Plan is (i) 1,250,000 shares, plus (ii) the 668,881 shares reserved for issuance under our 2005 Plan at the time our 2011 Plan became effective, plus (iii) a number of shares not to exceed 9,420,163 shares, consisting of the shares subject to outstanding options and restricted stock awards granted under our 2005 Plan, as determined on the date our 2011 Plan became effective, that become available for issuance under our 2011 Plan from time to time. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2011 Plan is 11,339,044 shares.

Shares issued under our 2011 Plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our Class B common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2011 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2011 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2011 Plan that are forfeited, as well as shares reacquired by us as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, will become available for future grant under our 2011 Plan.

 

119


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 9,303,989 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding under our 2005 Plan and 2011 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $5.48 per share, restricted stock awards covering 168,750 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding under our 2011 Plan at a weighted average grant date fair value of $9.08 per share, and 1,037,357 shares remained available for future grant under our 2011 Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, administers our 2011 Plan. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2011 Plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees to receive certain stock awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of our Class B common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2011 Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the stock awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the stock award and the terms of the stock award agreements for use under our 2011 Plan.

Corporate Transactions .    Our 2011 Plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, as defined under our 2011 Plan, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The administrator may (i) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation; (ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation; (iii) accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction and arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; or (iv) cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award. The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Change in Control .    The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. In the absence of such a provision, no acceleration of the stock award will occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2011 Plan, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2011 Plan will terminate automatically in 2021, unless we terminate it sooner.

Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2005 Plan in September 2005. Our 2005 Plan allowed for the grant of ISOs to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of NSOs, and stock purchase rights to employees, officers, directors and consultants of ours and of our parent and subsidiary corporations. Effective as of July 2011, our board terminated our 2005 Plan and provided that no further stock awards were to be granted under our 2005 Plan. All outstanding stock awards under our 2005 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers our 2005 Plan and the stock awards granted under it. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2005 Plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The administrator has the authority to modify outstanding stock awards under our 2005 Plan.

 

120


Table of Contents

In the event of a corporate transaction, including a reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off or combination, or a disposition of our securities, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The administrator may (i) provide for the purchase of the stock award for cash had the stock award been exercisable, payable or fully vested, or provide for the replacement of the stock award with other rights or property determined by the administrator; (ii) provide that the stock award will be exercisable in full; (iii) provide for the assumption or substitution of the stock award by a successor corporation; (iv) adjust the number and type of securities or property subject to the stock award and/or the terms and conditions (including the grant or exercise price) of the stock award or stock awards that may be granted in the future; or (v) provide that the stock award will not be exercisable and will terminate immediately upon the consummation of the transaction, provided that for a specified period of time prior to the transaction, the stock award will be exercisable in full, the restrictions imposed on the shares subject to the stock award may be terminated, and any repurchase price held by us will no longer be in effect.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve prior to the closing of this offering, our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). We do not expect to commence any offering under the ESPP at the time of this offering. The maximum aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is 1,050,000 shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will increase automatically each year, beginning on January 1, 2013 and continuing through and including January 1, 2022, by the lesser of (i) 2% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Class A common stock; or (iii) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our 2012 Plan. Our board of directors has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2012 Plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter.

Our employees, including executive officers, or any of our designated affiliates may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (i) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (ii) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (i) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock, or (ii) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Our ESPP includes both a component that is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code and a component that is not intended to so qualify. The purposes of the non-423 component of our ESPP is to authorize the grant of purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of an employee stock purchase plan because of deviations necessary or desirable to permit participation in our ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, while complying with applicable foreign laws.

The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our Class A common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of

 

121


Table of Contents

offerings under our ESPP including determining which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the 423 component of our ESPP and which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the non-423 component of our ESPP. No offerings have been approved at this time.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions or other methods, if required by law with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as our merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set. The participants’ purchase rights will be exercised on the new exercised date and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

Our ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by the administrator in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate or ESPP, at any time and for any reason.

Executive Severance Benefit Plan

Our compensation committee approved our Executive Severance Benefit Plan (“Severance Plan”), in January 2012. Each of our executives at the level of vice president or above, including our named executive officers, and who is deemed to be an officer under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and is selected by the board of directors is eligible to participate in the Severance Plan.

Each eligible participant who suffers an involuntary termination without cause or a resignation for good reason will receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to one year current base salary, (ii) a lump sum bonus payment equal to the actual cash bonus amount the participant would have earned for the year in which the termination occurred based on our actual performance, prorated for the period of active service, and (iii) six months of company-paid health insurance coverage. In the event a participant suffers an involuntary termination or resignation for good reason in the same year as a change in control (as defined in our Severance Plan), the lump sum bonus payment will be equal to the actual cash bonus amount as if we achieved all of the goals under the bonus plan in the year in which the termination occurred and will not be pro-rated. Additionally, each participant who suffers an involuntary termination without cause or a resignation for good reason on or within 12 months following a change in control will receive accelerated vesting of 50% of the number of their unvested shares subject to each equity award held by such participant that was awarded after the adoption of the Severance Plan.

These benefits are subject to a “best after-tax” provision in the case the benefits would trigger excise tax penalties and loss of deductibility under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. If a participant has other severance benefits in another agreement with us, he or she will not receive double benefits.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual

 

122


Table of Contents

Code limits. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. However, Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and other agents and to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements provide for the indemnification of such persons for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were serving in such capacity. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors, officers and employees. Furthermore, we have obtained director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us and expect to increase the level upon completion of this offering.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

123


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  Ÿ  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  Ÿ  

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Sales of Securities

In February 2008, we sold an aggregate of 14,531,460 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.03 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $15 million. In February 2010, we issued an aggregate of 11,644,155 shares of our Series E preferred stock at $2.15 per share for aggregate consideration of approximately $25 million. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our preferred stock by our executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock since January 1, 2008.

 

Stockholder

   Series D      Series E      Total Purchase Price  

Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P.(1)

     1,335,710               $ 1,378,778   

Bessemer Venture Partners Entities(2)

     1,853,400               $ 1,913,159   

Elevation Partners(3)

             11,644,155       $ 25,000,001   

Max Levchin(4)

     561,880               $ 579,997   

Keith Rabois

     72,660               $ 75,003   

 

(1) Peter Fenton, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at Benchmark Capital.
(2) For purposes of reporting share ownership information, shares held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P. (the “Bessemer Venture Partners Entities”) are aggregated. Jeremy Levine, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners, the management company of the Bessemer Venture Partner Entities, but has no voting or dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partner Entities.
(3) Affiliates of Elevation Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Elevation Partners, L.P. and Elevation Employee Side Fund, LLC. Fred Anderson, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Elevation Partners.
(4) Includes shares sold to MRL Web, LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Levchin.

 

124


Table of Contents

Sales by Related Parties

In connection with the Series E Financing in February 2010, we were also party to a series of stock transfer agreements with affiliates of Elevation Partners and many of our stockholders, including three of our directors and certain of our executive officers. Pursuant to the stock transfer agreements, Elevation Partners may be required to pay the selling stockholders additional consideration in the future if Elevation Partners sells the shares purchased from our stockholders pursuant to these transactions for aggregate, cumulative proceeds, net of commissions, greater than three times the aggregate price that Elevation Partners paid for the shares. The following table summarizes Elevation Partners’ purchases of shares of our capital stock from our directors and executive officers.

 

Selling Stockholder :    As-Converted
Shares Sold
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Jeremy Stoppelman

     1,843,750       $ 15,000,750   

Geoff Donaker

     483,247       $ 3,931,696   

Jed Nachman

     134,761       $ 1,096,416   

Laurence Wilson

     84,966       $ 691,281   

Max Levchin(1)

     1,847,290       $ 15,029,556   

Vlado Herman

     133,289       $ 1,084,441   

 

(1) Includes 625,000 shares sold by PENSCO Trust Company Custodian FBO Max Levchin Roth IRA

Fred Anderson, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Elevation Partners. In connection with these transactions, we waived our right of first refusal to purchase the shares and facilitated the transfer of the shares in our capacity as the issuer of the shares. We did not sell any shares of capital stock in connection with the transactions detailed above and did not and will not receive any proceeds from these transactions.

Investor Rights Agreement

On January 22, 2010, we entered into a Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement with the holders of our outstanding preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. As of December 31, 2011, the holders of 35,816,772 shares of our Class B common stock, including the Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the board election voting provisions contained in the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Offer Letter Agreements

We have entered into offer letter agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Offer Letter Agreements.”

 

125


Table of Contents

Other Transactions

We have granted stock options and restricted stock unit awards to our executive officers and certain of our directors. For a description of these options, see “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

We have entered into change in control arrangements with certain of our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change in control benefits. For a description of these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Other than as described above under this section “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” since January 1, 2008, we have not entered into any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions, between us and a related party where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms of the transactions described above were comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s length dealings with unrelated third parties.

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

We have adopted a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $100,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our board of directors.

 

126


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2011, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

  Ÿ  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class B common stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act. Unless otherwise indicated, based on the information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 52,773,181 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2011. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on              shares of our Class A common stock and              shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and the sale of              shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders).

Common stock subject to stock options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, is deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but is not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

 

127


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Yelp Inc., 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California 94103.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned
Before this Offering
        Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
    Class A     Class B     % of
Total
Voting
Power†
        Class A   Class B   % of
Total
Voting
Power†

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %     Shares     %       Number
of Shares
Being
Sold
  Shares   %   Shares   %  

5% Stockholders:

                     

Bessemer Venture Partners Entities(1)

                  11,664,066        22.1        22.1               

Entities affiliated with Elevation Partners(2)

                  11,625,810        22.0        22.0               

Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P.(3)

                  8,406,084        15.9        15.9               

Max Levchin(4)

                  7,144,090        13.5        13.5               

Jeremy Stoppelman(5)

                  5,912,889        11.0        11.0               

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                     

Jeremy Stoppelman(5)

                  5,912,889        11.0        11.0               

Geoff Donaker(6)

                  907,822        1.6        1.6               

Rob Krolik(7)

                  150,000        *        *               

Jed Nachman(8)

                  312,430        *        *               

Laurence Wilson(9)

                  245,505        *        *               

Fred Anderson(2)

                  11,625,810        22.0        22.0               

Vlado Herman

                  183,125        *        *               

Max Levchin(4)

        7,144,090        13.5        13.5               

Peter Fenton(3)

                  8,406,084        15.9        15.9               

Jeremy Levine(10)

                                              

Keith Rabois

                  105,665        *        *               

Diane Irvine(11)

                         *        *               

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)(12):

                  34,993,420        63.83        63.83               

Certain Other Selling Stockholders:

                     

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding common stock.
Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in “Description of Capital Stock—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(1) Includes 8,616,830 shares held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI, LP; 2,901,434 shares held by Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment LP; and 145,802 shares held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional LP. Deer VI & Co. LLC is the general partner of each of Bessemer Venture Partners VI, LP, Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment LP and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional LP (collectively referred to as the “Bessemer Venture Partners Entities”). J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Robin S. Chandra, Robert P. Goodman and Robert M. Stavis are the executive managers of Deer VI & Co. LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities, and each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares identified in this footnote except to the extent of his respective proportionate pecuniary interest in such shares. The address for Bessemer Venture Partners Entities is 535 Middlefield Road, Suite 245, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(2)

Includes 11,622,355 shares held by Elevation Partners, L.P. (“Elevation Partners”) and 3,455 shares held by Elevation Employee Side Fund, LLC (“Side Fund”). Each of Fred Anderson, Roger McNamee, Paul Hewson and Bret Pearlman (collectively, the “Managers”) is a manager of Elevation Associates, LLC (“Elevation LLC”) which is the sole general partner of Elevation Associates, L.P. (“Elevation GP”). Elevation GP is the sole general partner of Elevation Partners. Each of the Managers is a manager of Elevation Management, LLC (“Elevation Management”), which is the sole managing member of Side Fund. As managers of each of Elevation LLC and Elevation Management, the Managers may be deemed to beneficially own any shares of our common stock deemed beneficially owned by Elevation LLC or Elevation

 

128


Table of Contents
 

Management. Elevation Management may be deemed to beneficially own any shares of our common stock deemed beneficially owned by Elevation GP, which may be deemed to beneficially own any shares of our common stock deemed to be beneficially owned by Elevation Partners. Elevation Management may be deemed to beneficially own any shares of our common stock deemed to be beneficially owned by Side Fund, Each of the Managers share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Elevation Partners and Side Fund. The address for Elevation Partners is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 160, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(3) Shares are held by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. (“BCP V”). Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C. (“BCMC V”) is the general partner of BCP V. BCMC V’s managing members of the general partner are Alexandre Balkanski, Bruce W. Dunlevie, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C. Kagle, Steven M. Spurlock, Peter H. Fenton and Mitchell H. Lasky. These individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by BCP V. The address for Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. is 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(4) Consists of 3,232,153 shares held directly by Mr. Levchin and 3,911,937 shares held by PENSCO Trust Company Custodian FBO Max Levchin Roth IRA for which Mr. Levchin holds voting or dispositive power.
(5) Consists of 5,174,510 shares held by Jeremy Stoppelman, as Trustee of The Jeremy Stoppelman Revocable Trust, for which Mr. Stoppelman holds voting and dispositive power. Of such shares, 166,252 will be subject to a right of repurchase held by the company as of the date 60 days after December 31, 2011. Includes 738,379 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011.
(6) Represents shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011.
(7) All of the shares will be subject to a right of repurchase held by the Company as of the date 60 days after December 31, 2011.
(8) Includes 204,999 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011, of which 3,230 will be unvested as of the date 60 days after December 31, 2011.
(9) Includes 201,753 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011.
(10) Mr. Levine is a Partner of Bessemer Venture Partners, the management company of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities, but has no voting or dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities and disclaims beneficial ownership thereof.
(11) Diane Irvine joined our board of directors in November 2011. Ms. Irvine holds no shares or rights to purchase shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011.
(12) Consists of (i) 32,940,467 shares held by the current directors and executive officers, of which 316,252 may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price within 60 days of December 31, 2011; and (ii) 2,052,953 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011.

 

129


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 510,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.000001 per share, of which:

 

  Ÿ  

200,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

100,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

200,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding 52,773,181 shares of Class B common stock, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the reclassification of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock. As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding 143,267,115 shares of preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 35,816,772 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and 16,956,409 shares of our common stock, all of which will be reclassified as Class B common stock upon the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate which is to be filed immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Our outstanding capital stock was held by approximately 274 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, we also had outstanding options to acquire 9,303,989 shares of Class B common stock held by employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and 2011 Plan and having a weighted-average exercise price of $5.48 per share.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will

 

130


Table of Contents

be a separate vote of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock in the following circumstances:

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to amend our certificate of incorporation (i) to increase or decrease the par value of the shares of a class of our stock or (ii) to alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of a class of our stock so as to affect them adversely;

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our stock differently with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of our stock paid or distributed by us;

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our stock differently with respect to any subdivision or combination of the shares of a class of our stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our stock differently in connection with a change in control with respect to any consideration into which the shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to our stockholders.

Upon the closing of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation, those described below.

Dividends and Distributions.     Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of our capital stock paid or distributed by the Company, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class. In the event a dividend or distribution is paid in the form of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares of such stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock shall receive Class B common stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the case may be.

Liquidation Rights.     Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences and any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

131


Table of Contents

Change in Control Transactions.     Upon (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (B) the consummation of a merger, reorganization, consolidation or share transfer which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the company or the surviving or acquiring entity or (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the company if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the company (or the surviving or acquiring entity), the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

Subdivisions and Combinations.     If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon (i) such date as is specified by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, or (ii) any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder of Class B common stock continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred. Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued. In addition, upon the earlier of (x) the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 10% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and (y) seven years following the effective date of this offering, all outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall convert automatically into a single class of common stock, and no additional shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock will be issued.

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2011, there were 143,267,115 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will convert into 35,816,772 shares of our Class B common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock and the likelihood that such

 

132


Table of Contents

holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Stockholder Registration Rights

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investors’ rights agreement was entered into in September 2005 and has been amended and restated from time to time in connection with our preferred stock financings. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire five years after the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to any particular stockholder.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 35,816,772 shares of Class B common stock, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and without giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the consummation of this offering, the holders of at least 66 2/3% of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Elevation Partners, L.P. and related entities may also request that we register all or a portion of their shares on one occasion. Such request for registration must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, exceeds $15,000,000.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 35,816,772 shares of Class B common stock, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 35,816,772 shares of Class B common stock, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and without giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering

 

133


Table of Contents

by the selling stockholders, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 50% of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3. Elevation Partners, L.P. and related entities may also request that we register all or a portion of their shares on one occasion. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, exceeds $1,000,000. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period or three registrations in total.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Closing of this Offering

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by holders of a majority of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class, or by the majority of our whole board of directors, chair of the board of directors or our chief executive officer.

As described above in “—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for a two-class common stock structure, which provides our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions, including the two-class structure of our common stock, are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

134


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification.”

NYSE Listing

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “YELP.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and Class B common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

135


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2011, upon the closing of this offering,              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, no exercise of outstanding options and the conversion of the shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering into shares of Class A common stock. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of our Class B common stock outstanding after this offering are restricted securities as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are subject to lock-up agreements with us as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering, which will equal              shares assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the                      during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including

 

136


Table of Contents

the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and optionholders have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances, we will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified exceptions. Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in its sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreement.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

  Ÿ  

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Employees can only sell vested shares. Employees who do not hold vested shares, including shares subject to options, upon expiration of these selling restrictions will not be able to sell shares until they vest.

Registration Rights

On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of approximately              shares of our Class B common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Equity Incentive Plans

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans and agreements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

137


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other United States federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, partnerships or other pass-through entities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock and persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

138


Table of Contents

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

If we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in the Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Class A common stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock” below.

Dividends (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on the Class A common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Any dividends paid on our Class A common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s United States trade or business (and if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and certain recently enacted legislation, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

139


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our Class A common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock, and our Class A common stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for United States federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, our Class A common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our Class A common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds or a disposition of our Class A common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of

 

140


Table of Contents

and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Class A Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made after December 31, 2013 to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made after December 31, 2013 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. These withholding taxes would be imposed on dividends paid on our Class A common stock after December 31, 2013, and on gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our Class A common stock after December 31, 2014. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our Class A common stock.

 

141


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the representative of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

Paid by Us

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                $            

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                $            

Total

   $                $            

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and substantially all other holders of our capital stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of

 

142


Table of Contents

common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This agreement does not apply to any sales of shares by us under existing employee stock option plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “YELP”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A

 

143


Table of Contents

common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

144


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

 

145


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, but including certain expenses of the selling stockholders, will be approximately $        .

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

146


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, will pass upon the validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk  & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, in connection with the offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our Class A common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at http://www.yelp.com. After the closing of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

147


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Yelp Inc.

San Francisco, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Yelp Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

February 3, 2012

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    December 31,     Pro Forma
December 31,
 
    2010     2011     2011  
                (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,074      $ 21,736     

Restricted cash

    216            

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $175 and $210 at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively)

    6,613        8,257     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,492        1,733     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    35,395        31,726     

Property, equipment and software, net

    5,256        9,881     

Restricted cash

           365     

Other assets

    364        1,849     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 41,015      $ 43,821     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     

Current Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 822      $ 2,973     

Accrued liabilities

    4,393        7,685     

Deferred revenue

    1,439        2,072     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    6,654        12,730     

Long-term liabilities

    4        3     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

  $ 6,658      $ 12,733     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series A, $0.000001 par value—40,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

    998        998     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series B, $0.000001 par value—44,802,870 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

    4,972        4,979     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series C, $0.000001 par value—32,288,630 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

    9,977        9,983     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series D, $0.000001 par value—14,531,460 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

    14,955        14,966     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, Series E, $0.000001 par value—11,644,155 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

    24,344        24,509     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    55,246        55,435     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     

Common stock, $0.000001 par value—280,000,000 shares authorized; 14,848,625, and 16,956,409 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2011 respectively 52,773,181 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

                    

Additional paid-in capital

    3,524        16,625      $ 72,060   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (27     271        271   

Accumulated deficit

    (24,386     (41,243     (41,243
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (20,889     (24,347     31,088   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 41,015      $ 43,821      $ 43,821   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Net revenue

   $ 25,808      $ 47,731      $ 83,285   

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

     1,121        3,137        5,931   

Sales and marketing

     17,979        33,919        54,539   

Product development

     3,243        6,560        11,586   

General and administrative

     4,597        11,287        17,234   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                   5,928   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,201        2,334        4,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     28,141        57,237        99,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,333     (9,506     (16,171

Other income (expense), net

     33        15        (395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (2,300     (9,491     (16,566

Provision for income taxes

     (8     (75     (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (2,308     (9,566     (16,668

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (32     (175     (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,340   $ (9,741   $ (16,857
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

   $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

      

Basic

     12,344        13,774        15,291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     12,344        13,774        15,291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

      

Basic

       $ (0.33
      

 

 

 

Diluted

       $ (0.33
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited):

      

Basic

         51,108   
      

 

 

 

Diluted

         51,108   
      

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

(In thousands, except shares)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Comprehensive
Loss
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balance—December 31, 2008

    131,622,960        30,845        13,309,301               760        (3     (12,305     (11,548  

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

                                       3               3        3   

Issuance of common stock upon exercises of employee stock options

                  286,843               166                      166     

Repurchase of common stock

                  (37,084                                     

Stock-based compensation

                                557                      557     

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           32                                    (32     (32  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                       (7            (7     (7

Net loss

                                              (2,308     (2,308     (2,308
                 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                                                          $ (2,312
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2009

    131,622,960      $ 30,877        13,559,060      $      $ 1,483      $ (7   $ (14,645   $ (13,169  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

(continued)

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011—(Continued)

(In thousands, except shares)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
    Comprehensive
Loss
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balance—December 31, 2009

    131,622,960      $ 30,877        13,559,060      $      $ 1,483      $ (7   $ (14,645   $ (13,169  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Series E Financing

    11,644,155        24,194                                               

Issuance of common stock upon exercises of employee stock options

                  1,289,565               553                      553     

Stock-based compensation

                                1,488                      1,488     

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           175                                    (175     (175  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                       (20            (20     (20

Net loss

                                              (9,566     (9,566     (9,566
                 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                                                          $ (9,586
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2010

    143,267,115      $ 55,246        14,848,625      $      $ 3,524      $ (27   $ (24,386     (20,889  

Issuance of common stock upon exercises of employee stock options

                  1,419,034               2,125                      2,125     

Issuance of restricted stock

                  168,750                                        

Stock-based compensation

                                5,048                      5,048     

Issuance of common stock as charitable contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                  520,000               5,928                      5,928     

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           189                                    (189     (189  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                       298               298        298   

Net loss

                                              (16,668     (16,668     (16,668
                 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                                                          $ (16,370
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

    143,267,115      $ 55,435        16,956,409             $ 16,625      $ 271      $ (41,243   $ (24,347  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(concluded)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net loss

   $ (2,308   $ (9,566   $ (16,668

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     1,201        2,334        4,238   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     69        50        35   

Stock-based compensation

     557        1,431        4,877   

Contribution to The Yelp Foundation

                   5,928   

Loss on disposal of assets and web-site development costs

            21        13   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (846     (4,426     (1,682

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (405     (1,121     (1,099

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     615        2,924        3,975   

Deferred revenue

     484        542        633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (633     (7,811     250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of property, equipment, and software

     (622     (3,571     (4,798

Purchases of intangible assets and other assets

     (43              

Sale and maturities of investments

     3,291                 

Purchases of investment

     (1,000              

Capitalized website and software development costs

     (955     (1,229     (2,506

Change in restricted cash

     104               (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     775        (4,800     (7,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     46        439        2,038   

Payments for deferred offering costs

                   (456

Proceeds from the issuance of Series E preferred stock

            25,000          

Issuance costs related to Series E preferred stock

       (806       

Proceeds from early exercise of stock options

     27                 

Repurchase of early exercised stock options

     (1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     72        24,633        1,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (9     (22     283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     205        12,000        (5,338

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

     14,869        15,074        27,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

   $ 15,074      $ 27,074      $ 21,736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF OTHER CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $      $ 21      $ 92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable and accruals

   $ 36      $ 177      $ 690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $      $      $ 887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized website and software development costs recorded in accounts payable and accruals

   $      $ 20      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 32      $ 175      $ 189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vesting of early exercised options

   $ 123      $ 114      $ 87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale short-term investments

   $ 3      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Yelp Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010 AND 2011

1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Yelp Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on September 3, 2004.

Yelp connects people with great local businesses. The Company has created eight wholly owned entities. Yelp UK Ltd was incorporated on December 1, 2008, Yelp Canada Inc. was incorporated on February 24, 2009, Yelp Ireland Limited was incorporated on May 31, 2010, Yelp Deutschland GmbH was incorporated on June 7, 2010, Yelp Ireland Holding Company Limited was incorporated on June 16, 2010, Yelp France SAS was incorporated on July 8, 2010, Yelp Italia S.r.l. was incorporated on June 27, 2011, and Yelp Australia Pty. Ltd was incorporated on August 9, 2011. The financial results of these subsidiaries are included within the consolidated financial statements of the Company presented herein.

Basis of Presentation —The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties —The Company operates in a dynamic industry and, accordingly, can be affected by a variety of factors. For example, management of the Company believes that changes in any of the following areas could have a significant negative effect on the Company in terms of its future financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: rates of revenue growth; traffic to the Company’s websites, and the number of reviews and advertisers it attracts; reliance on search engines and the placement and prominence in results rankings; the quality and reliability of reviews; scaling and adaptation of existing technology and network infrastructure; management of the Company’s growth; new markets and international expansion; protection of the Company’s brand, reputation and intellectual property; competition in the Company’s market; qualified employees and key personnel; intellectual property infringement and other claims; and changes in government regulation affecting the Company’s business, among other things.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates —The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; therefore, actual results could differ from management’s estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet —Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. The December 31, 2011 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 35,816,772 shares of common stock.

Foreign Currency Translation —The consolidated financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchanges rates in effect during the year. Translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive loss, a separate component of stockholders’ deficit.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid investments, such as treasury bills, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and money market instruments with maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of amounts held in interest-bearing money market accounts that were readily convertible to cash. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their carrying value.

Concentrations of Credit Risk —Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions, which management assesses to be of high credit quality, in order to limit the exposure of each investment.

Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is dispersed due to the large number of customers. In addition, the Company’s credit risk is mitigated by the relatively short collection period. Collateral is not required for accounts receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable balances. The allowance is based upon historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due, and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with delinquent accounts. When new information becomes available to indicate that the estimate provided as the allowance was incorrect, an adjustment, which is considered a change in estimate, is made. The fair value of accounts receivable approximates their carrying value.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had one customer that accounted for 21% of total accounts receivable. As of the December 31, 2010, the Company had two customers that accounted for 11% and 15% of total accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2011, there were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

      

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 56      $ 125      $ 175   

Add: bad debt expense

     240        408        627   

Less: write-offs, net of recoveries

     (171     (358     (592
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 125      $ 175      $ 210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, Equipment and Software —Property, equipment, and software are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the initial lease term or expected useful life of the improvements.

Website and Internal-Use Software Development Costs— Costs related to website and internal-use software is primarily related to the Company’s website, including support systems. The Company capitalizes its costs to develop software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which approximates three years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria, together with costs incurred for training and maintenance, are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional material functionality are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the upgrades.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The Company capitalized $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $2.7 million in website and internal-use software costs during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively, which are included in property, equipment and software — net on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense totaled $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively,

The Company wrote off $0.1 million of website and internal-use software costs during 2010. The retirements were related to obsolete projects no longer supported by the Company. The loss on disposition of the projects has been included in depreciation and amortization expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of —The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Deferred Offering Costs —Deferred offering costs consisted primarily of direct incremental costs related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering of its Class B common stock. Approximately $0 and $1.3 million of deferred offering costs are included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Upon completion of the initial public offering contemplated herein, these amounts will be offset against the proceeds of the offering. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed.

Revenue Recognition —The Company generates revenue from local advertising, brand advertising and other services, which include partner relationships and through the sale of vouchers through the Company’s “Yelp Deals”. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, service has been provided to the customer, collection of the fees is reasonably assured, and the amount of fees to be paid by the customer are fixed or determinable. Payments received in advance of services being rendered are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Local Advertising —Local advertising revenue is generated primarily through fixed monthly fee advertising plans with local businesses for advertising placements on the Company’s website. Revenue is recognized ratably over the service period, net of customer discounts. The arrangements are evidenced by written and/or electronic acceptance of the Company’s agreement that stipulates the volume of advertising to be delivered and the pricing.

Brand Advertising —The Company generated brand advertising revenue through the sale of display advertisements (both graphic and text) on its website, including advertisements from leading national brands in the automobile, financial services, logistics, consumer goods, and health and fitness industries. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of impression-based advertisements on its online network in the period in which the advertisements (“impressions”) are delivered, net of customer discounts. The Company also has brand revenue from fixed-price brand sponsorships that are recognized ratably over the service period. The arrangements are evidenced by insertion orders or contracts that stipulate the types of advertising to be delivered and the pricing.

Other Services— The Company generates additional revenue through the sale of Yelp Deals, monetization of remnant advertising inventory through third-party ad networks and various partner

 

F-11


Table of Contents

arrangements related to reservations. Yelp Deals allow merchants to promote themselves and offer discounted goods and services on a real-time basis to consumers directly on the Company’s website and mobile app and via email. The Company earns a fee on Yelp Deals for acting as an agent in these transactions, which are recorded on a net basis and included in revenue upon sale of the deal. The Company records a sales allowance for potential Yelp Deal refunds based on the Company’s estimate of future refunds. The Company also generates revenue through various partnership agreements on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Reservation revenue (or per-seated diner fees) and promotional certificates are recognized on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

Multiple-Element Arrangements. The company enters into arrangements with customers to sell advertising packages that include different media placements or ad services that are delivered at the same time, or within close proximity of one another.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, and 2010, because the Company had not yet established the fair value for each element and the Company’s agreements contained mid-campaign cancellation clauses, advertising sales revenue was recognized in the period in which the advertisements are delivered.

Beginning on January 1, 2011, the Company adopted new authoritative guidance on multiple element arrangements, using the prospective method for all arrangements entered into or materially modified from the date of adoption. Under this new guidance, the Company allocates arrangement consideration in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables or those packages in which all components of the package are delivered at the same time, based on the relative selling price method in accordance with the selling price hierarchy, which includes: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available; (2) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available; and (3) best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

VSOE. The Company determines VSOE based on its historical pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the standalone selling prices for these services fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range. The Company has not historically sold a large volume of transactions on a standalone basis. As a result, the Company has not been able to establish VSOE for any of its advertising products.

TPE. When VSOE cannot be established for deliverables in multiple element arrangements, the Company applies judgment with respect to whether it can establish a selling price based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for similar deliverables when sold separately. Generally, the Company’s go-to-market strategy differs from that of its peers and its offerings contain a significant level of differentiation such that the comparable pricing of services cannot be obtained. Furthermore, the Company is unable to reliably determine what similar competitor services’ selling prices are on a standalone basis. As a result, the Company has not been able to establish selling price based on TPE.

BESP. When it is unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses BESP in its allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the service were sold on a standalone basis. BESP is generally used to allocate the selling price to deliverables in the Company’s multiple element arrangements. The Company determines BESP for deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, prices it charges for similar offerings, market conditions, competitive landscape and pricing practices. The Company limits the amount of allocable arrangement consideration to amounts that are fixed or determinable and that are not contingent on future performance or future deliverables. The Company will regularly review BESP. Changes in assumptions or judgments or changes to the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

elements in the arrangement could cause a material increase or decrease in the amount of revenue that the Company reports in a particular period.

The Company recognizes the relative fair value of the media placements or ad services as they are delivered assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. As a result of implementing this recent authoritative guidance, the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 was not materially different from what would have been recognized under the previous guidance for multiple-element arrangements.

Cost of Revenue —The Company’s cost of revenue primarily consists of credit card processing fees, web hosting, internet service costs and salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our infrastructure teams related to operating our website as well as creative design for brand advertising and video production expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company measures compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards, including stock options granted to employees, directors, and non-employees based on the estimated fair values on the date of the grant. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. Stock-based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Advertising Expenses —Advertising expenses are expensed as incurred. Total advertising expenses incurred were $0, $0.3 million, and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively.

Comprehensive loss —The Company reports by major components, and as a single total, the change in its net assets during the period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and accumulated other comprehensive loss, which includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net loss. Specifically, it includes foreign currency translation adjustments and the unrealized gain (loss) from investments.

Income Taxes —The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, generally all expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by various tax authorities. The Company provides for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed probable that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their technical merits, relative tax law, and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

On January 1, 2008 the Company adopted a new accounting standard which requires that the tax effects of a position be recognized only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical reporting merits as of the report date. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. The standard also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and required disclosures. The adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 11).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Standards —In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance which amends and clarifies existing guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures. This guidance requires new disclosures for (1) significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for such transfers and (2) the separate presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis in the Level 3 reconciliation. It also clarifies guidance around disaggregation and disclosures of inputs and valuation techniques for Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments are effective for the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, except for the new Level 3 reconciliation requirements, which will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2009-13”), which updates the current guidance pertaining to multiple-element revenue arrangements included in FASB ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements. ASU 2009-13 addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. ASU 2009-13 was effective for the Company in the annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2011. ASU 2009-13 may be applied retrospectively or prospectively and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2012 and will be applied retrospectively. This standard will only affect how, and in what specific financial statements, the Company presents the components of comprehensive income. Accordingly, the adoption of ASU 2011-05 will not affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In December 2011, the FASB further amended its guidance to defer changes related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments indefinitely as a result of concerns raised by stakeholders that the new presentation requirements would be difficult for preparers and add unnecessary complexity to financial statements.

Stock Split —On April 23, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 10-for-1 stock split of the Company’s common stock and Series A, B, C and D preferred stocks (collectively, “Capital Stock”). Upon the approval, (i) each share of outstanding Capital Stock was increased to 10 shares of Capital Stock, (ii) the number of shares of Capital Stock into which each outstanding warrant or option to purchase Capital Stock is exercisable was proportionately increased on a 10-for-1 basis, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding warrant or option to purchase Capital Stock was proportionately reduced on a 1-to-10 basis, and (iv) each share of authorized Capital Stock was increased to ten shares of Capital Stock. All of the share numbers, share prices, and exercise prices have been adjusted within these financial statements, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 10-for-1 stock split.

On January 25, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 1-for-4 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on February 2, 2012. Upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split, (i) every four shares of outstanding common stock was decreased to one share of common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock into which each

 

F-14


Table of Contents

outstanding warrant or option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased on a 1-for-4 basis, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding warrant or option to purchase common stock was proportionately increased on a 1-for-4 basis, and (iv) the conversion ratio for each share of preferred stock outstanding was proportionately reduced on a 1-for-4 basis. All of the share numbers, share prices, and exercise prices have been adjusted within these financial statements, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 1-for-4 reverse stock split.

Employee Benefit Plan —The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan covering eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. There were no employer contributions under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

3. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value in the following hierarchy:

Level 1 —Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets,

Level 2 —Inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly, or

Level 3 —Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requires the Company to develop its own assumptions.

This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. On a recurring basis, the Company measures its financial assets at fair value. The Company’s investment instruments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted prices in active markets. The following table represents the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2011  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Money market funds(1)

  $ 25,867                    $ 25,867      $ 19,126                    $ 19,126   

 

(1) Included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets.

4. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Cash and cash equivalents

     

Cash

   $ 1,207       $ 2,610   

Money market funds

     25,867         19,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     27,074         21,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The lease agreements on the Company’s New York offices require the Company to maintain a letter of credit issued to the landlord of the facility. The letter of credit is subject to renewal annually until the lease expires. At December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had a letter of credit of $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, related to such leases.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

5. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE

Property, equipment and software as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Computer equipment

   $ 2,518      $ 4,519   

Software

     378        382   

Capitalized website and internally developed software costs

     2,865        5,612   

Furniture and fixtures

     1,048        1,842   

Leasehold improvements

     1,219        2,702   

Telecommunication

     347        1,187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     8,375        16,244   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (3,119     (6,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net property, equipment and software

   $ 5,256      $ 9,881   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, was approximately $1.2 million, $2.3 million, and $4.2 million, respectively.

6. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2011  

Accrued vacation and employee related expenses

   $ 1,046       $ 1,905   

Exercise of unvested stock options

     147         61   

Accrued bonus and commissions

     631         947   

Deferred rent

     489         1,198   

Accrued payroll tax

     205         178   

Merchant revenue share liability

             314   

Legal settlement accrual

     1,250         1,250   

Other accrued expenses

     625         1,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,393       $ 7,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Other income (expense), net as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009              2010         2011  

Interest income

   $ 20       $ 30      $ 13   

Transaction gain (loss) on foreign exchange

             9        (393

Other non-operating income (loss), net

     13         (24     (15
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

   $ 33       $ 15      $ (395
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Office Facility Lease —The Company leases its office facilities under operating lease agreements that expire from 2012-2017. The terms of the lease agreements provides for rental payments on a graduated basis. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period.

Rental expense was $1.1 million, $1.5 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Aggregate Future Lease Commitments —The Company’s minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases for equipment and office space having initial terms in excess of one year are as follows at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Operating
Leases
 

2012

   $ 3,419   

2013

     3,365   

2014

     2,179   

2015

     1,815   

2016

     652   

Thereafter

     121   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 11,551   
  

 

 

 

Legal Proceedings —The Company is subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Although occasional adverse decisions or settlements may occur, management believes that the final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February and March 2010, the Company was sued in two putative class actions on behalf of local businesses asserting various causes of action based on claims that the Company manipulated the ratings and reviews on its platform to coerce local businesses to buy its advertising products. These cases were subsequently consolidated in an action asserting claims for violation of the California Business & Professions Code, extortion and attempted extortion based on the conduct they allege and seeking monetary relief in an unspecified amount and injunctive relief. In October 2011, the court dismissed this action with prejudice. The plaintiffs have since filed notice of their intent to appeal the dismissal. Due to the preliminary nature of this potential appeal, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate either the probability of incurring a loss or an estimated range of such loss, if any, from an appeal.

In March 2011, the Company was sued in an action on behalf of certain current and former employees asserting claims for violations of the federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the California Labor Code and the California Business & Professions Code and seeking monetary relief in an unspecified amount. In September 2011, the Company agreed to settle this matter for payments in an aggregate amount of up to $1.3 million. The settlement is currently awaiting court approval. Under the applicable authoritative literature, this amount, which represents management’s best estimate of the amount that will ultimately be paid, was accrued for as a loss contingency in the three month period ended March 31, 2010, as the alleged violations occurred prior to the 2010 fiscal year.

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, business partners, and other parties with respect to certain

 

F-17


Table of Contents

matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees.

While the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not believe that the outcome of any claims under indemnification arrangements will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

9. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Series A —On September 27, 2005, the Company authorized and issued shares of Series A preferred stock at $0.025 per share. The Company received gross proceeds of $1.0 million classified as mezzanine equity and incurred approximately $6,231 in issuance costs, which are recorded as a discount to the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock. The Company used the proceeds for general corporate purposes. Primary investors in the Series A preferred stock maintain the right to elect a member to the Company’s Board of Directors. Other rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Series A preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends —The holders of the Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, cash dividends at the rate of $0.0015 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations and the like with respect to such shares). Such dividends are noncumulative. For any other dividends or similar distributions, the Series A convertible preferred stock will participate with each other series of convertible preferred stock, and with the common stock on an as-converted basis. As of December 31, 2011, no dividends were declared or unpaid on the Series A preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, holders of Series A preferred stock shall be entitled to receive $0.025 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all declared or accumulated but unpaid dividends, before any distributions of payments are made to the holders of any common stock. All remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock.

Voting —The holders of Series A preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible, subject to certain limitations.

Conversion —Each share of Series A preferred stock is convertible into one fourth of a share of common stock at the option of the holder, subject to certain adjustments. The Series A preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class; or (ii) the consummation of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in such offering exceed $30.0 million.

Redemption —At any time on or after December 31, 2014, the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding preferred stock may redeem their outstanding shares of preferred stock in cash for a sum per share equal to the liquidation preference of each such share of preferred stock. If the funds available for redemption are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of preferred stock that the holders elect to redeem, the funds shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of the preferred stock that elect to have their shares of preferred

 

F-18


Table of Contents

stock redeemed in proportion to the aggregate redemption price that each such holder is entitled to receive. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded charges to stockholders’ deficit of $1,000 to accrete the carrying value of preferred stock Series A to the redemption amount.

Series B —On November 1, 2005, the Company authorized and issued shares of Series B preferred stock at $0.1116 per share. The Company received gross proceeds of $5.0 million classified as mezzanine equity and incurred approximately $0.1 million in issuance costs, which are recorded as a discount to the carrying value of the Series B preferred stock. The Company used the proceeds for general corporate purposes. Primary investors in the Series B preferred stock maintain the right to elect a member to the Company’s Board of Directors. Other rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Series B preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends —The holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, cash dividends at the rate of $0.006696 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations and the like with respect to such shares). Such dividends are noncumulative. For any other dividends or similar distributions, the Series B convertible preferred stock will participate with each other series of convertible preferred stock, and with the common stock on an as-converted basis. As of December 31, 2011, no dividends were declared or unpaid on the Series B convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive $0.1116 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all declared or accumulated but unpaid dividends, before any distributions of payments are made to the holders of any common stock. All remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock.

Voting —The holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible, subject to certain limitations.

Conversion —Each share of Series B preferred stock is convertible into one fourth of a share of common stock at the option of the holder, subject to certain adjustments. The Series B preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class; or (ii) the consummation of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in such offering exceed $30 million.

Redemption —At any time on or after December 31, 2014, the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding preferred stock may redeem their outstanding shares of preferred stock in cash for a sum per share equal to the liquidation preference of each such share of preferred stock. If the funds available for redemption are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of preferred stock that the holders elect to redeem, the funds shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of the preferred stock that elect to have their shares of preferred stock redeemed in proportion to the aggregate redemption price that each such holder is entitled to receive. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded charges to stockholders’ deficit of $7,000 to accrete the carrying value of preferred stock Series B to the redemption amount.

Series C —On September 29, 2006, the Company authorized and issued shares of Series C preferred stock at $0.3097065 per share. The Company received gross proceeds of $10.0 million classified as mezzanine equity and incurred approximately $0.1 million in issuance costs, which are

 

F-19


Table of Contents

recorded as a discount to the carrying value of the Series C preferred stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Series C preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends —The holders of the Series C preferred stock are entitled to receive, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, cash dividends at the rate of $0.018582 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations and the like with respect to such shares). Such dividends are noncumulative. For any other dividends or similar distributions, the Series C convertible preferred stock will participate with each other series of convertible preferred stock, and with the common stock on an as-converted basis. As of December 31, 2011, no dividends were declared or unpaid on the Series C preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Series C preferred stock shall be entitled to receive $0.311 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all declared or accumulated but unpaid dividends, before any distributions of payments are made to the holders of any common stock. All remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock.

Voting —The holders of Series C preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible, subject to certain limitations.

Conversion —Each share of Series C preferred stock is convertible into one fourth of a share of common stock at the option of the holder, subject to certain adjustments. The Series C preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class; or (ii) the consummation of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in such offering exceed $30 million.

Redemption —At any time on or after December 31, 2014, the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding preferred stock may redeem their outstanding shares of preferred stock in cash for a sum per share equal to the liquidation preference of each such share of preferred stock. If the funds available for redemption are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of preferred stock that the holders elect to redeem, the funds shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of the preferred stock that elect to have their shares of preferred stock redeemed in proportion to the aggregate redemption price that each such holder is entitled to receive. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded charges to stockholders’ deficit of $6,000 to accrete the carrying value of preferred stock Series C to the redemption amount.

Series D —On February 26, 2008, the Company authorized and issued shares of Series D preferred stock at $1.03224315 per share. The Company received gross proceeds of $15.0 million classified as mezzanine equity and incurred approximately $0.1 million in issuance costs, which are recorded as a discount to the carrying value of the Series D preferred stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Series D preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends —The holders of the Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, cash dividends at the rate of $0.061935 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations and the like with respect to such shares). Such dividends are noncumulative. For any other dividends or similar distributions, the Series D convertible preferred stock will participate with each other series of convertible preferred stock, and with the common stock on an as-converted basis. As of December 31, 2011, no dividends were declared or unpaid on the Series D preferred stock.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Series D preferred stock shall be entitled to receive $1.032 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all declared or accumulated but unpaid dividends, before any distributions of payments are made to the holders of any common stock. All remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock.

Voting —The holders of Series D preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible, subject to certain limitations.

Conversion —Each share of Series D preferred stock is convertible into one fourth of a share of common stock at the option of the holder, subject to certain adjustments. The Series D preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class; or (ii) the consummation of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in such offering exceed $30 million.

Redemption —At any time on or after December 31, 2014, the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding preferred stock may redeem their outstanding shares of preferred stock in cash for a sum per share equal to the liquidation preference of each such share of preferred stock. If the funds available for redemption are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of preferred stock that the holders elect to redeem, the funds shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of the preferred stock that elect to have their shares of preferred stock redeemed in proportion to the aggregate redemption price that each such holder is entitled to receive. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded charges to stockholders’ deficit of $11,000 to accrete the carrying value of preferred stock Series D to the redemption amount.

Series E —On January 22, 2010, the Company authorized and issued shares of Series E preferred stock at $2.147 per share. The Company received gross proceeds of $25.0 million classified as mezzanine equity and incurred approximately $0.8 million in issuance costs, which are recorded as a discount to the carrying value of the Series E preferred stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Series E preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends —The holders of the Series E preferred stock are entitled to receive, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, cash dividends at the rate of $0.12882 per share per annum (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reorganizations and the like with respect to such shares). Such dividends are noncumulative. For any other dividends or similar distributions, the Series E convertible preferred stock will participate with each other series of convertible preferred stock, and with the common stock on an as-converted basis. As of December 31, 2011 no dividends were declared or unpaid on the Series E preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Series E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive $2.147 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all declared or accumulated but unpaid dividends, before any distributions of payments are made to the holders of any common stock. All remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders will be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock.

Voting —The holders of Series E preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible, subject to certain limitations.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Conversion —Each share of Series E preferred stock is convertible into one fourth of a share of common stock at the option of the holder, subject to certain adjustments. The Series E preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class; or (ii) the consummation of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in such offering exceed $30 million.

Redemption —At any time on or after December 31, 2014, the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding preferred stock may redeem their outstanding shares of preferred stock in cash for a sum per share equal to the liquidation preference of each such share of preferred stock. If the funds available for redemption are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of preferred stock that the holders elect to redeem, the funds shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of the preferred stock that elect to have their shares of preferred stock redeemed in proportion to the aggregate redemption price that each such holder is entitled to receive. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded charges to stockholders’ deficit of $164,000 to accrete the carrying value of preferred stock Series E to the redemption amount.

Common Stock —At December 31, 2011, there were 280,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, and 16,956,409 shares issued and outstanding. Holders of common stock are entitled to dividends, if and when declared by the Board of Directors.

In November 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the establishment of The Yelp Foundation (“the Foundation”), a non-profit organization designed to support consumers and businesses in the communities in which the Company operates. The Foundation’s officers include several of the Company’s current officers. The Company’s Board of Directors approved a contribution and issuance of 520,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to the Foundation. The Company recorded an expense in the amount of $5.9 million for the contribution based on the fair value of the common stock on the date the shares were issued to the Foundation. The Company recorded the expense as a charitable contribution expense as it constituted an unconditional transfer of assets to an entity in a voluntary nonreciprocal transfer.

The Company has not consolidated the Foundation as (1) the Company does not have a financial interest in the Foundation, (2) the Company does not have voting rights and (3) the Foundation meets the definition of a non-profit organization under ASC 810-20, Consolidation – Control of Partnerships and Similar Entities as it is organized exclusively for charitable, scientific, literary and educational purposes within the meaning of Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and is governed by Section 5211(b) of the California Nonprofit Public Benefit Corporation Law.

Common Stock Subject to Repurchase— The Company typically allows employees to exercise options prior to vesting. The Company has the right to repurchase at the original purchase price any unvested (but issued) common shares upon termination of service of an employee. The consideration received for an exercise of an option is considered to be a deposit of the exercise price, and the related dollar amount recorded as a liability. The liability is reclassified into equity on a ratable basis as the award vests. The Company has recorded a liability in accrued liabilities of $0.1 million and $0.1 million relating to 426,125, and 171,981 options that were exercised and are unvested at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. These shares that are subject to a repurchase right held by the Company are included in issued and outstanding shares as of each period presented.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance —At December 31, 2011, the Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for future issuances in connection with:

 

     December 31,
2011
 
        

Series A preferred stock

     10,000,000   

Series B preferred stock

     11,200,717   

Series C preferred stock

     8,072,157   

Series D preferred stock

     3,632,865   

Series E preferred stock

     2,911,040   

Stock option plan:

  

Options outstanding

     9,303,989   

Options available for future grants

     1,037,357   
  

 

 

 

Total

     46,158,125   
  

 

 

 

Stock Option Plan —Under the 2005 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), shares of common stock are reserved for the issuance of incentive stock options (ISOs) or nonstatutory stock options (NSOs) to eligible participants as of December 31, 2011. The ISOs and NSOs may be granted at a price per share not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. Options granted to date generally vest over a four-year period from the date of grant, at a rate of 25% after one year, then monthly on a straight-line basis thereafter. Options granted generally are exercisable up to 10 years. Common shares purchased under the Plan are subject to certain restrictions, including the right of first refusal by the Company for sale or transfer of these shares to outside parties. The Company’s right of first refusal terminates upon completion of an initial public offering of common stock.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding      Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
               

Options outstanding—December 31, 2008

     5,564,396      $ 0.44         

Granted (weighted average fair value of $0.72 per option)

     1,250,751        1.12         

Exercised

     (286,843     0.24         

Canceled

     (381,147     0.80         
  

 

 

         

Options outstanding—December 31, 2009

     6,147,157      $ 0.56         

Granted (weighted average fair value of $4.20 per option)

     1,881,832        6.68         

Exercised

     (1,289,569     0.36         

Canceled

     (1,041,576     1.92         
  

 

 

         

Options outstanding—December 31, 2010

     5,697,844      $ 2.28         

Granted (weighted average fair value of $4.48 per option)

     5,612,978        7.76         

Exercised

     (1,378,709     1.48         

Canceled

     (628,124     5.47         
  

 

 

         

Options outstanding—December 31, 2011

     9,303,989      $ 5.48         7.76       $ 55,043,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2011

     8,825,498      $ 5.37         7.69       $ 53,189,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2011

     3,123,510      $ 2.23         5.82       $ 28,641,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s estimated fair value of its common stock and the exercise price of outstanding, in-the-money options. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $0.2 million, $9.0 million, and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The following table at December 31, 2011, summarizes information about currently outstanding and vested stock options:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Vested and Exercisable  

Exercise Price Range

   Number of
Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life  (Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.01 - 0.32

     1,187,927         5.44       $ 0.23         1,184,906       $ 0.23   

$0.35 - 1.00

     1,049,622         3.51         0.62         730,159         0.56   

$1.08 - 1.40

     556,797         6.84         1.19         386,941         1.15   

$5.20

     160,798         7.68         5.20         80,141         5.20   

$6.92

     584,518         8.30         6.92         190,980         6.92   

$7.16

     4,556,349         8.89         7.16         494,944         7.16   

$8.16

     132,916         9.28         8.16         4,711         8.16   

$9.08

     452,375         9.57         9.08         18,450         9.08   

$10.64

     471,161         9.70         10.64         21,176         10.64   

$11.40

     151,526         9.83         11.40         11,102         11.40   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Total

     9,303,989         7.76       $ 5.48         3,123,510       $ 2.23   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Restricted Stock Awards —During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued 168,750 shares of restricted common stock at a weighted average fair value of $9.34 per share. These awards vest over four years in each case subject to continued service as an employee, director or consultant to the Company and subject to accelerated vesting in certain cases. The unvested portion of such shares is subject to reacquisition by the Company at no cost upon the termination of the holder’s continuous services as an employee, director or consultant to the Company.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense —The fair value of options granted to employees is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. This valuation model for stock-based compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the volatility of the Company’s common stock, a risk-free interest rate, expected dividends, and the estimated forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual results differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. No compensation cost is recorded for options that do not vest. The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life and volatility is based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of several entities with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option. Expected forfeitures are based on the Company’s historical experience.

The Company uses the straight-line method for expense attribution. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the weighted-average assumptions are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Dividend yield

                     

Annual risk-free rate

     3.07     2.36     2.30

Expected volatility

     71.57     70.71     60.71

Expected term (years)

     6.08        5.99        6.08   

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation related to stock-based awards to employees on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2009              2010              2011      

Stock-based compensation effects in loss before income taxes:

        

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 26       $ 50   

Sales and marketing

     221         662         1,607   

Product development

     179         260         721   

General and administrative

     157         483         2,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 557       $ 1,431       $ 4,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company capitalized $0, $0.1 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation as website development costs.

As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately $27.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.24 years.

As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately $1.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding restricted stock awards that is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.58 years.

10. NET LOSS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are each entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the annual rate of $0.0015, $0.006696, $0.018582, $0.061935 and $0.12882 per share per annum, respectively, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any shares of the Company’s common stock. In the event a dividend is paid on common stock, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common stock (on an as-if converted basis). The holders of the Company’s Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. The Company considers its preferred stock to be participating securities and, in accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to preferred stock and the related number of outstanding shares of preferred stock have been excluded from the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common share.

Under the two-class method, net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends, between common stock and Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and Series C and D redeemable convertible preferred stock. In computing diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities. Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Shares of common stock subject to repurchase resulting from the early exercise of employee stock options are considered participating securities and are therefore included in the basic

 

F-26


Table of Contents

weighted-average common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Net loss

   $ (2,308   $ (9,566   $ (16,668

Add: accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (32     (175     (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,340   $ (9,741   $ (16,857
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic shares:

      

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     12,344        13,774        15,291   

Diluted shares:

      

Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted net loss per share

     12,344        13,774        15,291   

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.19   $ (0.71   $ (1.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share were computed to give effect to the conversion of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common shares as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the first period presented or the original date of issuance, if later.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,

2011
 
    
     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (16,668
  

 

 

 

Basic shares:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net loss per share

     15,291   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock to occur upon consummation of the Company’s expected initial public offering

     35,817   
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic pro forma net loss per share

     51,108   
  

 

 

 

Diluted shares:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic pro forma net loss per share

     51,108   

Effect of potentially dilutive securities

       
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted pro forma net loss per share

     51,108   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

  

Basic

   $ (0.33

Diluted

   $ (0.33

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following employee stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share and pro forma diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009        2010        2011  

Employee stock options

     6,147           5,698           9,303   

Restricted stock awards

                         169   

11. INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with authoritative guidance, which requires the use of the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     2009     2010     2011  

United States

   $ (2,330   $ (6,931   $ (14,684

Foreign

     30        (2,560     (1,882
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (2,300   $ (9,491   $ (16,566
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in foreign losses was due to the establishment of an Ireland operating company.

The income tax provision is composed of the following (in thousands):

 

         2009              2010              2011      

Current:

        

Federal

   $       $       $   

State

     2         9         20   

International

     6         64         95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8         73         115   

Deferred:

        

Federal

   $       $       $   

State

                       

International

             2         (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             2         (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 8       $ 75       $ 102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

         2009             2010             2011      

Tax benefit at federal statutory rate

     (34.00 %)      (34.00 %)      (34.00 %) 

State—net of federal effect

     (5.94     (5.86     (5.92

Foreign rate differential

     (0.18     6.25       2.99   

Stock-based compensation

     8.05       4.84       7.26   

Change in valuation allowance

     29.28       26.85       27.71   

Other nondeductible expenses

     4.14       2.82       1.71   

Other

     (1.01     (0.13     0.86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.34     0.77     0.61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents the significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

         2010             2011      

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserves and others

   $ 608      $ 1,234   

Accrued legal

     504        483   

Stock-based compensation

     160        806   

Contribution carryforward

     7        2,297   

Net operating loss carryforward

     7,518        9,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     8,797        14,293   

Valuation allowance

     (7,893     (12,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     904        1,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (906     (1,887
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (906     (1,887
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ (2   $ 11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, based on the available objective evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets, except for those recorded in the UK entity, will not be realized. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset related to the UK will be realized. Accordingly, management has applied a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets except for those recorded in the UK entity at December 31, 2010 and 2011. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was an increase of approximately $0.7 million, $2.6 million and $4.5 million respectively.

At December 31, 2011, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.0 million and $28.2 million, respectively, expiring beginning in 2024 and 2013, respectively. Further, the Company had losses in Ireland of $4.5 million. The Ireland trading losses may be carried forward indefinitely against Ireland profits.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of

 

F-29


Table of Contents

1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis through 2010 and determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in prior years. The Company does not expect the limitation to result in a reduction in total amount utilizable.

As a result of certain realization requirements of the accounting guidance for stock-based compensation, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010 and 2011 that arose directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to equity compensation in excess of compensation recognized for financial reporting. Approximately $5.6 million of net operating losses is related to tax stock option deductions in excess of book deductions. The Company uses the accounting guidance for income taxes for purposes of determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

As of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the Company had a nominal amount of total unrecognized tax benefits. Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, are an immaterial amount of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the Company had immaterial amount related to the accrual of interest and penalties.

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states and foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net losses, substantially all of its federal, state and foreign income tax returns since inception are still subject to audit.

It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings from Canada, United Kingdom, and Yelp Ireland Holding Company Limited. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are to be reinvested indefinitely. As of December 31, 2011, $0.4 million of cumulative amount of earnings upon which U.S. income taxes have not been provided.

12. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company does not have any significant related party transactions, other than contributions made to The Yelp Foundation (see Note 9).

13. INFORMATION ABOUT REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by product line and geographic region for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Revenue by geography is based on the billing address of the customer. The following tables present the Company’s revenue by product line, as well as revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region for the periods presented (in thousands):

Net revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Net revenue by product:

        

Local advertising

   $ 20,097       $ 33,759       $ 58,473   

Brand advertising

     5,393         12,046         17,686   

Other services

     318         1,926         7,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,808       $ 47,731       $ 83,285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, all of the Company’s revenue was generated in the United States. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of consolidated net revenue.

Long-Lived Assets

 

     December 31,  
     2009      2010      2011  

United States

   $ 2,395       $ 5,576       $ 11,675   

All Other Countries

     5         44         54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 2,400       $ 5,620       $ 11,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events were evaluated through the consolidated financial statements issuance date of February 3, 2012.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

Class A Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Citigroup

Jefferies

Allen & Company LLC

Oppenheimer & Co.

 

 

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by Yelp.

 

Item

   Amount  

SEC Registration fee

   $ 11,460   

FINRA filing fee

     10,500   

Initial NYSE listing fee

     210,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect prior to the closing of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect prior to the closing of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Yelp, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Yelp. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of Yelp regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers, directors and selling stockholder against liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2009:

 

  (a) From January 1, 2009 to date, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 9,431,439 shares of common stock to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which replaced our 2005 Plan in July 2011, having exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $11.40 per share. Of these options, 538,100 shares have been exercised for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $1,700,927, 1,125,604 options have been cancelled without being exercised and 7,767,734 options remain outstanding.

 

  (b) Issuances of Capital Stock

 

  (1) On February 26, 2008, we issued 14,531,460 shares of our Series D preferred stock, par value $0.000001, to certain investors at a price per share of $1.03224315 for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000,000.

 

  (2) On February 5, 2010, we issued 11,644,155 shares of our Series E preferred stock, par value $0.000001, to certain investors at a price per share of $ 2.147 for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,001.

 

  (3) In July 2011, we issued 150,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a restricted stock award.

 

  (4) In November 2011, we issued 18,750 shares pursuant to restricted stock awards.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15(a) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sale of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(b) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited or sophisticated person and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
    No.    

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1#    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect upon closing of the offering.
  3.3#    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, as currently in effect; Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, dated January 21, 2010; Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, dated November 9, 2011.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon closing of the offering.
  3.5*    Certificate of Amendment of Registrant.
  4.1    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1*    Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP
10.1#    Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and between Registrant, the investors listed on Schedules I and II thereto, dated January 22, 2010.
10.2#+    Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3#+    Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4+    Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+    Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6+    Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.7+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Geoff Donaker, dated February 3, 2012.
10.8+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Rob Krolik, dated February 3, 2012.
10.9+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Jed Nachman, dated February 3, 2012.
10.10+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Laurence Wilson, dated February 3, 2012.
10.11+    Offer Letter, between Registrant and Vlado Herman, dated November 13, 2006.
10.12    Amended and Restated Office Lease, between Registrant and 706 Mission Street Co. LLC, effective October 1, 2009.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
    No.    

  

Description of Exhibit

10.13    Galleria Corporate Center Lease between JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC and Registrant dated January 20, 2010; First Amendment to Lease, dated January 4, 2011; Second Amendment to Lease, dated August 8, 2011.
10.14    License Agreement between Harrison 160, LLC, as Licensor, and MRL Ventures Inc. as Licensee dated as of April 16, 2004; Addendums through November 10, 2011.
10.15+    Offer Letter, between Registrant of Jeremy Stoppelman, dated February 3, 2012.
10.16+    2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.17+    Form of Option Agreement and Grant Notice and RSU Award Agreement and Grant Notice under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.18+    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.19+    Executive Severance Benefit Plan.
21.1#    List of subsidiaries.
23.1*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1#    Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
# Previously filed.

 

ITEM 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  (3) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we have duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on the 3rd day of February, 2012.

 

Yelp Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman

 

Jeremy Stoppelman

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman

Jeremy Stoppelman

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 3, 2012

/s/ Geoff Donaker

Geoff Donaker

 

Chief Operating Officer and Director

  February 3, 2012

/s/ Rob Krolik

Rob Krolik

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  February 3, 2012

*

Fred Anderson

 

Director

  February 3, 2012

*

Peter Fenton

 

Director

  February 3, 2012

*

Diane Irvine

 

Director

  February 3, 2012

*

Max R. Levchin

 

Director

  February 3, 2012

*

Jeremy Levine

 

Director

  February 3, 2012

*

Keith Rabois

 

Director

  February 3, 2012

 

*By:  

/s/ Rob Krolik

  Rob Krolik
  Attorney-in-fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
    No.    

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1#    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect upon closing of the offering.
  3.3#    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, as currently in effect; Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, dated January 21, 2010; Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, dated November 9, 2011.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon closing of the offering.
  3.5*    Certificate of Amendment of Registrant.
  4.1    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1*    Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1#    Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and between Registrant, the investors listed on Schedules I and II thereto, dated January 22, 2010.
10.2#+    Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3#+    Form of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4+    Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+    Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under the Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6+    Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.7+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Geoff Donaker, dated February 3, 2012.
10.8+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Rob Krolik, dated February 3, 2012.
10.9+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Jed Nachman, dated February 3, 2012.
10.10+    Amended and Restated Offer Letter, between Registrant and Laurence Wilson, dated February 3, 2012.
10.11+    Offer Letter, between Registrant and Vlado Herman, dated November 13, 2006.
10.12    Amended and Restated Office Lease, between Registrant and 706 Mission Street Co. LLC, effective October 1, 2009.
10.13    Galleria Corporate Center Lease between JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC and Registrant dated January 20, 2010; First Amendment to Lease, dated January 4, 2011; Second Amendment to Lease, dated August 8, 2011.
10.14    License Agreement between Harrison 160, LLC, as Licensor, and MRL Ventures Inc. as Licensee dated as of April 16, 2004; Addendums through November 10, 2011.
10.15+    Offer Letter, between Registrant and Jeremy Stoppelman, dated February 3, 2012.
10.16+    2012 Equity Incentive Plan.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
    No.    

  

Description of Exhibit

10.17+    Form of Option Agreement and Grant Notice and RSU Award Agreement and Grant Notice under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.18+    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.19+    Executive Severance Benefit Plan.
21.1#    List of subsidiaries.
23.1*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1#    Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
# Previously filed.

Exhibit 3.2

YELP INC.

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Yelp Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies as follows:

The name of this corporation is Yelp Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 3, 2004, under the name of Yelp, Inc.

The Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ Delaware Corporate Law ”), and prompt written notice will be duly given pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware Corporate Law.

The text of the Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this              day of                  , 2012.

 

YELP INC.
By:    
    Jeremy Stoppelman
    President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

YELP INC.

FIRST

The name of this corporation is Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”).

SECOND

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19904. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

THIRD

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH

A. Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue shares of capital stock to be designated, respectively, “ Class A Common Stock ,” “ Class B Common Stock ,” “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The aggregate number of shares that the Company shall have authority to issue is 510,000,000 shares, divided into 200,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock each with the par value of $0.000001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), 100,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock each with the par value of $0.000001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock each with the par value of $0.000001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock each with the par value of $0.000001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

Immediately upon the acceptance of this Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate ”) for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), each share of the Corporation’s Common Stock issued and outstanding or held as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, including each share of the Common Stock issued as a result of the conversion, prior to or in connection with the Public Offering, of any Series Preferred (as defined in the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) shall, automatically and without further action by any stockholder, be reclassified as, and shall become, one share of Class B Common Stock. Any stock certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock shall from and after the Effective Time be deemed to represent shares of Class B Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.


B. Rights of Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

C. Vote to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

D. Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock . The relative powers, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions granted to or imposed on the shares of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

1. Voting Rights .

(a) General Right to Vote Together; Exception. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, subject to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation, the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

(b) Votes Per Share. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of the stockholders, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled ten (10) votes for each such share.

2. Identical Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation:

(a) Dividends and Distributions. Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any Distribution paid or distributed by the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, that in the event a Distribution is paid in the form of

 

- 2 -


Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire any such stock), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be).

(b) Subdivision or Combination. If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

(c) Equal Treatment in a Change of Control or any Merger Transaction. In connection with any Change of Control Transaction, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to stockholders of the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class. Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, which is not a Change of Control Transaction, shall require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class, unless (i) the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock remain outstanding and no other consideration is received in respect thereof or (ii) such shares are converted on a pro rata basis into shares of the surviving or parent entity in such transaction having identical rights to the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively.

3. Final Conversion of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock . On the Final Conversion Date, each one (1) issued share of Class A Common Stock and each one (1) issued share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Common Stock. Following such conversion, the reissuance of all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be prohibited, and such shares shall be retired and cancelled in accordance with Section 243 of the General Corporation Law and the filing with the Delaware Secretary required thereby, and upon such retirement and cancellation, all references to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock in the Amended and Restated Certificate shall be eliminated.

4. Voluntary and Automatic Conversion of Class B Common Stock .

(a) Voluntary Conversion. Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the transfer agent of the Corporation.

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon the earliest of:

 

- 3 -


(i) the date specified by affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class;

(ii) a Transfer of such share; provided that no such automatic conversion shall occur in the case of a Transfer by a Class B Stockholder, for tax or estate planning purposes, to any of the persons or entities listed in clauses (A) through (C) below (each, a “Permitted Transferee” ) and from any such Permitted Transferee back to such Class B Stockholder and/or any other Permitted Transferee established by or for such Class B Stockholder:

(A) a trust for the benefit of such Class B Stockholder or persons other than the Class B Stockholder, if such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class B Stockholder, a trust under the terms of which such Class B Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest, in each case so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust;

(B) an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Class B Stockholder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; provided that in each case such Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held in such account, plan or trust; or

(C) a corporation, partnership or limited liability company in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, with sufficient Voting Control in the in the corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be;

provided, however , that in the event the Class B Stockholder (X) no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the Shares of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust under clause “(a)” above, account, plan or trust under clause “(b)” above, or (Y) no longer owns sufficient shares, partnership interests or membership interests, as applicable, or otherwise no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock then held by such corporation, partnership or limited liability company under clause “(c)” above, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust, account, plan or trust, corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, shall

 

- 4 -


automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock; and

(iii) the date specified by a written notice and certification request of the Corporation to the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock requesting a certification, in a form satisfactory to the Corporation, verifying such holder’s ownership of Class B Common Stock and confirming that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred, which date shall not be less than sixty (60) calendar days after the date of such notice and certification request; provided that no such automatic conversion pursuant to this subsection (iii) shall occur in the case of a Class B Stockholder or its Permitted Transferees that furnishes a certification satisfactory to the Corporation prior to the specified date.

(c) Conversion Upon Death or Disability. Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Class B Stockholder who is a natural person, or by such Class B Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death of such Class B Stockholder, or solely with respect to each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder, or by the Founder’s Permitted Transferees, upon the death or Disability of the Founder; provided, however, that, with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder or the Founder’s Permitted Transferees, each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by the Founder or the Founder’s Permitted Transferees shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon that date which is the earlier of: (a) nine (9) months after the date of death or Disability of the Founder, and (b) the date upon which the Founder Trustees cease to hold exclusive Voting Control over such shares of Class B Common Stock.

(d) Procedures. The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that a Transfer results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

(e) Immediate Effect. In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Section D.4 and upon the conversion of any then-outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into Common Stock upon the Final Conversion Date, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of shares occurred (in the case of a conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock) or immediately upon the Final Conversion Date (in the case of the conversion of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into Common Stock). Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock, all rights of the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of

 

- 5 -


such shares of Class A Common Stock. Upon conversion of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock into Common Stock on the Final Conversion Date, all rights of holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock that are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as provided in this Section D.4 shall be retired and may not be reissued.

(f) Reservation of Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock. The Corporation shall further at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into Common Stock upon the Final Conversion Date or otherwise in accordance herewith, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

B. Rights of Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share on any matter that is submitted to a vote of stockholders and shall otherwise have the rights conferred by applicable law in respect of such shares. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued prior to the Final Conversion Date, unless such issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class, in which event the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have rights equivalent to those provided to the holders of Class A Common Stock.

C. No Further Issuances. Except for the issuance of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Rights outstanding at the Effective Time or a dividend payable in accordance with Article FOURTH, Section D.2(a), the Corporation shall not at any time after the Effective Time issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, unless such issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock. After the Final Conversion Date, the Corporation shall not issue any additional shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

FIFTH

The following terms, where capitalized in this Amended and Restated Certificate, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article FIFTH:

“Change of Control Share Issuance” means the issuance by the Corporation, in a transaction or series of related transactions, of voting securities representing more than two percent (2%) of the total voting power (assuming the Class A Common Stock and Class B

 

- 6 -


Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share) of the Corporation before such issuance to any person or persons acting as a group as contemplated in Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision) that immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions held fifty percent (50%) or less of the total voting power of the Corporation (assuming the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share), such that, immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions, such person or group of persons would hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the Corporation (assuming the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share).

“Change of Control Transaction” means (i) the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition (other than liens and encumbrances created in the ordinary course of business, including liens or encumbrances to secure indebtedness for borrowed money that are approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, so long as no foreclosure occurs in respect of any such lien or encumbrance) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets (which shall for such purpose include the property and assets of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation), provided that any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property or assets exclusively between or among the Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation shall not be deemed a “Change of Control Transaction” ; (ii) the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction of the Corporation with any other entity, other than a merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction; (iii) the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction involving the Corporation, other than a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation and more than fifty percent of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction; and (iv) any Change of Control Share Issuance.

 

- 7 -


“Class B Stockholder” means (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock at the Effective Time and (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time.

“Compensatory Plan” means any plan, contract, or arrangement which provides for the sale, grant, or other issuance of equity securities of the Corporation to any employee, director, or consultant of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation.

“Disability” means permanent and total disability such that the Founder is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner. In the event of a dispute whether the Founder has suffered a Disability, no Disability of the Founder shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until an affirmative ruling regarding such Disability has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction, and such ruling has become final and non-appealable.

“Distribution” means (i) any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock; and (ii) any distribution following or in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Final Conversion Date” means 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the earlier to occur of (i) the first Trading Day falling on or after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and (ii) the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Effective Time.

“Founder” means any of Jeremy Stoppelman and Max Levchin.

“Founder Trustees” means, with respect to any trust receiving or holding Founder shares, any natural person designated or approved by such Founder and approved by resolution of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-  2 / 3 %) of the directors then constituting the entire Board of Directors, in each case in their capacities as voting trustees pursuant to a written voting trust agreement entered into by the Founder prior to his death or Disability, contingent and effective upon the death or Disability of the Founder.

“Public Offering” means the firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Class A Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act.

“Rights” means any option, warrant, conversion right or contractual right of any kind to acquire shares of the Corporation’s authorized but unissued capital stock.

“Securities Exchange” means, at any time, the registered national securities exchange on which the Corporation’s equity securities are then principally listed or traded, which shall be either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market (or similar national quotation

 

- 8 -


system of the NASDAQ Stock Market) ( “NASDAQ” ) or any successor exchange of either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

“Trading Day” means any day on which the Securities Exchange is open for trading.

“Transfer” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law. A “Transfer” shall also include, without limitation, (i) a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether or not there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership) or (ii) the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over a share of Class B Common Stock by proxy or otherwise, other than the Transfer of exclusive Voting Control with respect to shares of Class B Common Stock of the Founder as permitted in Article FOURTH, Section D.4(c); provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” : (a) the grant of a proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders; (b) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a Class B Stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction so long as the Class B Stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares of Class B Common Stock or other similar action by the pledge shall constitute a “Transfer” ; or (c) the fact that, as of the Effective Time or at any time after the Effective Time, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “Transfer” of such shares of Class B Common Stock.

“Voting Control” with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class B Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise.

SIXTH

A. Board Size . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the total number of authorized directors constituting the Board of Directors (the “Whole Board” ) shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.

B. Classified Board Structure . From and after the Effective Time, the directors, other than any who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three (3) classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of

 

- 9 -


office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time, and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office for a three year term and until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article SIXTH, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C. Removal; Vacancies . Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

SEVENTH

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. Board Power . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

B. Written Ballot . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

C. Amendment of Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The Bylaws may also be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

- 10 -


D. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by (i) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; (ii) the chairman of the Board of Directors; (iii) the chief executive officer of the Corporation; or (iv) the president of the Corporation (in the absence of a chief executive officer).

E. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

F. No Cumulative Voting . No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

EIGHTH

A. Director Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended, after approval by the stockholders of this Article EIGHTH, to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

B. Indemnification . The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, any predecessor of the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation, any predecessor to the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation as and to the extent (and on the terms and subject to the conditions) set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation or in any contract of indemnification entered into by the Corporation and any such person.

C. Vested Rights . Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article EIGHTH, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with this Article EIGHTH, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article EIGHTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article

 

- 11 -


EIGHTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

NINTH

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article NINTH.

TENTH

If any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Amended and Restated Certificate, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Amended and Restated Certificate shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

Except as provided in Article EIGHTH above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate, (i) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with, ARTICLE SIXTH, ARTICLE SEVENTH, ARTICLE EIGHTH or this ARTICLE TENTH and (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with, ARTICLE FOURTH, ARTICLE FIFTH or this clause (ii) of ARTICLE TENTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate.

 

- 12 -


* * *

The foregoing Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

YELP INC.

 

 

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

        P AGE   

ARTICLE I

  

OFFICES

     1   

Section 1.

  

Registered Office

     1   

Section 2.

  

Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II

  

CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3.

  

Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III

  

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4.

  

Place Of Meetings

     1   

Section 5.

  

Annual Meetings

     1   

Section 6.

  

Special Meetings

     6   

Section 7.

  

Notice Of Meetings

     7   

Section 8.

  

Quorum

     7   

Section 9.

  

Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

     8   

Section 10.

  

Voting Rights

     8   

Section 11.

  

Joint Owners Of Stock

     8   

Section 12.

  

List Of Stockholders

     8   

Section 13.

  

Action Without Meeting

     9   

Section 14.

  

Organization

     9   

ARTICLE IV

  

DIRECTORS

     9   

Section 15.

  

Number And Term Of Office

     9   

Section 16.

  

Powers

     10   

Section 17.

  

Classes of Directors

     10   

Section 18.

  

Vacancies

     11   

Section 19.

  

Resignation

     11   

Section 20.

  

Removal

     12   

Section 21.

  

Meetings

     12   

Section 22.

  

Quorum And Voting

     13   

Section 23.

  

Action Without Meeting

     13   

Section 24.

  

Fees And Compensation

     13   

Section 25.

  

Committees

     14   

Section 26.

  

Lead Independent Director

     15   

Section 27.

  

Organization

     15   

ARTICLE V

  

OFFICERS

     15   

 

i.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

C ONTINUED

 

        P AGE   

Section 28.

  

Officers Designated

     15   

Section 29.

  

Tenure And Duties Of Officers

     16   

Section 30.

  

Delegation Of Authority

     17   

Section 31.

  

Resignations

     18   

Section 32.

  

Removal

     18   

ARTICLE VI

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     18   

Section 33.

  

Execution Of Corporate Instruments

     18   

Section 34.

  

Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

     18   

ARTICLE VII

  

SHARES OF STOCK

     19   

Section 35.

  

Form And Execution Of Certificates

     19   

Section 36.

  

Lost Certificates

     19   

Section 37.

  

Transfers

     19   

Section 38.

  

Fixing Record Dates

     19   

Section 39.

  

Registered Stockholders

     20   

ARTICLE VIII

  

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     21   

Section 40.

  

Execution Of Other Securities

     21   

ARTICLE IX

  

DIVIDENDS

     21   

Section 41.

  

Declaration Of Dividends

     21   

Section 42.

  

Dividend Reserve

     21   

ARTICLE X

  

FISCAL YEAR

     22   

Section 43.

  

Fiscal Year

     22   

ARTICLE XI

  

INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

Section 44.

  

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     22   

ARTICLE XII

  

NOTICES

     25   

Section 45.

  

Notices

     25   

ARTICLE XIII

  

AMENDMENTS

     26   

Section 46.

  

Amendments

     26   

ARTICLE XIV

  

LOANS TO OFFICERS

     26   

Section 47.

  

Loans To Officers

     26   

 

ii.


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

YELP INC.

 

 

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite 1B, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place Of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held

 

1.


on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) a statement whether such nominee, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s failure to receive the required vote for election or re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation effective upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, and such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual

 

2.


meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such

 

3.


stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

(x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

(y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public

 

4.


announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i) public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(ii) affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

 

5.


Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption), (ii) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (iii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iv) the President (in the absence of a chief executive officer).

At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“ CGCL ”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders only as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not

 

6.


intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the voting power of the

 

7.


shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of the holders a majority of the voting power of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is

 

8.


provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. Following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), no action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter

 

9.


as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, Section 17(a) of these Bylaws shall not apply and all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting.

(c) No stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such stockholder is entitled, unless, at the time of the election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No

 

10.


decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) Any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) The Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL. The term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

In order to be valid, a written request to call a special meeting pursuant to Section 18(b)(i), shall be in writing, shall specify the nominees that such stockholder (or stockholders) proposes to nominate at the special meeting and shall be addressed to the attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Vice President or Secretary of the corporation.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in

 

11.


office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is not subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, and subject to any limitations imposed by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, Section 20(a) above shall no longer apply and the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

12.


(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum And Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 43 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so

 

13.


approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by

 

14.


such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“ Lead Independent Director ”). The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors .

Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem

 

15.


appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, the Chief Executive Officer or the President has been appointed and is present. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of

 

16.


Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(h) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

17.


Section 31 . Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES

OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

18.


ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for

 

19.


determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) Prior to the Initial Public Offering, in order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

20.


ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35 Section 36), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

21.


ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officer, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final

 

22.


adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this section to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer or other officer,

 

23.


employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such

 

24.


person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

 

25.


(e) Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 43(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans To Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be

 

26.


deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

27.

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

 

016570| 003590|127C|RESTRICTED||4|057-423

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $0.000001

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN

CANTON, MA AND NEW YORK, NY

Certificate Shares

Number

ZQ 000000

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

CUSIP 985817 10 5

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

is the owner of

***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND

ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO

FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

Yelp Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED <<Month Day, Year>>

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

Chief Executive Officer

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,

Secretary

By

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004

MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION

IF ANY)

ADD 1

ADD 2

ADD 3

ADD 4

CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX

Insurance Value 00.1,000,000

Number of Shares 123456

DTC 12345678901234512345678

Certificate Numbers Num/No Denom. Total.

1234567890/1234567890 1 1 1 1234567890/1234567890 2 2 2 1234567890/1234567890 3 3 3 1234567890/1234567890 4 4 4 1234567890/1234567890 5 5 5 1234567890/1234567890 666

Total Transaction 7


LOGO

 

YELP INC.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM—as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -.Custodian

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT—as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

(State)

JT TEN—as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT -.Custodian (until age .) and not as tenants in common (Cust) .under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

For value received,             hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

Shares of the Class A Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:             20            THE SIGNATURE(S) Signature(s) SHOULD BE Guaranteed: GUARANTEED BY Medallion AN ELIGIBLE Guarantee GUARANTOR Stamp INSTITUTION (Banks, SIGNATURE Stockbrokers, GUARANTEE Savings and Loan MEDALLION Associations PROGRAM, and Credit PURSUANT Unions) WITH TO S. E. MEMBERSHIP C. RULE 17Ad-15. IN AN APPROVED

Signature:

Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.

The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.

If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any activity in your account for the time periods specified by state law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 4.2

LOGO

 

016570| 003590|127C|RESTRICTED||4|057-423

CLASS B COMMON STOCK

CLASS B COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $0.000001

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN

CANTON, MA AND NEW YORK, NY

Certificate Shares

Number

ZQ 000000

YELP INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

MR. Sample & MRS. SAMPLE & MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

CUSIP XXXXXX XX X

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

is the owner of

***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***

FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK OF

Yelp Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED <<Month Day, Year>>

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

Chief Executive Officer

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,

Secretary

By

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004

MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4

CUSIP XXXXXX XX X

Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX

Insurance Value 00.1,000,000 Number of Shares 123456

DTC 12345678901234512345678

Certificate Numbers Num/No Denom. Total.

1234567890/1234567890 1 1 1 1234567890/1234567890 2 2 2 1234567890/1234567890 3 3 3 1234567890/1234567890 4 4 4 1234567890/1234567890 5 5 5 1234567890/1234567890 666

Total Transaction 7


LOGO

 

YELP INC.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM—as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -.Custodian

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT—as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

(State)

JT TEN—as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT -.Custodian (until age .) and not as tenants in common (Cust) .under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act

(Minor) (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

For value received,             hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

Shares of the Class B Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:             20            THE SIGNATURE(S) Signature(s) SHOULD BE Guaranteed: GUARANTEED BY Medallion AN ELIGIBLE Guarantee GUARANTOR Stamp INSTITUTION (Banks, SIGNATURE Stockbrokers, GUARANTEE Savings and Loan MEDALLION Associations PROGRAM, and Credit PURSUANT Unions) WITH TO S. E. MEMBERSHIP C. RULE 17Ad-15. IN AN APPROVED

Signature:

Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.

The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.

If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any activity in your account for the time periods specified by state law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 10.4

Y ELP I NC .

2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Yelp Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Prior Plan ”). Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards shall be granted under the Prior Plan. Any shares remaining available to be made subject to the grant of new options or stock purchase rights under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) shall become available for grant pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder. From and after the Effective Date, all outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan shall remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan; provided, however , that any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that would otherwise have returned to the Prior Plan (such as upon the expiration of termination of an award prior to exercise or vesting) (such shares, the “ Returning Shares ”) shall instead to the Share Reserve of this Plan and be available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder. All Awards granted on or after the Effective Date of this Plan shall be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(c) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, and (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of

 

1.


each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (D) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (E) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options.”

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award

 

2.


Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that except with respect to amendments that disqualify or impair the status of an Incentive Stock Option, a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan, (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (1) a new Option or SAR under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (2) a Restricted Stock Award, (3) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) cash and/or (5) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. If and only if, and then only to the extent, permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees who are providing Continuous Service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards)

 

3.


and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve . Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards under the Plan from and after the Effective Date shall not exceed 7,675,525 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) the 2,675,525 shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve on the Effective Date, (ii) an additional 5,000,000 new shares, plus (iii) an additional number of shares in an amount not to exceed 37,680,653 shares (which number consists of the Returning Shares (as determined on the Effective Date), as such shares become available from time to time). Furthermore, if a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award have been issued, or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations or as consideration for the exercise or purchase of a Stock Award shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be forty-five million three hundred fifty-six thousand one hundred seventy-eight (45,356,178) shares of Common Stock.

 

4.


(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors, and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code, (ii) the Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code or (iii) the Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders . A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if the Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but fails to satisfy the requirements for such status, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

5.


(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price (or strike price) of each Option or SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Option or SAR is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise price (or strike price) lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR if such Option or SAR is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such stock awards are Incentive Stock Options). Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Consideration for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

 

6.


(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however , that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR . To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option or SAR to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request. Except as explicitly provided herein, an Option or SAR may not be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. An Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order if such transfer is approved by the Board, the Committee or its authorized designee; provided, however, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. The Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect Option exercises, designate a third party who, in the

 

7.


event of the death of the Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable state laws unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if the exercise of the Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period

 

8.


after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement (as applicable), the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option or SAR granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, in the event of the Participant’s death or Disability, upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control in which the vesting of such Options or SARs accelerates, or upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement or in another applicable agreement) any such vested Options and SARs may

 

9.


be exercised, to the extent vested, earlier than six months following grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) shall apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal . The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Award Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

6. P ROVISIONS OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARDS AND R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NITS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation

 

10.


of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration . A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash or cash equivalents, (B) services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service . In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability . Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form

 

11.


of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the

 

12.


Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand

 

13.


dollars ($100,000) or to the extent an Option otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or that do not comply with the rules shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals

 

14.


by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent a Stock Award Agreement is silent on a term necessary for compliance, such term is hereby incorporated by reference into the Stock Award Agreement (and without regard to any alternative definitions for such terms provided under the applicable regulations). To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in compliance with the exemptions from and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Unless the Stock Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise, if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded and a Participant holding a Stock Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount shall be made upon a “separation from service” before a date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code

(k) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f) . If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 12h-1(f) ”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “ Permitted Transferees ”); provided, however , the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further , that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge,

 

15.


hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however , that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

(l) Repurchase Limitation . The terms of any repurchase right shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase, or, if permitted by applicable law and determined by the Board in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously

 

16.


expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; or

(vi) cancel the Stock Award and make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock

 

17.


Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

18.


(d) Cause ” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

19.


(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(f) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company ” means Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated

 

20.


for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service shall be made, and such term shall be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(l) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

21.


To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall an event be deemed a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(m) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability ” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

 

22.


(u) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Sections 409A and 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(bb) Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(cc) Plan ” means this Yelp Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(dd) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ee) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(gg) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

23.


(ii) Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(jj) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(kk) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(ll) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(mm) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

(nn) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(pp) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

24.

Exhibit 10.5

Y ELP I NC .

2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and notwithstanding any other provision of your option, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice. However, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise the option, to the extent vested and otherwise permitted under this Option Agreement, prior to such six (6) month date in the event of your death, your Disability, a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , if the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

1.


(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Bank draft or money order payable to the Company.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(c) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(d) If the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from you to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (1) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (2) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (3) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

2.


7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or death (except as otherwise provided below), provided that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 7 above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service; and if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option shall not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, or (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service;

(e) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(f) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you die during the period provided in Section 8(b) or 8(c) above, the term of your option shall not expire until the earlier of eighteen (18) months after your death, the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice, or the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Date of Grant. In addition, your option may expire prior to each of the dates set forth in this Section 8 in the event of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, or as otherwise provided in the Plan.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times

 

3.


beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

4.


10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to a domestic relations order that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option will be subject to the right of first refusal on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11. The Company’s right of first refusal will expire upon the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any foreign regulatory agency under the Securities Act or any foreign securities laws (the “ Listing Date ”).

(a) Prior to the Listing Date, you may not validly Transfer (as defined below) any shares of stock acquired upon exercise of your option, or any interest in such shares, unless such Transfer is made in compliance with the following provisions:

(i) Before there can be a valid Transfer of any shares or any interest therein, the record holder of the shares to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) will give written notice (by registered or certified mail) to the Company. Such notice will specify the identity of the proposed transferee, the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (or, if the proposed Transfer is one in which the holder will not receive cash, such as an involuntary transfer, gift, donation or pledge, the holder will state that no purchase price is being proposed), and the other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The date such notice is mailed will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Notice Date ” and the record holder of the Offered Shares will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Offeror .” If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of your option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of your option will be immediately subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal (as defined below) with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

5.


(ii) For a period of 30 calendar days after the Notice Date, or such longer period as may be required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, the Company will have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) (the Company’s “ Right of First Refusal ”). In the event that the proposed Transfer is one involving no payment of a purchase price, the purchase price will be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board in its discretion. The Company may exercise its Right of First Refusal by mailing (by registered or certified mail) written notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal to the Offeror prior to the end of said 30- days (including any extension required to avoid classification of the option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(iii) The price at which the Company may purchase the Offered Shares pursuant to the exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (as set forth in the notice required under Section 11(a)(i)), or the Fair Market Value as determined by the Board in the event no purchase price is involved. To the extent consideration other than cash is offered by the proposed transferee, the Company will not be required to pay any additional amounts to the Offeror other than the cash price offered (or the Fair Market Value, if applicable). The Company’s notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be accompanied by full payment for the Offered Shares and, upon such payment by the Company, the Company will acquire full right, title and interest to all of the Offered Shares.

(iv) If, and only if, the option given pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) is not exercised, the Transfer proposed in the notice given pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) may take place; provided, however , that such Transfer must, in all respects, be exactly as proposed in said notice except that such Transfer may not take place either before the tenth calendar day after the expiration of the 30-day option exercise period or after the 90th calendar day after the expiration of the 30-day option exercise period, and if such Transfer has not taken place prior to said 90th day, such Transfer may not take place without once again complying with this Section 11(a). The option exercise periods in this Section 11(a)(iv) will be adjusted to include any extension required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes.

(b) As used in this Section 11, the term “ Transfer ” means any sale, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other form of disposition or transfer of shares of the Company’s stock or any legal or equitable interest therein; provided, however , that the term Transfer does not include a transfer of such shares or interests by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(c) None of the shares of the Company’s stock purchased on exercise of your option will be transferred on the Company’s books nor will the Company recognize any such Transfer of any such shares or any interest therein unless and until all applicable provisions of this Section 11 have been complied with in all respects. The certificates of stock evidencing shares of stock purchased on exercise of your option will bear an appropriate legend referring to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Section 11.

(d) To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the

 

6.


certificates evidencing the shares that you purchase upon exercise of your option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the agent will deliver to you the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent. Within 30 days after payment by the Company for the Offered Shares, the escrow agent will deliver the Offered Shares that the Company has repurchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with

 

7.


respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

16. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

8.


18. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

19. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of the option subject to this Option Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

20. C HOICE OF L AW . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Option Agreement shall be governed by the law of the state of California without regard to such state’s conflicts of laws rules.

21. A MENDMENT . This Option Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing, signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company, provided that no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. However, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Option Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the option which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

22. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under your option may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

9.


(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

10.


Y ELP I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

 

Optionholder:

 

 

 
 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 
 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 
 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

 

 
 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

 
 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

 
 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Type of Grant:    ¨    Incentive Stock Option 1    ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ¨    Same as Vesting Schedule    ¨ Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service on each vesting date, [1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   x    By cash or check
   x    Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   x    By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
   x    By net exercise, but only to the extent the Grant is a Nonstatutory Stock Option and the Company has established procedures for net exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :   

 

  

 

 

1  

To the maximum extent permitted by law; any amount of this Grant that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


Y ELP I NC .   O PTIONHOLDER :
By:  

 

   

 

  Signature     Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, Yelp Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 

3.


A TTACHMENT II

Y ELP I NC . 2011 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

4.


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

5.

Exhibit 10.6

YELP INC.

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this                       , 2012 by and between Y ELP I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the Corporation ”), and                                  (“ Agent ”).

RECITALS

A. Agent performs a valuable service to the Corporation in the capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation.

B. The stockholders of the Corporation have adopted bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”) providing for the indemnification of the directors, officers, employees and other agents of the Corporation, including persons serving at the request of the Corporation in such capacities with other corporations or enterprises, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ Code ”).

C. The Bylaws, the Certificate and the Code, by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Corporation and its directors, officers, employees and other agents with respect to indemnification of such persons.

D. The Corporation and Agent intend that this Agreement would replace any existing agreement between the Corporation and Agent with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

E. In order to induce Agent to serve or to continue to serve as a director, officer, or employee of the Corporation, the Corporation has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Agent.

In consideration of Agent’s continued service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) Expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, judgments, fines or penalties and all attorneys’, witness, or other professional fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs of whatever nature), actually and reasonably incurred by Agent in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding, participation in a Proceeding as a witness or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Code or otherwise, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of Agent, but shall not include any judgments, fines or penalties actually levied against Agent for such individual’s violations of law.

(b) Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Act ”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation

 

1.


representing more than 20% of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding Voting Securities; or (ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Corporation if, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior thereto do not own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding Voting Securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

(c) Independent Legal Counsel ” shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 hereof, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Corporation (or for any entity that as of the time of selection of the attorney or firm of attorneys is controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Corporation) or Agent within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Agent under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

(d) Proceeding ” shall mean and shall include, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, whether brought in the right of or by the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal in any case, in which Agent was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that: (i) Agent is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation; (ii) Agent took an action while acting as director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation; or (iii) Agent is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and in any such case described above, whether or not serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses may be provided under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, an action by Agent to enforce Agent’s rights to indemnification under this Agreement shall be a “Proceeding” for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Corporation that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. SERVICES TO THE CORPORATION . Agent will serve, at the will of the Corporation or under separate contract, if any such contract exists, as a director, officer, or employee of the Corporation or as a director, officer or other fiduciary of an affiliate of the Corporation (including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation) faithfully and to the best of Agent’s ability so long as Agent (a) if an officer or director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, is duly elected and qualified in accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws or other applicable charter documents of the Corporation or such affiliate and (b) if an employee of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, remains employed by the Corporation or such affiliate, as applicable; provided , however , that Agent may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation that Agent may be subject to apart from this Agreement) and that the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Agent in any such position.

 

2.


3. INDEMNITY OF AGENT . The Corporation hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Agent to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Bylaws, the Certificate and the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws, the Certificate or the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment). These obligations and the other obligations of the Corporation in this Agreement apply regardless of whether the conduct giving rise to the obligations occurred before or occur after the date this Agreement is executed.

4. PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION . Agent shall be entitled under this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for a portion of the Expenses that Agent becomes legally obligated to pay in connection with any Proceeding even if not entitled hereunder to indemnification for the total amount thereof, and the Corporation shall indemnify Agent for the portion thereof to which Agent is entitled.

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL . The Corporation agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Corporation then, with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Agent to indemnification (including, but not limited to, any right to advancement of Expenses) under this Agreement, any other agreement with the Corporation providing for indemnification, the Certificate, Bylaws and applicable law (collectively, the “ Indemnification Provisions ”) as now or hereafter in effect, Independent Legal Counsel (as defined in Section 1 hereof) shall be selected by Agent and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such Independent Legal Counsel shall render its written opinion to the Corporation and Agent as to whether and to what extent Agent would be permitted to be indemnified under the Indemnification Provisions prior to and after the consummation of such Change in Control and such opinion shall be binding upon Agent and the Corporation. The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

6. NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM. Not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Agent of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Agent will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Corporation under this Agreement, notify the Corporation of the commencement thereof, provided that the failure so to notify the Corporation will not relieve the Corporation from any liability which it may have to Agent under this Agreement or otherwise. With respect to any such Proceeding as to which Agent notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:

(a) the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense;

(b) except as otherwise provided below, the Corporation may, at its option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Agent. After notice from the Corporation to Agent of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Corporation will not be liable to Agent under this Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Agent in connection with the defense thereof except for reasonable costs of investigation or otherwise as provided below. Agent shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such Proceeding but the Expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Agent; provided , however , that the Expenses of Agent’s separate counsel shall be borne by the Corporation if (i) the employment of separate counsel by Agent has been authorized by the Corporation and the Corporation has agreed in writing to bear such Expenses, (ii) Agent reasonably shall have concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Agent in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding, or (iii) the Corporation in fact shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding or shall at any time have ceased to actively pursue the defense thereof. The Corporation shall not be

 

3.


entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Corporation or as to which Agent shall have made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above; and

(c) the Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify Agent under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Corporation shall be permitted to settle any Proceeding except that it shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Agent without Agent’s written consent, which may be given or withheld in Agent’s sole discretion.

7. EXPENSES. Promptly following a request by Agent for the advancement of Expenses, the Corporation shall advance, prior to the final disposition of any Proceeding, all Expenses incurred by Agent in connection with such Proceeding (through the final disposition of any such Proceeding from which all rights of appeal have either been exhausted or have lapsed) upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Agent to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined by a final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal that Agent is not entitled to be indemnified. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 7 shall be unsecured and interest free.

8. ENFORCEMENT. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement to Agent shall be enforceable by or on behalf of Agent in any court of competent jurisdiction if (a) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (b) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. Agent, in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, also shall be entitled to be paid the Expense of prosecuting Agent’s claim. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Agent is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) that such indemnification is improper shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.

9. INSURANCE.

(a) Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors prior to a Change in Control, the Corporation shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) with respect to which Agent shall be named as an insured. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify the Agent for Expenses that have been previously paid directly to the Agent by D&O Insurance. If the Corporation has D&O Insurance in effect at the time the Corporation receives from Agent any notice of the commencement of a Proceeding, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Corporation shall thereafter take all reasonably necessary action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Agent, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(b) In the event that (i) the D&O Insurance policy is renewed but the renewed policy does not provide for prior act’s coverage, (ii) the Corporation obtains a new D&O Insurance policy for any period following the termination of the prior D&O Insurance, and such new D&O Insurance policy does not provide for prior act’s coverage, or (iii) the Corporation does not renew the D&O Insurance policy or obtain a new D&O Insurance policy following the termination of a D&O Insurance policy, then unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Corporation shall add to the D&O Insurance policy or the applicable successor D&O Insurance policy a run-off endorsement (the “ Endorsement ”) on

 

4.


the existing D&O Insurance policy (and in the case of (iii) above, do so prior to the termination of the existing D&O Insurance policy if necessary) or the applicable successor D&O Insurance policy subject to the same terms and conditions in all material respects. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date on which the Endorsement is obtained, the Endorsement shall be non-cancelable and shall provide for at least a six-year extended coverage period for any and all claims covered under the D&O Insurance policy. The Corporation shall pay all premiums, commissions and other costs or charges incurred in obtaining the Endorsement and shall promptly deliver to Agent a Certificate of Confirmation of Insurance with respect to such Endorsement.

(c) [For Fund Representatives on the Board only:] [The Corporation hereby acknowledges that Agent has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Corporation hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Agent are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Agent are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Agent and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate or Bylaws of the Corporation (or any other agreement between the Corporation and Agent), without regard to any rights Agent may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Agent with respect to any claim for which Agent has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Agent against the Corporation. The Corporation and Agent agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 9(c).]

10. SUBROGATION . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Agent, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

11. CONTRIBUTION . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Agent, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Agent, shall contribute to the Agent’s Expenses in connection with any claim relating to any Proceeding, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Agent as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (b) the relative fault of Agent and the Corporation (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with the circumstances, events or transactions that gave rise to the Proceeding.

12. NON-EXCLUSIVITY AND SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS.

(a) All agreements and obligations of the Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period Agent is a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Agent shall be subject to any possible Proceeding. The benefits hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators and assigns of Agent. The rights conferred

 

5.


on Agent by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right Agent may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in Agent’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.

(b) The obligations and duties of the Corporation to Agent under this Agreement shall be binding on the Corporation and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Corporation shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to the Corporation or to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(c) No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Agent under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Agent prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Code, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Agent shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, by Agent shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by Agent.

13. SEVERABILITY. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provision hereof shall be held to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity contained herein or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. Furthermore, if this Agreement shall be invalidated in its entirety on any ground, then the Corporation nevertheless shall indemnify Agent to the fullest extent provided by the Certificate, Bylaws, the Code or any other applicable law.

14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

15. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, WAIVER AND TERMINATION. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless signed in writing by both parties hereto; provided , however , that the Corporation shall have the right to amend, modify, terminate or replace this Agreement if: (i) there is a change in the Code or any other applicable law; or (ii) the Corporation amends, modifies, terminates or replaces its form of Indemnification Agreement for directors, officers, employees and other agents of the Corporation; provided , further , that such amended or modified agreement or such new agreement does not diminish in any material respect the rights of Agent hereunder. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the

 

6.


Certificate, Bylaws, the Code and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Agent thereunder.

17. INTERPRETATION OF AGREEMENT . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Agent to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

18. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed for all purposes to be an original but all of which together shall constitute this Agreement.

19. HEADINGS. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

20. NOTICES . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such communication was directed or (ii) upon the third business day after the date on which such communication was mailed if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid:

 

  (a) If to Agent, at the address indicated on the signature page hereof; and

 

  (b) If to the Corporation, to

Attn: General Counsel

Yelp Inc.

706 Mission Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Agent by the Corporation, or to such other address as Agent may direct in writing the Corporation to use.

 

7.


The parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

Y ELP I NC .
By:    
Name:  
Title:    

 

AGENT
   
(Signature)
Print Name:
 

Address for Agent:

c/o Yelp Inc.

706 Mission Street

San Francisco, CA 94103

 

8.

Exhibit 10.7

February 3, 2012

Mr. Geoff Donaker

Via email

Re: Amended and Restated Terms of Employment by Yelp Inc.

Dear Geoff:

I am very pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Yelp ”), in the position of Chief Operating Officer, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This letter (the “ Letter ”) amends and restates our original offer letter, dated January 1, 2006 (the “ Prior Letter ”), in its entirety.

1. Salary . Effective as of January 1, 2012, your annual base salary is $300,000 per year (as adjusted from time to time, your “ Salary ”), less all applicable deductions required by law, which is payable at the times and in the installments consistent with the Company’s then current payroll practice. Your Salary is subject to periodic review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

2. Incentive Compensation & Benefits . You are eligible to participate in the incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time in accordance with the terms of those programs and plans. The Company reserves the right to change the terms of its programs and plans at any time.

3. Equity Compensation . The Company has previously granted certain equity compensation awards to you, including awards under one or more of the Company’s equity incentive plans. This Letter does not amend any of your outstanding awards, each of which remains subject to its respective current award agreement and plan covering such award.

4. Executive Severance Plan . You are eligible to participate in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Severance Plan ”), subject to the terms and conditions thereof. For clarity, nothing in the Severance Plan modifies the vesting or other terms of your existing equity award agreements.

5. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you signed the Company’s standard Confidentiality Agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ,” the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein) as a condition of your employment. Nothing in this letter modifies the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, which remains in full force and effect. You further understand and agree that you will not to disclose any other information that has not been presented to you for public usage.


6. Non-Disparagement and Non-Solicitation .

(a) At all times during your Yelp employment, you agree that you will not take any actions which reasonably could disrupt Yelp’s client/user base or business, or tarnish Yelp’s reputation, including but not limited to (i) making disparaging, false and/or misleading statements (orally or in writing) about Yelp or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, current or former executives, officers, directors, clients, users, products, or services that would likely be harmful to its or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided that, you may make statements that are required or protected by law (including statements concerning the terms and conditions of your employment) or statements that are required in connection with your assigned responsibilities (ii) making bulk changes to the content you contribute or have contributed to Yelp’s websites (e.g., bulk removal of your photos or reviews), or (iii) contacting Yelp users using Yelp’s websites or Yelp confidential information to market any non-Yelp related product or service. In addition, you agree not to use Yelp’s websites or Yelp confidential information to announce or discuss your employment termination from the Company, except as expressly permitted by the Company in writing.

(b) At all times during the period of your Yelp employment and for the one (1) year period thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, either for yourself or on behalf of another company (i) recruit or otherwise solicit any Yelp employee or contributor to terminate his or her relationship with Yelp, or (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with any existing relationship between Yelp and any Yelp customer.

Nothing in this Section 6 is intended to restrain you in any manner from engaging in any lawful profession, trade or business of any kind.

7. Dispute Resolution . Nothing in this Letter modifies the terms of the Dispute Resolution Policy, if any, which you may have previously entered into with the Company.

8. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Letter, it is intended that the benefits and other payments payable under this Letter satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-(b)(9) and this Letter will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) (including, without limitation, Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), all payments made under this Letter and the Severance Plan will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

It is intended that any payment and any other benefits provided under this Letter or the Severance Plan that are not exempt from application of Section 409A will be interpreted and administered so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the greatest extent possible, including the requirement that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Letter or the Severance Plan, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and to the extent any payments due to you by the Company upon a Separation from Service are

 

Page 2


deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments (or delayed issuance of any shares subject to equity awards that are not themselves exempt from Section 409A) is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments will not be provided to you (or such shares issued) prior to the earliest of (a) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company, (b) the date of your death, or (c) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation, and on the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph will be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due will be paid as otherwise provided in this Letter or the Severance Plan, without interest.

9. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. However, given the prominent nature of your role with the company, we ask that you provide a minimum of sixty (60) days’ advance notice if you decide to terminate your employment relationship with Yelp. During this time, we would expect you to perform your customary job duties, and assist as requested by Yelp in transitioning outstanding projects, tasks and relationships to other Yelp personnel. That said, nothing in this paragraph is intended to alter your at will employment relationship with Yelp, and your employment will remain on an at will basis. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and any statements contradicting any provision in this Letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock incentive or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may occur only by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and an authorized member of the Board of Directors.

10. Entire Agreement . This Letter, including your Confidentiality Agreement, and any other documents referred to herein, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Letter, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Prior Letter.

11. Severability . You understand that any violation of Sections 5 or 6 could irreparably harm Yelp’s business and/or its growth potential and that, as such, Yelp may seek damages from you, in accordance with applicable law. If any provision of this Letter or any portion thereof is declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Letter agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

12. Acceptance . Please sign the enclosed copy of this Letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this Letter and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

We look forward to your continued employment with the Company.

 

Page 3


Very truly yours,
/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman
YELP INC.
Jeremy Stoppelman, CEO

I have read and understood this Letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of the terms of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Geoff Donaker

    Date signed:  

February 3, 2012

Geoff Donaker      

 

Page 4

Exhibit 10.8

February 3, 2012

Mr. Robert Krolik

Via email

Re: Amended and Restated Terms of Employment by Yelp Inc.

Dear Rob:

I am very pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Yelp ”), in the position of Chief Financial Officer, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This letter (the “ Letter ”) amends and restates our original offer letter, dated June 27, 2011 (the “ Prior Letter ”), in its entirety.

1. Salary . Effective as of January 1, 2012, your annual base salary is $300,000 per year (as adjusted from time to time, your “ Salary ”), less all applicable deductions required by law, which is payable at the times and in the installments consistent with the Company’s then current payroll practice. Your Salary is subject to periodic review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

2. Incentive Compensation & Benefits . You are eligible to participate in the incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time in accordance with the terms of those programs and plans. The Company reserves the right to change the terms of its programs and plans at any time.

3. Equity Compensation . The Company has previously granted certain equity compensation awards to you, including awards under one or more of the Company’s equity incentive plans. This Letter does not amend any of your outstanding awards, each of which remains subject to its respective current award agreement and plan covering such award.

4. Executive Severance Plan . You are eligible to participate in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Severance Plan ”), subject to the terms and conditions thereof. For clarity, nothing in the Severance Plan modifies the vesting or other terms of your existing equity award agreements.

5. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you signed the Company’s standard Confidentiality and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ,” the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein) as a condition of your employment. Nothing in this letter modifies the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, which remains in full force and effect. You further understand and agree that you will not to disclose any other information that has not been presented to you for public usage.


6. Non-Disparagement and Non-Solicitation . At all times during and after your Yelp employment, you agree that you will not take any actions to disrupt Yelp’s community or business or tarnish Yelp’s reputation. Specifically, you will not (a) use the Yelp websites or mobile applications (“ Site ”) to write harsh reviews, post negatively on Yelp Talk, or otherwise take actions that would be inconsistent with your tone and manner as an executive of the Company, (b) publicly announce or otherwise discuss your departure except as expressly permitted by Yelp in writing or as required by law, (c) materially alter your account profile on the Site ( e.g. , removing or editing reviews that you have previously written, photos that you have previously uploaded, or changing your user name), (d) use the Site or use Yelp’s confidential information to market any other product or service to the Site’s users, (e) disparage Yelp or its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation, or (f) publicly discuss any non-public details about Yelp or your role at Yelp, or disclose any of Yelp’s proprietary and confidential information, including its trade secrets.

In addition, at all times during the period of your Yelp employment and for the one (1) year period thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, either for yourself or on behalf of another company, (i) recruit or otherwise solicit any Yelp employee or contributor to terminate his or her relationship with Yelp, or (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with any existing relationship between Yelp and any Yelp customer.

Nothing in this Section 6 is intended to restrain you in any manner from engaging in any lawful profession, trade or business of any kind.

7. Conflicts & Competition . You represent that the performance of your duties in your current position will not violate the terms of any agreements you may have with others, including any former employer. You also understand that in your work for Yelp, you are prohibited from using or disclosing any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you may use only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or is otherwise provided or developed by Yelp. You agree that you have not brought, and you will not bring, onto Yelp premises or use in your work for Yelp any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or third party that you are not authorized to use and disclose. You represent further that you have disclosed to Yelp any contract you have signed that might restrict your activities on behalf of Yelp.

8. Dispute Resolution . Nothing in this Letter modifies the terms of the Dispute Resolution Policy which you previously entered into with the Company.

9. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Letter, it is intended that the benefits and other payments payable under this Letter satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-(b)(9) and this Letter will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) (including, without limitation, Treasury Regulations

 

Page 2


Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), all payments made under this Letter and the Severance Plan will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

It is intended that any payment and any other benefits provided under this Letter or the Severance Plan that are not exempt from application of Section 409A will be interpreted and administered so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the greatest extent possible, including the requirement that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Letter or the Severance Plan, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and to the extent any payments due to you by the Company upon a Separation from Service are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments (or delayed issuance of any shares subject to equity awards that are not themselves exempt from Section 409A) is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments will not be provided to you (or such shares issued) prior to the earliest of (a) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company, (b) the date of your death, or (c) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation, and on the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph will be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due will be paid as otherwise provided in this Letter or the Severance Plan, without interest.

10. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. However, given the prominent nature of your role with the company, we ask that you provide a minimum of sixty (60) days’ advance notice if you decide to terminate your employment relationship with Yelp. During this time, we would expect you to perform your customary job duties, and assist as requested by Yelp in transitioning outstanding projects, tasks and relationships to other Yelp personnel. That said, nothing in this paragraph is intended to alter your at will employment relationship with Yelp, and your employment will remain on an at will basis. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and any statements contradicting any provision in this Letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock incentive or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may occur only by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and an authorized member of the Board of Directors.

11. Entire Agreement . This Letter, including your Confidentiality Agreement, and any other documents referred to herein, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Letter, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Prior Letter.

12. Severability . You understand that any violation of Sections 5, 6 or 7 could irreparably harm Yelp’s business and/or its growth potential and that, as such, Yelp may seek damages from

 

Page 3


you, in accordance with applicable law. If any provision of this Letter or any portion thereof is declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Letter agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Acceptance . Please sign the enclosed copy of this Letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this Letter and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

We look forward to your continued employment with the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman
YELP INC.
Jeremy Stoppelman, CEO

I have read and understood this Letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of the terms of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Robert Krolik

    Date signed:  

February 3, 2012

Robert Krolik      

 

Page 4

Exhibit 10.9

February 3, 2012

Mr. Joseph Nachman

Via email

Re: Amended and Restated Terms of Employment by Yelp Inc.

Dear Jed:

I am very pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Yelp ”), in the position of Senior Vice President, Sales, reporting to the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. This letter (the “ Letter ”) amends and restates our original offer letter, dated December 13, 2006 (the “ Prior Letter ”), in its entirety.

1. Salary . Effective as of January 1, 2012, your annual base salary is $300,000 per year (as adjusted from time to time, your “ Salary ”), less all applicable deductions required by law, which is payable at the times and in the installments consistent with the Company’s then current payroll practice. Your Salary is subject to periodic review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

2. Incentive Compensation & Benefits . You are eligible to participate in the incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time in accordance with the terms of those programs and plans. The Company reserves the right to change the terms of its programs and plans at any time.

3. Equity Compensation . The Company has previously granted certain equity compensation awards to you, including awards under one or more of the Company’s equity incentive plans. This Letter does not amend any of your outstanding awards, each of which remains subject to its respective current award agreement and plan covering such award.

4. Executive Severance Plan . You are eligible to participate in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Severance Plan ”), subject to the terms and conditions thereof. For clarity, nothing in the Severance Plan modifies the vesting or other terms of your existing equity award agreements.

5. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you signed the Company’s standard Confidentiality and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ,” the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein) as a condition of your employment. Nothing in this letter modifies the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, which remains in full force and effect. You further understand and agree that you will not to disclose any other information that has not been presented to you for public usage.


6. Non-Disparagement and Non-Solicitation . At all times during and after your Yelp employment, you agree that you will not take any actions to disrupt Yelp’s community or business or tarnish Yelp’s reputation. Specifically, you will not (a) use the Yelp websites or mobile applications (“ Site ”) to write harsh reviews, post negatively on Yelp Talk, or otherwise take actions that would be inconsistent with your tone and manner as an executive of the Company, (b) publicly announce or otherwise discuss your departure except as expressly permitted by Yelp in writing or as required by law, (c) materially alter your account profile on the Site ( e.g. , removing or editing reviews that you have previously written, photos that you have previously uploaded, or changing your user name), (d) use the Site or use Yelp’s confidential information to market any other product or service to the Site’s users, (e) disparage Yelp or its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation, or (f) publicly discuss any non-public details about Yelp or your role at Yelp, or disclose any of Yelp’s proprietary and confidential information, including its trade secrets.

In addition, at all times during the period of your Yelp employment and for the one (1) year period thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, either for yourself or on behalf of another company, (i) recruit or otherwise solicit any Yelp employee or contributor to terminate his or her relationship with Yelp, or (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with any existing relationship between Yelp and any Yelp customer.

Nothing in this Section 6 is intended to restrain you in any manner from engaging in any lawful profession, trade or business of any kind.

7. Conflicts & Competition . You represent that the performance of your duties in your current position will not violate the terms of any agreements you may have with others, including any former employer. You also understand that in your work for Yelp, you are prohibited from using or disclosing any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you may use only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or is otherwise provided or developed by Yelp. You agree that you have not brought, and you will not bring, onto Yelp premises or use in your work for Yelp any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or third party that you are not authorized to use and disclose. You represent further that you have disclosed to Yelp any contract you have signed that might restrict your activities on behalf of Yelp.

8. Dispute Resolution . Nothing in this Letter modifies the terms of the Dispute Resolution Policy which you previously entered into with the Company.

9. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Letter, it is intended that the benefits and other payments payable under this Letter satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-(b)(9) and this Letter will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) (including, without limitation, Treasury Regulations

 

Page 2


Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), all payments made under this Letter and the Severance Plan will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

It is intended that any payment and any other benefits provided under this Letter or the Severance Plan that are not exempt from application of Section 409A will be interpreted and administered so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the greatest extent possible, including the requirement that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Letter or the Severance Plan, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and to the extent any payments due to you by the Company upon a Separation from Service are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments (or delayed issuance of any shares subject to equity awards that are not themselves exempt from Section 409A) is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments will not be provided to you (or such shares issued) prior to the earliest of (a) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company, (b) the date of your death, or (c) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation, and on the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph will be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due will be paid as otherwise provided in this Letter or the Severance Plan, without interest.

10. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. However, given the prominent nature of your role with the company, we ask that you provide a minimum of sixty (60) days’ advance notice if you decide to terminate your employment relationship with Yelp. During this time, we would expect you to perform your customary job duties, and assist as requested by Yelp in transitioning outstanding projects, tasks and relationships to other Yelp personnel. That said, nothing in this paragraph is intended to alter your at will employment relationship with Yelp, and your employment will remain on an at will basis. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and any statements contradicting any provision in this Letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock incentive or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may occur only by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and an authorized member of the Board of Directors.

11. Entire Agreement . This Letter, including your Confidentiality Agreement, and any other documents referred to herein, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Letter, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Prior Letter.

12. Severability . You understand that any violation of Sections 5, 6 or 7 could irreparably harm Yelp’s business and/or its growth potential and that, as such, Yelp may seek damages from

 

Page 3


you, in accordance with applicable law. If any provision of this Letter or any portion thereof is declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Letter agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Acceptance . Please sign the enclosed copy of this Letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this Letter and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

We look forward to your continued employment with the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman
YELP INC.
Jeremy Stoppelman, CEO

I have read and understood this Letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of the terms of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Joseph Nachman

    Date signed:  

February 3, 2012

Joseph Nachman      

 

Page 4

Exhibit 10.10

February 3, 2012

Mr. Laurence Wilson

Via email

Re: Amended and Restated Terms of Employment by Yelp Inc.

Dear Laurence:

I am very pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Yelp ”), in the position of General Counsel, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This letter (the “ Letter ”) amends and restates our original offer letter, dated September 19, 2007 (the “ Prior Letter ”), in its entirety.

1. Salary . Effective as of January 1, 2012, your annual base salary is $300,000 per year (as adjusted from time to time, your “ Salary ”), less all applicable deductions required by law, which is payable at the times and in the installments consistent with the Company’s then current payroll practice. Your Salary is subject to periodic review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

2. Incentive Compensation & Benefits . You are eligible to participate in the incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time in accordance with the terms of those programs and plans. The Company reserves the right to change the terms of its programs and plans at any time.

3. Equity Compensation . The Company has previously granted certain equity compensation awards to you, including awards under one or more of the Company’s equity incentive plans. This Letter does not amend any of your outstanding awards, each of which remains subject to its respective current award agreement and plan covering such award.

4. Executive Severance Plan . You are eligible to participate in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Severance Plan ”), subject to the terms and conditions thereof. For clarity, nothing in the Severance Plan modifies the vesting or other terms of your existing equity award agreements.

5. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you signed the Company’s standard Confidentiality and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ,” the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein) as a condition of your employment. Nothing in this letter modifies the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, which remains in full force and effect. You further understand and agree that you will not to disclose any other information that has not been presented to you for public usage.


6. Non-Disparagement and Non-Solicitation . At all times during and after your Yelp employment, you agree that you will not take any actions to disrupt Yelp’s community or business or tarnish Yelp’s reputation. Specifically, you will not (a) use the Yelp websites or mobile applications (“ Site ”) to write harsh reviews, post negatively on Yelp Talk, or otherwise take actions that would be inconsistent with your tone and manner as an executive of the Company, (b) publicly announce or otherwise discuss your departure except as expressly permitted by Yelp in writing or as required by law, (c) materially alter your account profile on the Site ( e.g. , removing or editing reviews that you have previously written, photos that you have previously uploaded, or changing your user name), (d) use the Site or use Yelp’s confidential information to market any other product or service to the Site’s users, (e) disparage Yelp or its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation, or (f) publicly discuss any non-public details about Yelp or your role at Yelp, or disclose any of Yelp’s proprietary and confidential information, including its trade secrets.

In addition, at all times during the period of your Yelp employment and for the one (1) year period thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, either for yourself or on behalf of another company, (i) recruit or otherwise solicit any Yelp employee or contributor to terminate his or her relationship with Yelp, or (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with any existing relationship between Yelp and any Yelp customer.

Nothing in this Section 6 is intended to restrain you in any manner from engaging in any lawful profession, trade or business of any kind.

7. Conflicts & Competition . You represent that the performance of your duties in your current position will not violate the terms of any agreements you may have with others, including any former employer. You also understand that in your work for Yelp, you are prohibited from using or disclosing any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you may use only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or is otherwise provided or developed by Yelp. You agree that you have not brought, and you will not bring, onto Yelp premises or use in your work for Yelp any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or third party that you are not authorized to use and disclose. You represent further that you have disclosed to Yelp any contract you have signed that might restrict your activities on behalf of Yelp.

8. Dispute Resolution . Nothing in this Letter modifies the terms of the Dispute Resolution Policy which you previously entered into with the Company.

9. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Letter, it is intended that the benefits and other payments payable under this Letter satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-(b)(9) and this Letter will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) (including, without limitation, Treasury Regulations

 

Page 2


Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), all payments made under this Letter and the Severance Plan will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

It is intended that any payment and any other benefits provided under this Letter or the Severance Plan that are not exempt from application of Section 409A will be interpreted and administered so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the greatest extent possible, including the requirement that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Letter or the Severance Plan, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and to the extent any payments due to you by the Company upon a Separation from Service are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments (or delayed issuance of any shares subject to equity awards that are not themselves exempt from Section 409A) is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments will not be provided to you (or such shares issued) prior to the earliest of (a) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company, (b) the date of your death, or (c) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation, and on the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph will be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due will be paid as otherwise provided in this Letter or the Severance Plan, without interest.

10. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. However, given the prominent nature of your role with the company, we ask that you provide a minimum of sixty (60) days’ advance notice if you decide to terminate your employment relationship with Yelp. During this time, we would expect you to perform your customary job duties, and assist as requested by Yelp in transitioning outstanding projects, tasks and relationships to other Yelp personnel. That said, nothing in this paragraph is intended to alter your at will employment relationship with Yelp, and your employment will remain on an at will basis. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and any statements contradicting any provision in this Letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock incentive or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may occur only by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and an authorized member of the Board of Directors.

11. Entire Agreement . This Letter, including your Confidentiality Agreement, and any other documents referred to herein, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Letter, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Prior Letter.

12. Severability . You understand that any violation of Sections 5, 6 or 7 could irreparably harm Yelp’s business and/or its growth potential and that, as such, Yelp may seek damages from

 

Page 3


you, in accordance with applicable law. If any provision of this Letter or any portion thereof is declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Letter agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Acceptance . Please sign the enclosed copy of this Letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this Letter and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

We look forward to your continued employment with the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman
YELP INC.
Jeremy Stoppelman, CEO

I have read and understood this Letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of the terms of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Laurence Wilson

    Date signed:  

February 3, 2012

Laurence Wilson      

 

Page 4

Exhibit 10.11

November 13, 2006

Dear Vlado,

On behalf of Yelp! Inc., I am pleased to offer you a position as Controller and Head of Finance, we look forward to your future success in this position. You will be reporting to Geoff Donaker.

You will be paid a base salary of $100,000 annually. Your salary will be payable in two equal payments twice monthly, pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy.

In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 96,877 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest at the rate of 1/4th of the total number of Shares subject to the option on the one-year anniversary of your employment commencement date and 1/48th of the total number of Shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary of your employment commencement date thereafter. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

We will be offering you our standard benefits package that includes health, dental, vision, term life insurance, long term disability and 401K plans.

You will be entitled to 15 days of paid time off per year, prorated for the remainder of this calendar year, in addition to designated company holidays. The terms of your time off with pay policies are outlined in our employee handbook.

Your employment with Yelp! Inc. is for an indefinite term. In other words, the employment relationship is “at will,” and you have the right to terminate that employment relationship at any time for any reason. Also, although I hope that you will remain with us and be successful here, Yelp! Inc. must, and does, retain the right to terminate the employment relationship at any time for any reason. This “at will” employment relationship can only be modified in writing by an authorized officer of Yelp! Inc. This paragraph contains the entire agreement between you and Yelp! Inc. regarding the right and ability of either you or Yelp! Inc. to terminate your employment with Yelp! Inc.

You represent that the performance of your duties in the position described above will not violate the terms of any agreements you may have with others, including your


former employer. You also understand that you are not to bring to or use at Yelp! Inc. any trade secrets of your former employer.

Your employment is also conditioned upon your agreement and execution of Yelp! Inc.’s attached Confidentiality Agreement. You must also provide proof of your ability to legally work within the United States on your first day of employment with Yelp! Inc. Your employment is also conditional upon your passing Yelp!, Inc’s background check.

Please sign the bottom of this letter to accept this offer and return the original to me. If we do not receive confirmation of your acceptance by November 20, 2006 this offer will terminate.

Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on December 12, 2006.

Yelp! Inc. is committed to hiring employees like you that have the courage, creativity, and experience to develop new ideas for new markets.

We look forward to you joining us!

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
Jeremy Stoppelman
CEO
Yelp! Inc.

 

LOGO

  12/4/2006
Employee Acceptance   Date        

Start Date: 12/12/2006

Exhibit 10.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE

706 MISSION STREET

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA

706 MISSION STREET CO LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

YELP, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

as Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1

  

REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES

     1   

ARTICLE 2

  

LEASE TERM

     5   

ARTICLE 3

  

BASE RENT

     7   

ARTICLE 4

  

ADDITIONAL RENT

     8   

ARTICLE 5

  

USE OF PREMISES

     16   

ARTICLE 6

  

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     17   

ARTICLE 7

  

REPAIRS

     19   

ARTICLE 8

  

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     20   

ARTICLE 9

  

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     22   

ARTICLE 10

  

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

     22   

ARTICLE 11

  

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     25   

ARTICLE 12

  

CONDEMNATION

     26   

ARTICLE 13

  

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     27   

ARTICLE 14

  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     27   

ARTICLE 15

  

SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     30   

ARTICLE 16

  

HOLDING OVER

     30   

ARTICLE 17

  

RENEWAL OPTION

     31   

ARTICLE 18

  

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     34   

ARTICLE 19

  

SUBORDINATION

     34   

ARTICLE 20

  

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     35   

ARTICLE 21

  

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     39   

ARTICLE 22

  

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     39   

ARTICLE 23

  

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     40   

ARTICLE 24

  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     41   

 

(i)


EXHIBITS

 

A    INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
B-l    OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF EXISTING PREMISES
B-2    OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF EXPANSION PREMISES
C-1    TENANT WORK LETTER
D    AMENDMENT TO LEASE
E    RULES AND REGULATIONS
F    FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
G    JANITORIAL SERVICES
H    CALIFORNIA ASBESTOS NOTICE

 

(ii)


706 MISSION STREET

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

This Summary of Basic Lease Information (“ Summary ”) is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Amended and Restated Office Lease. Each reference in the Amended and Restated Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Amended and Restated Office Lease, the terms of the Amended and Restated Office Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Amended and Restated Office Lease.

 

TERMS OF LEASE

  

DESCRIPTION

(References are to the Amended and Restated Office Lease)

  

1.      Effective Date:

   October 1, 2009.

2.      Landlord:

  

706 Mission Street Co LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

3.      Address of Landlord ( Section 24.19 ):

  

706 Mission Street Co LLC

c/o JMA Ventures, LLC

706 Mission Street, 9 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: Todd Chapman

 

with a copy to:

 

Millennium Partners

735 Market Street, 4 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attn: Sean Jeffries

4.      Tenant:

  

Yelp, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

5.      Address of Tenant ( Section 24.19 ):

  

706 Mission Street, Suite 800

San Francisco, California 94103

Attention: Vlado Herman / Geoff Donaker

6.      Premises ( Article 1 ):

  

6.1.  Building:

   706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California, which consists of approximately 103,480 rentable square feet.


6.2.  Existing Premises:

   Approximately 9,801 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 300 located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ 3 rd Floor Premises ”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 700 located on the seventh (7 th ) floor of the Building (the “ 7 th Floor Premises ”), and approximately 9,801 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 800 located on the eighth (8 th ) floor of the Building (the “ 8 th Floor Premises ”), as set forth in Exhibit B-l attached hereto.

6.3.  Expansion Premises:

   Approximately 9,801 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 900 located on the ninth (9 th ) floor of the Building (the “ 9 th Floor Expansion Premises ”), and approximately 9,801 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 1000 located on the tenth (10 th ) floor of the Building (the “ 10 th Floor Expansion Premises ”), as set forth in Exhibit B-2 attached hereto.

7.      Term ( Article 2 ).

  

7.1    Lease Term:

   Forty-eight (48) months.

7.2    Lease Commencement Date:

   October 1, 2009.

7.3    9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date:

   The earlier of (a) the date on which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and (b) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C-l (the “ Tenant Work Letter ”)) of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, which date is estimated to be March 1, 2010.

7.4    10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date:

   The earlier of (a) the date on which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, and (b) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached) of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, which date is estimated to be June 15, 2010.

7.5    Lease Expiration Date:

   September 30, 2013.

 

-ii-


8.      Base Rent for Existing Premises ( Article 3 ):

  

 

Period During Lease

Term*

   Annual
Base Rent
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
     Annual
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot
 

Lease Year 1

   $ 573,358.56       $ 47,779.88       $ 19.50   

Lease Year 2

   $ 632,164.56       $ 52,680.38       $ 21.50   

Lease Year 3 – Lease
Expiration Date

   $ 690,970.56       $ 57,580.88       $ 23.50   

 

* Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing schedule of Base Rent, Tenant shall be entitled to rent credits in accordance with Sections 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 below.

Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be as set forth in Sections 1.6.4 and 1.7.4 .

 

9.      Additional Rent ( Article 4 ).

  

9.1    Base Year

   Calendar year 2010.

9.2    Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for Existing Premises:

   Approximately 28.41%.

9.3    Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for 9 th Floor Expansion Premises:

   Approximately 9.47%.

9.4    Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for 10 th Floor Expansion Premises

   Approximately 9.47%.

10.    Security Deposit ( Article 20 ):

   $150,000.00.

11.    Brokers ( Section 24.25 ):

  

Landlord Broker :

 

The CAC Group

255 California Street, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: Jenny Haeg / Gary Arabian

 

Tenant Broker :

 

CBRE, Inc.

101 California Street, 44 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: Jon Wittemyer / Tim Kazul

 

-iii-


706 MISSION STREET

AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE

This Amended and Restated Office Lease, which includes the preceding Summary attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Amended and Restated Office Lease and Summary to be known sometimes collectively hereafter as the Lease ”), dated as of the Effective Date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary, is made by and between 706 Mission Street Co LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( Landlord ”), and Yelp, Inc., a Delaware corporation. ( Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of October 1, 2007 (the Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 21, 2008 (the “ First Amendment ” and, together with the Original Lease, the Existing Lease ”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant the Existing Premises of the Building.

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in certain respects, including (i) expanding the Premises of the Lease to include the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises and the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, (ii) extending the term of the Lease, and (iii) modifying various other terms and provisions of the Lease, all as hereinafter provided. Rather than amending the Existing Lease, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend and restate the terms of the Existing Lease in their entirety as set forth herein.

C. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, effective as of the date in Section 1 of the Summary, the terms of this Lease shall amend and restate the Existing Lease in its entirety and shall thereafter supersede the terms of the Existing Lease and control the agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises; provided, however, Tenant shall remain liable for and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of action, costs, expenses, damages or judgments arising from any breach or default by Tenant which arose under the Existing Lease prior to the date hereof. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is the rightful owner of all of the tenant’s interest in the Existing Lease; (ii) Tenant has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease, notwithstanding any remaining obligations under the Existing Lease; and (iii) no other person or entity has an interest in the Existing Lease, collateral or otherwise.

A G R E E M E N T :

ARTICLE 1

REAL PROPERTY, BUILDING AND PREMISES

1.1 Real Property, Building and Premises . Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 6 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”). The outline of the floor plan of the Existing Premises is set forth in Exhibit B-l and the outline of the Expansion Premises is set forth in Exhibit B-2 attached hereto. The Building, any outside plaza areas, land and other improvements surrounding the Building which are designated from time to time by Landlord as common areas appurtenant to or servicing the Building, and the land upon which any of the foregoing are situated, are herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Real Property .” Tenant is hereby granted the right to the nonexclusive use of the common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, restrooms and other


public or common areas located on the Real Property; provided, however, that (i) the manner in which such public and common areas are maintained and operated shall be in a manner comparable to other office buildings of the same class located in the same general area of San Francisco and the use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time for its tenants generally, and (ii) Tenant shall have no right to use any portion of the Building or of the Real Property for parking for Tenant or Tenant’s employees, visitors and/or invitees. Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to or to change the location of elements of the Real Property and the common areas thereof; provided that in making any such alterations, additions or changes Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any unreasonable interference to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

1.2 Condition of Existing Premises . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant is currently occupying the Existing Premises pursuant to the Existing Lease; therefore, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to construct or install any improvements or facilities of any kind in the Existing Premises, and Tenant shall continue to accept the Existing Premises and the Building in their presently existing, “as-is” condition.

1.3 Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall pay to Tenant, in accordance with this Section 1.3 , an amount not to exceed the sum of (A) $49,005.00 ( i.e. , $5.00 per rentable square foot of the 3 rd Floor Premises multiplied by 9,801 rentable square feet) and (B) $32,343.00 ( i.e ., ten percent (10%) of the commission due to Tenant’s Broker) (collectively, the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”), provided as of the date on which Landlord is required to make any payment or credit thereof, (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, and (ii) no default by Tenant then exists. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be payable on account of costs of labor, fixtures, equipment and consultant fees (which fees shall not exceed $1,470.15, i.e. , $0.15 per rentable square foot of the 3 rd Floor Premises) directly related to, and materials delivered to the Premises in connection with, any Alterations performed by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 below at any time prior to October 1, 2010. Except as expressly set forth below, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance not actually expended by Tenant pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. Landlord shall make payments, from time to time but not more frequently than once per month, of any applicable portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant within thirty (30) days after submission by Tenant to Landlord of a written requisition therefor, signed by the chief financial officer of Tenant and accompanied by (A) copies of paid invoices covering Tenant’s performance of all Alterations theretofore approved by Landlord in accordance with Article 8 below, (B) a written certification from Tenant’s architect stating that all Alterations described on such invoices (if applicable) have been completed in accordance with the final plans therefor, that such work has been paid in full by Tenant and that all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers have delivered to Tenant final, unconditional waivers and releases of lien with respect to such work (copies of which shall be included with such architect’s certification), (C) proof of the satisfactory completion of all required inspections and the issuance of any required approvals and sign-offs by all governmental bodies having jurisdiction over the Building with respect to any Alterations performed by Tenant, (D) final “as-built” plans and specifications for any Alterations performed by Tenant, and (E) such other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant shall pay all costs of any Alterations in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. As of October 1, 2010, any unexpended portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be applied as a credit against the monthly Base Rent attributable to the 3 rd Floor Premises only otherwise due pursuant to this Lease.

1.4 Intentionally Omitted .

1.5 Rentable Square Feet . The rentable and usable square feet of the Existing Premises is as set forth in Section 6.2 of the Summary, the rentable and usable square feet of the 9 th Floor Expansion

 

-2-


Premises and the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises are as set forth in Section 6.3 of the Summary, and the rentable square feet of the Building is as set forth in Section 6.1 of the Summary. The rentable and usable square feet of the Premises and the rentable square feet of the Building are not subject to adjustment or remeasurement by Tenant.

1.6 9 th Floor Expansion Premises . The Premises shall be expanded to include the rentable square footage of the “9 th Floor Expansion Premises,” as that term is defined in Section 6.3 of the Summary and as set forth in this Section 1.6 and this Lease.

1.6.1 9 th Floor Expansion Premises . Effective as of the earlier of (a) the date on which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and (b) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises (the “ 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date ”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises. Consequently, effective as of the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises shall become part of the Premises for all purposes hereunder and, except as set forth in this Section 1.6 , shall be subject to every term and condition of this Lease, and the Premises shall be increased to include the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises. Commencing on the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, the Existing Premises, the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises (if the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) shall have occurred) shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises,” and all references to the “Premises” in this Lease shall be deemed to refer to the Premises as defined herein. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises on or before March 1, 2010.

1.6.2 Lease Term of 9 th Floor Expansion Premises . The term of Tenant’s lease of the 9 th  Floor Expansion Premises (the “ 9 th Floor Expansion Term ”) shall commence on the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date and expire on the Lease Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Lease.

1.6.3 Condition of 9 th Floor Expansion Premises . Tenant has inspected the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises and agrees, except as otherwise provided in the Tenant Work Letter, (a) to accept possession of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises in the condition existing as of the date of this Lease “as is”, and (b) that Landlord has no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense or make any alterations or improvements to prepare the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant’s occupancy of any part of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Landlord has Substantially Completed any work to be performed by Landlord under this Lease with respect to the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, Tenant has accepted possession of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises in its then current condition, and at the time such possession was taken, the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises were in a good and satisfactory condition as required by this Lease.

1.6.4 Base Rent for 9 th Floor Expansion Premises . Commencing on the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, in addition to paying all Base Rent and other Rent associated with the Existing Premises pursuant to this Lease, Tenant shall, in accordance with the terms of this Lease, pay to Landlord additional Base Rent for the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises at the same rental rate per rentable square foot as is then being paid for the Premises.

1.6.5 Tenant’s Share/Direct Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, commencing on the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share shall be amended to be 47.35% if the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined)

 

-3-


shall have occurred and 37.88% if the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date shall not have occurred.

1.6.6 9 th Floor Expansion Rent Credit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the 9 th Floor Premises (the “ 9 th Floor Expansion Rent Credit ”) in an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-Six and 62/100 ($15,926.62) for each of March 2010, May 2010 and July 2010 (the “ 9 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period ”). If a default by Tenant shall occur under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, then, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, Landlord, at its option, may elect, by delivery of written notice to Tenant, that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the 9 th Floor Premises Rent Credit as of such default by Tenant shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term, in which event the 9 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The 9 th Floor Premises Rent Credit set forth in this Section 1.6.6 shall be personal to the originally named Tenant under the Lease (the “ Original Tenant ”) and shall not inure to the benefit of any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

1.7 10 th Floor Expansion Premises . The Premises shall be expanded to include the rentable square footage of the “10 th Floor Expansion Premises,” as that term is defined in Section 6.3 of the Summary and as set forth in this Section 1.7 and this Lease.

1.7.1 10 th Floor Expansion Premises . The Premises shall be expanded to include the rentable square footage of the “10 th Floor Expansion Premises,” as that term is defined in Section 6.3 of the Summary, and as set forth in this Section 1.7 and this Lease. Effective as of the earlier of (a) the date on which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, and (b) the date of Substantial Completion (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises (the “ 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date ”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises. Consequently, effective as of the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, the 10 th  Floor Expansion Premises shall become part of the Premises for all purposes hereunder and, except as set forth in this Section 1.7 , shall be subject to every term and condition of this Lease, and the Premises shall be increased to include the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises. Commencing on the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, the Existing Premises, the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises (if the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date shall have occurred), and the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises,” and all references to the “Premises” in this Lease shall be deemed to refer to the Premises as defined herein. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises on or before June 15, 2010.

1.7.2 Lease Term of 10 th Floor Expansion Premises . The term of Tenant’s lease of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises (the “ 10 th Floor Expansion Term ”) shall commence on the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date and expire on the Lease Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Lease.

1.7.3 Condition of 10 th Floor Expansion Premises . Tenant has inspected the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises and agrees, except as otherwise provided in the Tenant Work Letter, (a) to accept possession of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises in the condition existing as of the date of this Lease “as is”, and (b) that Landlord has no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense or make any alterations or improvements to prepare the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant’s occupancy of any part of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Landlord has Substantially Completed any work to be performed by Landlord under this Lease with respect to the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, Tenant has

 

-4-


accepted possession of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises in its then current condition, and at the time such possession was taken, the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises were in a good and satisfactory condition as required by this Lease.

1.7.4 Base Rent for 10 th Floor Expansion Premises . Commencing on the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, in addition to paying all Base Rent and other Rent associated with the Existing Premises pursuant to this Lease, Tenant shall, in accordance with the terms of this Lease, pay to Landlord additional Base Rent for the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises at the same rental rate per rentable square foot as is then being paid for the Premises.

1.7.5 Tenant’s Share/Direct Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, commencing on the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share shall be amended to be 47.35% if the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date shall have occurred and 37.88% if the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date shall not have occurred.

1.7.6 10 th Floor Expansion Rent Credit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the 10 th Floor Premises (the “ 10 th Floor Expansion Rent Credit ”) in an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-Six and 62/100 ($15,926.62) for each of June 2010, August 2010 and October 2010 (the “ 10 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period ”). If a default by Tenant shall occur under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, then, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, Landlord, at its option, may elect, by delivery of written notice to Tenant, that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the 10 th Floor Premises Rent Credit as of such default by Tenant shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term, in which event the 10 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The 10 th Floor Premises Rent Credit set forth in this Section 1.7.6 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and shall not inure to the benefit of any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 Lease Term . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Summary and, with respect to the Existing Premises, shall commence on the date (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”) set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary, and shall terminate on the date (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) set forth in Section 7.5 of the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant an Amendment to Lease in the form as set forth in Exhibit D , attached hereto, which notice Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof unless Tenant reasonably believes that the provisions of such amendment are not accurate.

2.2 No Lease Extension . Tenant expressly agrees and acknowledges that this is a Lease set to expire on September 30, 2013 (subject to earlier termination pursuant to the terms of this Lease) and that Tenant understands and agrees that, except as set forth in Article 17 below, Tenant will have no options to

 

-5-


extend or renew the Lease Term beyond the Lease Expiration Date. Landlord has advised Tenant that Landlord is in the process of planning for a redevelopment of the Building and the Real Property upon which it sits (the “ Landlord Redevelopment ”) and that Landlord would be significantly damaged should Tenant not vacate the Premises on the Lease Expiration Date, and Tenant is agreeing to indemnify Landlord for any reasonable damages incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure to vacate pursuant to Article 15 below.

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

Tenant Acknowledgement

2.3 Tenant’s Termination Right . Provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of the “Termination Notice,” as that term is defined below, Tenant shall have the one-time right to terminate and cancel this Lease, effective as of March 31, 2013 (the “ Early Termination Date ”), provided that (i) Landlord receives written notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) from Tenant on or before the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the Early Termination Date stating that Tenant is electing to terminate this Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.3 , and (ii) concurrently with Landlord’s receipt of the Termination Notice, Landlord receives from Tenant the “Termination Fee,” as that term is defined below, as consideration for and as a condition precedent to such early termination. The “ Termination Fee ” shall be equal to the sum of the following:

(a) The unamortized amount as of the Early Termination Date of leasing commissions incurred by Landlord for the Premises, plus

(b) The unamortized amount as of the Early Termination Date of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, plus

(c) The unamortized amount as of the Early Termination Date of any costs expended by Landlord for the Landlord Work, plus

(d) The unamortized amount as of the Early Termination Date of any costs expended by Landlord for the 9 th Floor Tenant Improvements, including without limitation, (a) payment of the fees of any architect, space planner, and/or engineer, (b) payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Approved Working Drawings,” as such term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, and (c) the cost of construction of the 9 th Floor Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, trash removal costs, after-hours utilities usage, and contractors’ fees and general conditions, plus

(e) The unamortized amount as of the Early Termination Date of any costs expended by Landlord for the 10 th Floor Tenant Improvements, including without limitation, (a) payment of the fees of any architect, space planner, and/or engineer, (b) payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Approved Working Drawings,” as such term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, and (c) the cost of construction of the 10 th  Floor Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection

 

-6-


costs, trash removal costs, after-hours utilities usage, and contractors’ fees and general conditions.

The unamortized amounts set forth in the foregoing Sections 2.3(a) through 2.3(e) shall be calculated on a straight-line basis over the applicable lease term (i.e ., for such costs which are applicable to the Original Premises, the amortization shall be on a straight-line basis over the Lease Term, and for such costs which are applicable to any Expansion Premises, the amortization shall be on a straight-line basis over the lease term for such Expansion Premises), with interest at the rate of seven percent (7%) per annum.

The termination right contained in this Section 2.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee (but not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease). Provided that Tenant terminates this Lease in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.3 , then this Lease shall terminate as of the Early Termination Date with the same force and effect as if this Lease were scheduled to expire in accordance with its terms on the Early Termination Date, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord on the Early Termination Date in the condition required pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

2.4 Landlord Termination Right . Landlord shall have the one-time right to terminate and cancel this Lease, effective as of the Early Termination Date, provided that (i) Tenant receives written notice from Landlord on or before the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the Early Termination Date stating that Landlord is electing to terminate this Lease, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.4 , (ii) Landlord shall have determined using Landlord’s good faith commercially reasonable judgment that the continuance of the Lease would delay the Landlord Redevelopment, and (iii) Tenant receives from Landlord on or before the Early Termination Date, a moving fee in an amount not to exceed Two and No/Dollars ($2.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises then leased by Tenant, as consideration for such early termination.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 Base Rent . Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Building, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency or a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. If any rental payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month’s rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which such fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 3 rd Floor Premises Rent Credit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the 3 rd Floor Premises (the “ 3 rd Floor Premises Rent Credit ”) for the period commencing on the later of (a) the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) and

 

-7-


(b) the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), and continuing through March 31, 2011 (the “ 3 rd Floor Premises Rent Credit Period ”). If a default by Tenant shall occur under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, then, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease Landlord, at its option, may elect, by delivery of written notice to Tenant, that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the 3 rd Floor Premises Rent Credit as of such default by Tenant shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term, in which event the 3 rd Floor Premises Rent Credit Period shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The 3 rd Floor Premises Rent Credit set forth in this Section 3.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and shall not inure to the benefit of any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

3.3 7 th Floor Premises Rent Credit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the 7 th Floor Premises (the “ 7 th Floor Premises Rent Credit ”) in an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-Six and 62/100 ($15,926.62) for each of January 2010, March 2010 and May 2010 (the “ 7 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period ”). If a default by Tenant shall occur under this Lease, then, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord, at its option, may elect, by delivery of written notice to Tenant, that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the 7 th Floor Premises Rent Credit as of such default by Tenant shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term, in which event the 7 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The 7 th Floor Premises Rent Credit set forth in this Section 3.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and shall not inure to the benefit of any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

3.4 8 th Floor Premises Rent Credit . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent for the 8 th Floor Premises (the “ 8 th Floor Premises Rent Credit ”) in an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred Twenty-Six and 62/100 ($15,926.62) for each of January 2010, March 2010 and May 2010 (the “ 8 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period ”). If a default by Tenant shall occur under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, then, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, Landlord, at its option, may elect, by delivery of written notice to Tenant, that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the 8 th Floor Premises Rent Credit as of such default by Tenant shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term, in which event the 8 th Floor Premises Rent Credit Period shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The 8 th Floor Premises Rent Credit set forth in this Section 3.4 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and shall not inure to the benefit of any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 Additional Rent . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay as additional rent “ Tenant’s Share ” of the annual “ Direct Expenses ,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.9 and 4.2.3 of this Lease, respectively, which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 of this Lease. Such additional rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 6 ), shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent .” The Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as the “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations

 

-8-


of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 for periods attributable during the Lease Term shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term. The parties acknowledge and agree that, as of the Lease Commencement Date, neither party has any outstanding obligation to pay, reimburse or credit the other party for any Operating Expenses under the Original Lease.

4.2 Definitions . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “ Base Year ” shall mean the year set forth in Section 9.1 of the Summary.

4.2.2 “ Calendar Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

4.2.3 “ Direct Expenses ” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.4 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each Calendar Year, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive- month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.5 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, restoration or operation of the Building and Real Property, including, without limitation, any amounts paid for: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, any elevator systems and all other “Systems and Equipment” (as defined in Section 4.2.6 of this Lease), and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses; (iii) the cost of insurance premiums for insurance carried by Landlord, in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine or as may be required by any mortgagees or the lessor of any underlying or ground lease affecting the Real Property and/or the Building; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, supplies, tools, equipment and materials, and all fees, charges and other costs (including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees) incurred in connection with the management, operation, repair and maintenance of the Building and Real Property; (v) any equipment rental agreements or management agreements (including the cost of any management fee (subject to the limitations set forth below) and the fair rental value of any office space provided thereunder); (vi) subject to clause (P) below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Building and Real Property, and employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits; (vii) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, underlying or ground lease (excluding rent), or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building or Real Property; (viii) the cost of janitorial service, alarm and security service, window cleaning, trash removal, maintenance and repair of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities, maintenance and repair of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (ix) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Building and Real Property; and (x) the cost of any capital improvements or other costs (a) which are intended as a labor-

 

-9-


saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Building and Real Property, or (b) made to the Building or Real Property after the Lease Commencement Date that are required under any governmental law or regulation enacted or enforced after the Lease Commencement Date, provided, however, that if any such cost described in (a) or (b) above, is a capital expenditure, such cost shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over its reasonable useful life. If the Building is not fully occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year (including the Base Year), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Operating Expenses for such year or applicable portion thereof, employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid had the Building been fully occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year, or applicable portion thereof. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate in a fair and non-discriminatory manner, some or all of the Operating Expenses among different tenants of the Building (the “ Cost Pools ”). Such Cost Pools may include, without limitation, the office space tenants and retail space tenants of the Building. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 4 , when calculating Direct Expenses for the Base Year, Operating Expenses shall exclude market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, and utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargoes or other shortages.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(A) bad debt expenses and interest, penalties, fines, principal payments, attorneys’ fees, points and fees on debts, including lender costs and closing costs (except in connection with the financing of items which may be included in Operating Expenses) or amortization on any ground lease, mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building;

(B) marketing costs, including without limitation, leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenditures incurred in connection with disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building;

(C) except as otherwise provided in this Lease, legal and accounting fees incurred by Landlord;

(D) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants in the Building;

(E) the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant;

(F) the cost of special services to any tenant not provided to all tenants;

(G) intentionally omitted;

(H) depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as specifically included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease and except on materials, tools, supplies and

 

-10-


vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with standard accounting practices and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life;

(I) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

(J) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

(K) rent and other payments under any ground or underlying lease of the Building;

(L) costs, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord or other real property owned by Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of the maintenance, repair and operation of the Building, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any claims or lawsuits with any mortgagee, and costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees, disputes of Landlord with Building management or personnel or with other tenants;

(M) costs occasioned by casualties or by the exercise of the power of eminent domain;

(N) advertising and promotional expenditures or any expenditures for artwork, sculptures or similar items;

(O) costs associated with or incurred in connection with the Landlord Redevelopment;

(P) salaries and other benefits paid to the employees of Landlord to the extent attributable to personnel above the level of general manager, except that if any such employee performs a service which would have been performed by an outside consultant, the compensation paid to such employee for performing such service shall be included in Expenses, to the extent only that the cost of such service does not exceed competitive cost of such service had such service been rendered by an outside consultant;

(Q) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord or Costs incurred in connection with the operation of any retail, restaurant and garage operations for the Building;

(R) any fines or penalties incurred due to violations by Landlord of any governmental rule or authority;

(S) depreciation and amortization or any reserves of any kind; or

(T) any cost or expense related to monitoring, testing, removal, cleaning, abatement or remediation of any “hazardous material”, including toxic mold, in or about the Building or Real Property, and including, without limitation, hazardous substances in the ground water or soil.

4.2.6 “ Systems and Equipment ” shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air

 

-11-


conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve the Building in whole or in part.

4.2.7 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, assessments, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit assessments, fees and taxes, child care subsidies, fees and/or assessments, job training subsidies, fees and/or assessments, open space fees and/or assessments, housing subsidies and/or housing fund fees or assessments, public art fees and/or assessments, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Real Property), which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Real Property or Landlord’s interest therein.

4.2.7.1 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation:

(a) Any tax on Landlord’s rent, right to rent or other income from the Real Property or as against Landlord’s business of leasing any of the Real Property;

(b) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for purposes of this Lease;

(c) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof;

(d) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and

(e) Subject to Section 4.2.7.3 below, any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses.

4.2.7.2 Refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Tax Expenses under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after

 

-12-


payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease. In no event shall Tax Expenses for any Expense Year be less than the component of Tax Expenses comprising a portion of the Base Year.

4.2.7.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year and any Expense Year shall be calculated without taking into account any decreases in real estate taxes obtained in connection with Proposition 8, which was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the November 1978 election (“ Proposition 8 ”), and, therefore, the Tax Expenses in the Base Year and/or an Expense Year may be greater than those actually incurred by Landlord, but shall, nonetheless, be the Tax Expenses due under this Lease; provided that (i) any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction shall not be included in Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease, and (ii) tax refunds under Proposition 8 shall not be deducted from Tax Expenses, but rather shall be the sole property of Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that this Section 4.2.7.3 is not intended to in any way affect (A) the inclusion in Tax Expenses of the statutory two percent (2.0%) annual increase in Tax Expenses (as such statutory increase may be modified by subsequent legislation), or (B) the inclusion or exclusion of Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, which shall be governed pursuant to the terms of Section 4.2.7.1 above.

4.2.7.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.7 , there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, capital levy taxes, revenue taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, transfer taxes, federal, state and local net income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Building or Real Property), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.4 of this Lease and (iv) any interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of any Taxes.

4.2.8 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 9.2 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share was calculated by multiplying the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by 100 and dividing the product by the total rentable square feet in the Building. In the event either the rentable square feet of the Premises and/or the total rentable square feet of the Building is changed, Tenant’s Share shall be appropriately adjusted, and, as to the Expense Year in which such change occurs, Tenant’s Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such Expense Year that each such Tenant’s Share was in effect.

4.3 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .

4.3.1 Calculation of Excess . If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.3.2 below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “ Excess ”). It is expressly acknowledged, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Direct Expenses until the expiration of the Base Year.

4.3.2 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to give to Tenant on or before the first day of April following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of any Excess.

 

-13-


Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, by the later of thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement or with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined in Section 4.3.3 of this Lease provided if such Statement shows that the Estimated Excess paid by Tenant for such Expense Year exceeds the actual Direct Expenses payable by Tenant for such Expense Year then Landlord shall credit Tenant’s next payment of Additional Rent with such overpayment, provided that if the Lease Term has expired Landlord shall refund such overpayment within thirty (30) days. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of the Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement, to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3.1 of this Lease; provided that if the Estimated Excess paid by Tenant for such Expense Year exceeds the actual Direct Expenses payable by Tenant for such Expense Year then Landlord shall refund the amount of such overpayment within thirty (30) days. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with copies of reasonable documentation to enable Tenant to verify the accuracy of the charges hereunder; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to make such request unless the Direct Expenses or a specific category of Direct Expenses (other than taxes, insurance costs or utilities) have increased by more than twenty percent (20%) over the prior Expense Year.

4.3.3 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable, good faith estimate (the Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Excess (the Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4 . If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current Expense Year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.3.3 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.4 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of demand for any and all taxes or assessments required to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent included in Tax Expenses by Landlord), excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, when:

4.4.1 Said taxes are measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, to the extent the cost or value of such leasehold improvements exceeds the cost or value of a building standard build-

 

-14-


out as determined by Landlord regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be vested in Tenant or Landlord;

4.4.2 Said taxes are assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Real Property; or

4.4.3 Said taxes are assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.5 Late Charges . If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days of the due date therefor, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount due plus any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder, at law and/or in equity and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within fifteen (15) days of the date they are due shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate (the Interest Rate ”) equal to the lesser of (i) the “Prime Rate” or “Reference Rate” announced from time to time by the Bank of America (or such reasonable comparable national banking institution as selected by Landlord in the event Bank of America ceases to exist or publish a Prime Rate or Reference Rate), plus three percent (3%), or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records . Within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt by Tenant of a Statement for the Expense Year that is calendar year 2010 or a subsequent Expense Year, if Tenant disputes the amount of Direct Expenses set forth in the Statement, a reputable certified public accountant (which accountant is a member of a reputable independent nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm and has had previous experience in reviewing financial operating records of landlords of office buildings; provided that such accountant is not retained by Tenant on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records with respect to the particular Statement at issue, at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period provided under this Lease) and Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, as the case may be. In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant’s agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord’s records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection. Tenant’s failure to dispute the amount of Direct Expenses set forth in any Statement within one hundred eighty (180) days of Tenant’s receipt of such Statement shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Direct Expenses, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the Accountant ”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such determination by the Accountant proves that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. In any event, Landlord shall make an appropriate reimbursement to Tenant of the amount that is determined to be owing to Tenant due to any such overstatement, provided that any such reimbursement may, at Landlord’s option, instead be credited against the Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses next coming due under this Lease, unless the Lease Term has expired, in which event Landlord shall refund the appropriate amount to Tenant. In no event shall this Section 4.6 be deemed to allow any

 

-15-


review of any of Landlord’s records by any subtenant of Tenant. Tenant agrees that this Section 4.6 shall be the sole method to be used by Tenant to dispute the amount of any Direct Expenses payable or not payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and Tenant hereby waives any other rights at law or in equity relating thereto.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 General Provisions . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office purposes (including computer and data rooms ancillary thereto, the size of which shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant) and such other lawful uses incidental thereto, and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever, without Landlord’s prior written consent which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the Rules and Regulations, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Building. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations (as set out in Exhibit E ) which may be updated and changed at the reasonable discretion of Landlord; provided that all such Rules and Regulations shall be reasonable and shall be applied by Landlord in a non-discriminatory fashion against all office tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of such Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Building. Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Building; provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with notice of any covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the Building that are recorded after the Lease Commencement Date.

5.2 Other Terms .

5.2.1 Prohibition . Tenant shall not cause or permit any “Hazardous Material” as that term is defined below, to be generated, produced, brought upon, used, stored, treated, discharged, released, spilled or disposed of on, in, under or about the Building by Tenant, its affiliates, agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, assignees or invitees; provided Landlord acknowledges, however, that Tenant will maintain products in the Premises which are incidental to the operation of its offices, such as photocopy supplies, secretarial supplies and limited janitorial supplies, which products contain chemicals which are categorized as Hazardous Materials. Landlord agrees that the use of such products in the Premises in compliance with all applicable laws and in the manner in which such products are designed to be used shall not be a violation by Tenant of this Section 5.2.1 or Section 5.2.2 . Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages), expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses arising from a breach of the foregoing prohibition by Tenant, its affiliates, agents, employees, contractors, sublessees, assignees or invitees. In the event that Hazardous Materials are discovered upon, in, or under the Building, and any governmental agency or entity having jurisdiction over the Building requires the removal of such

 

-16-


Hazardous Material, Tenant shall be responsible for removing those Hazardous Materials arising out of or related to the generation, use, storage, treatment, discharge, release, spill or disposal of such Hazardous Material by Tenant or its affiliates, agents, employees, contractors, sublessees assignees or invitees at the Building in violation of this Article 5 or applicable environmental laws.

5.2.2 Notice Requirements . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not take any remedial action in or about the Premises or the Building without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to protect Landlord’s interest with respect thereto. Upon notice of such condition, Tenant immediately shall notify Landlord in writing of: (i) any spill, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Material in, on or under the Premises, the Building or any portion thereof, (ii) any enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory action instituted, contemplated, or threatened (if Tenant has notice thereof) pursuant to any Hazardous Materials laws; (iii) any claim made or threatened by any person against Tenant, the Premises or the Building relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury resulting from or claimed to result from any Hazardous Materials; and (iv) any reports made to any governmental agency or entity arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Materials in, or, under or about or removed from the Premises or the Building, including any complaints, notices, warnings, reports or asserted violations in connection therewith. Tenant also shall supply to Landlord as promptly as possible, and in any event within five (5) business days after Tenant first receives or sends the same, copies of all claims, reports, complaints, notices, warnings or asserted violations relating in any way to Hazardous Materials. The respective rights and obligations of Tenant and Landlord under this Article 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

5.2.3 Definitions . As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Material” means any flammable items, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous or toxic substances, material or waste or related materials, including any substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “infectious wastes,” “hazardous materials” or “toxic substances” now or subsequently regulated under any federal, state or local laws, regulations or ordinances and including any different products and materials which are subsequently found to have adverse effects on the environment or the health and safety of persons.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days during the Lease Term, unless otherwise stated below.

6.1.1 Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and to all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( HVAC ”) to the Premises from Monday through Friday, during the period from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the Holidays ”). Tenant may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, review Landlord’s HVAC maintenance contract, at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default, beyond any applicable notice and cure period, under this Lease. Landlord shall, within a commercially reasonable time after the Lease Commencement Date, invest approximately Forty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($40,000.00) for upgrades to the HVAC system in the Premises, as further described on Exhibit A-l attached hereto.

 

-17-


Landlord shall, upon completion of the upgrade, provide Tenant with a reasonably detailed description of such upgrade. The expenditure by Landlord shall not be charged to Tenant, including, without limitation, as part of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses.

6.1.2 Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use as determined by Landlord; provided that Tenant agrees that it has tested the existing electrical capacity of the Premises and represents that it is sufficient for its Permitted Use. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures within the Premises

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide janitorial services five (5) days per week, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises in a manner consistent with other comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, and as more particularly described on Exhibit G attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service to the Premises 24 hours per day on every day of the year, except for Holidays. Tenant may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, review Landlord’s elevator maintenance contract, at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default, beyond any applicable notice and cure period, under this Lease. Landlord shall, within a commercially reasonable time after the Lease Commencement Date, invest approximately Forty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($40,000.00) for upgrades to the elevators in the Building. Landlord shall, upon completion of the upgrade, provide Tenant with a reasonably detailed description of such upgrade. The expenditure by Landlord shall not be charged to Tenant, including, without limitation, as part of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide window washing services for both the interior and exterior windows of the Premises no less than two (2) times per calendar year.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If Tenant uses water or heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, or if Tenant’s consumption of electricity shall exceed the building standard usage for comparable buildings as reasonably determined by Landlord calculated on an annualized basis for the hours described in Section 6.1.1 above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, including the cost of such additional metering devices. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, (i) Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use, (ii) Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at a commercially reasonable rate not to exceed $150.00 per hour, and (iii) Tenant shall pay such cost within ten (10) days after billing.

 

-18-


6.3 Interruption of Use . Excepting Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise (except as set forth in Sections 6.1.1 and 6.1.5 above and in Section 20.7 below), for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building after reasonable effort to do so, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, excepting Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct and except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

6.4 Additional Services . Landlord shall also have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services relating to maintenance of the Premises which may be required by Tenant, including, without limitation, locksmithing, lamp replacement, additional janitorial service, and additional repairs and maintenance, provided that Landlord shall provide any such services at rates that are reasonably competitive with unaffiliated service providers of any such services, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days of billing, the sum of all costs to Landlord of such additional services plus a reasonable administration fee (not to exceed three percent (3%) of the cost of such services). Charges for any utilities or service for which Tenant is required to pay from time to time hereunder, shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on a monthly basis.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

7.1 Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to Landlord’s repair obligations in Sections 7.2 and 11.1 below, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair, and condition at all times during the Lease Term (reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted), which repair obligations shall include, without limitation, the obligation to promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken fixtures and appurtenances; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, then Landlord may provide written notice to Tenant (the “ Repair Notice ”), which notice shall provide Tenant with a commercially reasonable time during which to make such repairs (except that no Repair Notice shall be required in the case of an emergency); further provided, however, that, if Tenant fails to make such repairs during the time set forth in the Repair Notice, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Tenant shall not be required, however, to make any repairs or alterations to the Premises required by any applicable law, code, statute or regulation in effect prior to the Lease Commencement Date where the Premises were not in compliance with such law, code, statute or regulation on the Lease Commencement Date.

 

-19-


7.2 Landlord’s Repairs . Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 7.1 above to the contrary, and subject to Articles 11 and 12 of this Lease, Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the Building, including the roof, walls, foundation, Systems and Equipment, basic plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord (but not including any non-base building facilities installed by or on behalf of Tenant); provided, however, if such maintenance and repairs are caused in part or in whole by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs. In the event of an emergency, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to make any repairs (which are Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease) necessary (as reasonably determined by Landlord) to fix such emergency within a reasonably practicable time; provided, however, if such emergency is caused in part or in whole by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of any such repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs, or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant. There shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion with respect to any Alterations which may affect the structural components of the Building or the Systems and Equipment. If Landlord consents to any Alterations, Landlord shall, at the time that it consents to such Alteration, notify Tenant in writing if Tenant shall be required to remove the same upon termination or expiration of this Lease. Tenant shall pay for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses of the Alterations of the construction of Tenant's Improvements described in Section 1.2 . Tenant’s Plans and Premises shall be governed by the terms of this Article 8 except, however, Landlord shall provide reasonable review and approval of Tenant’s Improvements within ten (10) days of receiving plans, specifications and working drawings for such work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Alteration that satisfies all of the following criteria (a “ Cosmetic Alteration ”): (a) is of a cosmetic nature such as painting, wallpapering, hanging pictures and installing carpeting; (b) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building; (c) will not affect the structural portions of the Building or the Systems and Equipment; and (d) does not require work to be performed inside the walls, below the floor, or above the ceiling of the Premises.

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen approved by Landlord, provided that any such contractors, mechanics and materialmen shall charge rates that are reasonably

 

-20-


competitive with unaffiliated service providers, and any such materials shall be at costs reasonably competitive with unaffiliated first-class materials; provided, however, Landlord may impose such requirements as Landlord may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, with respect to any work affecting the structural components of the Building or Systems and Equipment (including designating specific contractors to perform such work). Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in conformance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located, and in conformance with Landlord’s reasonable construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, obtain, or seek to obtain, any building permits for or related to the Building or otherwise contact any federal, state, county or city officials in connection with any Alterations to be constructed or repairs to be performed in the Building. Landlord’s approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner as not to obstruct access to the Building or the common areas for any other tenant of the Building, and as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Building, or interfere with the labor force working in the Building. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in a reasonable amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Tenant shall be required to hold regular construction meetings at the Premises with Landlord and all architects, engineers and contractors designing and constructing such Alterations and shall give Landlord at least three (3) days advance notice of the time of such construction meetings. In addition, for any Alterations in excess of $50,000, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, (ii) deliver to the Building management office a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations, and (iii) deliver to Landlord evidence of payment, contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials.

8.3 Landlord’s Property . All Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment (other than Tenant’s personal property, including its furniture and equipment and trade fixtures) which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, and all signs installed in, on or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may require that Tenant remove any improvement installed by or for Tenant or Alteration (other than any improvements installed by or for Tenant or any Alterations existing in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (with respect to the Existing Premises), as of the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date (with respect to the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises), and as of the 10 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date (with respect to the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises)), upon the expiration or early termination of the Lease Term, and repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal, provided, that Landlord, at the time that it consented to such improvement or Alteration, notified Tenant in writing that Tenant would be required to remove the same upon termination or expiration of this Lease. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused

 

-21-


by the removal of any such improvements and/or Alterations, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Real Property, Building or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant’s interest only. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Real Property, the Building or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be immediately released and removed of record. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if any such lien is not released and removed by bond or otherwise on or before the date that is twenty (20) days following the date that notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord, at its sole option, may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property and injury to persons, in, on, or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, and its partners and subpartners, and their respective officers, agents, property managers, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage to property or injury to persons or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage or injury is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant unless such loss or damage was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s installation, placement and removal of Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises), and any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, licensees or invitees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Premises, Building and Real Property; provided, however, that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance with Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply as to the Premises with all insurance company requirements pertaining to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises (other than the permitted use) causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies, then Tenant shall

 

-22-


reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts at all times following the date (the “ Insurance Start Date ”) which is the earlier of (i) Tenant’s entry into the Premises to perform any work or commence business operations therein, or (ii) the Lease Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter throughout the Lease Term.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, including a Broad Form Commercial General Liability endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, for limits of liability not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and    $1,000,000 each occurrence
Property Damage Liability    $3,000,000 annual aggregate
   Limits can be addressed by a combination of a Primary and Umbrella policy. Maximum limit required for Property Damage Liability is $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 in the aggregate.
Personal Injury Liability    $1,000,000 each occurrence
   $3,000,000 annual aggregate
   0% Insured’s participation
   Limits can be addressed by a combination of a
   Primary and Umbrella policy.

10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all furniture, trade fixtures, equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) all other improvements, alterations, fixtures and additions to the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form Property Policy including coverage of physical loss or damage based on the replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage.

10.3.3 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations.

10.3.4 Loss-of-income, business interruption, and extra-expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to or use of the Premises or the Building as a result of such perils.

10.3.5 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) with respect to the commercial general liability insurance, name Landlord, and any other party it

 

-23-


so specifies, as an additional insured; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A- VII in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the state in which the Building is located; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage reduced unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor of Landlord; and (vi) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver Certificates of Insurance evidencing coverage as required within this lease to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least five (5) days before the expiration dates thereof. If Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, within such time periods, Landlord may, at its option, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies under this Lease, and without regard to any notice and cure periods set forth herein, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord of bills to Tenant therefor.

10.4 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under policies of insurance for fire and all risk coverage, theft, public liability, or other similar insurance or would have been insured against, had the insurance required by this Lease been carried).

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations . In addition to the insurance to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3 above, Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

10.6 Landlord Insurance . Landlord shall maintain commercial general liability insurance against any and all damages and liability, including attorneys’ fees on account of arising out of injuries to or the death of any person or damage to property however occasioned, in, on or about the Building and any common area, with at least combined single limits of $5,000,000.00. Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord with loss payable to Landlord (and to the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Building) insuring loss or damage to the Building. The amount of such insurance will be equal to the full replacement cost of the Building, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Such policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage subject to customary exclusions and any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Building required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered cause of loss. Said policy or policies will also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any common areas of the Building serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base, Shell, and Core of the Premises and such common areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base, Shell, and Core of the Premises and common areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building, or the lessor of a ground or underlying lease with respect to the Real Property and/or the Building, or any other modifications to the common areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the tenant improvements and alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such tenant improvements and alterations to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of the damage. In connection with such repairs and replacements, Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of construction, submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or common areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and if such damage is not the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, contractors, licensees, or invitees, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease, and not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof;

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises and/or Building and instead terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or ground or underlying lessor with respect to the Real Property and/or the Building shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground or underlying lease, as the case may be; or (iii) the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. In addition, if the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 11 , each party shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within thirty (30) days after such damage or destruction, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate as

 

-25-


of the date of such notice. Upon any such termination of this Lease pursuant to this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of termination, and both parties hereto shall thereafter be freed and discharged of all further obligations hereunder, except as provided for in provisions of this Lease which by their terms survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property, and any statute or regulation of the state in which the Building is located, including, without limitation, Sections 1932 (1), 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Real Property.

ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

12.1 Permanent Taking . If the whole or any part of the Premises or Building shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon sixty (60) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon sixty (60) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Real Property or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure.

12.2 Temporary Taking . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 12 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

 

-26-


ARTICLE 13

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and subcontractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant shall desire Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof,, and (v) such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made under this Section 14.1 without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord (not to exceed $1,500 per Transfer), within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent:

14.2.1 The Transferee is engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building as a multi-tenant office building;

14.2.2 The Transferee is not prepared to sign a separate express acknowledgement and indemnity protecting Landlord from and against all damages should such Transferee not vacate the Premises by the Lease Expiration Date.

 

-27-


14.2.3 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.4 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.5 The Transfer will result in more than a reasonable and safe number of occupants per floor within the Subject Space;

14.2.6 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the particular assignment or sublease on the date consent is requested;

14.2.7 The proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party, or would give an occupant of the Building a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.8 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

14.2.9 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Building at the time of the request for consent, (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord to lease space in the Building during the six (6)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six (6)-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease).

14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, other than in connection with a Permitted Transfer, fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer and (iii) any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred to document such Transfer (collectively, the Subleasing Costs ”). “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services

 

-28-


rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee solely in connection with such Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , in the event either (i) Tenant proposes to assign the entire Lease (other than in connection with a Permitted Transfer) or (ii) following any proposed Transfer (other than in connection with a Permitted Transfer) Tenant will occupy less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the Premises (not including any short term executive suite occupancy agreements), Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the Transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice. If this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4 , then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 14.2 of this Lease.

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iv) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from liability under this Lease. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency and if such deficiency exceeds five percent (5%) of the amount otherwise due, then Landlord’s reasonable third party audit costs.

14.6 Additional Transfers . For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period.

14.7 Non Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, none of (i) an assignment of this Lease to a transferee of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of Tenant, (ii) an assignment of this Lease to a transferee which is either (A) the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity or (B) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (iii) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an

 

-29-


entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (collectively, a Permitted Transfer ”) shall be deemed a Transfer under Article 14 of this Lease (and thus shall not be subject to Landlord’s prior consent or recapture rights pursuant to Sections 14.1 and 14.2 or rights to receive any Transfer Premium pursuant to Section 14.3 ), provided that (1) Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease at least five (5) days prior to the effective thereof, and thereafter promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such transfer or transferee, (2) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, and (3) such transferee or affiliate shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles sufficient to satisfy the obligations and responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with such assignment or sublease. As used herein, Permitted Transferee ” shall mean an entity to which Tenant’s entire interest under this Lease is assigned (or which succeeds to Tenant’s entire interest under this Lease) in accordance with this Section 14.7 .

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear, casualty, condemnation and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable, if without the express prior written consent of Landlord, at a monthly rate equal to two hundred percent (200%), or, if with the express prior written consent of Landlord, at a monthly rate equal to one hundred

 

-30-


fifty percent (150%), of the greater of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease or (ii) the fair market rental rate for the Premises as of the commencement of such holdover period. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises within thirty (30) days after the date of termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, any delays in or additional costs of Landlord’s Redevelopment and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

ARTICLE 17

RENEWAL OPTION

17.1 Renewal Term . Provided that Tenant is occupying at least 80% of the Premises (which 80% shall consist of no less than all of the 7 th Floor Premises, all of the 8 lh Floor Premises, all of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and all of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises), Tenant shall have the right to renew the Lease Term for either (A) all of the Premises or (B) all of the 7 th Floor Premises, all of the 8 th Floor Premises, all of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and all of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises (each of (A) and (B) are referred to herein as the Renewal Premises ”) for one (1) renewal term of three (3) years (the Renewal Term ”) commencing on the day after the Lease Expiration Date (the Renewal Term Commencement Date ”) and ending on the day immediately preceding the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Renewal Term Commencement Date, unless the Renewal Term shall sooner terminate pursuant to any of the terms of this Lease, or otherwise. The Renewal Term shall commence only if (i) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing (the “ Exercise Notice ”) of Tenant’s exercise of such renewal right not earlier than fifteen (15) months, and not later than twelve (12) months, prior to the Lease Expiration Date, (ii) at the time of the exercise of such right and immediately prior to the Renewal Term Commencement Date, no default by Tenant under this Lease, shall have occurred and be continuing thereunder, (iii) Tenant occupies (A) the entire Premises or (B) all of the 7 th Floor Premises, all of the 8 th Floor Premises, all of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and all of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises at the time the Exercise Notice is given, and (iv) Tenant exercises its renewal option, if at all, with respect to (A) all of the Premises or (B) all of the 7 th Floor Premises, all of the 8 th Floor Premises, all of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and all of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises; provided, however, that if Tenant timely delivers to Landlord the Exercise Notice, Landlord shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such Exercise Notice to notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s election to terminate, which election shall be in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, Tenant’s right to renew the Lease Term, in which case Tenant’s Exercise Notice, and the renewal right set forth in this Section 17.1 , each shall be null and void and of no further force or effect, and Tenant shall have no further right to renew the Lease Term, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant. Time is of the essence with respect to the giving of the Exercise Notice. The Renewal Term shall be upon all of the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, except that (a) the Rent shall be determined as provided in Section 17.2 below, and (b) if Tenant exercises the renewal option set forth in this Section 17 , then Tenant shall have no further right to renew the Lease Term, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant. Upon the commencement of the Renewal Term, (1) the Renewal Term shall be added to and become part of the Lease Term, (2) any reference to “this Lease”, to the “Lease Term”, to the “term of this Lease” or any similar expression shall be deemed to include the Renewal Term, and (3) the expiration date of the

 

-31-


Renewal Term shall become the Lease Expiration Date. Any termination, cancellation or surrender of the entire interest of Tenant under this Lease, at any time during the Lease Term, shall automatically terminate the renewal right set forth in this Section 17 . The rights contained in this Section 17 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee (but not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease).

17.2 Renewal Term Rent; Fair Market Value . The annual Rent payable during the Renewal Term shall be equal to the annual Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of the Renewal Premises as of commencement of the Renewal Term (the Calculation Date ”). “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market annual rental value of the Renewal Premises applicable as of the Calculation Date for a term equal to the Renewal Term, based on comparable office space in the Building, or on comparable office space in comparable buildings (collectively, “ Comparable Transactions ”), including all of Landlord’s services provided for in this Lease, and with the Renewal Premises considered as vacant, and in “as is” condition existing on the Renewal Term Commencement Date, and including any additional rent and any “base year” or “expense year” applicable thereto, including all escalations in connection therewith. The calculation of Fair Market Value shall also be adjusted to take into account all relevant economic factors; provided, however, that in calculating the Fair Market Value, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease the Renewal Premises during the Renewal Term or in connection with the Comparable Transactions or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space, and (ii) solely with respect to the determination of Fair Market Value for the Renewal Premises during the Renewal Term, any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The determination of Fair Market Value shall additionally include a determination (the Financial Security Determination ”) as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s rent obligations in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Renewal Premises during the Renewal Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 17.2 , if there are not a sufficient number of Comparable Transactions with a comparable lease term to the Renewal Term to determine the Fair Market Value of the Renewal Premises for a lease of such duration, then the Fair Market Value for purposes of this Section 17.2 shall be equal to that of Comparable Transactions with a term of five (5) years, provided that the concessions shall be appropriately prorated on a fractional basis to account for the shorter term of lease. Landlord shall advise Tenant (the Rent Notice ”) of Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Value of the Renewal Premises for the Renewal Term prior to the Renewal Term Commencement Date. If Tenant wishes to dispute Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Value, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of such dispute within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the Rent Notice. If Tenant fails to so notify Landlord within said ten (10) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have disputed Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Value as set forth in the Rent Notice. If Tenant timely disputes or is deemed to have disputed Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Value as set forth in the Rent Notice, then the Rent Notice nevertheless shall be irrevocable and binding and Tenant shall be bound by the exercise of its renewal option, but Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree, using their respective good faith efforts, upon the annual Fair Market Value of the Renewal Premises as of the commencement of the Renewal Term within (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of the Rent Notice (the Renewal Outside Agreement Date ”). If Landlord and Tenant reach agreement upon the Fair Market Value on or before

 

-32-


the Renewal Outside Agreement Date, then the annual Rent during the Renewal Term shall be such agreed upon Fair Market Value. If Landlord and Tenant do not reach agreement upon the Fair Market Value on or before the Renewal Outside Agreement Date, then the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as provided in Section 17.3 below. If the Rent payable during the Renewal Term is not determined prior to the Renewal Term Commencement Date, then Tenant shall pay Rent in an amount equal to the Rent paid by Tenant for the month immediately preceding the Renewal Term Commencement Date for the Renewal Premises (the “ Interim Rent ”). Upon final determination of the Rent for the Renewal Term, Tenant shall commence paying such Rent as so determined, and within ten (10) days after such determination Tenant shall pay any deficiency in prior payments of Rent or, if the Rent as so determined shall be less than the Interim Rent, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the next succeeding installments of Rent in an amount equal to the difference between each installment of Interim Rent and the Rent as so determined which should have been paid for such installment until the total amount of the over payment has been recouped.

17.3 Arbitration . If Landlord and Tenant do not reach agreement upon the Fair Market Value on or before the Renewal Outside Agreement Date, then either Landlord or Tenant, by delivery of written notice to the other, may demand that the dispute be determined by arbitration (such demanding party being referred to herein as the “ Demanding Party ” and such other party being referred to herein as the “ Responding Party ”), in which event such dispute thereafter shall be determined by arbitration in accordance with the then prevailing Expedited Procedures of the American Arbitration Association or its successor for arbitration of commercial disputes, except that the Expedited Procedures shall be modified as follows:

17.3.1 In its demand for arbitration, the Demanding Party shall specify the name and address of the person to act as the arbitrator on such Demanding Party’s behalf. The arbitrator shall be a real estate broker with at least ten (10) years full-time commercial brokerage experience who is familiar with the Fair Market Value of first-class office space in San Francisco, California. Within ten (10) business days after the service of the demand for arbitration, the Responding Party shall give notice to the Demanding Party specifying the name and address of the person designated by the Responding Party to act as arbitrator on its behalf, which arbitrator shall be similarly qualified. If the Responding Party fails to notify the Demanding Party of the appointment of its arbitrator within such ten (10) business day period, and such failure continues for three (3) business days after the Demanding Party delivers a second notice to the Responding Party, then the arbitrator appointed by the Demanding Party shall be the arbitrator to determine the Fair Market Value for the Renewal Premises.

17.3.2 If two arbitrators are chosen pursuant to Section 17.3.1 above, the arbitrators so chosen shall meet within ten (10) business days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall seek to reach agreement on Fair Market Value. If within twenty (20) business days after the second arbitrator is appointed the two arbitrators are unable to reach agreement on Fair Market Value then the two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator, who shall be a competent and impartial person with qualifications similar to those required of the first two arbitrators pursuant to Section 17.3.1 above. If the arbitrators are unable to agree upon such appointment within five (5) business days after expiration of such twenty (20) business day period, the third arbitrator shall be selected by the parties themselves. If the parties do not agree on the third arbitrator within five (5) business days after expiration of the foregoing five (5) business day period, then either party, on behalf of both, may request appointment of such a qualified person by the then president of the commercial real estate board for the county in which the Building is located. The third arbitrator shall decide the dispute, if it has not been previously resolved, by following the procedures set forth in Section 17.3.3 below. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its respective arbitrator and both shall share the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator.

 

-33-


Attorneys’ fees and expenses of counsel and of witnesses for the respective parties shall be paid by the respective party engaging such counsel or calling such witnesses.

17.3.3 Fair Market Value shall be fixed by the third arbitrator in accordance with the following procedures. Concurrently with the appointment of the third arbitrator, each of the arbitrators selected by the parties shall state, in writing, his or her determination of the Fair Market Value supported by the reasons therefor. The third arbitrator shall have the right to consult experts and competent authorities for factual information or evidence pertaining to a determination of Fair Market Value, but any such determination shall be made in the presence of both parties with full right on their part to cross- examine. The third arbitrator shall conduct such hearings and investigations as he or she deems appropriate and shall, within thirty (30) days after being appointed, select which of the two proposed determinations most closely approximates his or her determination of Fair Market Value. The third arbitrator shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed determinations. The determination he or she chooses as that most closely approximating his or her determination of the Fair Market Value shall constitute the decision of the third arbitrator and shall be final and binding upon the parties. The third arbitrator shall render the decision in writing with counterpart copies to each party. The third arbitrator shall have no power to add to or modify the provisions of this Lease. Promptly following receipt of the third arbitrator’s decision, the parties shall enter into an amendment to this Lease, evidencing the extension of the Lease Term, for the Renewal Term and confirming the Rent for the Renewal Term, but the failure of the parties to do so shall not affect the effectiveness of the third arbitrator’s determination.

17.3.4 In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any arbitrator to act, his or her successor shall be appointed by him or her, but in the case of the third arbitrator, his or her successor shall be appointed in the same manner as that set forth herein with respect to the appointment of the original third arbitrator.

ARTICLE 18

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F , attached hereto, (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Building, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 19

SUBORDINATION

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Real Property and to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Real Property and the Building, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such

 

-34-


ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto (collectively, the “ Superior Holders ”); provided, however, that in consideration of and a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease, shall be the receipt by Tenant of a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the standard form provided by such Superior Holders, which requires such Superior Holder to accept this Lease, and not to disturb Tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default has not occurred and is not continuing, executed by Landlord and the appropriate Superior Holder. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, or if any ground or underlying lease is terminated, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, or to the lessor of such ground or underlying lease, as the case may be, if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lessor as the lessor under this Lease. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Tenant a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement executed by the landlord under any ground lease or underlying lease or the holder of any mortgage or trust deed first encumbering the Building following the date of this Lease. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further reasonable instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

ARTICLE 20

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

20.1 Events of Default by Tenant . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

20.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, within five (5) days of receipt of written notice that such Rent is due; provided however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor law; or

20.1.2 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; and provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30)-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible.

20.2 Landlord’s Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any such default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

20.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, in accordance with applicable laws and without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter

 

-35-


upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other reasonable amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant in each case to the extent allowable to the remaining term of the Lease; and

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 20.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 20.2.1(1) and (ii)  above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in Section 4.5 of this Lease. As used in Section 20.2.1 (iii)  above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

20.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

20.2.3 Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform or otherwise cure any such obligation, provision, covenant or condition on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed (and may enter the Premises for such purposes). In the event of Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations or covenants under this Lease, and such failure to perform poses a material risk of injury or harm to persons or damage to or loss of property, then Landlord shall have the right to cure or otherwise perform such covenant or obligation at any time after such failure to perform by Tenant, whether or not any such notice or cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above has expired. Any such actions undertaken by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2.3 shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s rights and remedies as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform and shall not release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

-36-


20.3 Payment by Tenant . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s performance or cure of any of Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the provisions of Section 20.2.3 above; and (ii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 20.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

20.4 Sublessees of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 20 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

20.5 Waiver of Default . No waiver by either party of any violation or breach by the other of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon a default by Tenant shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default. The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default, except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted.

20.6 Efforts to Relet . For the purposes of this Article 20 , Tenant’s right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises, by its acts of maintenance or preservation with respect to the Premises, or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder. The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts which may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant’s right to possession.

20.7 Landlord Default .

20.7.1 General . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

20.7.2 Abatement of Rent . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date applicable to the Premises and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of or ingress to or egress from the Building or Premises; (ii) any failure to provide services, utilities or

 

-37-


ingress to and egress from the Building or Premises as required by this Lease, or (iii) the presence of Hazardous Materials (a) that are in violation of Applicable Laws (as that term is defined in Article 22 below) and (b) not generated, produced, brought upon, used, stored, treated, discharged, released, spilled or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises by Tenant or any of its affiliates, agents, employees, contractors, sublessees or assignees (any such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i) through (iii), above, to be known as an Abatement Event ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord Notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the Eligibility Period ”), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises, or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use (“ Unusable Area ”), bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Unusable Area for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses and Tenant’s right to terminate as set forth in this sentence shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedies at law or in equity for an Abatement Event; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 20.7.2 , shall impair Tenant’s rights under Section 20.7.1 above; and further provided, however, that if Landlord has not cured such Abatement Event within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of notice from Tenant, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first ten (10) business days of each calendar month following the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period until such time as Landlord has cured the Abatement Event, which right may be exercised only by delivery of sixty (60) days’ notice to Landlord (the “ Abatement Event Termination Notice ”) during such ten (10) business-day period, and shall be effective as of a date set forth in the Abatement Event Termination Notice (the “ Abatement Event Termination Date ”), which Abatement Event Termination Date shall not be less than sixty (60) days, and not more than one (1) year, following the delivery of the Abatement Event Termination Notice. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 20.7.2 to the contrary, Tenant’s Abatement Event Termination Notice shall be null and void (but only in connection with the first notice sent by Tenant with respect to each separate Abatement Event) if Landlord cures such Abatement Event within such sixty (60) day period following receipt of the Abatement Event Termination Notice. Except as provided in this Section 20.7.2 , nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

20.7.3 Rent Abatement for Nonfunctioning of HVAC . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 20.7.2 , Landlord shall provide Tenant with prior notice of any scheduled maintenance that will cause the nonfunctioning of the HVAC in the Premises; provided, however, that (a) if any scheduled maintenance causes the nonfunctioning of the HVAC in the Premises for more than two (2) full consecutive business days or (b) if any non-scheduled maintenance (of which Landlord shall not be required to provide notice to Tenant) causes the nonfunctioning of the HVAC in the Premises for one (1) or more consecutive business days, then Tenant shall be entitled, upon written notice to Landlord, to an abatement of Base Rent in an amount equal to the product of (a) Twenty and 78/100 Dollars ($20.78), multiplied by (b) the rentable square footage of the Premises then leased by Tenant and affected by such

 

-38-


nonfunctioning of the HVAC, further multiplied by (c) the number of days from and after the third (3 rd ) business day, in the case of clause (a) above, and the first (1 st ) business day in the case of clause (b) above, through and including the date that HVAC is restored in the Premises. Such right to abate Base Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for the nonfunctioning of the HVAC in the Premises.

20.7.4 Rent Abatement for Nonfunctioning of Elevator Service . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 20.7.2 , Landlord shall provide Tenant with prior notice of any scheduled maintenance that will cause the nonfunctioning of the elevator service to the Premises; provided, however, that (a) if any scheduled maintenance causes the nonfunctioning of the elevator service to the Premises for more than two (2) full consecutive business days or (b) if any non-scheduled maintenance (of which Landlord shall not be required to provide notice to Tenant) causes the nonfunctioning of the elevator service to the Premises for one (1) or more full consecutive business day(s), then Tenant shall be entitled, upon written notice to Landlord, to an abatement of Base Rent in an amount equal to the product of (a) Twenty and 78/100 Dollars ($20.78), multiplied by (b) the rentable square footage of the Premises then leased by Tenant, further multiplied by (c) the number of days from and after the third (3 rd ) business day, in the case of clause (a) above, and the first (1st) business day in the case of clause (b) above, through and including the date that elevator service is restored to the Premises. Such right to abate Base Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for the nonfunctioning of the elevator service to the Premises.

ARTICLE 21

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount set forth in Section 10 of the Summary. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Lease Term. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period), including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default under this Lease. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute.

ARTICLE 22

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any applicable law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or

 

-39-


requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (collectively, Applicable Laws ”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with any Applicable Laws related to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and any Tenant Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Building, but as to the Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises or Tenant’s manner of use of the Premises. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations and to cooperate with Landlord, including, without limitation, by taking such actions as Landlord may reasonably require, in Landlord’s efforts to comply with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 22 , except for those alterations that are Landlord’s responsibility under the terms of this Lease, including without limitation the Tenant Improvements to be performed by Landlord under the Tenant Work Letter. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall promptly pay all fines, penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 22 . Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or would otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 22 to the extent not prohibited by the terms of Section 4.2.5 above.

ARTICLE 23

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and on not less than one (1) business days’ prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to (a) prospective purchasers, mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or (b) to prospective tenants during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other applicable laws or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building, or as Landlord may otherwise reasonably desire or deem necessary; provided, that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter the Premises only during Tenant’s normal business hours, and further provided, that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform any work under clause (iv) above during times other than Tenant’s normal business hours. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 22 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time, without notice to Tenant, to perform janitorial or other services required of Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Any such entries shall be without the abatement of Rent and shall include the right to take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided that in connection with any such entry Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any unreasonable interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any

 

-40-


injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

ARTICLE 24

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

24.1 Terms; Captions . The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

24.2 Binding Effect . Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

24.3 No Waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of a party to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated subsequently, any waiver by a party of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing, and no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and that one only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

24.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees to review and execute mutually agreed upon documents reasonably required therefor and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor. Should Landlord or any such current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of Lease for recording, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to execute such short form of Lease and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the cost of Tenant’s reasonable attorney’s fees related to this Section 24.4 (not to exceed $1,500).

24.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Real Property and Building and in this Lease, and Tenant

 

-41-


agrees that in the event of any such transfer and such transferee’s assumption, in writing, of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease for the period occurring after such assignment and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer provided that such obligations and the Security Deposit are expressly assumed by the transferee. The liability of any transferee of Landlord shall be limited to the interest of such transferee in the Real Property and Building (including, without limitation, all rents and profits therefrom) and such transferee shall be without personal liability under this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

24.6 Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 24.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.

24.7 Landlord’s Title; Air Rights . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.

24.8 Tenant’s Signs . Tenant shall be entitled, at Landlord’s cost and expense, to one (1) identification sign outside of the Premises on the floor on which the Premises are located, and the same lobby signage which other tenants of the Building enjoy (if Premises are located on a multi-tenanted floor). The location, quality, design, style, lighting and size of such sign shall be consistent with the Landlord’s Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the removal of such signage and the repair of all damage to the Building caused by such removal. Except for such identification sign, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Building or the common areas of the Building or the Real Property. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion.

24.9 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

24.10 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

24.11 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

24.12 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision

 

-42-


or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

24.13 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representation, including, but not limited to, any representation whatsoever as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the Exhibits attached hereto.

24.14 Landlord Exculpation . It is expressly understood and agreed that notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties hereunder (including any successor landlord) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building, and neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for any indirect or consequential damages or any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

24.15 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.

24.16 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Building as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building.

24.17 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, the Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a

 

-43-


time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

24.18 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

24.19 Notices . All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by (i) United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested ( Mail ”), (ii) Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight courier (“ Overnight Courier ”), or (iii) delivered personally (a) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 5 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (b) to Landlord at the addresses of Landlord’s agent set forth in Section 3 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice by Mail will be deemed given on the date which is three (3) days following the date it is mailed as provided in this Section 24.19 , or for Overnight Courier the date which is one (1) business day following the date it is deposited with such Overnight Courier or upon the date personal delivery is made. If Tenant is notified in writing of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

24.20 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

24.21 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. If Landlord is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord hereby represents and warrants that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located and that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so.

24.22 Jury Trial; Attorneys’ Fees . IF EITHER PARTY COMMENCES LITIGATION AGAINST THE OTHER FOR THE SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR THE BREACH HEREOF OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO AND HEREBY DO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY. In the event of any such commencement of litigation, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees as may have been incurred, including any and all costs incurred in enforcing, perfecting and executing such judgment.

24.23 Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

 

-44-


24.24 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

24.25 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 11 of the Summary (the Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than the Brokers.

24.26 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building, Real Property or any portion thereof, of whose address Tenant has theretofore been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.

24.27 Building Name and Signage; Flagpole .

24.27.1 Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Building in advertising or other publicity, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

24.27.2 Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the flag pole at the Building (the Building Flagpole ”) so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, provided, that Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations and all covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the Building. Tenant shall not fly any flag on the Building Flagpole without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep the Building Flagpole, and any flag flown on the Building Flagpole, in good order, repair, and condition at all times during the Lease Term. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 24.27.2 .

24.28 Building Directory . Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) line on the Building directory to display Tenant’s name and location in the Building.

24.29 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than

 

-45-


Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants, and prospective transferees or otherwise as reasonably necessary for Tenant’s legitimate business purposes.

24.30 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

24.31 Landlord Renovations . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, Real Property, or any part thereof and that no representations or warranties respecting the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. However, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time, at Landlord’s sole option, renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “ Renovations ”) the Building, Premises, and/or Real Property, common areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, (ii) renovating or rebuilding all or any portion of the Building or Real Property, and (iii) installing new carpeting, lighting, finishes, lobby or wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, demolish all or portions of the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Real Property, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any such Renovations do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform any work that would interfere with Tenant’s business during times other than Tenant’s normal business hours. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations.

24.32 Asbestos Disclosures . Landlord has advised Tenant that there is asbestos-containing material (“ ACM ”) in the Building. Attached hereto as Exhibit H is a disclosure statement regarding ACM in the Building. Tenant acknowledges that such notice complies with the requirements of Section 25915 et seq. and Section 25359.7 of the California Health and Safety Code.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

-46-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“Landlord”:

706 MISSION STREET CO LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Sean M. Jeffries

  Name: Sean M. Jeffries
  Title: Vice President

“Tenant”:

YELP, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman

  Name:  

Jeremy Stoppelman

  Its:  

CEO

By:

 

 

  Name:                                                                                     
  Its:                                                                                           

 

-47-


EXHIBIT A

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED


EXHIBIT B-1

OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF EXISTING PREMISES

The floor plan which follows is intended solely to identify the general location of the Premises, and should not be used for any other purpose. All areas, dimensions and locations are approximate, and any physical conditions indicated may not exist as shown.

EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

LOGO

EXHIBIT A

-1-


EXHIBIT B-2

OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF EXPANSION PREMISES

The floor plan which follows is intended solely to identify the general location of the Expansion Premises, and should not be used for any other purpose. All areas, dimensions and locations are approximate, and any physical conditions indicated may not exist as shown.

EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

LOGO

EXHIBIT A

-1-


EXHIBIT C-1

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the tenant improvements in Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 24 of the Amended and Restated Office Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B-l and of which this Tenant Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 8 of this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD WORK

1.1 Landlord Work . Landlord shall cause the construction or installation of the items set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (collectively, the “ Landlord Work ”). Tenant may not change or alter the Landlord Work, except as set forth in Section 3 below. Landlord shall perform the Landlord Work using Building standard methods and materials and using contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers selected by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that, in no event shall Landlord be liable for any delay in the performance or completion of any Landlord Work as a direct, indirect, partial or total result of any event(s) of force majeure or any action or inaction of Tenant, its agents or employees, or any other tenant or occupant of the Building. Any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Existing Premises other than the Landlord Work shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 of the Original Lease.

1.2 Performance of Landlord Work . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the performance of the Landlord Work by Landlord, Landlord shall be permitted to perform the Landlord Work while Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises and during normal business hours, without any obligation to pay overtime or other premiums. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord’s performance of the Landlord Work, including permitting access by construction personnel in and about the Premises, boxing and relocating Tenant’s personal property, relocating Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment and relocating Tenant’s personnel. Any costs to Landlord resulting from the failure by Tenant to cooperate with Landlord in the performance of the Landlord Work shall be reimbursed by Tenant immediately upon demand. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the performance of the Landlord Work may create noise and dust and leave debris in and/or about the Premises and may be otherwise disruptive to Tenant’s business operations. Tenant hereby agrees that the performance of the Landlord Work and Landlord’s actions in connection therewith shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Base Rent or any additional rent. Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Premises shall be unaffected by Landlord’s performance of the Landlord Work, and Tenant shall continue to make all payments of Base Rent and Additional Rent in accordance with the terms of this Lease during the performance of the Landlord Work. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the performance of the Landlord Work, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the performance of the Landlord Work or Landlord’s actions in connection therewith, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the performance of the Landlord Work or Landlord’s actions


in connection therewith. Tenant hereby designates Vlado Herman as its authorized agent for the purposes of consulting with Landlord as to any and all aspects of Landlord’s Work.

SECTION 2

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR THE EXPANSION PREMISES

Landlord and Tenant have approved (i) that certain design narrative for the Expansion Premises in the form attached hereto as Schedule II (the “ Design Narrative ”) and (ii) those certain Test Fit Plans prepared by Gensler on October 26, 2009, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule III (the “ Test Fit Plans ,” and together with the Design Narrative, the “ Approved Working Drawings ”). Landlord shall construct the improvements in the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises (the “ 9 th Floor Tenant Improvements ”) and in the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises (the “ 10 th Floor Tenant Improvements ”) pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings. The 9 th Floor Tenant Improvements and the 10 th Floor Tenant Improvements are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements .” Tenant shall make no changes or modifications to the Approved Working Drawings, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if such change or modification would directly or indirectly delay the “ Substantial Completion ,” as that term is defined in Section 6.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises and/or of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, or increase the cost of designing or constructing the 9 th Floor Tenant Improvements and/or the 10 th Floor Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 3

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

3.1 Landlord and Tenant agree that the total cost of designing and constructing the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements and the Landlord Work (collectively, the “ Tenant Improvements ”) is estimated to be Six Hundred Thousand and No/100 ($600,000.00). In the event that Landlord reasonably determines that the total cost of the Tenant Improvements will exceed Six Hundred Thousand and No/100 ($600,000.00), Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate, using commercially reasonable good faith efforts, to make reasonable changes to the Approved Working Drawings to effectuate cost savings; provided, that Tenant shall not be obligated to agree to any such changes that unreasonably or materially change the overall nature or quality of the Tenant Improvements, and further provided, that no such changes shall be considered "revisions, changes, or substitutions" for purposes of Section 3.2 below.

3.2 In the event that after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made at the behest of Tenant to (i) the Design Narrative, (ii) the Test Fit Plans, or (iii) the Tenant Improvements, then, except as set forth in Section 3.1 above, any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request.

3.3 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, perform such work in the Expansion Premises as necessary (as determined by Landlord) to comply with Applicable Laws (to the extent required to obtain a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Expansion Premises) in connection with the construction of the Expansion Floor Tenant Improvements as set forth in the Approved Working Drawings, or as may be required to comply with Applicable Laws (to the extent required to maintain a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Expansion Premises) during the term of this Lease, as the same may be extended,

 

-2-


provided that such requirement to comply with Applicable Laws was not triggered by Tenant, which work shall relate solely to:

a. Restrooms,

b. Telecommunications Closets;

c. Sprinkler System;

d. Fire protection panels, alarm and communication systems;

e. Life safety and/or life support systems (including the connection of such systems

to the Building main system, as applicable; and

f. Elevators.

Landlord shall perform the work set forth in this Section 3.3 using Building standard methods and materials and using contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers selected by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that, in no event shall Landlord be liable for any delay in the performance or completion of any such work as a direct, indirect, partial or total result of any event(s) of force majeure or any action or inaction of Tenant, its agents or employees, or any other tenant or occupant of the Building.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall take the foregoing items (a) through (f) in their existing “as is” condition, except as modified pursuant to this Section 3.3 .

SECTION 4

CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES

Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by the contractor who constructs the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements (the “ Contractor ”) relating to the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 5

TENANT’S COVENANTS

Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord for any loss, claims, damages or delays arising from the actions of Tenant’s space planner/architect in the Expansion Premises or in the Building.

SECTION 6

COMPLETION OF THE 9 TH FLOOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS;

9 TH FLOOR EXPANSION COMMENCEMENT DATE

6.1 Ready for Occupancy . The 9 th Floor Expansion Premises shall be deemed “ Ready for Occupancy ” upon the Substantial Completion of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “ Substantial Completion ” of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises shall occur upon the completion of

 

-3-


construction of the Tenant Improvements in the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any punch list items, and any Tenant fixtures, telephones and computers and any cabling related thereto, photocopy machines, work-stations (including any related fixture and/or equipment electrification), built-in furniture, systems (including security and other Tenant systems) or equipment (including any related electrification) to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor.

6.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises . Except as provided in this Section 6.2 , the 9 th Floor Expansion Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in this Lease and Section 6.1 , above. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of:

6.2.1 Tenant’s failure to approve within three (3) business days any matter requiring Tenant’s approval (and Tenant’s failure to approve within such three (3) day period shall be deemed approval);

6.2.2 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or this Lease (provided that such a breach shall not constitute a default under this Lease until the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period);

6.2.3 Tenant’s request for changes in any of the Approved Working Drawings or the Tenant Improvements;

6.2.4 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time, or which are different from, or not included in, Landlord’s standard improvement package items for the Building; or

6.2.5 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, including this Tenant Work Letter, and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, the date of Substantial Completion of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises shall be deemed to be the date the Substantial Completion of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

SECTION 7

COMPLETION OF THE 10 TH FLOOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS;

10 TH FLOOR EXPANSION COMMENCEMENT DATE

7.1 Ready for Occupancy . The 10 th Floor Expansion Premises shall be deemed Ready for Occupancy upon the Substantial Completion of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises. For purposes of this Lease, Substantial Completion of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any punch list items, and any Tenant fixtures, telephones and computers and any cabling related thereto, photocopy machines, work-stations (including any related fixture and/or equipment electrification), built-in furniture, systems (including security and other Tenant systems) or equipment (including any related electrification) to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor.

 

-4-


7.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises . Except as provided in this Section 7.2 , the 10 th  Floor Expansion Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in this Lease and Section 7.1 , above. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of:

7.2.1 Tenant’s failure to approve within three (3) business days any matter requiring Tenant’s approval (and Tenant’s failure to approve within such three (3) day period shall be deemed approval);

7.2.2 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or this Lease (provided that such a breach shall not constitute a default under this Lease until the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period);

7.2.3 Tenant’s request for changes in any of the Approved Working Drawings or the Tenant Improvements;

7.2.4 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time, or which are different from, or not included in, Landlord’s standard improvement package items for the Building; or

7.2.5 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, including this Tenant Work Letter, and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, the date of Substantial Completion of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises shall be deemed to be the date the Substantial Completion of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

SECTION 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Expansion Premises Prior to Substantial Completion . Provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with Contractor’s work in the Building and the Expansion Premises, Contractor shall allow Tenant access to the Expansion Premises prior to the Substantial Completion of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises and of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises for the purpose of Tenant installing overstandard equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Expansion Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Expansion Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 8.1 , Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Expansion Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 8.1 .

8.2 Freight Elevators . Landlord shall, consistent with its obligations to other tenants of the Building, make the freight elevator reasonably available to Tenant in connection with initial decorating, furnishing and moving into the Expansion Premises.

8.3 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Vlado Herman as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord,

 

-5-


shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

8.4 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Joe Walsh as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

8.5 Time of the Essence . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

8.7 Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if an event of default, beyond any applicable notice and cure period, as described in this Lease, or a default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter, has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of both the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises and the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Expansion Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Expansion Premises caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 6 and Section 7 of this Tenant Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

8.8 Cooperation by Tenant . Tenant acknowledges that the timing of the completion of the Tenant Improvements is of the utmost importance to Landlord. Accordingly, Tenant hereby agrees to fully and diligently cooperate with all reasonable requests by Landlord in connection with or related to the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, and in connection therewith, shall respond to Landlord’s requests for information and/or approvals, except as specifically set forth herein to the contrary, within four (4) business days following request by Landlord.

 

-6-


Schedule I

Landlord Work

7 th Floor Premises:

 

  1.

Landlord shall remove existing carpet and then install, via direct glue to floor slab, new carpet tile CP1 and CP2 within the interior of the 7 th Floor Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $35/sqyd carpet tile material and installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials (carpet, glue, tack strips, thresholds, etc), handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the carpet tile system.

 

  2. Landlord shall remove existing wall base and then install new 4" or 6" rubber top set base, via direct glue to existing walls, (Burke 1/8' Thick Standard Colors or equal) to either closely match or cover the height of the removed base.

 

  3.

Landlord shall paint the existing partitions Paint Color P1 (TBD by Tenant) and existing trim Paint Color P2 (TBD by Tenant) within the interior of the 7 th Floor Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Paint coats to include one (1) prime paint coat tinted with final paint color, and one (1) coat of paint color.

 

  4. Landlord has not included Floor Core for Power/Data to be Hardwired to Furniture Panel Spine nor Power/Data at Column to feed furniture panel spine as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Tenant is considering the option of adding to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  5.

Tenant shall be responsible prior to the commencement date of construction activities for the move-out of all of Tenants furniture, belongings, trash, etc from the 7 th Floor Premises, or Tenant will be responsible for any delay in the commencement date of construction, which could include but not limited to, delay in premises turn-over date, extended construction costs, costs to perform move-out/clean-up, etc.

 

  6. Tenant shall be responsible for moving, storage, purchase, and set-up, etc. of all Tenant’s new and existing movable furniture and equipment.

 

  7. Landlord considers items not specifically listed and/or addressed above to remain in its existing condition, unless modifications are required by code. If the Tenant chooses to make change(s) to the existing condition(s), the item(s) will be considered an Add Alternative(s) to the base scope of work and the associated cost of the work, once approved by the Tenant, will be the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

  8.

Landlord will not be held responsible for any code violations associated will Tenants prior 7 th Floor Premises improvement, and it will be the Tenants responsibility to correct any code violations.

 

  9. Landlord shall remove all outdated, non-functional and non-essential HVAC control components and install new controls that will integrate with existing HVAC equipment (Boiler, cooling tower, pumps, pneumatic air station, exhaust fan, air handlers, economizer, VAV boxes, etc) and other remaining control elements, and install a control network to control the system based on load demands to make the HVAC system run more efficient.


8 th Floor Premises:

 

  1.

Landlord shall remove existing top layer of carpet and then install new broadloom carpet CP1 and CP2 over existing carpet within the interior of the 8 th Floor Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $35/sqyd carpet tile material and installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials (Carpet, glue, tack strips, thresholds, etc), handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, equipment, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the carpet tile system.

 

  2. Landlord shall remove existing wall base and then install new 4" or 6" rubber top set base, via direct glue to existing walls, (Burke 1/8' Thick Standard Colors or equal) to either closely match or cover the height of the removed base.

 

  3.

Landlord shall paint the existing partitions Paint Color PI (TBD by Tenant) and existing trim Paint Color P2 (TBD by Tenant) within the interior of the 8 th Floor Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Paint coats to include one (1) prime paint coat tinted with final paint color, and one (1) coat of paint color.

 

  4. Landlord has not included Floor Core for Power/Data to be Hardwired to Furniture Panel Spine nor Power/Data at Column to feed furniture panel spine as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Tenant is considering the option of adding to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  5.

Tenant shall be responsible prior to the commencement date of construction activities for the move-out of all of Tenants furniture, belongings, trash, etc from the 8 th Floor Premises, or Tenant will be responsible for any delay in the commencement date of construction, which could include but not limited to, delay in premises turn-over date, extended construction costs, costs to perform move-out/clean-up, etc.

 

  6. Tenant shall be responsible for moving, storage, purchase, and set-up, etc. of all Tenant’s new and existing movable furniture and equipment.

 

  7. Landlord considers items not specifically listed and/or addressed above to remain in its existing condition, unless modifications are required by code. If the Tenant chooses to make change(s) to the existing condition(s), the item(s) will be considered an Add Alternative(s) to the base scope of work and the associated cost of the work, once approved by the Tenant, will be the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

  8.

Landlord will not be held responsible for any code violations associated will Tenants prior 8 th Floor Premises improvement, and it will be the Tenants responsibility to correct any code violations.

 

  9. Landlord shall remove all outdated, non-functional and non-essential HVAC control components and install new controls that will integrate with existing HVAC equipment (Boiler, cooling tower, pumps, pneumatic air station, exhaust fan, air handlers, economizer, VAV boxes, etc) and other remaining control elements, and install a control network to control the system based on load demands to make the HVAC system run more efficient.


Schedule II

Design Narrative

9 th Floor Expansion Premises:

 

  1.

Landlord shall perform demolition within the interior of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans.

 

  2.

Landlord has not included the cost to remove display cases within the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Tenant is considering the option of adding the modification of the display cases to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  3.

Landlord shall install new metal stud and gypsum partition wall assemblies within the interior of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises to the underside of the existing suspended ceiling system with level of finish and trim to closely match existing partitions that are remaining as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. New partition wall assemblies will not included any sound attenuating material and/or devices. Tenant is considering the option of adding sound attenuating material and/or extending height of partitions to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  4. Landlord has not included cost to provide full height glazing in continuous aluminum metal surround at conference and phone rooms. Tenant is considering the option of adding either half height or full height glazing at conference and phone rooms to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  5. Landlord shall maintain the existing suspended system in-place and will patch and repair the existing suspended system, as allowable by code, in the areas where the Test Fit Plans call out for demolition, and installation of new partitions, etc. Patch and repair of existing suspended system will be completed using new suspended ceiling system that will closely match the existing.

 

  6.

Landlord shall install, via direct glue to floor slab, new carpet tile CP1 and CP2 within the interior of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $35/sqyd carpet tile material and installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials (carpet, glue, tack strips, thresholds, etc), handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the carpet tile system.

 

  7.

Landlord has not included the cost to have the wood flooring stripped and refinished within the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Tenant is considering the option of adding to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  8.

Landlord shall install, via direct glue to treads and risers, new broadloom carpet “Yelp Red” CP4 at inter 9 th and 10 th floor stairway as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $35/sqyd carpet tile material and installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials (carpet, glue, tack strips, thresholds, etc), handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the carpet tile system.


  9.

Landlord has not included the demolition of existing and installation of new Resilient Tile RF-1 Flooring in pantry area within the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Tenant is considering the option of adding to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  10. Landlord shall install new 4" or 6" rubber top set base, via direct glue to existing and new walls, (Burke 1/8' Thick Standard Colors or equal) to either closely match or cover the height of the removed base.

 

  11.

Landlord shall paint existing and new partitions Paint Color P1 (TBD by Tenant) or Accent Paint Color P4 “Yelp Red” (TBD by Tenant) and at existing and new trim Paint Color P2 (TBD by Tenant) within the interior of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. P1 and P2 Paint coats to include one (1) prime paint coat tinted with final paint color, and one (1) coat of paint color, and Accent Paint Color P4 Paint Coats to include to include one (1) prime paint coat tinted with final paint color, and two (2) coats of accent paint color.

 

  12. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with exterior window glass (other than exterior window cleaning), exterior window frames and trim, and exterior/interior window covering. Tenant is considering the option of adding window covering to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  13. Landlord shall, per the Test Fit Plans, remove, store, and reinstall existing doors, door frames, and door hardware, and supplement as necessary in order to make doors operational and in good working order.

 

  14.

Landlord has not included any cost to have the existing pantry millwork countertop replaced will new Plastic Laminate countertop and all lower and upper cabinet doors and other visible surfaces re-skinned within the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Tenant is considering the option of adding work to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  15. Landlord shall reuse existing Fire Sprinkler System, as allowable by code. Fire Sprinkler heads will be relocated to provide coverage to the new floor layout, as required by code. Existing and relocated fire sprinkler head will not align or be centered with other ceiling fixtures or systems i.e. smoke detectors, light fixtures, ceiling grids, etc.

 

  16.

Landlord has not included any cost for any plumbing work within the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises, and all plumbing fixtures and trim are existing to remain.

 

  17. Landlord shall reuse and relocate existing HVAC duct and registers in areas limited to where ceilings and partitions are to be demolished and where new ceiling and partitions are to be constructed per the Test Fit Plans. The HVAC existing ductwork and registers will be supplemented as required with new ductwork and registers to provide the necessary coverage to the aforementioned areas.

 

  18. Landlord shall remove all outdated, non-functional and non-essential HVAC control components and install new controls that will integrate with existing HVAC equipment (Boiler, cooling tower, pumps, pneumatic air station, exhaust fan, air handlers, economizer, VAV boxes, etc) and other remaining control elements, and install a control network to control the system based on load demands to make the HVAC system run more efficient.

 

-2-


  19. Landlord shall reuse existing T-bar ceiling 2'x4' T-8 florescent electronic ballast troffer lights and supplement with either other building owned lights or new lights to closely match the aforementioned. New layout of lights to be limited to areas where ceilings and partitions are to be demolished and where new ceiling and partitions are to be constructed per the Test Fit Plans. Existing lights and new lighting layout will not include alignment of other ceiling elements i.e. fire sprinklers, smoke detectors, etc. New lighting levels to match existing or per current State of California Energy Efficiency Standards for Non-Residential Buildings Title 24.

 

  20.

Landlord shall reuse existing electrical system supplementing with new wiring in 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as necessary to provide power to the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises up to the existing available amperage provided at 9 th Floor subpanel. Electrical power shall be to be provided to workstation groups, as shown on the Test Fit Plans, from either column and power pole feed whips, fed from the above ceiling space, that will need to be terminated to the Tenant furnished and installed electrified furniture by a licensed and insured electrician secured by the Tenant. Up to the existing available amperage provided to the 9 th Floor subpanel, One (1) 20A circuit will serve four (4) workstations, One to Two (1-2) 20A circuits per small conference\Phone room and Three to Four (3-4) (20A) circuits per large conference room, and additional 20A circuits will be installed as required in the Test Fit Plans to service equipment called out to be installed. Areas that are not identified to receive electrical power, the minimum code electrical power will be provided of office use. Electrical Outlets, Switches, Trim, etc will be existing or will be supplemented with new to closely match existing.

 

  21. Landlord has not included costs for Floor Cores for Power/Data to be Hardwired to Furniture Panel Spine. Tenant is considering the option of adding Floor Cores to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  22. Landlord shall reuse existing Fire Alarm System, as allowable by code.

 

  23. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with telephone and data wiring. Tenant is considering the option of adding telephone and data wiring to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  24. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with the installation of a security system.

 

  25. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with any bathroom upgrades.

 

  26. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with any signage other then signage required by code i.e. exit, evacuation, restroom, etc.

 

  27. Tenant shall be responsible for moving, storage, purchase, and set-up, etc. of all Tenant’s new and existing movable furniture and equipment.

 

  28. Landlord considers items not specifically listed and/or addressed above to remain in its existing condition, unless modifications are required by code. If the Tenant chooses to make change(s) to the existing condition(s), the item(s) will be considered an Add Alternative(s) to the base scope of work and the associated cost of the work, once approved by the Tenant, will be the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

-3-


10 th Floor Expansion Premises:

 

  1.

Landlord shall perform demolition within the interior of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Landlord has not included cost to remove all acoustic ceiling grid, ceiling tiles, and lighting, as these systems are figured in base scope of work of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises to be reused.

 

  2.

Landlord has not included the cost to perform any shower upgrades within the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans.

 

  3.

Landlord shall install new metal stud and gypsum partition wall assemblies within the interior of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises to the underside of the existing suspended ceiling system with level of finish and trim to closely match existing partitions that are remaining as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. New partition wall assemblies will not included any sound attenuating material and/or devices. Tenant is considering the option of adding sound attenuating material and/or extending height of partitions to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  4. Landlord has not included cost to provide full height glazing in continuous aluminum metal surround at conference rooms and gym. Tenant is considering the option of adding either half height or full height glazing at conference rooms and at gym to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  5. Landlord shall maintain the existing suspended system in-place and will patch and repair the existing suspended system, as allowable by code, in the areas where the Test Fit Plans call out for demolition, and installation of new partitions, etc. Patch and repair of existing suspended system will be completed using new suspended ceiling system that will closely match the existing.

 

  6.

Landlord shall install, via direct glue to floor slab, new carpet tile CP1 and CP2 within the interior of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $35/sqyd carpet tile material and installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials (carpet, glue, tack strips, thresholds, etc), handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the carpet tile system.

 

  7.

Landlord shall install new interlocking Gym Flooring Tile RF-2carpet tile within the interior of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $5/sqyd gym flooring material (RB Rubber Products—RB Zip-Tile or equal) and installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials, handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the gym flooring system.

 

  8.

Landlord shall install, via direct glue to treads and risers, new broadloom carpet “Yelp Red” CP4 at inter 9 th and 10 th floor stairway as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $35/sqyd carpet tile material and installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials (carpet, glue, tack strips, thresholds, etc), handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the carpet tile system.

 

  9.

Landlord shall install new Resilient Tile VCT “Vinyl Composition Tile” RF-1 within the interior of the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Maximum $5/sqyd gym flooring material (Armstrong 12"xl2" Standard Excelon or equal) and

 

-4-


  installation shall include, but not limited to, cost of materials, handling, delivery, taxes, floor prep, installation, etc associated with the complete installation of the VCT tile flooring system.

 

  10.

Landlord has not included the demolition of existing and installation of new Resilient Tile RF-1 Flooring in pantry area within the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans.

 

  11. Landlord shall install new 4” or 6” rubber top set base, via direct glue to existing and new walls, (Burke 1/8' Thick Standard Colors or equal) to either closely match or cover the height of the removed base.

 

  12.

Landlord shall paint existing and new partitions Paint Color P1 (TBD by Tenant) or Accent Paint Color P4 “Yelp Red” (TBD by Tenant) and at existing and new trim Paint Color P2 (TBD by Tenant) within the interior of the 9 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. P1 and P2 Paint coats to include one (1) prime paint coat tinted with final paint color, and one (1) coat of paint color, and Accent Paint Color P4 Paint Coats to include to include one (1) prime paint coat tinted with final paint color, and two (2) coats of accent paint color.

 

  13. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with exterior window glass (other than exterior window cleaning), exterior window frames and trim, and exterior/interior window covering. Tenant is considering the option of adding window covering to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  14. Landlord shall, per the Test Fit Plans, remove, store, and reinstall existing doors, door frames, and door hardware, and supplement as necessary in order to make doors operational and in good working order.

 

  15. Landlord shall install new plastic laminate (Wilsonart Plastic Laminate or equal) upper cabinets (approx 30-inch height and 12-inch deep) with two (2) adjustable shelves each, and lower bank of cabinets (ADA height and 24-inch deep) with one (1) adjustable shelve each, and a top row of drawers located above the cabinet doors and underneath a countertop with 4-inch backsplash. Casework will incorporate Tenant furnished equipment. Tenant to furnish equipment technical specification sheets to Landlord no later than 15 calendar days after execution of the lease. Casework hardware will be wire pulls and standard non-soft close drawer sliders and hinges.

 

  16.

Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with the island casework located between the new pantry and the vending/refrigerator area on the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as Landlord assumed item was movable furniture when base scope was priced. Tenant is considering the option of adding island casework to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  17.

Landlord has not included any cost to have the existing pantry millwork countertop replaced will new Plastic Laminate countertop and all lower and upper cabinet doors and other visible surfaces re-skinned within the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as indicated on the Test Fit Plans. Tenant is considering the option of adding work to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

-5-


  18. Landlord shall reuse existing Fire Sprinkler System, as allowable by code. Fire Sprinkler heads will be relocated to provide coverage to the new floor layout, as required by code. Existing and relocated fire sprinkler head will not align or be centered with other ceiling fixtures or systems i.e. smoke detectors, light fixtures, ceiling grids, etc.

 

  19.

Landlord shall provide plumbing for pantry One (1) sink (Elkay Standard Stainless Steel Top Mount Single Bowl (Approx Overall Size 24"wide x22"deep or equal), One (1) faucet (American Standard Cadet Single Handle Faucet or equal), One (1) disposer (Insinkerator  1 / 2 HP Badger 5 or equal), One (1) instahot cold(temperate)/hot water dispenser with filter (Insinkerator Instatahot Involve HC-Wave water dispenser or equal), One (1) dishwasher (furnished by Tenant) and Two (2) ice-makers (furnished by Tenant) as indicated on the Test Fit Plans within the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises.

 

  20. Landlord shall reuse and relocate existing HVAC duct and registers in areas limited to where ceilings and partitions are to be demolished and where new ceiling and partitions are to be constructed per the Test Fit Plans. The HVAC existing ductwork and registers will be supplemented as required with new ductwork and registers to provide the necessary coverage to the aforementioned areas.

 

  21. Landlord shall remove all outdated, non-functional and non-essential HVAC control components and install new controls that will integrate with existing HVAC equipment (Boiler, cooling tower, pumps, pneumatic air station, exhaust fan, air handlers, economizer, VAV boxes, etc) and other remaining control elements, and install a control network to control the system based on load demands to make the HVAC system run more efficient.

 

  22. Landlord shall reuse existing T-bar ceiling 2'x4' T-8 florescent electronic ballast troffer lights and supplement with either other building owned lights or new lights to closely match the aforementioned. New layout of lights to be limited to areas where ceilings and partitions are to be demolished and where new ceiling and partitions are to be constructed per the Test Fit Plans. Existing lights and new lighting layout will not include alignment of other ceiling elements i.e. fire sprinklers, smoke detectors, etc. New lighting levels to match existing or per current State of California Energy Efficiency Standards for Non-Residential Buildings Title 24.

 

  23.

Landlord shall reuse existing electrical system supplementing with new wiring in 10 th Floor Expansion Premises as necessary to provide power to the 10 th Floor Expansion Premises up to the existing available amperage provided at 10 th Floor subpanel. Electrical power shall be to be provided up to the existing available amperage provided to the 10 th Floor subpanel One to Two (1-2) 20A circuits per small conference rooms, Three to Four (3-4) (20A) circuits per large conference room, and additional 20A circuits will be installed as required in the Test Fit Plans to service equipment called out to be installed, including GFCI protected outlets in the new pantry area. Areas that are not identified to receive electrical power, the minimum code electrical power will be provided of office use. Electrical Outlets, Switches, Trim, etc will be existing or will be supplemented with new to closely match existing.

 

  24. Landlord has not included costs for Floor Cores for Power/Data to be Hardwired to Furniture Panel Spine. Tenant is considering the option of adding Floor Cores to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  25. Landlord shall reuse existing Fire Alarm System, as allowable by code.

 

-6-


  26. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with telephone and data wiring. Tenant is considering the option of adding telephone and data wiring to base scope as an Add Alternative.

 

  27. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with the installation of a security system.

 

  28. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with any bathroom upgrades.

 

  29. Landlord has not included any costs for work associated with any signage other then signage required by code i.e. exit, evacuation, restroom, etc.

 

  30. Tenant shall be responsible for moving, storage, purchase, and set-up, etc. of all Tenant’s new and existing movable furniture and equipment.

 

  31. Landlord considers items not specifically listed and/or addressed above to remain in its existing condition, unless modifications are required by code. If the Tenant chooses to make change(s) to the existing condition(s), the item(s) will be considered an Add Alternative(s) to the base scope of work and the associated cost of the work, once approved by the Tenant, will be the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

-7-


Schedule III

Test Fit Plans


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT D

AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into effective as of                      , 20      , by and between 706 Mission Street Co LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Yelp, Inc. (“Tenant”)

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated Office Lease dated as of                      (the “Lease”) pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain “Premises”, as described in the Lease, known as Suites          of the Building located at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California 94103.

B. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meaning given such terms in the Lease.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to confirm the commencement and expiration dates of the term, as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Confirmation of Dates . The parties hereby confirm that (a) the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, (b) the Lease Term for the Lease commenced as of      , 20      (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”) for a term of      (      ) years ending on                      (unless sooner terminated or extended as provided in the Lease) and (c) in accordance with the Lease, Rent commenced to accrue on      , 20      .

2. No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to Lease has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]


“Landlord”:

706 MISSION STREET CO LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

  Name: Sean M. Jeffries
  Title: Vice President
“Tenant”:

YELP, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:                                                                                           
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:                                                                                           

 

-2-


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Building.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises, unless electrical hold backs have been installed.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register when so doing. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of same by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. All damage done to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and any expense of said damage or injury shall be borne by Tenant.

5. No furniture, freight, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be brought into or removed from the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except upon prior notice to Landlord, and in such manner, in such specific elevator, and between such hours as shall be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than 24 hours prior notice of the need to utilize an elevator for any such purpose, so as to provide Landlord with a reasonable period to schedule such use and to install such padding or take such other actions or prescribe such procedures as are appropriate to protect against damage to the elevators or other parts of the Building.

6. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building, the public facilities, the heating and air conditioning, and any other facilities furnished for the common use of tenants, in such manner as is customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.


7. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office of the Building or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

8. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Building and shall cooperate with Landlord or Landlord’s agents to prevent same.

9. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or agents, shall have caused it.

10. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, and except for the hanging of reasonable types of wall coverings shall not mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s consent first had and obtained.

11. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines of any description other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

12. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that which may be supplied by Landlord, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other Tenants or those having business therein.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Building or the Premises any animals (except for service animals), birds, bicycles or other vehicles, except for Yelp, Inc.’s founder’s dog, Darwin, or any successor dog to Darwin belonging to Yelp, Inc.’s founder. If Landlord reasonably determines that any such dog allowed within the Building or on the Premises per this Regulation causes unreasonable disturbance to the building or disrupts any other Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any such dog or prohibit all dogs (other than seeing eye dogs) permitted under this Regulation via written notice to Tenant.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to Landlord and other Tenants.

16. Landlord will approve where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The

 

-2-


location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in the entrances or corridors, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, lobby, halls, stairways or elevators, and shall use the same only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city in which the Building is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, when the Premises are not occupied.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord.

24. The washing and/or detailing of or, the installation of windshields, radios, telephones in or general work on, automobiles shall not be allowed on the Real Property.

25. Food vendors shall be allowed in the Building upon receipt of a written request from the Tenant. The food vendor shall service only the tenants that have a written request on file in the Building’s management office. Under no circumstance shall the food vendor display their products in a public or common area including corridors and elevator lobbies. Any failure to comply with this rule shall result in immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from the Building.

26. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

 

-3-


27. Tenant shall comply with any non-smoking ordinance adopted by any applicable governmental authority.

28. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and Building, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the nonobservance of the Rules and Regulations by another tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

-4-


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, as Tenant under that certain Amended and Restated Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) made and entered into as of              , 20      and between 706 Mission Street Co LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and the undersigned, as Tenant, for Premises on the              (      th ) floor(s) of the Building located at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California hereby certifies as follows:

1.        Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2.        The undersigned has commenced occupancy of the Premises described in the Lease, currently occupies the Premises, and the Lease Term commenced on              .

3.        The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

4.        Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

5.        Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A or prepay any amounts owing under the Lease to Landlord in excess of thirty (30) days without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

6.        Base Rent became payable on              .

7.        The Lease Term expires on              .

8.        To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder.

9.        No rental has been paid in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10.        As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets that the undersigned has, which preclude enforcement of the Lease by Landlord.

11.        All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                      . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $              .

12.        The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel certificate may be delivered to Landlord’s prospective mortgagee, or a prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that it recognizes that if same is done, said mortgagee, prospective mortgagee, or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part, and in accepting an assignment of the Lease as collateral security, and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making of the loan or acquisition of such property.


13.        If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

Executed at                      on the      day of              , 20      .

 

“Tenant”:

[TENANT NAME AND LEGAL ENTITY]
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:                                                                                           
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Its:                                                                                           

 

-2-


EXHIBIT G

JANITORIAL SERVICES

Services to be provided on each floor of the Premises on a daily basis (business days only, unless otherwise requested by Tenant; provided, that Tenant may request such services be provided on no more than three (3) non-business days per calendar month; further provided that Tenant provides Landlord with three (3) days advance written notice of Tenant’s request for such services):

 

   

Vacuum carpets

 

   

Sweep non-carpeted floors

 

   

Dust desks and office furniture

 

   

Wash dishes left in sinks of kitchens

 

   

Clean restrooms ( i.e. , empty wastebaskets, clean lavatory fixtures, clean and disinfect toilets and urinals, and mop floors)

 

   

Restock restrooms with toilet tissue, paper towels, seat-covers, and soap, as needed

Services to be provided on each floor of the Premises on a bi-annual basis:

 

   

Bi-annual carpet shampooing on each floor


EXHIBIT H

CALIFORNIA ASBESTOS NOTICE

[SEE ATTACHED.]

EXHIBIT H

-1-


LOGO

     

JMA Ventures, LLC

706 Mission Street, 9 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94103

 

415.646.7766 main

415.777.1878 fax

 

 

January 5, 2010

Re: Presence of Asbestos Containing Materials at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA

Dear Tenant/Employee/Contractor:

In accordance with California law (California Health and Safety Code §25915 et seq., Cal/OSHA asbestos construction work standard, 8 CCR § 1529, Cal/OSHA asbestos general industry standard, 8 CCR § 5208, and California Health and Safety Code § 25249,6), we provide notice to you of the presence of known and presumed asbestos and other potentially hazardous materials at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California (“Building.”)

 

I. Asbestos

 

  A. Areas of Known and Presumed Asbestos-Containing Materials

Asbestos was widely used in fireproofing and insulation materials from the 1930s to the late 1970s. As a result, more than 750,000 buildings in this country contain some quantity of asbestos. As described below, surveys of the Building indicate that asbestos-containing material (“ACM”) was used in its construction. In addition to known ACMs, for buildings like the Building that were constructed before 1980, Cal/OSHA standards presume that the following materials contain asbestos unless analytical tests demonstrate that they do not contain asbestos:

 

   

thermal system insulation (“TSI”) applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural components to prevent heat loss or gain;

 

   

surfacing material that is sprayed, troweled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes); and

 

   

Asphalt and vinyl flooring material.


The available surveys for the 706 Mission Street building indicate that the following building materials are ACM:

 

Material

  

Sample Location

   Quantity (+/-)    Result    Category
Black Mastic    8 th Floor: Workshop, north side (center), under 12” VFT (cream with amber and rust streaks)    300sf    3% chrysolite    Category 1
(non-friable)
Linoleum with paper backing, brown wood pattern    Basement Storage Room    200sf    40% chrysolite    Regulated Asbestos
Containing Material
Amber brown carpet mastic    8 th Floor Main space, under carpet    8,000sf    2% chrysolite    Category 1
(non-friable)

All surveys for ACMs, including detailed descriptions of the analytical methods employed, and air monitoring results are available for inspection at building office at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California during normal business hours.

706 Mission Street Co, LLC requests that you notify Joe Walsh immediately if you suspect that any ACM or PACM is not in good condition and avoid all contact with such material.

 

  B. Health Risks Associated with Asbestos

706 Mission Street Co, LLC has no special knowledge about the health impacts of exposure to asbestos. Anyone seeking such information should contact local or state public health officials.

 

  C. Asbestos Work Guidelines

No one is to repair, drill, bore, or otherwise disturb any known or presumed ACM. Any such activity must be undertaken in accordance with all applicable laws by a “competent person” as defined in the Cal/OSHA regulation and in accordance with all applicable regulations of Cal/OSHA, DTSC, BAAQMD, and the City and County of San Francisco.

 

II. Lead

Lead based paint was commonly used until the late 1970’s. Paint in the Building may contain lead.


III. Proposition 65

A number of building materials in this building have been identified as chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Proposition 65, the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986, requires that you be warned of the presence of these materials.

WARNING: This building contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth detects or other reproductive harm.

Please feel free to contact Joe Walsh at (415) 546-7766 if you have any questions about this letter. 706 Mission Street Co LLC is committed to maintaining a safe and pleasant physical working environment for all employees and contractors.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Cody J. Kushner
Cody J. Kushner


First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Office Lease

This First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Office lease (“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of September 3, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Yelp! Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and 706 Mission Street Co LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”).

Background (or Recitals)

 

  1. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Amended and Restated office Lease effective as of October 1, 2009 (the “Lease”);

 

  2. Landlord and Tenant have discovered a typographical error made in the Lease. The tenant was mistakenly named in the lease as “Yelp, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”;

 

  3. Yelp! Inc.” has been the official name of the entity since its date of incorporation with the Secretary of State in Delaware on September 3, 2004, as evidenced by the Certificate of Good Standing from the Delaware Secretary of State as attached to this Amendment as Exhibit A ;

 

  4. The parties now desire to correct the name of the Tenant from “Yelp, Inc.” to Yelp! Inc.”;

 

  5. Therefore, the parties hereby agree to the following:

Amendments to the Lease

 

  1. All references in the Lease to “Yelp, Inc.” are hereby replaced with “Yelp! Inc.”

 

  2. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between of the lease and the terms and conditions of this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail.

 

  3. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and both of which counterparts, when taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

1


To evidence their agreement to this Amendment’s terms, the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the Effective Date. This Amendment will not be fully executed and binding on the parties unless and until authorized signatures of both parties are provided below.

 

Yelp! Inc.      706 Mission Street Co LLC
By:   

/s/ Geoffrey L. Donaker

     By:  

 

Name:   

Geoffrey L. Donaker

     Name:  

 

Title:   

COO

     Title:  

 

By:   

/s/ Vlado Herman

      
Name:   

Vlado Herman

      
Title:   

CFO

      

 

 

2


Exhibit A

Certificate of Good Standing

Delaware Secretary of State

 

3


LOGO

I , HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY “YELP! INC.” IS DULY INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND IS IN GOOD STANDING AND HAS A LEGAL CORPORATE EXISTENCE SO FAR AS THE RECORDS OF THIS OFFICE SHOW, AS OF THE FOURTEENTH DAY OF FEBRUARY, A. D. 2008.

AND I DO HEREBY FURTHER CERTIFY THAT THE SAID “YELP! INC.” WAS INCORPORATED ON THE THIRD DAY OF SEPTEMBER, A. D. 2004.

AND I DO HEREBY FURTHER CERTIFY THAT THE ANNUAL REPORTS HAVE BEEN FILED TO DATE.

AND I DO HEREBY FURTHER CERTIFY THAT THE FRANCHISE TAXES HAVE BEEN PAID TO DATE.

LOGO

 


State of California

Secretary of State

CERTIFICATE OF STATUS

FOREIGN CORPORATION

I, DEBRA BOWEN, Secretary of State of the State of California hereby certify:

That on the 28TH day of SEPTEMBER, 2004, YELPI INC ., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of DELAWARE, complied with the requirements of California law in effect on that date for the purpose of qualifying to transact intrastate business in this State; and

That the above corporation is entitled to transact intrastate business in the State of California as of the date of this certificate, however, subject to any licensing requirements otherwise imposed by the laws of this state; and

That no information is available in this office on the financial condition, business activity or practices of this corporation.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I execute

this certificate and affix the Great Seal

of the State of California this day of

February 14, 2008.

 

LOGO  

LOGO

  DEBRA BOWEN

   Secretary of State

 

NP-25 ( REV 1/2007)   osp 06 9931


 

LOGO

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

FRANCHISE TAX BOARD

PO BOX 842857

        
 

SACRAMENTO CA 94257-0540

   In Reply Refer To:    655tdh   
     Date:    02/14/08   

ENTITY STATUS

 

                Note: This letter does not
           

reflect the entity’s status

with any other agency.

Entity Name : YELP! INC .

Entity Number : 2677032

 

x      1.    The above entity is in good standing with this agency.
¨      2.    The above entity is currently exempt from tax under Revenue and Taxation Code Section 23701      .
¨      3.    Our records indicate the above entity is not incorporated, qualified organized, or registered through the Secretary of State to transact business in California.
x      4.    The above entity was incorporated, qualified organized, or registered through the Secretary of State on 09/28/2004
¨      5.   

The above entity has an unpaid liability of $          for account period(s) ending                     

¨      6.   

Our records do not show that the above entity filed returns for account period(s) ending                     

¨      7.    The above entity was                      effective                     
x      8.    The above entity’s current address on record with this agency is:
       

650 MISSION ST # 2

SAN FRANCISCO                           CA 94105-4015

¨      9.    We do not have current information about the above entity.

Comments:

LOGO

 

REPRESENTATlVE

ASSISTANCE

Telephone assistance is available year-round from 7 a.m until 8 p.m. Monday through Friday. From January through June, assistance is also available form 8 a.m until 5 p.m. on Saturdays. We may modify these hours without notice to meet operational needs

 

From within the United States, call

   (800) 852-5711

From outside the United States, call (not toll-free)

   (916) 846-6500

 

Website at: www.ftb.ca.gov

  

Assistance for person with disabilities: We comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act. Persons with hearing or speech impairments please call TTY/TDO (800) 822-6266

FTB 4283A LLC (REV09-2002)


SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of December 3, 2010, by and between 706 Mission Street Co LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Yelp! Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S  :

A. Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Office Lease dated as of October 1, 2009 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Office Lease dated as of September 3, 2010 (the “First Amendment” and, together with the Original Lease, the “Lease”), under which Landlord leases to Tenant that certain space consisting of approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 300 and located on the third (3 rd ) floor (the “3 rd Floor Premises”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite 700 and located on the seventh (7 th ) floor (the “7 th Floor Premises”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 800 and located on the eighth (8 th ) floor (the “8 th Floor Premises,”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 900 and located on the ninth (9 th ) floor (the “9 th Floor Premises”), and approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 1000 and located on the tenth (10 th ) floor (the “10 th Floor Premises,” and collectively with the 3 rd Floor Premises, the 7 th Floor Premises, the 8 th Floor Premises, and the 9 th Floor Premises, the “Existing Premises”) of that certain building (the “Building”) located at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California.

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in certain respects, including (i) expanding the Premises of the Lease to include that certain space consisting of approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 200 consisting of the entire second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, as more particularly shown as the cross-hatched area on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the “2 nd Floor Expansion Premises”), and (ii) modifying various other terms and provisions of the Lease, all as hereinafter provided.

A   G   R   E   E   M   E   N   T  :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows.

1. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Lease when used herein shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Amendment.

2. Expansion Premises .

2.1 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Term . Effective as of the earlier to occur of (a) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises, and (b) February 1, 2011 (such earlier date, the “2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises on all of

 

   

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]


the terms of the Lease, as hereby amended, and the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises for a term coterminous with the Lease term of Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises. The period commencing on the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through and including the Lease Expiration Date is sometimes referred to herein as the “2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Term”. The Existing Premises and the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises,” and all references in the Lease, as hereby amended, to the “Premises,” shall be deemed to refer to the Premises as defined herein.

2.2 Early Access to 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Amendment, Tenant shall have the right to access the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises solely for the purpose of performing Alterations in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 of the Original Lease, commencing on the date that this Amendment is fully executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant, provided that (i) Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord satisfactory evidence of the insurance coverage required to be carried by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and (ii) all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as hereby amended, shall apply, other than Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent or Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, as though the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date had occurred (although the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1 above) upon such access of all or any portion of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises by Tenant.

3. Condition of Expansion Premises .

3.1 As-Is . Landlord shall not be obligated to construct or install any improvements or facilities of any kind in the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises, and Tenant shall accept the 2 nd Floor Expulsion Premises and the Building in their presently existing “as-is” condition.

3.2 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance . Any Alterations to the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises shall be performed by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 of the Lease. Landlord shall pay to Tenant, in accordance with this Section 3.2 , an amount not to exceed $103,318.22 ( i.e. , $10.5416 per rentable square foot of the Floor Expansion Premises multiplied by 9,801 rentable square feet) (the “2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance”), provided as of the date on which Landlord is required to make any payment thereof, (i) the Lease, as hereby amended, is in force and effect, and (ii) no default by Tenant under the Lease, as hereby amended, then exists. The 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance shall be payable on account of overhead fees, costs, and expenses related to the design and construction of any Alterations performed by Tenant in the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 of the Lease after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment and prior to July 1, 2011 (collectively, the “Initial 2 nd Floor Alterations”). Except as expressly set forth below, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance not actually expended by Tenant pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right, prior to December 31, 2011 and upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, to use any unexpended portion of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance as a credit against the monthly Base Rent for the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises otherwise due pursuant to the Lease, as hereby amended. As of July 1, 2011, any amount of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance that has not been previously disbursed shall be retained by Landlord. Landlord shall make a one-time payment of any applicable portion of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance to Tenant within thirty (30) clays after submission by Tenant to Landlord of a written requisition therefor, signed by the chief financial officer of Tenant and accompanied by all such documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request, including, without limitation, the following: (a) copies of paid invoices covering Tenant’s performance of all Alterations performed by Tenant in the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises theretofore approved by Landlord in accordance with Article 8 of the Lease, (b) a written certification from Tenant’s architect stating that all Alterations described on

 

  -2-  

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]


such invoices (if applicable) have been completed in accordance with the final plans therefor, that such work has been paid in full by Tenant and that all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers have delivered to Tenant final, unconditional waivers and releases of lien with respect to such work (copies of which shall be included with such architect’s certification), (c) proof of the satisfactory completion of all required inspections and the issuance of any required approvals and sign-offs by all governmental bodies having jurisdiction over the Building with respect to any Alterations performed by Tenant, and (d) final “as-built” plans and specifications for any Alterations performed by Tenant. Tenant shall pay all costs of any Alterations in excess of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance. Landlord shall not charge Tenant a supervisory fee in connection with the Initial 2 nd Floor Attentions made to the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises.

4. Base Rent .

4.1 Existing Premises . Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord Base Rent for the Existing Premises through the Lease Term in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

4.2 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises . Commencing on the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with the following schedules and otherwise in accordance with terms of the Lease):

 

Period During
2 nd Floor Expansion

Premises Term

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent
     Annual Rental
Rate per Rentable
Square Foot
 

Lease Year 1

   $ 183,768.72       $ 15,314.06       $ 18.75   

Lease Year 2

   $ 242,574.72       $ 20,214.56       $ 24.75   

Lease Year 3 – Lease Expiration Date

   $ 250,807.56       $ 20,900.63       $ 25.59   

5. Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses . Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease. During the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided that, with respect to the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises only, (a) Tenant’s Share shall be 9.47%, and (b) the Base Year shall be calendar year 2011.

6. Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord is currently holding a Security Deposit in the amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($150,000.00). Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an amount equal to Twenty Thousand Four Hundred Eighteen and 75/100 Dollars ($20,418.75) to be held by Landlord in addition to the existing Security Deposit. Accordingly, as of the date hereof, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, the Security Deposit to be held by Landlord pursuant to the Lease, as hereby amended, shall equal One Hundred Seventy Thousand Four Hundred Eighteen and 75/100 Dollars ($170,418.75).

7. Right of First Refusal . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an ongoing right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”) with respect to any rentable office space located in the Building that is not a part of the Premises (the “First Refusal Space”). Subject to Section 7.2 below, such Right of First

 

  -3-  

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]


Refusal shall be applicable only following the expiration or earlier termination of any existing lease of space within the First Refusal Space (including any renewals thereof (and irrespective of whether any such renewal rights are executed strictly in accordance with their terms). Further, subject to Section 7.2 below, Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be subordinate to all exiting rights of other tenants of the Building, which rights relate to such First Refusal Space and are set forth in existing leases of space in the Building or leases of any portion of the First Refusal Space entered into after the effective date in accordance with the terms of this Section 7 , including any renewal, extension or expansion rights (including, but not limited to, must-take, right of first offer, right of first negotiation, right of first refusal, expansion option and other similar rights) set forth in such leases, regardless of whether such renewal, extension or expansion rights are executed strictly in accordance with their terms or pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease (all such tenants under such leases are collectively referred to herein as the “Superior Right Holders”).

7.1 Procedure for Offer . Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (a “First Refusal Notice”) from time to time if and when Landlord receives a “bona-fide third-party offer” for the First Refusal Space or any portion thereof. A “bona-fide third-party offer” shall mean any term sheet, letter of intent or draft lease for the lease of any portion of the First Refusal Space to a third party tenant (the “Third Party”) that identifies the portion of the First Refusal Space proposed to be leased and contains the material economic terms of the proposed lease of such First Refusal Space that have been agreed upon by Landlord and such Third Party (including, at a minimum, the lease term, the base rent, the base year, and any renewal options, tenant improvement allowance, or free rent) (collectively, such material economic terms are referred to herein as the “Economic Terms”). The First Refusal Notice shall constitute Landlord’s offer to lease to Tenant the subject First Refusal Space on the Economic Terms set forth in the bona-fide third-party offer, a copy of which shall be attached to the First Refusal Notice.

7.2 Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s Right of First Refusal upon the Economic Terms set forth in the bona-fide third-party offer attached to the First Refusal Notice, then within five (5) business days of delivery of such First Refusal Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord irrevocable exercising Tenant’s exercise of its Right of First Refusal with respect to the entire subject First Refusal Space on the Economic Terms contained in the bona-fide third-party offer attached to the First Refusal Notice. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within such five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to negotiate and enter into a lease for the subject First Refusal Space with the Third Party upon any terms that Landlord desires (subject to this Section 7.2 ), and Tenant’s continuing Right of First Refusal for such space shall thereafter arise only following the expiration or earlier termination of any such lease (including renewals thereof which arise from an express written provision in such tenant’s lease (but irrespective of whether any such renewals are executed strictly in accordance with their terms, provided that the lease term of any such renewal right shall not be modified)). Additionally, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Third Party with whom Landlord enters into a subsequent lease for the subject First Refusal Space shall, with respect to any and all “Qualified Expansions” (defined below) (but irrespective of whether any such Qualified Expansions are executed strictly in accordance with their terms, provided that the space subject to such Qualified Expansions shall not be modified) be deemed a Superior Right Holder for purposes of this Section 7 . “Qualified Expansions” shall mean any expansion, first negotiation, first offer, first refusal or similar rights set forth in the Economic Terms presented to Tenant and in such Third Party’s subsequent lease of the subject First Refusal Space. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Section 7.2 above, Landlord’s final form of lease with the Third Party must contain Economic Terms that are not more than five percent (5%) more favorable than those Economic Terms set forth in the bona-fide third party offer attached to the First Refusal Notice. If, however, such subsequent lease with the Third Party contains Economic Terms that are more than five percent (5%) more favorable than those Economic Terms set forth in the bona-fide third party offer attached to the First Refusal Notice, then before entering into such lease with the Third Party, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such more favorable Economic

 

  -4-  

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]


Terms (the “Subsequent Notice’); thereupon, Tenant shall have the right to lease the First Refusal Space upon the terms set forth in such Subsequent Notice by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice.

7.3 Amendment to Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s Right of First Refusal as set forth herein, then, within thirty (30) days thereafter, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease, as amended, for such First Rental Space upon the Economic Terms as set forth in the bona-fide third party offer attached to the First Refusal Notice (or the Subsequent Notice, if applicable), but otherwise upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as amended, including this Section 7 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an otherwise valid exercise of Tenant’s Right of First Refusal shall be of full force and effect irrespective of whether a Lease amendment is timely signed by Landlord and Tenant.

7.4 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The rights contained in this Section 7 shall be personal to the originally named tenant in this Amendment (the “Original Tenant”) and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee (but not any other assignee, sublessee or transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in the Lease, as amended) if the Original Tenant or Permitted Transferee occupies the entire Premises. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all First Refusal Space and thereafter be of no further force or effect on the earlier to occur of (a) the Early Termination Date (as defined in the Original Lease) and (b) the date that is one (1) year prior to the Expiration Date, as the same may be extended. In addition, Tenant shall not have the right to lease the First Refusal Space as provided in this Section 7 if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of the Right of First Refusal by Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Refusal Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under the Lease, as amended.

8. Termination Rights .

8.1 Tenant Termination Right . Tenant’s termination right as set forth Section 2.3 of the Original Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that the Termination Fee shall include the unamortized amount as of the Early Termination Date of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises Allowance, which shall be calculated pursuant to the penultimate grammatical paragraph of Section 2.3 of the Original Lease; further provided, that all references to “the Lease” or “this Lease” set forth in such Section 2.3 of the Original Lease shall be deemed to refer to the Lease, as hereby amended, and all references to “the Premises” set forth in such Section 2.3 of the Original Lease shall be deemed to refer to the Existing Premises and the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises.

8.2 Landlord Termination Right . Landlord’s termination right as set forth in Section 2.4 of the Original Lease shall remain in full force and effect provided that all references to “the Lease” or “this Lease” set forth in such Section 2.4 of the Original Lease shall be deemed to refer to the Lease, as hereby amended, and all references to “the Premises” set forth in such Section 2.4 of the Original Lease shall be deemed to refer to the Existing Premises and the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises.

9. Renewal Option . Tenant’s renewal right as set forth in Article 17 of the Original Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary. (a) as a condition to Tenant’s exercising such renewal right, at the time that the Exercise Notice is given (if at all), Tenant shall be occupying at least eighty percent (80%) of the Premises then leased to Tenant (which eighty percent (80%) (or greater percentage) shall be comprised of all of the 7 th Floor Premises, all of the 8 th Floor Premises, all of the 9 th Floor Premises, and all of the 10 th Floor Premises, plus all or a portion of the 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises and/or the 3 rd Floor Premises); and (b) Tenant shall exercise its renewal option, if at all, with respect to all of the Premises then leased to Tenant.

 

  -5-  

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]


10. Brokers . Landlord has retained The CAC Group, Inc. (“Landlord’s Agent’) as leasing agent in connection with this Amendment and Landlord will be solely responsible for any fee that may be payable to Landlords Agent. Landlord agrees to pay a commission to CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”) pursuant to a separate agreement. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its agents have dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s Agent and Tenant’s Broker. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with any claim, proceeding or Judgment and the defense thereof, and including all costs of repairing any damage to the Premises or the Building or the appurtenances of any of the foregoing, which the indemnified party may incur by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Landlords Agent and Tenant’s Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Amendment and/or the above representation being false.

11. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Amendment in which time of performance is a factor. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a number of “days” shall mean and refer to calendar days.

12. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts, when taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail PDF format shall be deemed to constitute originals and may be relied upon, for all purposes, as binding the transmitting party hereto. The parties intend to be bound by the signatures transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail PDF format, are aware that the other party will rely on such signature, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Amendment based on the form of signature.

13. No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and the terms and conditions of this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

  -6-  

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Landlord”:      “Tenant”:
706 MISSION STREET CO LLC,      YELP INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company      a Delaware corporation
By:    /s/ Sean Jeffries      By:   /s/ Vlado Herman
Name:    Sean Jeffries      Name:   Vlado Herman
Title:    Authorized Officer      Title:   CFO
        By:  

 

        Name:  

 

        Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE]

 

 

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]


Exhibit A

Outline of 2 nd Floor Expansion Premises

LOGO

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

 


THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of July 29, 2011, by and between 706 MISSION STREET CO LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and YELP! INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Office Lease dated as of October 1, 2009 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Office Lease dated as of September 3, 2010 (the “ First Amendment ”) and that certain Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Office Lease dated as of December 3, 2010 (the “ Second Amendment ,” and, collectively with the Original Lease and the First Amendment, the “ Lease ”), under which Landlord leases to Tenant that certain space consisting of approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 200 and located on the second (2 nd ) floor (the “ 2 nd Floor Premises ”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 300 and located on the third (3 rd ) floor (the “ 3 rd Floor Premises ”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite 700 and located on the seventh (7 th ) floor (the “ 7 th Floor Premises ”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 800 and located on the eighth (8 th ) floor (the “ 8 th Floor Premises ,”), approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 900 and located on the ninth (9 th ) floor (the “ 9 th Floor Premises ”), and approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 1000 and located on the tenth (10 th ) floor (the “ 10 th Floor Premises ,” and collectively with the 2 nd Floor Premises, the 3 rd Floor Premises, the 7 th Floor Premises, the 8 th Floor Premises, and the 9 th Floor Premises, the “ Existing Premises ”) of that certain building (the “Building”) located at 706 Mission Street, San Francisco, California.

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease in certain respects, including (i) expanding the Premises of the Lease to include that certain space consisting of approximately 9,801 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 400 consisting of the entire fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the “ 4 th Floor Expansion Premises ”) and (ii) modifying various other terms and provisions of the Lease, all as hereinafter provided.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows.

1. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Lease when used herein shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Amendment.

 

    

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

  

  

 


2. 4 th Floor Expansion Premises .

2.1 Effective as of the date of execution and delivery of this Amendment by both Landlord and Tenant (the “ 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises on all of the terms of the Lease, as hereby amended, and the Existing Premises shall be increased to include the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises for a term coterminous with the Lease Term of Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises. The period commencing on the 4th Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through and including the Lease Expiration Date is sometimes referred to herein as the “ 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Term ”. The Existing Premises and the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises,” and all references in the Lease, as hereby amended, to the ‘Premises,” shall be deemed to refer to the Premises as defined herein. Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Lease Expiration Date for the entire Premises, including the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, shall be September 30, 2013, and Tenant shall have no right to renew or extend the Lease Term beyond such Lease Expiration Date.

3. Condition of Expansion Premises .

3.1 As-Is . Landlord shall not be obligated to construct or install any improvements or facilities of any kind in the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, and Tenant shall accept the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises and the Building in their presently existing “as-is” condition.

3.2 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Alterations . Any Alterations to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises shall be performed by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 8 of the Lease. For purposes of the work contemplated in this Amendment, Studio 0+A is hereby approved as the architect and Terranova is hereby approved as the general contractor. Landlord shall not charge Tenant a supervisory fee in connection with the design and construction of the initial Alterations in the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises.

3.3 Tenant’s Termination Right . In the event that Tenant’s design and construction of the initial Alterations in the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises (including without limitation Tenant’s obtaining any necessary building permit(s) for such Alterations) results in a building inspector from the city or county of San Francisco requiring work to be done in the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises in order to comply with Applicable Laws, and the cost of such work, as reasonably determined by Tenant, exceeds Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($50,000.00), then, Tenant shall provide Landlord with an itemized description of the cost of such work and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to terminate and cancel the Lease, as hereby amended, solely with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, effective as of the date (such date, “ Tenant’s Early Termination Date ”) of Landlord’s receipt (or deemed receipt) of Tenant’s written notice to Landlord stating that Tenant is electing to terminate the Lease, as hereby amended, solely with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.3. Provided that Tenant terminates the Lease, as hereby amended, solely with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.3 then, solely with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, the Lease, as hereby amended, shall terminate as of Tenant’s Early Termination Date with the same force and effect as if the Lease, as hereby amended, were scheduled to expire in accordance with its terms on Tenant’s Early Termination Date.

3.4 Landlord’s Termination Right . In the event that Tenant’s design and construction of the initial Alterations in the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises (including without limitation Tenant’s obtaining any necessary building permit(s) for such Alterations) results in a building inspector from the

 

    

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

  

  

 

2.


city or county of San Francisco requiring work to be done to the Building or the Real Property in order to comply with Applicable Laws, and the cost of such work, as reasonably determined by the Building contractor, exceeds Ten Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($10,000.00), then, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an itemized description of the cost of such work and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate and cancel the Lease, as hereby amended, solely with respect to the 4th Floor Expansion Premises, effective as of the date (such date, “ Landlord’s Early Termination Date ”) immediately following the fifth (5 th ) business day after Tenant’s receipt (or deemed receipt) of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant (“ Landlord’s Termination Notice ”) stating that Landlord is electing to terminate the Lease, as hereby amended, solely with respect to the 4 Floor Expansion Premises, pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.4; provided, however, that, within five (5) business days of receipt (or deemed receipt) of Landlord’s Termination Notice, Tenant may elect, by written notice to Landlord (which notice shall be received, or deemed received, by Landlord within such five (5) business day period) to pay in full the cost of all such work in excess of Ten Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($10,000.00), in which case the Lease, as hereby amended, shall not terminate and Tenant shall immediately pay any and all such costs upon completion of such work. Provided that Landlord terminates the Lease, as hereby amended, solely with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.4 then, solely with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises, the Lease, as hereby amended, shall terminate as of Landlord’s Early Termination Date with the same force and effect as if the Lease, as hereby amended, were scheduled to expire in accordance with its terms on Landlord’s Early Termination Date.

4. Base Rent .

4.1 Existing Premises . Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord Base Rent for the Existing Premises through the Lease Term in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

4.2 4th Floor Expansion Premises . Commencing on the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with the following schedule and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease):

 

Period during

4 th Floor Expansion

Premises Term

   Annual
Base Rent
     Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent
     Annual Rental
Rate per  Rentable
Square Foot
 

4 th Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date – December 31, 2012

   $ 225,423.00       $ 18,785.25       $ 23.00   

January 1, 2013 – Lease Expiration Date

   $ 235,224.00       $ 19,602.00       $ 24.00   

 

* Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.3 below.

4.3 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Rent Abatement . Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.2 to the contrary, Landlord hereby conditionally waives Tenant’s obligation to pay (a) Base Rent with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises for the period commencing on the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing through and including December 31, 2011 and (b) that portion of Base Rent with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises consisting of Three Thousand Four Hundred Thirty and 35/100 ($3,430.35) for the calendar month commencing January 1, 2012 (collectively, the “Rent Abatement Period”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Rent

 

    

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

  

  

 

3.


Abatement Period has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for Tenant entering into this Amendment and for agreeing to pay the rent and performing the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease, as hereby amended. Accordingly, if Tenant shall be in default, beyond applicable notice and cure periods (if any), under the Lease, as hereby amended, then Landlord, at its option and in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under the Lease, as hereby amended, may elect that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Base Rent abated as of such default shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full.

5. Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses . Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease. During the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with the terns of the Lease; provided that, with respect to the 4 th Floor Expansion Premises only, (a) Tenant’s Share shall be 9.47%, and (b) the Base Year shall be calendar year 2011.

6. Deletions . Sections 2.3 and 2.4 and Article 17 of the Original Lease and Sections 8 and 9 of the Second Amendment are hereby deemed deleted in their entirety and of no further force or effect.

7. Brokers . Landlord has retained The CAC Group, Inc. (“ Landlord’s Agent ”) as leasing agent in connection with this Amendment and Landlord will be solely responsible for any fee that may be payable to Landlords Agent. Landlord agrees to pay a commission to CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”) pursuant to a separate agreement. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its agents have dealt with any broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s Agent and Tenant’s Broker. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with any claim, proceeding or judgment and the defense thereof, and including all costs of repairing any damage to the Premises or the Building or the appurtenances of any of the foregoing, which the indemnified party may incur by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Landlord’s Agent and Tenant’s Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Amendment and/or the above representation being false.

8. Notice . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, effective as of the date of this Amendment, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following address:

Millennium Partners

735 Market Street, 6th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94103

Attention: Sean Jeffries

9. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Amendment in which time of performance is a factor. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a number of “days” shall mean and refer to calendar days.

10. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts, when taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail PDF format shall be deemed to constitute originals and may be relied upon, for all

 

    

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

  

  

 

4.


purposes, as binding the transmitting party hereto. The patties intend to be bound by the signatures transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail PDF format, are aware that the other party will rely on such signature, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Amendment based on the form of signature.

11. No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and the terms and conditions of this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

    

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

  

  

 

5.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Landlord”:     “Tenant”:

706 MISSION STREET CO LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

YELP! Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Sean Jeffries

    By:  

/s/ Vlado Herman

Name:  

/s/ Sean Jeffries

    Name:  

/s/ Vlado Herman

Title:  

/s/ Authorized Manager

    Title:  

 

      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED OFFICE LEASE]

    

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

  

  


Exhibit A

Outline of 4th Floor Expansion Premises

LOGO

 

    

 

706 MISSION STREET

[YELP! INC.]

  

  

 

Exhibit 10.13

GALLERIA CORPORATE CENTRE

LEASE

between

JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC

as “Landlord”

and

YELP! INC.

as “Tenant”


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION    PAGE  
 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

     i   
1.   BASIC TERMS      1   
2.   PREMISES; TEMPORARY PREMISES      3   
  2.1   Premises      3   
  2.2   Temporary Premises      3   
3.   TERM; POSSESSION      4   
  3.1   Commencement and Expiration of the Term      4   
  3.2   Effect of Tenant’s Occupancy      4   
  3.3   Option to Extend Initial Term      4   
  3.4   Early Termination      6   
4.   RENT      7   
  4.1   Base Rent      7   
  4.2   Additional Rent      7   
  4.3   Payment of Rent      7   
  4.4   Delinquent Rent Payments      7   
  4.5   Security Deposit      8   
5.   OPERATING COSTS; TAXES      8   
  5.1   Payment of Excess Operating Costs and Excess Taxes      8   
  5.2   Operating Costs      8   
  5.3   Taxes      9   
  5.4   Estimated Operating Costs; Estimated Taxes      9   
  5.5   Payment of Estimated Excess Operating Costs and Estimated Excess Taxes      10   
  5.6   Verification of Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess   
    Taxes      10   
  5.7   Tenant’s Audit Right      10   
  5.8   Cap on Controllable Operating Costs      11   
  5.9   Variable Operating Costs      11   
  5.10   Personal Property Taxes      11   
  5.11   Taxes on Rent      11   
6.   USE OF THE PREMISES      11   
  6.1   Use      11   
  6.2   Common Area      12   
  6.3   Rights Reserved By Landlord      12   
  6.4   Hazardous Materials      14   
    (a)   Definitions      15   
    (b)   Tenant’s Covenants      15   
    (c)   Compliance      15   
    (d)   Landlord’s Rights      16   
    (e)   Tenant’s Indemnification      16   
    (f)   Landlord’s Representation_and Indemnification      16   
7.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS      16   


  7.1   Landlord’s Consent Required    16
  7.2   Tenant’s Submittals    17
  7.3   Completion of Alterations and Permitted Alterations    18
  7.4   No Liens    18
  7.5   Indemnification    18
8.   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS    18
  8.1   Landlord’s Maintenance    18
  8.2   Tenant’s Maintenance    19
9.   SERVICES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD    19
  9.1   Description of Services    19
  9.2   Payment for Excess Utilities and Services    19
  9.3   Interruption of Services    20
10.   INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION    21
  10.1   Tenant’s Insurance Obligations    21
    (a)   Liability Insurance    21
    (b)   Property Insurance    21
    (c)   Other Insurance    21
    (d)   Miscellaneous Insurance Provisions    21
    (e)   Tenant’s Waiver and Release of Claims and Subrogation    21
  10.2   Landlord’s Insurance Obligations    22
    (a)   Property Insurance    22
    (b)   Liability Insurance    22
    (c)   Landlord’s Waiver and Release of Claims and Subrogation    22
  10.3   Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord    22
  10.4   Tenant’s Waiver    22
  10.5   Tenant’s Failure to Insure    23
  10.6   Landlord’s Indemnification of Tenant    23
11.   DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY    23
  11.1   Landlord’s Duty to Repair    23
  11.2   Landlord’s Right to Terminate    23
  11.3   Tenant’s Right to Terminate    24
  11.4   Exclusive Casualty Remedy    24
12.   CONDEMNATION    24
  12.1   Definitions    24
  12.2   Effect of Taking on Lease    24
  12.3   Restoration    25
  12.4   Abatement and Reduction of Rent    25
  12.5   Awards    25
  12.6   Exclusive Taking Remedy    25
13.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    26
  13.1   Landlord’s Consent Required    26
  13.2   Landlord’s Consent Standards    26
  13.3   Excess Consideration    27
  13.4   No Release Of Tenant    27
  13.5   Landlord’s Recapture Right    27


   13.6   Landlord’s Leaseback Right      27   
   13.7   Assignment of Sublease Rents      27   
14.    DEFAULTS; REMEDIES      28   
   14.1   Events of Default      28   
   14.2   Remedies      28   
   14.3   Waiver and Release      30   
   14.4   No Waiver      30   
   14.5   Landlord’s Default      30   
15.    SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER      30   
   15.1   Surrender      30   
   15.2   Holding Over      31   
16.    SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES      31   
   16.1   Subordination; Attornment      31   
   16.2   Mortgagee Protection      32   
   16.3   Estoppel Certificates      32   
17.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      32   
   17.1   Storage Space      32   
   17.2   Parking      33   
   17.3   Expanded Development      33   
   17.4   Signs      33   
   17.5   First Right of Offer      34   
   17.6   Building Antenna/Microwave Dishes      34   
   17.7   Access      35   
   17.8   Tenant’s Security System      35   
   17.9   Restricted Tenants      35   
   17.10   Notices      36   
   17.11   Financial Statements      36   
   17.12   Quiet Possession      36   
   17.13   Security Measures      36   
   17.14   Force Majeure      36   
   17.15   Rules and Regulations      37   
   17.16   Limitation on Landlord’s Liability      37   
   17.17   Consents and Approvals      37   
   17.18   Brokers      37   
   17.19   Entire Agreement; Amendment      37   
   17.20   Authority      38   
   17.21   Successors      38   
   17.22   Captions      38   
   17.23   No Joint Venture      38   
   17.24   Severability      38   
   17.25   Survival      38   
   17.26   Governing Law      38   
   17.27   Time is of the Essence      38   
   17.28   Joint and Several Liability      38   
   17.29   Provisions are Covenants and Conditions      38   
   17.30   Management      38   
   17.31   No Recording      39   
   17.32   Nondisclosure of Lease Terms      39   
   17.33   Construction of Lease and Terms      39   


  17.34   No Press Release      39   

18.

  INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS      C-1   
  18.1   Tenant Improvements      C-1   
  18.2   Space Plan      C-1   
  18.3   Construction Drawings and_Specifications      C-1   
  18.4   Tenant’s Representative      C-1   
  18.5   Punch List      C-2   
  18.6   Floor Core Drilling Penetrations      C-2   
  18.7   Tenant’s Noise Suppression System      C-2   
Exhibits     
  EXHIBIT A FLOOR PLAN   
  EXHIBIT B LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND   
  EXHIBIT C TENANT IMPROVEMENT RIDER   
  EXHIBIT D BUILDING RULES   
  EXHIBIT E SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT   
  EXHIBIT F LOCATION AND SPECIFICATIONS OF TENANT’S EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE   


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Additional Rent

     7   

Affiliate

     28   

Alterations

     17   

Award

     24   

Base Rent

     7   

BOMA

     3   

Brokers

     37   

Building

     3   

Building Rules

     37   

Building Systems

     12   

Business Days

     19   

Business Hours

     10   

Claims

     16   

Commencement Date

     4   

Common Area

     12   

Comparable Buildings

     5   

Condemning Authority

     24   

Construction Drawings and Specifications

     C-1   

Early Termination Date

     7   

Early Termination Payment

     7   

Early Termination Period

     6   

Encumbrances

     8   

Environmental Losses

     15   

Environmental Requirements

     15   

Event of Default

     28   

Exercise Notice

     5   

Exercise Period

     5   

Existing Suite 200 Lease

     34   

Expiration Date

     4   

Fair Market Base Rent

     5   

First Right

     34   

First Right Space

     34   

Force Majeure

     36   

General Manager

     10   

Hazardous Materials

     15   

HVAC

     12   

Interest Rate

     8   

Landlord Parties

     16   

Landlord’s Notice

     C-1   

Laws

     12   

Lease

     1   

Leasing Costs

     7   

Managing Agent

     10   

Mortgagee

     32   

Mortgages

     31   

Noise Suppression System Allowance

     C-2   

Operating Costs

     8   

Option Base Rent

     5   

Option Term

     4   

Outside Agreement Date

     5   

Parking Facilities

     3   

Permitted Alterations

     17   

Permitted Hazardous Materials

     15   

Premises

     3   

Project

     3   

Proposed Transferee

     26   

Publicity

     39   

Re-entry Costs

     29   

Rent

     7   

Rent Commencement Date

     7   

Rent Tax

     11   

Representatives

     15   

Restricted Tenant’s Clause

     35   

Security Deposit

     8   

Service Failure

     20   

SNDA Agreement

     31   

Space Plan

     C-1   

Structural Alterations

     17   

Sublease Profits

     27   

Subleasing Costs

     27   

Substantial Completion

     C-1   

Substantially Complete

     C-1   

Substantially Completed

     C-1   

Taking

     24   

Taking Date

     24   

Taxes

     9   

Telecommunications Equipment

     34   

Temporary Premises

     3   

Tenant Delay

     4   

Tenant Improvement Rider

     4   

Tenant Improvements

     16   

Tenant’s Noise Suppression System

     C-2   

Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs

     8   

Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes

     8   

Term

     4   

Termination Date

     4   

Tl Termination Notice

     C-1   

Transfer

     26   

Transferee

     27   

Utility Lines

     14   

Visitors

     15   
 


LEASE

THIS LEASE (the “Lease” ) is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Terms, by and between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. BASIC TERMS .

 

Lease Date:      January 2, 2010
Landlord:      JEMB Scottsdale LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Tenant:      Yelp! Inc., a Delaware corporation
Project:      Galleria Corporate Centre
Building Address:     

4343 North Scottsdale Road

Scottsdale, Arizona 85251

Premises:      Floor: Second
     Suite Number: 220 (consisting of 28,574 rentable square feet of floor area)
Term:     

Sixty-nine (69) full calendar months (plus any partial month at the

beginning of the Term), together with one (1) five (5) year option to extend

pursuant to Section 3.3 below.

Commencement Date:      April 30, 2010 (see Section 3.1 of this Lease)
Expiration Date:      The last day of the sixty-ninth (69 th ) full calendar month in the Term
Base Rent:     

 

  Months    Annual Basic Rent    Monthly

Installments

  
          
  01-24    $403,607.75    $33,633.98   
  25-33    $671,489.00    $55,957.42   
  34-49    $714,350.00    $59,529.17   
  50-69    $742,924.00    $61,910.33   

 

Annual Operating Cost

Expense Stop:

   Base Year 2010
Annual Tax Expense Stop:    Base Year 2010
Tenant’s Share:    9.64%
Security Deposit:    $61,910.33
Business Hours:   

7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Monday – Friday

8:00 a.m. to noon on Saturdays


Landlord’s Address for

Payment of Rent:

  

JEMB Scottsdale LLC

P.O. Box 8000, Department 411

Buffalo, NY 14267

 

      With respect to wire transfer payment:
      Beneficiary:    JEMB Scottsdale LLC
      Account:    889-072-8382
      ABA:    022-000-046
      Bank:   

M&T Bank

350 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

 

   or as directed by Landlord’s Mortgagee in writing from time to time with at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice. Payments of Rent shall continue in compliance with the most recent such notification until sixty (60) days after the date that Landlord’s then-current Mortgagee directs otherwise, in writing.

Landlord’s Address for

Notices:

  

JEMB Scottsdale LLC

4343 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 130

Scottsdale, Arizona 85251-3221

Attn: General Manager

Phone: (480) 874-4758

Fax: (480) 874-6759

   With a copy to:
  

JEMB Realty Corp.

150 Broadway, Room 800

New York, New York 10038

Attn: Mr. Joseph L. Jerome

Phone: (212) 608-5100

Fax: (212) 842-5704

   With a copy to:
  

Gallagher & Kennedy, P.A.

2575 East Camelback Road

Phoenix, Arizona 85016

Attn: Alexander L. Broadfoot, Esq.

Phone: (602) 530-8000

Fax: (602) 530-8500

Tenant’s Address for

Notices:

  

Yelp! Inc.

706 Mission Street

San Francisco, California 94103

Attn: Vlado Herman

Broker(s):    CB Richard Ellis, Inc.

Landlord’s Managing

Agent

   JEMB Realty

 

2


Landlord’s General

Manager:

   Mr. Joseph Collura

The Basic Terms set forth above constitute a part of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between any provision in the Basic Terms and any provision of the Lease, the provisions of the Lease shall control.

 

2. PREMISES; TEMPORARY PREMISES .

2.1 Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Lease, the premises described in the Basic Terms as the Premises (the “Premises” ), in the building located at the address specified in the Basic Terms. The Premises has been measured substantially in accordance with ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996, as published by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (a/k/a “BOMA” ), applying a 13.6% load factor. Landlord and Tenant agree that, for all purposes of this Lease, the rentable areas of the Premises shall be as specified in the Basic Terms. The configuration and location of the Premises is shown on Exhibit A . For purposes of this Lease, the “Building” shall mean the building in which the Premises is located at the address specified in the Basic Terms, together with the parking facilities serving the Project (as hereinafter defined), which parking facilities include the existing parking garage located below, and the existing parking structure located within, the Project, and which parking facilities may include (in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) a future surface parking area located adjacent to the building in which the Premises is located if and when Landlord elects (in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) to construct any such surface parking area (collectively, the “Parking Facilities” ). The Building (including, without limitation, the Parking Facilities), the parcel(s) of land on which the Building (including, without limitation, the Parking Facilities) is situated (which parcel(s) of land are legally described on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein), and the retail building located to the south of the Building, together constitute the Project identified in the Basic Terms (the “Project” ).

2.2 Temporary Premises . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, from and after the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Terms, Landlord shall provide to Tenant approximately 10,858 rentable square feet of temporary space located in Suite 355 on the third floor of the Building (the “Temporary Premises” ), including the right to use the existing furniture and cubicles in said Temporary Premises. Tenant’s occupancy of the Temporary Premises shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease as though the Temporary Premises were the “Premises” hereunder, except that Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Rent for the Temporary Premises (except as expressly provided in the following paragraph) and Landlord shall have no obligation to construct tenant improvements or any other alterations in the Temporary Premises, Tenant hereby acknowledging and agreeing that Tenant accepts the Temporary Premises in an “AS IS - WHERE IS” condition.

If the Lease is not terminated in accordance with Section 18.1 of Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein, Tenant shall be entitled to occupy the Temporary Premises from and after the Lease Date until the date that is fourteen (14) days after the date on which a certificate of occupancy (or equivalent governmental approval) is issued for the Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Lease is terminated in accordance with Section 18.1 of Exhibit C . Tenant shall be entitled to occupy the Temporary Premises for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days from and after the date of the Tl Termination Notice (as defined in Section 18.1 of Exhibit C ) at an annual Base Rent of Fourteen and No/100ths Dollars ($14.00) per square foot for the Temporary Premises (or a monthly Base Rent of Twelve Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Seven and 67/100ths Dollars ($12,667.67) for such period of Tenant’s occupancy of the Temporary Premises). The surrender and hold over provisions of Article 15 of this Lease will in all events apply (as though the Temporary Premises were the “Premises” hereunder) upon the expiration of the aforementioned one hundred twenty (120) day period.

 

3


3. TERM; POSSESSION .

3.1 Commencement and Expiration of the Term . The term of this Lease (the “Term” ) shall commence on the Commencement Date and, unless sooner terminated or extended, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Terms (the “Expiration Date” ). For purposes hereof, the “Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of (a) the date on which Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant, with the Tenant Improvements therein Substantially Completed, as more specifically provided in the Tenant Improvement Rider attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit C (the “Tenant Improvement Rider” ), (b) in the event of any “Tenant Delay,” which shall mean any delay caused or contributed to by Tenant, including, without limitation, with respect to the Tenant Improvements, Tenant’s failure to timely prepare or approve a space plan for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant’s failure to timely prepare or approve construction drawings and specifications, and any delay from any revisions Tenant proposes to the approved construction drawings and specifications, the date on which Landlord would have Substantially Completed the Premises but for such Tenant Delay, or (c) the date Tenant commences business operations in the Premises. The parties anticipate that the Commencement Date will occur on or about the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Terms; provided, however, that, except as expressly provided below, Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Tenant Improvements within the Premises are not Substantially Completed by the Commencement Date. If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Substantially Completed Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date for any reason, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that unless the delay is a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date will be extended by a period equal to the number of days of delay. When the Commencement Date and the Rent Commencement Date have been established, Landlord and Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, confirm the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and Expiration Date in writing, it being acknowledged and agreed that Tenant’s failure to reasonably object to such dates or to execute the written instrument confirming such dates within ten (10) days of Landlord’s request therefor will constitute Tenant’s deemed approval of such dates as proposed by Landlord. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1, if Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements does not occur on or before the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days following Landlord’s receipt of the final cost estimate for the Tenant Improvements and the parties have agreed upon the scope of the Tenant Improvements as contemplated under Section 18.1 below (as such date may be extended pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 3.1, the “Termination Date” ), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord not later than ten (10) days after the Termination Date. If Tenant timely delivers such notice of termination, then this Lease will terminate and the parties will have no further rights or obligations hereunder, provided that if Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements occurs within ten (10) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s termination notice, then this Lease will remain in full force and effect. Any failure by Tenant to deliver such termination notice to Landlord on or before ten (10) days after the Termination Date will constitute a waiver of Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 3.1, and this Lease will remain in full force and effect. The Termination Date will in all events be extended by reason of Tenant Delay or Force Majeure. Tenant’s rights under this Section 3.1 will be Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies against Landlord for any delay in achieving Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements.

3.2 Effect of Tenant’s Occupancy . Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises conclusively establishes that Landlord Substantially Completed the Tenant Improvements as required by this Lease in a manner satisfactory to Tenant, subject to completion of any punch-list items, if any. Tenant’s failure to strictly comply with any construction warranty, if any, with respect to any item included as part of the Premises constitutes Tenant’s waiver and release of any and all rights, benefits, claims or warranties available to Tenant under this Lease, at law or in equity in connection with each such item.

3.3 Option to Extend Initial Term . Landlord hereby grants Tenant one (1) option to extend the then current Term of this Lease for the entire Premises for a total period of five (5) years (the “Option Term” ), which option shall be exercisable only by written Exercise Notice (as defined below) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond applicable cure periods after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such default. Upon the proper

 

4


and timely exercise of such option to extend, and provided that, as of the end of the Term, Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable cure periods after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such default, the Term shall be extended for the Option Term. The extension of the Term will be on the same terms, covenants and conditions as in this Lease, other than Base Rent and adjustment of the Base Year and other than the fact that there shall be no Landlord work or Tenant Improvements to be performed by Landlord within the Premises nor shall there be any obligation of Landlord to provide an allowance to Tenant for any improvements or alterations to be installed in the Premises. The Term of this Lease shall include the Option Term upon Tenant’s timely exercise of the option right contained herein.

(a) Option Base Rent . The annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Base Rent” ) shall be equal to ninety-five (95%) of the rate which takes into account all of the following terms and conditions (the “Fair Market Base Rent” ) which for purposes hereof means the annual Base Rent, taking into account whether the then current market is using leases based on a base year, an expense stop, or triple net, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term, are leasing non-sublease, non-concourse-level office space, and which comparable space is located in buildings of similar age, quality of construction and building specification as the Building and located in the greater Phoenix/Scottsdale, Arizona area (the “Comparable Buildings” ); provided, however, that Option Base Rent shall in no event be less than annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during the last month of the initial Term. All other terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply throughout the Option Term; however, any obligation of Landlord to construct Tenant Improvements or provide an allowance shall not apply during the Option Term.

(b) Exercise of Option . The option contained in this Section 3.3 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, during the period (the “Exercise Period” ) which commences sixteen (16) months and ends twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term by delivering written notice ( “Exercise Notice” ) thereof to Landlord, time being of the essence of this provision. During the Exercise Period, the parties shall follow the procedure and the Fair Market Base Rent shall be determined as set forth in Section 3.3(c) below. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver the Exercise Notice during the Exercise Period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s waiver of its option to extend the initial Term hereunder.

(c) Determination of Option Base Rent . Within sixty (60) days of Tenant timely sending to Landlord the Exercise Notice, Landlord shall provide to Tenant Landlord’s initial determination of Fair Market Base Rent and Option Base Rent. If Landlord determines that Option Base Rent is equal to annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during the last month of the initial Term, Tenant shall have no right to object to this determination or to request arbitration to determine Fair Market Base Rent in accordance with Sections 3.3(c)(1) through 3.3(c)(6) below. In all other events, Tenant will be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Base Rent and Option Base Rent unless Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, objects in writing to such determination (time being of the essence in providing Tenant’s objection hereunder). If Tenant timely and appropriately objects in writing to the Fair Market Base Rent initially determined by Landlord, Landlord and Tenant shall thereafter attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Base Rent, using good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement by thirty (30) days following Tenant’s delivery of the exercise notice to Landlord (the “Outside Agreement Date” ), each party shall submit to the other party a separate written determination of the Fair Market Base Rent within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 3.3(c)(1) through 3.3(c)(6) below. Failure of Tenant or Landlord to submit a written determination of the Fair Market Base Rent within such fifteen (15) day period shall conclusively be deemed to be the non-determining party’s approval of the Fair Market Base Rent submitted within such fifteen (15) day period by the other party.

(1) Landlord and Tenant Arbitrators . Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be an independent real estate broker who shall have no ongoing business relationship with Tenant or Landlord and who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of space in the Comparable Buildings. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent is the closest to the actual Fair Market Base Rent as determined by the

 

5


arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 3.3(c). Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within thirty (30) days after the Outside Agreement Date, it being acknowledged and agreed that if either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within such thirty (30) day period, the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision as to whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent is the closest to the actual Fair Market Base Rent, and shall use the closest of Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent as the Fair Market Base Rent for purposes of calculating the Option Base Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(2) Arbitrators’ Decision . The two (2) arbitrators appointed by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(1) above shall within fifteen (15) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator use good faith efforts to reach a decision as to whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent is the closest to the actual Fair Market Base Rent, and shall use the closest of Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent as the Fair Market Base Rent for purposes of calculating the Option Base Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(3) Potential for Third Arbitrator . If, despite good faith efforts, the two (2) arbitrators appointed by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(1) above cannot reach agreement as to Fair Market Base Rent in accordance with Section 3.3(c)(2) above, then such arbitrators shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator use good faith efforts to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria as set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators. The third arbitrator so appointed shall within fifteen (15) days after her/his appointment reach a decision as to whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent is the closest to the actual Fair Market Base Rent, and shall use the closest of Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent as the Fair Market Base Rent for purposes of calculating the Option Base Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(4) Potential for Judge-Appointed Third Arbitrator . If, despite good faith efforts, the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator within the time period provided in Section 3.3(c)(3) above, then either party may, upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to the other party, request the Judge of the Maricopa County Superior Court, acting in his private and nonjudicial capacity, to appoint the third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria as set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) arbitrators. Following the appointment of the third arbitrator, the third arbitrator so appointed shall within fifteen (15) days after her/his appointment reach a decision as to whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent is the closest to the actual Fair Market Base Rent, and shall use the closest of Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Base Rent as the Fair Market Base Rent for purposes of calculating the Option Base Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such decision shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(5) Binding Decision . The decision of the two (2) arbitrators, or the third arbitrator (if applicable), shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(6) Arbitration Costs . If the determination of Fair Market Base Rent is made by arbitration under this Section 3.3, Tenant will pay all costs, fees and expenses of the initial arbitrator so appointed by Tenant and Landlord will pay all costs, fees and expenses of the initial arbitrator so appointed by Landlord. All costs, fees and expenses of any third arbitrator, if any, and any other costs of the arbitration proceeding contemplated hereunder, if any, shall be split equally between Tenant and Landlord.

3.4 Early Termination . Tenant may terminate the Lease at any time following the expiration of the forty-sixty (46 th ) month of the Term and prior to the expiration of the initial sixty-nine (69) month Term (the “Early Termination Period”), subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.4. To exercise such early termination right, Tenant must (a) deliver written notice to Landlord that

 

6


Tenant desires to terminate the Lease within the Early Termination Period (the desired termination date to be included within such written notice and is hereinafter referred to as the “Early Termination Date”) at least twelve (12), but not more than fifteen (15), months prior to the proposed Early Termination Date; and (b) pay Landlord an Early Termination Payment (as defined below) concurrently with delivery of such notice. Tenant is not entitled to early termination if any Event of Default by Tenant exists either when Tenant delivers the exercise notice to Landlord or upon the Early Termination Date. As used in this Section 3.4, the “Early Termination Payment” means the unamortized balance of all tenant improvement and lease commission costs Landlord incurs or expends pursuant to this Lease, as well as rent concessions in the amount of Four Hundred Eighty-Two Thousand One Hundred Eighty-Six and 25/100ths Dollars ($482,186.25) provided to Tenant under this Lease (collectively, such costs being hereinafter referred to as the “Leasing Costs”). The calculation of the Early Termination Payment will be made by (a) taking the total of all Leasing Costs as of the Commencement Date, (b) fully amortizing such amount over the period commencing on the Commencement Date through and including the Expiration Date to establish a monthly payment therefor, and (c) calculating the remaining balance of such amortized amount as of the Early Termination Date. Such remaining principal balance is deemed to be the Early Termination Payment with respect to the Premises for purposes of this Section 3.4.

 

4. RENT .

4.1 Base Rent . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, at the address for Rent payments set forth in the Basic Terms (as such address may be changed from time to time by written notice to Tenant), the “Base Rent” set forth in the Basic Terms, without prior notice or demand, beginning on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing on the first (1 st ) day of each and every calendar month during the Term, except that Base Rent for the first full calendar month in which Base Rent is payable shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease and Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Rent Commencement Date. Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in such month. For purposes hereof, the “Rent Commencement Date” means the earlier of (a) the Commencement Date; or (b) the date that Landlord’s obligations for construction of the Premises, if any, would have been Substantially Completed but for Tenant Delay.

4.2 Additional Rent . Article 5 of this Lease requires Tenant to pay certain “Additional Rent” pursuant to estimates Landlord delivers to Tenant. Tenant will make all payments of estimated Additional Rent in accordance with Sections 5.4 and 5.5 without deduction or offset and without Landlord’s previous demand, invoice or notice for payment. Tenant will pay all other Additional Rent described in this Lease that is not estimated under Sections 5.4 and 5.5 within fifteen (15) days after receiving Landlord’s invoice for such Additional Rent. Tenant will make all Additional Rent payments to the same location and, except as described in the previous sentence, in the same manner, as Tenant’s Base Rent payments.

4.3 Payment of Rent . All amounts payable or reimbursable by Tenant under this Lease, including, without limitation, Base Rent, Additional Rent, late charges and interest (collectively, “Rent”), shall constitute Rent and shall be payable and recoverable as Rent in the manner provided in this Lease. All Rent shall be paid without offset, recoupment or deduction, except as may otherwise be expressly provided in Sections 5.6, 5.7, 9.3, 11.1(b), 12.4 and/or 13.5 of this Lease (but only to the extent any such offset, recoupment or deduction is expressly contemplated thereunder), in lawful money of the United States of America to Landlord at Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent as set forth in the Basic Terms, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate. Notwithstanding any contrary term or provision of this Lease, Tenant’s covenant and obligation to pay Rent is independent from any of Landlord’s covenants, obligations, warranties or representations in this Lease.

4.4 Delinquent Rent Payments . If Tenant does not pay any installment of Rent within five (5) days after the date the payment is due, Tenant will pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the delinquent payment. Further, in addition to such late charge and not in lieu thereof, if Tenant does not pay any installment of Rent within thirty (30) days

 

7


after the date the payment is due, Tenant will pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, interest on the delinquent payment calculated at the lesser of (i) ten percent (10%) per annum or (ii) the maximum rate allowable by applicable law (the “Interest Rate”) from the date when the payment is due through the date the payment is made. Landlord’s right to such compensation for Tenant’s delinquency is in addition to all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity.

4.5 Security Deposit . Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount specified in the Basic Terms as the Security Deposit (the “Security Deposit”), as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to) use the Security Deposit (or any portion thereof) to cure any Event of Default under this Lease or to compensate Landlord for any damage Landlord incurs as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In the event Landlord so uses all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent on demand, an amount sufficient to replenish the Security Deposit to the amount provided in the Basic Terms. If Tenant is not in default after receipt of written notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period, within sixty (60) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit (or the balance thereof then held by Landlord at such time and not applied as provided above). Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Tenant shall not be entitled to receive interest on the Security Deposit.

5. OPERATING COSTS: TAXES .

5.1 Payment of Excess Operating Costs and Excess Taxes . Commencing in 2011, Tenant will pay, as Additional Rent and in the manner this Article 5 describes, Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes due and payable during each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Term. Excess Operating Costs will be calculated by taking the total amount of Operating Costs due and payable with respect to the Building (adjusted to reflect a 95% occupied Building) during any calendar year during the Term and subtracting therefrom Operating Costs due and payable with respect to the Building (adjusted to reflect a 95% occupied Building) during calendar year 2010. “Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs” will be calculated by multiplying Excess Operating Costs for the period in question by Tenant’s Share. Excess Taxes will be calculated by taking the total amount of Taxes due and payable with respect to the Building during any calendar year during the Term and subtracting therefrom Taxes due and payable with respect to the Building during calendar year 2010. “Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes” will be calculated by multiplying the amount of Excess Taxes for the period in question by Tenant’s Share. Landlord will prorate Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes due and payable during the calendar year in which the Lease commences or terminates as of the Commencement Date or Termination Date, as applicable, on a per diem basis based on the number of days of the Term within such calendar year.

5.2 Operating Costs . For purposes of this Lease, the term “Operating Costs” means all expenses Landlord incurs in connection with maintaining, repairing and operating the Project (it being acknowledged and agreed by Landlord and Tenant that, only that portion of Operating Costs allocated to the Building will be considered when determining Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs pursuant to Section 5.1 above), as determined by Landlord or its accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently followed, including, but not limited to, the following: insurance premiums and deductible amounts under any insurance policy; maintenance and repair costs; steam, electricity, water, sewer, gas and other utility charges; fuel; lighting; window washing; janitorial services; trash and rubbish removal; property association fees and dues and all payments under any liens, easements, declarations, encumbrances, covenants, conditions, reservations, restrictions and other matters now or hereafter affecting title to the Project (collectively, “Encumbrances”); wages payable to persons at the level of manager and below whose duties are connected with maintaining and operating the Project, together with all payroll taxes, unemployment insurance, vacation allowances and disability, pension, profit sharing, hospitalization, retirement and other so-called “fringe benefits” paid in connection with such persons (allocated in a manner consistent with such persons’ wages); commercially reasonable amounts paid to contractors or subcontractors for work

 

8


or services performed in connection with maintaining and operating the Project; all costs of uniforms, supplies and materials used in connection with maintaining, repairing and operating the Project; any expense imposed upon Landlord, its contractors or subcontractors pursuant to law or pursuant to any collective bargaining agreement covering such employees; all services, supplies, repairs, replacements (but only to the extent such replacements are permitted by this Section 5.2) or other expenses for maintaining and operating the Project; costs of complying with applicable laws, codes, ordinances that were not in existence as of the date of this Lease and Encumbrances; reasonable management fees, the costs of maintaining a 24-hour security service provider for the Common Area, and the costs (including rental) of maintaining a building or management office in the Building; and such other expenses as may ordinarily be incurred in connection with maintaining and operating an office complex similar to the Project. The term “Operating Costs” also includes expenses Landlord incurs in connection with public sidewalks adjacent to the Project, any pedestrian walkway system (either above or below ground) and any other public facility to which Landlord or the Project is from time to time subject in connection with operating the Project. The term “Operating Costs” does not include the cost of any capital improvements to the Project other than improvements installed by Landlord with a reasonable expectation of reducing Operating Costs; provided that in computing Operating Costs Landlord will amortize the cost of such capital improvements (including reasonable charges for interest on the unamortized amount) over their useful life (as reasonably determined by Landlord’s accountant, who shall be a certified public accountant reasonably conversant with accounting practices for commercial office buildings); the cost of repairs, restoration or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other insured casualty other than the amount of any deductible under any insurance policy (regardless whether the deductible is payable by Landlord in connection with a capital expenditure); expenses Landlord incurs in connection with leasing or procuring tenants or renovating space for new or existing tenants; legal expenses incident to Landlord’s enforcement of any lease; interest or principal payments on any mortgage or other indebtedness of Landlord; or allowance or expense for depreciation or amortization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord installs equipment in, or makes improvements or alterations to, the Project to reduce energy, maintenance or other costs, or to comply with any Laws not in effect as of the date of this Lease, Landlord may include in Operating Expenses reasonable charges for interest paid on the investment and reasonable charges for depreciation of the investment so as to amortize the investment over the reasonable life of the equipment, improvement or alteration on a straight line basis.

5.3 Taxes . For purposes of this Lease, “Taxes” means any general real property tax, improvement tax, assessment, special assessment, reassessment, in lieu tax, levy, charge, penalty or similar imposition imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including but not limited to, (a) any city, county, state or federal entity, (b) any school, agricultural, lighting, drainage or other improvement or special assessment district, (c) any governmental agency, or (d) any private entity having the authority to assess the Project under any of the Encumbrances. The term “Taxes” includes all charges or burdens of every kind and nature Landlord incurs in connection with using, occupying, owning, operating, leasing or possessing the Project, without particularizing by any known name and whether any of the foregoing are general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen; any tax or charge for fire protection, street lighting, streets, sidewalks, road maintenance, refuse, sewer, water or other services provided to the Project. The term “Taxes” does not include Landlord’s state or federal income, franchise, estate or inheritance taxes. . If, by law, any Taxes may be paid in installments, Landlord shall pay said Taxes in installments if approved by Landlord’s then-current Mortgagee(s). Landlord may, but is not obligated to, contest the amount or validity, in whole or in part, of any Taxes. Landlord may include in its computation of Taxes the costs and expenses Landlord incurred in connection with contesting the Taxes, including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees. If the contest results in a reduction in Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes previously paid by Tenant, then Tenant will be reimbursed the amount of the reduction in Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes (together with any interest thereon paid by the taxing authority, if any, but less the costs of the contest) to the extent of Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes previously paid by Tenant. Tenant may not contest Taxes.

5.4 Estimated Operating Costs; Estimated Taxes . Within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a written estimate of the following for the succeeding calendar year of the Term: (a) Taxes, (b) Operating Costs, (c) Excess

 

9


Operating Costs, (d) Excess Taxes; (e) Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs, (f) Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes and (g) the annual and monthly Additional Rent attributable to Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes. Landlord may re-estimate Excess Operating Costs and Excess Taxes from time to time during the Term. In such event, Landlord will re-estimate the monthly Additional Rent attributable to Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes to an amount sufficient for Tenant to pay the re-estimated monthly amount over the balance of the calendar year. Landlord will notify Tenant of the re-estimate and Tenant will pay the re- estimated amount in the manner provided in the last sentence of Section 5.5.

5.5 Payment of Estimated Excess Operating Costs and Estimated Excess Taxes . Tenant will pay the amount Landlord estimates as Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes under Section 5.4 for each calendar year of the Term in equal monthly installments, in advance, commencing on January 1, 2011 and thereafter on the first (1 st ) day of each and every calendar month during the Term. If Landlord has not delivered a new estimate to Tenant by the first (1 st ) day of January of the applicable calendar year, Tenant will continue paying Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes based on Landlord’s estimates for the previous calendar year. When Tenant receives Landlord’s estimates for the current calendar year, Tenant will pay the estimated amount (less amounts Tenant paid to Landlord in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence) in equal monthly installments over the balance of such calendar year, with the number of installments being equal to the number of full calendar months remaining in such calendar year.

5.6 Verification of Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes . After the end of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord will determine the actual amount of Excess Operating Costs, Excess Taxes, Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes for such calendar year and deliver to Tenant a written statement thereof. If Tenant paid less than the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and/or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes specified in the statement, Tenant will pay the difference to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days following receipt of such statement. If Tenant paid more than the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and/or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes specified in the statement, Landlord will, at Landlord’s option, either (a) refund the excess amount to Tenant, or (b) credit the excess amount against Tenant’s next due monthly installment(s) of estimated Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes, as the case may be. If Landlord is delayed in delivering such statement to Tenant, such delay does not constitute Landlord’s waiver of Landlord’s rights under this Section 5.6.

5.7 Tenant’s Audit Right . If Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of the actual amount of Operating Costs, Taxes, Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes for any calendar year, and provided that (a) no Event of Default exists under this Lease, and (b) Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice of the dispute within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord’s delivery of the statement of such amount, then Tenant (but not any subtenant or assignee) may, at its sole cost and expense, upon prior written notice and during the Business Hours specified in the Basic Terms (“Business Hours”) at a time and place reasonably acceptable to Landlord (which may be the location where Landlord or Landlord’s Managing Agent identified in the Basic Terms (“Managing Agent”) Landlord’s General Manager identified in the Basic Terms (“General Manager”) maintains the applicable records), cause a certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord to audit Landlord’s records relating to the disputed amounts on a non-contingent basis. Tenant’s objection to Landlord’s determination of Excess Operating Costs, Excess Taxes, Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes is deemed withdrawn unless Tenant completes and delivers the audit to Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date Tenant delivers its dispute notice to Landlord under this Section 5.7. If the audit shows that the amount Landlord charged Tenant for Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and/or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes was greater than the amount this Article 5 obligates Tenant to pay, unless Landlord reasonably contests the audit, Landlord will refund the excess amount to Tenant within ten (10) days after Landlord receives a copy of the audit report or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord will credit the excess amount against Tenant’s obligation to pay installments of Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and/or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes, as applicable, next

 

10


accruing under this Lease. If the audit shows that the amount Landlord charged Tenant for Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and/or Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes was less than the amount this Article 5 obligates Tenant to pay, Tenant will pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the difference between the amount Tenant paid and the amount determined in the audit. Pending resolution of any audit under this Section 5.7, Tenant will continue to pay to Landlord the estimated amounts of Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs and Tenant’s Share of Excess Taxes in accordance with Sections 5.4 and 5.5. Tenant must keep all information it obtains in any audit strictly confidential and may only use such information for the limited purpose this Section 5.7 describes and for Tenant’s own account.

5.8 Cap on Controllable Operating Costs . Landlord agrees that in calculating Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs pursuant to Article 5 of this Lease, that portion of Operating Costs which are controllable by Landlord (specifically excluding, without limitation, insurance premiums, taxes [including Taxes] and costs of utilities) will not increase more than five percent (5%) per year, compounded annually, over the amount of such controllable Operating Costs for calendar year 2010. Such cap is cumulative and the unused portion of a year’s cap may be carried forward to absorb any future Operating Costs that would otherwise be in excess of the cap. For example, if the actual Operating Costs increase in a calendar year is only 3%, and the cap is 5%, the maximum allowable Operating Cost increase for the following or any future year would be 5% plus the amount of the prior year’s unused 2%. Further, any Operating Costs amount which is in excess of the cap in one year may be carried forward by Landlord and recovered in later years if and to the extent the cap for such later years is not exceeded.

5.9 Variable Operating Costs . Notwithstanding any contrary language in this Article 5, if less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the rentable area of the Project is occupied at all times during any calendar year pursuant to leases under which the terms have commenced for such calendar year, Landlord will reasonably and equitably adjust its computation of Operating Costs for that calendar year to obligate Tenant to pay all components of Operating Costs that vary based on occupancy in an amount equal to the amount Tenant would have paid for such components of Operating Costs had ninety-five percent (95%) of the rentable area of the Project been occupied at all times during such calendar year pursuant to leases under which the terms have commenced for such calendar year. Landlord will also equitably adjust Operating Costs to account for any Operating Costs any tenant of the Building pays directly to a service provider.

5.10 Personal Property Taxes . Tenant will pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes charged against Tenant’s trade fixtures and other personal property. Tenant will use all reasonable efforts to have such trade fixtures and other personal property taxed separately from the Project. If any of Tenant’s trade fixtures and other personal property are taxed with the Project, Tenant will pay the taxes attributable to Tenant’s trade fixtures and other personal property to Landlord as Additional Rent.

5.11 Taxes on Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent any and all taxes or excises on Rent or on other sums or charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, and gross receipts tax, transaction privilege tax or other tax, however described, which is levied or assessed by the United States of America, the state in which the Building is located or any city, municipality or political subdivision thereof, against Landlord in respect to the Base Rent, Additional Rent or other charges payable under this Lease or as a result of Landlord’s receipt of such Rents or other charges accruing under this Lease (collectively, “Rent Tax”). Rent Tax shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with each payment of Base Rent.

 

6. USE OF THE PREMISES .

6.1 Use . The Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely for general office purposes and for no other use or purpose whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event may the Premises be operated as a culinary school. Tenant shall not abandon the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall comply with all present and future laws, regulations, rules, orders, statutes and ordinances of any governmental or private entity in effect on or after the date of this Lease and applicable to the Project or the use or occupancy of the Project, including, without limitation,

 

11


Hazardous Materials Laws, Building Rules and Encumbrances (collectively, “Laws” ) relating to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises (and make any repairs, alterations or improvements as required to comply with all such Laws; provided, however, that Tenant will only be required to make structural repairs, alterations and improvements if the same are required by Laws as a result of Tenant’s manner of use of the Premises). Tenant will not use the Project or knowingly permit the Premises to be used in violation of any Laws or in any manner that would (a) violate any certificate of occupancy affecting the Project; (b) make void or voidable any insurance now or after the date of this Lease in force with respect to the Project; (c) cause injury or damage to the Project or to the person or property of any other tenant on the Project; (d) cause substantial diminution in the value or usefulness of all or any part of the Project (reasonable wear and tear excepted); or (e) constitute a public or private nuisance or waste. Tenant will obtain and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all permits and approvals required under the Laws for Tenant’s use of the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, the Premises shall not be used for educational activities, practice of medicine or any of the healing arts, providing social services, for the operation of a culinary school, for any governmental use (including embassy or consulate use), for any personnel agency or customer service office, for studios for radio, television or other media or for a travel agency or reservation center. Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord, (i) bring into the Building or the Premises anything that may cause substantial noise, odor or vibration, overload the floors in the Premises or the Building or any of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (“HVAC”) , mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building (“Building Systems”) , or jeopardize the structural integrity of the Building or any part thereof; (ii) connect to the utility systems of the Building any apparatus, machinery or other equipment other than typical office equipment; or (iii) connect to any electrical circuit in the Premises any equipment or other load with aggregate electrical power requirements in excess of eighty percent (80%) of the rated capacity of the circuit. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent, contractor or employee of Landlord has made any representation or warranty of any kind with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project, specifically including, but not limited to, any representation or warranty of suitability or fitness of the Premises, Building or the Project for any particular purpose. Tenant accepts the Premises, the Building and the Project in an “AS IS - WHERE IS” condition.

6.2 Common Area . Landlord grants to Tenant the non-exclusive right, together with all other occupants of the Project and their agents, employees and invitees, to use the Parking Facilities, driveways, lobby areas, and other areas of the Project that Landlord may designate from time to time as common area available to all tenants (collectively, the “Common Area” ) during the Term, subject to all Laws. Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole and exclusive discretion, make changes to the Common Area. Landlord’s rights regarding the Common Area include, but are not limited to, the right to (a) restrain unauthorized persons from using the Common Area; (b) place permanent or temporary kiosks, displays, carts or stands in the Common Area and to lease the same to tenants; (c) temporarily close any portion of the Common Area (i) for repairs, improvements or Alterations, (ii) to discourage unauthorized use, (iii) to prevent dedication or prescriptive rights, or (iv) for any other reason Landlord deems sufficient in Landlord’s judgment; (d) change the shape and size of the Common Area; (e) add, eliminate or change the location of any improvements located in the Common Area and construct buildings or other structures in the Common Area; and (f) impose and revise reasonable, nondiscriminatory Building Rules concerning use of the Common Area, including any parking facilities comprising a portion of the Common Area. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord’s exercise of its rights with respect to (b), (c), (d) and (e) will not materially and adversely impair Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises.

6.3 Rights Reserved By Landlord . Landlord hereby reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, without liability to Tenant, and without constituting an eviction, constructive or otherwise, or entitling Tenant to any abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease:

(a) To make alterations, additions, repairs, improvements to or in or to decrease the size of area of, all or any part of the Building or the Project, the fixtures and equipment therein, and the Building Systems (except that Landlord shall not have any right under this provision to materially reduce the size of the Premises or the Parking Facilities (such that the reduction in Parking Facilities size

 

12


reduces the number of parking spaces licensed to Tenant under Section 17.2 of this Lease), or to permanently, materially and adversely affect Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises, except only as may be required to comply with Laws or as a result of any fire or other casualty or Condemnation);

(b) To change the name or street address of the Building or the Project;

(c) To designate and approve all types of signs, window coverings, internal lighting and other aspects of the Premises and its contents that may be visible from the exterior of the Premises;

(d) To grant any party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building or the Project, provided such exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building or the Project does not prohibit Tenant from any permitted use for which Tenant is then using the Premises;

(e) To prohibit Tenant from installing vending or dispensing machines of any kind in or about the Premises other than those Tenant installs in the Premises solely for use by Tenant’s employees;

(f) To close the Building or the Project during and after Business Hours, except that Tenant and its employees and invitees may access the Premises after Business Hours in accordance with such rules and regulations as Landlord may reasonably prescribe from time to time for security purposes;

(g) To install, operate and maintain security systems that monitor, by closed circuit television or otherwise, all persons entering or leaving the Building or the Project;

(h) To install and maintain pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and structural elements in the Premises that serve other parts or other tenants of the Building or the Project;

(i) To retain and receive master keys or pass keys to the Premises and all doors in the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or the provision of any security-related services by Landlord, Landlord is not responsible for the security of persons or property on the Project and Landlord is not and will not be liable in any way whatsoever for any breach of security not solely and directly caused by the willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, its contractors or employees;

(j) To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the Common Area and other tenancies and premises in the Project and to create additional rentable areas through use or enclosure of Common Areas; provided, however, that Landlord will refrain from changing the Parking Facilities in a manner that would reduce the number of parking spaces licensed to Tenant under Section 17.2 of this Lease;

(k) If any governmental authority promulgates or revises any Law or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Project relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions or reduction or management of traffic or parking on the Project, to comply with such Law, control or guideline, whether mandatory or voluntary, or make any alterations to the Project related thereto, the costs of which are Operating Costs.

(l) Upon not less than one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice to Tenant (and without notice in emergencies), to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (a) determine whether the Premises are in good condition, (b) determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease, (c) perform any maintenance or repair of the Premises or the Building or the Project that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform, (d) subject to subsection (n) below, to install or repair improvements for other tenants where access to the Premises is required for such installation or repair,

 

13


(e) serve, post or keep posted any notices required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease, (f) show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, transferees, Mortgagees or, during the last six (6) months of the Lease, to prospective tenants, or (g) do any other act or thing necessary for the safety or preservation of the Premises or the Building or the Project;

(m) Upon not less than five (5) Business Days prior written notice to Tenant (and without notice in emergencies), and for a period not to exceed two (2) Business Days, to temporarily close or prohibit access to the Building (including the Premises) or the Project to entry by tenants and their agents, employees, contractors, invitees and licensees after Business Hours, including, but not limited to, temporarily closing or prohibiting access to the Premises, the Common Area, entrances, doors, corridors, elevators and other facilities in the Building or the Project; and

(n) Except as required by law, Landlord may not install any pipes ducts, utility lines, conduits or equipment (herein collectively called “Utility Lines”) in the Premises unless all of the following conditions be met:

(i) such Utility Lines are located in locations which will not materially and adversely interfere with the rights expressly granted to Tenant under this Lease, or if, from the standpoint of sound architectural and engineering standards such Utility Lines cannot be located in the non-public areas without commercially unreasonable cost, then the same may be located completely beneath the floor or completely within the walls of non-public areas or completely above the Tenant’s hung ceiling, provided, however, that: (A) the same may not displace or materially and adversely interfere with the location or placement of Tenant’s utility lines serving the Premises, it being understood that Tenant’s utility lines have priority in their location in the Premises, and (B) with respect to the ceiling area, in no event may the Utility Lines extend lower than Tenant’s hung ceiling, and (C) if no finished ceiling exists such area will not be available to Landlord for this purpose and Landlord will be restricted to the sub-floor or interior walls as hereinbefore described;

(ii) such work is performed during non-Business Hours (except in emergencies) unless Tenant, in the exercise of its discretion, agrees otherwise; and

(iii) Landlord will be liable for all loss (excluding, in all events, loss of business and any other foreseeable or unforeseeable consequential damages, and also excluding, in all events, indirect, special and punitive damages), damage, or injury to persons or property resulting from the installation of the Utility Lines and will indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all claims, losses (excluding, in all events, loss of business and any other foreseeable or unforeseeable consequential damages, and also excluding, in all events, indirect, special and punitive damages), costs, expenses and liability, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising from such installation, except to the extent caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant and/or its Representatives and/or Visitors.

Landlord shall conduct its activities under this Section 6.3 in a manner that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant without incurring additional expense to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to an abatement of Rent on account of any entry by Landlord pursuant to this Section 6.3. Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, loss of business or other damage to Tenant or other persons arising out of Landlord’s entry on the Premises in accordance with this Section 6.3, except as expressly provided in Section 6.3(n)(iii) above. No action by Landlord pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

  6.4 Hazardous Materials .

 

 

14


(a) Definitions .

(1) “Hazardous Materials” means any of the following, in any amount: (a) any petroleum or petroleum product, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde and polychlorinated biphenyls; (b) any radioactive substance; (c) any toxic, infectious, reactive, corrosive, ignitable or flammable chemical or chemical compound; and (d) any chemicals, materials or substances, whether solid, liquid or gas, defined as or included in the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “Hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “solid waste,” or words of similar import in any federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance or regulation now existing or existing on or after the Lease Date as the same may be interpreted by government offices and agencies.

(2) “Environmental Requirements” shall mean all present and future Laws, orders, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

(3) “Environmental Losses” shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or the Project.

(b) Tenant’s Covenants . Neither Tenant nor its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, assignees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) nor its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “Visitors”) shall install, handle, generate, store, use, dispose of, discharge, release, abate, remove, transport, or engage in any other activity of any type by, at or about the Premises or the Project in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general business office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”), may be used and stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and the Project relating to such Permitted Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly remove from the Premises and the Project any and all Hazardous Materials (regardless of whether any Environmental Requirement requires removal), in compliance with all Environmental Requirements, all Hazardous Materials Tenant causes to be present in, on, under or about the Project. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Hazardous Materials (other than Permitted Hazardous Materials) used by Tenant at the Premises and the Project. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Section 6.4 by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 6.4 (including its indemnification obligations) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(c) Compliance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the presence of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or the Project caused by Tenant, its Representatives or Visitors, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to such Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing shall be performed in a manner acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and in all events such work shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Project or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing and sale of the Project. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all

 

15


permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the presence of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or the Project. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Project in connection with or as a result of the presence of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or other action reasonably acceptable to Landlord, within twenty (20) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cause the same to be released by bond and any sums reasonably expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent on demand.

(d) Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises during Business Hours on not less than one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice (and without notice in emergencies) (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.4, and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Section 6.4 if Tenant has failed to do so within a reasonable period after written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises with respect to Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent on demand, the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Section 6.4. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby.

(e) Tenant’s Indemnification . Tenant releases and will indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s Managing Agent, General Manager, Mortgagee and their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, members, agents, employees and contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties” ), from and against any and all claims, actions, demands, liabilities, damages, costs, penalties, forfeitures, losses or expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and the costs and expenses of enforcing any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligation hereunder (collectively, “Claims” ) whatsoever arising or resulting, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, from the presence, treatment, storage, transportation, disposal, release or management of Hazardous Materials in, on, under, upon or from the Project (including water tables and atmosphere) resulting from or in any way related to Tenant’s use of the Premises or Project. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 6.4 include, without limitation and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, the value of any loss of use and any diminution in value of the Project. The obligations of Tenant under this Section 6.4 survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(f) Landlord’s Representation and Indemnification . To Landlord’s actual knowledge, Landlord is not aware of any Hazardous Materials which exist or are located on or in the Premises or the Project, except as may be disclosed in that certain Environmental Site Assessment prepared by Building Diagnostics, Ltd., dated February 24, 2000. Further, Landlord represents to Tenant that, to the best of its knowledge, Landlord has not caused the generation, storage or release of Hazardous Materials upon the Premises or the Project, except in accordance with Environmental Requirements. Landlord shall indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless Tenant and its officers, directors, partners, shareholders, members and employees from all Claims arising out of a breach by Landlord of the foregoing warranty and from all Claims arising out of the release of Hazardous Materials at the Project to the extent caused by any person other than Tenant, its Representatives or Visitors.

 

7. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS .

7.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any initial improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements” ) as provided in the Tenant Improvement Rider. In no event will Tenant be permitted to make any Alterations involving either (a) the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire/life safety or heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of the Building or (b) any portion of the Project outside the interior of the Premises. Except for any Tenant Improvements to be

 

16


constructed by Tenant as provided in the Tenant Improvement Rider, subject to the following sentence, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises, including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring (collectively, “Alterations”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without Landlord’s consent (but only upon prior written notice to Landlord), Tenant may make nonstructural alterations which do not affect or otherwise interfere with any portion of the Building Systems, including, but not limited to, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire/life safety or heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of the Building, and which cost not more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) per occurrence (“Permitted Alterations”). All Alterations and Permitted Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; in compliance with plans and specifications previously approved in writing by Landlord, as applicable; in compliance with construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and subject to all conditions which Landlord may in the exercise of Landlord’s commercially reasonably judgment impose. Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: provide payment or performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals) for those Alterations costing more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per occurrence; use contractors or subcontractors designated by Landlord (provided that their charges are comparable to those charged by other similarly qualified contractors and subcontractors); and remove all or part of the Alterations and Permitted Alterations (expressly excluding the initial Tenant Improvements installed by Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Rider, which Tenant shall not be required to remove from the Premises) prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term (unless Tenant, at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to such Alterations (or, with respect to Permitted Alterations, at the time Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of Tenant’s intent to install such Permitted Alterations), requests in writing whether Landlord will require Tenant to remove such Alterations or Permitted Alterations, as applicable, on or before the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, and Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, responds to Tenant in writing stipulating that Tenant will not be required to so remove such Alterations or Permitted Alterations, as applicable, on or before the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease). If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the Building Systems, is required in connection with or as a result of any Alterations performed by Tenant, such work shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and paid as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord. In addition to the foregoing obligations of Tenant, if any governmental authority requires any Alteration to the Building or the Premises as a result of Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or as a result of any Alteration to the Premises made by or on behalf of Tenant or if Tenant’s particular use of the Premises subjects Landlord or the Project to any obligation under any Laws, Tenant will pay, as Additional Rent, the cost of all such Alterations or the cost of compliance, as the case may be. If any such Alterations affect the HVAC system, the Building Systems or the structural components of the Building (collectively, “Structural Alterations”), Landlord will make the Structural Alterations, provided that Landlord may first require Tenant to deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to pay the cost of the Structural Alterations (including, without limitation, reasonable overhead and administrative costs). If the Alterations are not Structural Alterations, Tenant will make the Alterations at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Project and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements.

7.2 Tenant’s Submittals . Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s prior approval, reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the identity of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed to be used by Tenant to make the Alterations, and a copy of the contractor’s license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent upon demand for any expenses incurred by

 

17


Landlord in connection with any Alterations made by Tenant, including reasonable fees charged by Landlord’s contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

7.3 Completion of Alterations and Permitted Alterations . Landlord may inspect construction of the Alterations and Permitted Alterations by Tenant. Promptly after completing the Alterations and Permitted Alterations, Tenant will furnish Landlord with contractor’s affidavits, full and final lien waivers and receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used in connection with the Alterations and Permitted Alterations. Tenant will remove any Alterations and Permitted Alterations Tenant constructs in violation of this Article 7 within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s written request and in any event prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. All Alterations and Permitted Alterations Tenant makes or installs (including all telephone, computer and other wiring and cabling located within the walls of and outside the Premises, but excluding Tenant’s movable trade fixtures, furniture and equipment) become the property of Landlord and a part of the Building immediately upon installation and, unless Landlord requires Tenant to remove the Alterations and Permitted Alterations (except that Landlord will not be permitted to require Tenant to remove any Alterations and Permitted Alterations that Landlord advised Tenant in writing that Tenant would not be required to remove in accordance with Section 7.1 above nor shall Tenant be required to remove the initial Tenant Improvements installed by Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Rider), Tenant will surrender the Alterations and Permitted Alterations to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease at no cost to Landlord.

7.4 No Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free and clear of any and all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises, the Building or the Project, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or other security reasonably acceptable to Landlord within twenty (20) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by bond, and any sums reasonably expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent on demand with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date of expenditure by Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any Alterations and Permitted Alterations and cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

7.5 Indemnification . To the fullest extent allowable under the Laws, Tenant releases and will indemnify, protect, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless the Landlord Parties and the Project from and against any Claims in any manner relating to or arising out of any Alterations and Permitted Alterations or any other work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant.

 

8. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS .

8.1 Landlord’s Maintenance . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, Landlord will repair and maintain the following in good order, condition and repair: (a) the foundations, exterior walls and roof of the Building; and (b) the electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems, facilities and components located in the Building and used in common by all tenants of the Building. Landlord will also maintain and repair the Common Area and the windows, doors, plate glass and the exterior surfaces of walls that are adjacent to the Common Area. Landlord’s repair and maintenance costs under this Section 8.1 are Operating Costs. Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 9.3 below (but only to the extent expressly contemplated thereunder), neither Base Rent nor Additional Rent will be reduced, nor will Landlord be liable, for loss or injury to or interference with Tenant’s property, profits or business arising from or in connection with Landlord’s performance of its obligations under this Section 8.1.

 

18


8.2 Tenant’s Maintenance . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, Landlord is not required to furnish any services or facilities, or to make any repairs or Alterations, in, about or to the Premises or the Project. Except as specifically described in Section 8.1, Tenant assumes the full and sole responsibility for the condition, operation, repair, replacement, maintenance and management of the Premises. Except as specifically described in Section 8.1, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, will keep and maintain the Premises (including, but not limited to, all non-structural interior portions, systems and equipment; interior surfaces of exterior walls; interior moldings, partitions and ceilings; and interior electrical, lighting and plumbing fixtures) in good order, condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage from fire and other casualties excepted. Tenant will keep the Premises in a neat and sanitary condition and will not commit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises or the Project. If Tenant damages or injures the Common Area or any part of the Project other than the Premises, Landlord will repair the damage and Tenant will pay Landlord as Additional Rent for all uninsured costs and expenses of Landlord in connection with the repair as Additional Rent. Tenant will maintain the Premises in a first-class and fully operative condition. Tenant’s repairs will be at least equal in quality and workmanship to the original work and Tenant will make the repairs in accordance with all Laws. Tenant waives the benefit of any Laws permitting Tenant to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

 

9. SERVICES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD .

9.1 Description of Services . Landlord shall furnish to the Premises: reasonable amounts of heat, ventilation and air conditioning (which shall be provided by Landlord based on standard lighting and general office use only) during Business Hours on weekdays and Saturday, except on state or federal holidays observed in the State of Arizona (“Business Days”); reasonable amounts of electricity for operating office machines for general office use; water from building standard outlets for lavatory, restroom and drinking purposes; and janitorial services as are customarily provided in Comparable Buildings. Landlord shall also provide the Building with replacement of light bulbs, tubes, ballasts and starters in Building standard lighting fixtures, periodic window washing, elevator service to be used by Tenant in common with other tenants of the Project (Landlord hereby reserving the right to limit the number of elevators in operation during times other than Business Hours), and Common Area toilet room supplies. Landlord is not required to provide any heat, air conditioning, electricity or other service in excess of that permitted by voluntary or involuntary governmental guidelines or other Laws. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to make reasonable and non-discriminatory modifications to the foregoing standards for utilities and services. Any additional utilities or services that Landlord may agree to provide (including lamp or tube replacement for other than Building standard lighting fixtures) shall be at Tenant’s sole expense. Electrical energy will be sufficient for Tenant to operate personal computers and other office equipment of similar low electrical consumption. Tenant may not use any equipment requiring electrical energy in excess of the above standards without receiving Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold but may condition on Tenant paying all costs of installing the equipment and facilities necessary to furnish such excess energy and an amount equal to the average cost per unit of electricity for the Building applied to the excess use as reasonably determined either by an engineer selected by Landlord or by submeter installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall provide commercially reasonable 24-hour security service for the Common Area of the Building, the costs of which will be included as part of Operating Costs.

9.2 Payment for Excess Utilities and Services .

(a) Upon request by Tenant in accordance with the procedures established by Landlord from time to time for furnishing HVAC service at times other than Business Hours, Landlord shall furnish such service to Tenant and Tenant shall pay for such services as Additional Rent on an hourly basis at the actual cost to Landlord for providing such after hours HVAC service (which actual cost is presently at the rate of $12.50 per hour per zone (not to exceed 10,000 square feet), which rate may be increased from time to time by Landlord to reflect increases in Landlord’s actual costs of utilities). If the extended service is not a continuation of the service furnished by Landlord during Business Hours, Landlord may require Tenant to pay for a minimum of three (3) hours of such service.

 

19


(b) If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the Premises by the HVAC systems of the Building is affected as a result of (i) any lights, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the Premises, or (ii) the occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per 100 square feet of usable area, then Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or equipment reasonably necessary to restore the temperature to that which would have been maintained but for such lights, machines, equipment or occupancy, including, without limitation, modifications to the Building standard air conditioning equipment. The cost of any such equipment and modifications, including the cost of acquisition and installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance of the same, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent upon demand.

(c) If Tenant’s usage of electricity, water or any other utility service exceeds the use of such utility as Landlord reasonably determines to be typical, normal and customary for the Building, Landlord may determine the amount of such excess use by any reasonable means (including the installation at Tenant’s expense of one or more separate meters, submeters or other measuring devices) and Tenant shall be obligated to pay the cost of such excess usage as Additional Rent. In addition, Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for the use of any janitorial services above Building standard that may be required because of any unusual Tenant Improvements or Alterations in the Premises, the carelessness of Tenant or the nature of Tenant’s business (including hours of operation beyond Business Hours).

(d) Tenant is solely responsible for paying either to Landlord, if submetered, or directly to the applicable utility companies, prior to delinquency, all separately metered or separately charged utilities, if any, provided to the Premises or to Tenant. At such time as any utilities are separately metered or charged, such separately metered or charged amounts will not be included in Operating Costs, nor shall such utilities used by other tenants or users of the Project be considered Operating Costs for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs. Except as provided in Section 9.1, Tenant will also obtain and pay for all other utilities and services Tenant requires with respect to the Premises (including, but not limited to, hook-up and connection charges). Landlord has the exclusive right and discretion to select the provider of any utility or other service to the Project (excluding telephone, cable, internet and other telecommunications service providers), without mark-up, and to determine whether the Premises or any other portion of the Project may or will be separately metered or separately supplied.

9.3 Interruption of Services . Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 9.3, in the event of an interruption in or failure or inability to provide any services or utilities to the Premises or Building for any reason (a “Service Failure”), such Service Failure shall not, regardless of its duration, impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is a Service Failure which is (a) specific to the Building and/or Project (as opposed to an interruption or curtailment in services which extends beyond the Building or Project), (b) causes the Premises to be untenantable, (c) is not caused by an event of Force Majeure, and (d) lasts for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days or otherwise prevents Tenant from being able to access the Premises for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days and Tenant in-fact does not access the Premises for five (5) consecutive Business Days, then Tenant will be entitled to deliver Landlord a notice stating that if the untenantability caused by the Service Failure is not cured within five (5) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of such notice, Tenant will be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent as provided in this Section 9.3. If Tenant properly delivers such an abatement notice to Landlord, and the untenantability caused by the Service Failure is not remedied within such five (5) Business Day period, then Tenant shall thereafter be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent (in proportion to the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Service Failure) until such Service Failure is remedied, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

 

20


10. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION .

10.1 Tenant’s Insurance Obligations . Tenant will at all times during the Term and during any early occupancy period, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain the insurance this Section 10.1 describes.

(a) Liability Insurance . Commercial general liability insurance (providing coverage at least as broad as the current ISO form) with respect to the Premises and Tenant’s activities in the Premises and upon and about the Project, on an “occurrence” basis, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence and $3,000,000 general aggregate. Such insurance must include specific coverage provisions or endorsements (a) for broad form contractual liability insurance insuring Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; (b) naming Landlord, Landlord’s Managing Agent, General Manager and, if required, Mortgagee as additional insureds by an “Additional Insured - Managers or Lessors of Premises” endorsement (or equivalent coverage or endorsement); (c) waiving the insurer’s subrogation rights against all Landlord Parties; (d) expressly stating that Tenant’s insurance will be provided on a primary basis and will not contribute with any insurance Landlord maintains; and (e) providing that the insurer has a duty to defend all insureds under the policy (including additional insureds), and that defense costs are paid in addition to, and do not deplete, the policy limits. Tenant’s insurance carrier will endeavor to provide Landlord with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any modification which materially reduces or otherwise impacts the required coverage (provided that Tenant will in no event consent to or otherwise permit a modification of Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy in a manner which reduces the minimum limits thereunder below the minimum limits expressly required under this Section 10.1(a)) or any cancellation or expiration of the commercial general liability insurance policy required to be maintained by Tenant under this Section 10.1(a). If Tenant provides such liability insurance under a blanket policy, the insurance must be made specifically applicable to the Premises and this Lease on a “per location” basis.

(b) Property Insurance . Property insurance providing coverage at least as broad as the current ISO Special Form (“all-risks”) policy in an amount not less than the full insurable replacement cost of all of Tenant’s trade fixtures and other personal property within the Premises and improvements or Alterations and Permitted Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant. Such property insurance must include “agreed amount, no coinsurance” provisions.

(c) Other Insurance . Such other insurance as may be required by any Laws from time to time or may reasonably be required by Landlord from time to time. If insurance obligations generally required of tenants in Comparable Buildings increase or otherwise change, Landlord may likewise increase or otherwise change Tenant’s insurance obligations under this Lease.

(d) Miscellaneous Insurance Provisions. All of Tenant’s insurance will be written by companies licensed to transact business in Arizona rated at least “Best A-VII” and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant will deliver a certified copy of each policy, or other evidence of insurance satisfactory to Landlord, (a) on or before the Commencement Date (and prior to any earlier occupancy by Tenant), (b) not later than thirty (30) days’ prior to the expiration of any current policy or certificate, and (c) at such other times as Landlord may reasonably request. If Landlord allows Tenant to provide evidence of insurance by certificate, Tenant will deliver an ACORD Form 27 (or equivalent) certificate and will attach or cause to be attached to the certificate copies of the endorsements this Section 10.1 requires (including specifically, but without limitation, the “additional insured” endorsement). Tenant’s insurance must permit releases of liability and provide for waiver of subrogation as provided in Section 10.1. Landlord’s establishment of minimum insurance requirements in this Lease is not a representation by Landlord that such limits are sufficient and does not limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease in any manner.

(e) Tenant’s Waiver and Release of Claims and Subrogation . To the extent not prohibited by the Laws, Tenant, on behalf of Tenant and its insurers, waives, releases and discharges the Landlord Parties from all Claims arising out of personal injury or damage to or destruction of the

 

21


Premises, Project or Tenant’s trade fixtures, other personal property or business, and any loss of use or business interruption, occasioned by any fire or other casualty or occurrence whatsoever (whether similar or dissimilar), regardless whether any such Claim results from the negligence or fault of any Landlord Party or otherwise, and Tenant will look only to Tenant’s insurance coverage (regardless whether Tenant maintains any such coverage) in the event of any such Claim. Tenant’s trade fixtures, other personal property and all other property in Tenant’s care, custody or control, is located at the Project at Tenant’s sole risk. Landlord is not liable for any damage to such property or for any theft, misappropriation or loss of such property. Tenant is solely responsible for providing such insurance as may be required to protect Tenant, its employees and invitees against any injury, loss, or damage to persons or property occurring in the Premises or at the Project, including, without limitation, any loss of business or profits from any casualty or other occurrence at the Project.

10.2 Landlord’s Insurance Obligations . Landlord will (except for the optional coverages and endorsements Section 10.2 describes) at all times during the Term maintain the insurance this Section 10.2 describes. All premiums and other costs and expenses Landlord incurs in connection with maintaining such insurance are Operating Costs.

(a) Property Insurance . Property insurance on the Building providing coverage at least as broad as the current ISO Special Form (“all-risks”) policy in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Building (less foundation, grading and excavation costs). Landlord may, at its option, obtain such additional coverages or endorsements as Landlord deems appropriate or necessary, including, without limitation, insurance covering foundation, grading, excavation and debris removal costs; boiler and machinery insurance; ordinance or laws coverage; earthquake insurance; flood insurance; and other coverages. Landlord may maintain such insurance in whole or in part under blanket policies. Such insurance will not cover or be applicable to any property of Tenant within the Premises (including any improvements or Alterations and Permitted Alterations installed by and in the Premises, including Tenant Improvements, if applicable) or otherwise located at the Project.

(b) Liability Insurance . Commercial general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage occurring at the Project with minimum limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence and $3,000,000 general aggregate. Such liability insurance will protect only Landlord and, at Landlord’s option, Landlord’s lender and some or all of the Landlord Parties, and does not replace or supplement the liability insurance this Lease obligates Tenant to carry.

(c) Landlord’s Waiver and Release of Claims and Subrogation . To the extent not expressly prohibited by the Laws, Landlord, on behalf of Landlord and its insurers, waives, releases and discharges Tenant from all claims or demands whatsoever arising out of damage to or destruction of the Project, or loss of use of the Project, occasioned by fire or other casualty, regardless whether any such claim or demand results from the negligence or fault of Tenant, but only to the extent the damage, destruction or loss is covered by Landlord’s insurance. Landlord’s policy or policies of property insurance will permit waiver of subrogation as provided in this Section 10.2.

10.3 Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord . In addition to Tenant’s other indemnification obligations in this Lease but subject to Landlord’s agreements in Section 10.2, Tenant releases and will, to the fullest extent allowable under the Laws, indemnify, protect, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against all Claims arising from (a) any breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants or agreements in this Lease, (b) any act, omission, negligence or misconduct of Tenant, (c) any accident, injury, occurrence or damage in, about or to the Premises, and (d) to the extent caused in whole or in part by Tenant (or Tenant’s employees, agents or contractors), any accident, injury, occurrence or damage in, about or to the Project.

10.4 Tenant’s Waiver . In addition to the other waivers of Tenant described in this Lease and to the extent not expressly prohibited by the Laws, the Landlord Parties are not liable for, and Tenant waives, any and all Claims against the Landlord Parties for any damage to Improvements or Alterations

 

22


and Permitted Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant (including Tenant Improvements, if applicable), trade fixtures, other personal property or business, and any loss of use or business interruption, resulting directly or indirectly from (a) any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in the Premises or on the Project, (b) any equipment or appurtenance becoming out of repair, (c) any occurrence, act or omission of any Landlord Party, any other tenant or occupant of the Building or any other person. This Section 10.4 applies especially, but not exclusively, to damage caused by the flooding of basements or other subsurface areas and by refrigerators, sprinkling devices, air conditioning apparatus, water, snow, frost, steam, excessive heat or cold, falling plaster, broken glass, sewage, gas, odors, noise or the bursting or leaking of pipes or plumbing fixtures. The waiver this Section 10.4 describes applies regardless whether any such damage results from an act of God, an act or omission of other tenants or occupants of the Project or an act or omission of any other person.

10.5 Tenant’s Failure to Insure . Notwithstanding any contrary language in this Lease and any notice and cure rights this Lease provides Tenant, if Tenant fails to provide Landlord with evidence of insurance as required under Section 10.1, which failure is not cured within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof, Landlord may, but is not obligated to, without further demand upon Tenant or notice to Tenant and without giving Tenant any cure right or waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation contained in this Lease, obtain such insurance for Landlord’s benefit. In such event, Tenant will pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all costs and expenses Landlord incurs obtaining such insurance. Landlord’s exercise of its rights under this Section 10.5 does not relieve Tenant from any default under this Lease.

10.6 Landlord’s Indemnification of Tenant . Subject to Tenant’s waivers, releases and agreements in Article 10 and elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord will, to the fullest extent allowable under the Laws, indemnify, protect, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless Tenant against any Claims brought against Tenant by third parties which (a) arise out of any bodily injury, death or property damage occurring to such third parties at the Project (other than within the Premises), (b) are not caused in whole or in part by Tenant, and (c) are caused in whole or in part by Landlord’s (or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors) negligence or willful misconduct.

 

11. DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY .

 

  11.1 Landlord’s Duty to Repair .

(a) If all or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Project from fire or other casualty then, unless either party is entitled to and elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Sections 11.1 or 11.3, Landlord shall, at its expense, use reasonable efforts to repair and restore the Premises and/or the Project, as the case may be, to substantially the condition as existed upon Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord have any obligation for repair or restoration beyond the extent of insurance proceeds received by Landlord for such repair or restoration, or for any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, Permitted Alterations or Alterations.

(b) If Landlord is required or elects to repair damage to the Premises and/or the Project, this Lease shall continue in effect, but Tenant’s Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated pro rata with regard to any portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using by reason of such damage or its repair from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of Landlord’s repair of the affected portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty or by reason of any repairs to any part of the Project necessitated by such casualty.

11.2 Landlord’s Right to Terminate . Landlord may elect to terminate this Project Lease following damage by fire or other casualty under the following circumstances:

 

23


(a) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the Premises and the Project cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the casualty;

(b) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, adequate proceeds are not, for any reason, made available to Landlord from Landlord’s insurance policies (and/or from Landlord’s funds made available for such purpose, at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) to make the required repairs;

(c) If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the cost to repair and restore the Building would exceed thirty-three and 33/100ths percent (33.33%) of the full replacement cost of the Building, whether or not the Premises are at all damaged or destroyed; or

(d) If the fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the Term.

In the event of a casualty, Landlord shall give Tenant notice within sixty (60) days after the date thereof, which notice shall specify whether Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided in Sections 11.2(a) through 11.2(d) above or, if Landlord does not so elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease.

11.3 Tenant’s Right to Terminate . If all or substantially all of the Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Project from fire or other casualty, and Landlord does not elect to terminate as provided above, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease is greater than one hundred eighty (180) days, in which event Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice of such election to terminate within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 11.2.

11.4 Exclusive Casualty Remedy . The provisions of this Article 11 are Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies in the event of a casualty. To the extent permitted by the Laws, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Arizona Revised Statutes § 33-343 and any other applicable existing or future Law permitting an abatement of Rent or termination of a lease agreement in the event of damage or destruction under any circumstances other than as provided in Section 11.3.

 

12. CONDEMNATION .

 

  12.1 Definitions .

(a) “Award” shall mean all compensation, sums, or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Taking.

(b) “Taking” shall mean (i) a permanent taking (or a temporary taking for a period extending beyond the end of the Term) pursuant to the exercise of the power of condemnation or eminent domain by any public or quasi-public authority, private corporation or individual having such power (“Condemning Authority”), whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, or (ii) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any such authority, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

(c) “Taking Date” shall mean the earlier of the date that title to the property taken is vested in the Condemning Authority or the date the Condemning Authority has the right to possession of the property being condemned.

 

  12.2 Effect of Taking on Lease .

 

24


(a) In the event of a Taking of all of the Premises, this Lease shall terminate as of the Taking Date. In the event of a Taking of less than all of the Premises, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that if the portion of the Premises remaining after the Taking is unsuitable for Tenant’s intended purposes hereunder, as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant, then, upon notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the Taking, Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the Taking Date of the Taking. Tenant shall pay Rent to the Taking Date.

(b) In the event of a Taking of thirty-three and 33/100ths percent (33.33%) or more of the Project or of the Project or of the Parking Facilities or of the floor area of the Building, or if as a result of any Taking the Building is no longer reasonably suitable for use as an office building, or if a Taking reduces the value of the Project by fifty percent (50%) or more (all as reasonably determined by Landlord), whether or not any portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, elect to terminate this Lease, effective as of the Taking Date, by notice given to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Taking Date.

(c) If all or a portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by a Condemning Authority for a period not extending beyond the end of the Term, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

12.3 Restoration . If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 12.2 and the Taking includes a portion of the Premises, this Lease will automatically terminate as to the portion of the Premises Taken, and Landlord, at its expense, shall diligently proceed to repair and restore the Premises to substantially its former condition (to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws) and/or repair and restore the Building to an architecturally complete office building; provided, however, that Landlord’s obligations to so repair and restore shall be limited to the amount of any Award received by Landlord and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee (as defined in Section 16.2 below). In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or replace any improvements in the Premises beyond the amount of any Award received by Landlord for such repair or to repair or replace any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, Permitted Alterations or Alterations.

12.4 Abatement and Reduction of Rent . If any portion of the Premises is taken in a Taking or is rendered permanently untenantable by repairs necessitated by such Taking, and this Lease is not terminated as a result thereof, then in that event the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be proportionally reduced as of the Date of the Taking based upon the percentage of rentable square feet in the Premises so taken or rendered permanently untenantable. In addition, if this Lease remains in effect following a Taking and Landlord is obligated to repair and restore the Premises, the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be equitably abated during the period of such repair or restoration to the extent such repairs prevent Tenant’s use of the Premises.

12.5 Awards . Any Award made shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, and waives all interest in or claim to, any such Award, including any claim for the value of the leasehold interest created by this Lease; provided, however, that, so long as Landlord’s award is not reduced as a result, Tenant shall be entitled to prosecute a separate claim for an Award for a temporary Taking of the Premises or a portion thereof where this Lease is not terminated (to the extent such Award relates to the unexpired Term), or an Award separately designated for relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, Permitted Alterations or Alterations. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any award for loss of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or for loss of leasehold.

12.6 Exclusive Taking Remedy . The provisions of this Article 12 are Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies in the event of a Taking. To the extent permitted by the Laws, Tenant waives the benefits of any Law that provides Tenant any abatement or termination rights or any right to receive any payment or award (by virtue of a Taking) not specifically described in this Article 12.

 

25


13. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

13.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Except as expressly provided in Section 13.8 below, Tenant shall not assign this Lease or any interest therein, or sublet or license or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof by or for the benefit of anyone other than Tenant, or in any other manner transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease (each and all a “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent (subject to the other provisions of this Section 13.1) shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Tenant is a business entity, any direct or indirect transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interest of the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more than one transaction) shall be deemed a Transfer. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease or all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease. Any attempted Transfer in violation of this Lease is null and void and constitutes an Event of Default under this Lease. In no event may Tenant cause or permit a Transfer to another tenant of the Project. Tenant will pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all costs and expenses Landlord incurs in connection with any proposed Transfer (whether Landlord consents thereto or not), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

13.2 Landlord’s Consent Standards .

(a) Prior to any proposed Transfer (other than a Transfer to an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined), which shall be governed by Section 13.8 below), Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name and legal composition of the proposed assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee (each a “Proposed Transferee”); (ii) the nature of the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises (which in all events must be the same as the use described in Section 6.1 or, if not the same use described in Section 6.1, the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises by the Proposed Transferee will be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as the proposed use is a general office use compatible with other then- current uses of space by tenants and occupants of the Building and not in violation of any other then- current restricted/exclusive uses applicable to Building tenants; (iii) a current audited balance sheet, audited income statements for the last two years and such other reasonable financial and other information concerning the Proposed Transferee as Landlord may reasonably request; and (iv) a copy of the fully-executed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer. Within fifteen (15) Business Days after Landlord receives the foregoing information, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves such Transfer or if it elects to recapture all or a portion of the Premises pursuant to Section 13.5.

(b) For purposes of Section 13.1 and in addition to any other reasonable grounds for denial, Landlord’s consent to a Transfer will be deemed reasonably withheld if, in Landlord’s good faith judgment, any one or more of the following apply: (a) the Proposed Transferee does not have the financial strength to perform the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; (b) the business and operations of the Proposed Transferee are not in keeping with the permitted use set forth in Section 6.1 of this Lease; (c) either the Proposed Transferee, or any affiliate of the Proposed Transferee, occupies or is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building (or was, in the six (6) months prior to Tenant’s request, negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building); (d) the Proposed Transferee does not have a good business reputation; (e) the use of the Premises by the Proposed Transferee would, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, (1) impact the Building or the Project in a negative manner or (2) violate an exclusive use granted to another tenant within the Project, which exclusive use is in force and effect as of the effective date of the proposed Transfer; (f) if the subject space is only a portion of the Premises and the physical subdivision of such portion is, or would render the Premises, not regular in shape with appropriate means of ingress and egress and facilities suitable for normal renting purposes, or is otherwise not readily divisible from the Premises; (g) the Transfer would require Alteration to the Building or the Project to comply with applicable Laws; (h) the transferee is a government (or agency or instrumentality thereof); or (i) an Event of Default exists under this Lease at the time Tenant requests consent to the proposed Transfer or on the effective date of the proposed Transfer.

 

26


13.3 Excess Consideration . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, Landlord shall be entitled to receive, as Additional Rent hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of all Sublease Profits (as defined below). The term “ Sublease Profits ” shall mean any consideration paid by the Transferee for the assignment and in the case of a sublease, the excess of the Rent and other consideration payable by the subtenant, over the amount of Rent payable hereunder applicable to the space assigned or subleased after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any commercially reasonable changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any brokerage commissions paid to independent third parties in connection with the Transfer, (iii) any commercially reasonable rental abatement provided to such Transferee and (iv) any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred to document such Transfer (collectively, the “ Subleasing Costs ”). “Sublease Profits” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee solely in connection with such Transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant, any such excess consideration paid by any transferee (the “ Transferee ”) for the Transfer.

13.4 No Release Of Tenant . No consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer and Tenant shall continue to be liable to Landlord hereunder as a principal and not as a surety. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of Rent (or, in the case of a sublease, Rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or any Transferee from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express prior written consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or any Transferee. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent by Landlord to any Transfer. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.

13.5 Landlord’s Recapture Right . Notwithstanding any of the above provisions of this Article 13 to the contrary, if Tenant notifies Landlord that it desires to enter into a Transfer, Landlord, in lieu of consenting to such Transfer, may elect (a) in the case of an assignment or a sublease of the entire Premises, to terminate this Lease, or (b) in the case of a sublease of less than the entire Premises, to terminate this Lease as it relates to the space proposed to be subleased by Tenant. In such event, this Lease will terminate (or the space proposed to be subleased will be removed from the Premises subject to this Lease and the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share under this Lease shall be reduced pro rata) on the date the Transfer was proposed to be effective, and Landlord may thereafter lease such space to any party, including the prospective Transferee identified by Tenant.

13.6 Landlord’s Leaseback Right . Notwithstanding any of the above provisions of this Article 13 to the contrary, if Tenant notifies Landlord that it desires to enter into a Transfer, Landlord, in lieu of consenting to such Transfer or exercising the recapture right described in Section 13.5, may elect, in the case of a sublease of all or a portion of the Premises, to sublease from Tenant, on the terms of the proposed sublease to which Tenant requested Landlord’s consent, the space proposed to be subleased by Tenant. In such event, Landlord and Tenant will enter into a sublease of such space on the terms of such proposed sublease.

13.7 Assignment of Sublease Rents . Tenant hereby absolutely and irrevocably assigns to Landlord any and all rights to receive Rent and other consideration from any sublease and agrees that Landlord, as assignee or as attorney-in-fact for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application may, but shall not be obligated to, collect such Rents and other

 

27


consideration and apply the same toward Tenant’s obligations to Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord grants to Tenant at all times prior to occurrence of any breach or default by Tenant a revocable license to collect such Rents (which license shall automatically and without notice be and be deemed to have been revoked and terminated immediately upon any Event of Default).

13.8 Affiliate Transfers . Provided that no Event of Default exists under this Lease, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, assign or sublet all or a portion of this Lease or the Premises to an Affiliate if (a) Tenant notifies Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to such Transfer; (b) Tenant delivers to Landlord, at the time of Tenant’s notice, current financial statements of Tenant and the proposed transferee that are reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (c) Tenant delivers to Landlord, not later than the effective date of the Transfer, a written agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord under which the transferee assumes and agrees to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and to observe all terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant will also promptly provide Landlord with copies of any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to document the status and relationship between Tenant and its Affiliate. A Transfer to an Affiliate does not release Tenant from any liability or obligation under this Lease. For purposes of this Article 13, “ Affiliate ” means any person or entity that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant. For purposes of this definition, “control” means possessing the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the entity by the ownership of a majority of the voting securities of the entity.

 

14. DEFAULTS: REMEDIES .

14.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that the notices required by this Section 14.1 are intended to satisfy any and all notice requirements imposed by the Laws and are not in addition to any such requirements.

(a) Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent when due, or any amount required to replenish the Security Deposit, and such failure is not cured by Tenant within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Landlord.

(b) Tenant breaches or fails to perform or comply with any of Tenant’s nonmonetary obligations under this Lease and such breach or failure is not fully cured within twenty (20) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of such breach or failure; provided, however, if such breach or failure cannot be cured within such twenty (20) day period, Tenant fails within such twenty (20) day period to commence, and thereafter diligently proceed with, all actions necessary to cure such breach or failure as soon as reasonably possible, but in all events within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s notice.

(c) Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern; makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition) seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights; all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are subject to judicial seizure or attachment and are not released within thirty (30) days, or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets.

(d) Tenant fails, within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceedings against Tenant seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights, to have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within sixty (60) days after an appointment, without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets, to have such appointment vacated.

14.2 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, at any time and from time to time, and without preventing Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy available to Landlord at law or in equity, exercise any one or more of the following remedies:

 

28


(a) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises by any lawful means with or without terminating this Lease, in which event Tenant will immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect (except for Tenant’s right to possess the Premises) and Tenant shall continue to be obligated for and must pay all Rent as and when due under this Lease. Unless Landlord specifically states that it is terminating this Lease, Landlord’s termination of Tenant’s right to possess the Premises is not to be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Lease. If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possess the Premises, Landlord is not obligated to, but may at its election, re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises. Landlord may store any property Landlord removes from the Premises in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant. Upon such re-entry, Landlord is not obligated to, but may at its election, relet all or any part of the Premises to a third party or parties for Tenant’s account. Tenant is immediately liable to Landlord for all costs and expenses Landlord incurs re-entering or reletting all or any part of the Premises, including, without limitation, all costs and expenses Landlord incurs in (i) maintaining or preserving the Premises after an Event of Default; (ii) recovering possession of the Premises, removing persons and property from the Premises and storing such property (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees); (iii) reletting, renovating or altering the Premises; (iv) paying real estate commissions, advertising expenses and similar expenses in connection with reletting all or any part of the Premises; and (v) granting concessions in connection with re-entering or re-letting all or any part of the Premises, including, without limitation, the value of free Rent given to a replacement tenant (collectively, “Re-entry Costs”) and must pay Landlord the same as Additional Rent within five (5) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant. Landlord may relet the Premises for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term. If Landlord relets all or any part of the Premises, Tenant will continue to pay Rent when due under this Lease and Landlord will refund to Tenant the difference between all Rental Landlord actually receives from any reletting of all or any part of the Premises, less any indebtedness from Tenant to Landlord other than Rent (which indebtedness is paid first to Landlord) and less the Re-entry Costs (which costs are paid second to Landlord), up to a maximum amount equal to the Rent Tenant paid that came due after Landlord’s reletting. If the sum described in the preceding sentence exceeds the Rent payable by Tenant hereunder, Landlord will apply the excess sum to future Rent due under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord may retain any surplus remaining at the expiration of the Term.

(b) Landlord may continue this Lease in effect and recover Rent as it becomes due.

(c) Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

(d) Landlord may terminate this Lease effective on the date Landlord specifies in Landlord’s notice to Tenant. Upon termination, Tenant will immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. If Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant will pay to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent all damages Landlord incurs by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, (a) all Rent due and payable under this Lease as of the effective date of the termination; (b) any amount necessary to compensate Landlord for any detriment proximately caused Landlord by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course would likely result from Tenant’s failure to perform, including, but not limited to, any Re-entry Costs; (c) an amount equal to the difference between the present worth, as of the effective date of the termination, of the Base Rent for the balance of the Term remaining after the effective date of the termination (assuming no termination) and the present worth, as of the effective date of the termination, of a fair market base Rent for the Premises for the same period (as Landlord reasonably determines the fair market basic Rent); and (d) Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs to the extent Landlord is not otherwise reimbursed for such Excess Operating Costs. For purposes of this Section 14.2, Landlord will compute present worth by utilizing a discount rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. Nothing in this Section 14.2 limits or prejudices Landlord’s right to prove and obtain damages in an amount equal to the

 

29


maximum amount allowed by the Laws, regardless whether such damages are greater than the amounts set forth in this Section 14.2.

14.3 Waiver and Release . Tenant waives and releases all Claims Tenant may have resulting from Landlord’s re-entry and taking possession of the Premises by any lawful means and removing and storing Tenant’s property as permitted under this Lease, regardless whether this Lease is terminated and, to the fullest extent allowable under the Laws, Tenant releases and will indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any and all Claims occasioned thereby. No such reentry is to be considered or construed as a forcible entry by Landlord.

14.4 No Waiver . No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of Rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay Rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or payment or in any letter or document accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

14.5 Landlord’s Default . Landlord will not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord breaches or fails to perform any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease and the breach or failure continues for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days after Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of Landlord’s breach or failure or if Landlord fails to cure an emergency affecting Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises within a reasonable period of time (depending on the nature of the harm to Tenant’s quiet enjoyment or the emergency) after Tenant gives written notice thereof (or oral notice in the event of an emergency) to Landlord; provided that if Landlord is not able through the use of commercially reasonable efforts to cure a nonemergency breach or failure within such thirty (30) consecutive day period, Landlord’s breach or failure is not a default as long as Landlord commences to cure its breach or failure within the thirty (30) consecutive day period and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion.

 

15. SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER .

15.1 Surrender . Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and all Tenant Improvements, Permitted Alterations and Alterations to Landlord broom-clean and in their original condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from Permitted Alterations and approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all from the Premises all of Tenant’s personal property and any Trade Fixtures and all Alterations and Permitted Alterations that Landlord has elected to require Tenant to remove (except that Landlord will not be permitted to require Tenant to remove any Alterations and Permitted Alterations that Landlord advised Tenant in writing that Tenant would not be required to remove in accordance with Section 7.1 above nor will Tenant be required to remove the initial Tenant Improvements installed by Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Rider) and repair any damage caused by such removal, and if such removal is not timely completed, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to remove the same, and Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent on demand for all costs of removal and storage thereof and for the rental value of the Premises for the period from the end of the Term through the end of the time reasonably required for such removal. Landlord shall also have the right to retain or dispose of all or any portion of such property if Tenant does not pay all such costs and retrieve the property within twenty (20) days after notice from Landlord (in which event title to all such property described in Landlord’s notice shall be transferred to and vest in Landlord). Tenant waives all Claims against Landlord for any damage or loss to

 

30


Tenant resulting from Landlord’s removal, storage, retention, or disposition of any such property. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, whichever is earliest, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises or any other part of the Building and shall deliver to Landlord all keys for or make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 15.1 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

15.2 Holding Over . If Tenant (directly or through any Transferee or other successor-in-interest of Tenant) holds over after the expiration or termination of this Lease, with or without the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to comply with or perform all the terms and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that Rent shall be payable, if without the express written consent of Landlord, at a monthly rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of Rent, or, if with the express written consent of Landlord, at a monthly rate equal to the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Term. No act or omission by Landlord, other than its specific written consent, which Landlord may grant or withhold in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, shall constitute permission for Tenant to continue in possession of the Premises. In all events, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s holdover tenancy at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after such termination shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease; and nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims arising or resulting directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises within thirty (30) days of the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, including (i) any Rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises.

 

16. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .

16.1 Subordination; Attornment . This Lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the Project (collectively, “Mortgages”), and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such Mortgages. At the request of any underlying lessor or mortgagee, Tenant shall attorn to such underlying lessor or mortgagee, its successors in interest or any purchaser in a foreclosure sale. If an underlying lessor or mortgagee or any other person shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action, or the delivery of a new lease or deed, then, as long as no Event of Default occurs under this Lease after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such default, the holder of the Mortgage will not disturb Tenant’s rights of possession under this Lease. At the request of the successor landlord and upon such successor landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment and to recognize Tenant’s interest under this Lease, (i) Tenant shall be deemed to have attorned to and recognized such successor landlord as Landlord under this Lease and (ii) this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in this Lease. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument or subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any mortgagee, affecting any lease or the Project. In confirmation of such subordination and/or attornment, Tenant shall execute promptly any certificate that Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that the holder of any existing Mortgage, or anyone claiming by, through or under said holder shall not be: (a) liable for any act or omission for any prior landlord (including Landlord), (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord), (c) bound by any Base Rent or Additional Rent or other charges which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to a prior landlord (including Landlord), or (d) bound by any modification of this Lease made without the consent of such Mortgagee. Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease and delivery thereof to Landlord, a subordination, non- disturbance and attornment agreement in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto and incorporate herein (“SNDA Agreement”). Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Landlord’s existing

 

31


Mortgage holder to execute the SNDA Agreement and to return the executed SNDA Agreement to Tenant as soon as commercially practicable following the full execution of this Lease.

16.2 Mortgagee Protection . Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Mortgage covering any part of the Project (“Mortgagee”), by certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Mortgage, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued,

16.3 Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in still force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any security deposit or prepaid Rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). If Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above, then Landlord and the addressee of such certificate shall be entitled to rely upon the information contained in the certificate submitted to Tenant as true, correct and complete, and Tenant shall be estopped from later denying, contradicting or taking any position inconsistent with the information contained in such certificate. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Project shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor, which second written request will reiterate the following remedies in bolded, all capital letters, such failure shall be deemed an Event of Default by Tenant and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any and all damages incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Project or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate.

 

17. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS .

17.1 Storage Space . Landlord will provide to Tenant during the Term between approximately one hundred fifty (150) and five hundred (500) rentable square feet of storage space for Tenant’s exclusive use as storage for personal property used in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. The location of the storage space will be designated by Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant agrees to accept the storage space in “as is” condition and to lease the storage space from Landlord in accordance with this Section 17.1 for the entire Term (as may be extended). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, will replace and pay for all lighting bulbs, tubes, ballasts and starters required for the storage space and must provide its own janitorial services and any other services necessary for Tenant’s use of the storage space. Tenant must maintain the storage space in good and clean condition during the term of this Lease. Tenant hereby agrees to pay annual Base Rent for the storage space in an amount equal to the product of Twelve and No/100ths Dollars ($12.00) multiplied by the number of rentable square feet of floor area contained within such storage space and Tenant further agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, that portion of Operating Costs and Taxes allocable to such storage space, it being acknowledged and agreed that such storage space is being provided to Tenant on a “triple net” basis (i.e., Base Rent for such storage space is net of Operating Costs (including insurance) and Taxes attributable to such space, which Tenant will pay to Landlord in addition to Base Rent for such space and without reference to an expense stop, base year or otherwise). The releases and insurance, indemnity and liability provisions and waivers in this Lease apply to the storage space as if it were a part of the Premises. Landlord has the right at any time during the Term, upon giving Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, at

 

32


Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to move Tenant from the storage space to comparable storage space (as reasonably determined by Landlord) elsewhere in the Building of approximately the same size as the prior storage space.

17.2 Parking . During the first twenty-four (24) months of the initial Term of this Lease, Landlord licenses to Tenant one hundred forty-three (143) unreserved parking spaces, such parking spaces to be located in a portion of the Parking Facilities as designated from time to time by Landlord and provided to Tenant without charge for the first twenty-four (24) months of the Term. From and after the expiration of the aforementioned twenty-four (24) month period and continuing throughout the remainder of the initial sixty-nine (69) month Term of this Lease, Landlord shall increase this license by twenty-eight (28) unreserved parking spaces such that Tenant is provided with one hundred seventy-one (171) unreserved parking spaces, all such parking spaces to be located in a portion of the Parking Facilities as designated from time to time by Landlord and provided to Tenant at a cost of $25.00 per month for each of the one hundred seventy-one (171) unreserved parking spaces. From and after the expiration of the initial sixty-nine (69) month Term of this Lease, Landlord may change its parking charges at any time on not less than thirty (30) days prior notice to Tenant. Unless otherwise notified by Landlord, Tenant will pay all parking fees as Additional Rent at the same time, place and manner as Base Rent, but said parking may be paid separately by Tenant. Parking at the Project by Tenant is subject to the other provisions of this Lease, including without limitation, the Building Rules. In no event will Landlord be liable for any loss, damage or theft of, to or from any vehicle at the Project. From time to time during the Term, Tenant may request the license of additional unreserved parking spaces, and in such event, provided the same are available, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, Landlord will license same to Tenant on the same terms and conditions as are set forth above (provided, however, that any such additional unreserved parking spaces will be provided to Tenant at a cost of $25.00 per month for each such space if Tenant elects to license the same at any time during the Term of this Lease). Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Parking Facilities may include surface parking adjacent to the building in which the Premises is located if Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, elects to construct such surface parking at any time during the Term.

17.3 Expanded Development . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Building may be included within a larger, integrated real estate development including additional buildings and land. Landlord may elect, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to operate such development as a unit and compute any Excess Operating Costs accordingly. If Landlord does so, then Tenant’s Share of Excess Operating Costs will be appropriately adjusted to compare the rentable area of the Premises to the total rentable area within such development for which expenses are included. Nothing herein will be deemed to require Landlord to develop or construct any such additional buildings or to combine the Building with any other buildings.

17.4 Signs . Landlord will initially provide to Tenant (a) one building standard tenant identification sign adjacent to the entry door of the Premises and (b) one standard building directory listing. The signs will conform to Landlord’s sign criteria. Tenant will not install or permit to be installed in the Premises any other sign, decoration or advertising material of any kind that is visible from the exterior of the Premises. Landlord may immediately remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any sign, decoration or advertising material that violates this Section 17.4. In addition to the foregoing, and provided Tenant is able to obtain all necessary governmental and quasi-governmental approvals therefor, Landlord will, at Tenant’s expense, install a sign on the exterior of the North side of the Building displaying Tenant’s name, which sign will be in the location depicted on Exhibit F attached hereto and incorporated herein. Tenant must pay all annual and other permit fees therefor and must pay all costs of maintenance thereof during the Term and all costs for the removal thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Any such sign and the display of Tenant’s name thereon will be subject to the terms of any restrictive covenants applicable thereto and all laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations, and will be subordinate to all building designation signs (if any). Such sign must conform to the comprehensive sign plan approved by the City. The size, location, design and all other aspects of such sign, including the conformance thereof to such comprehensive sign plan, will be subject to Landlord’s approval. When Tenant requests Landlord’s approval of such sign, Tenant will concurrently

 

33


submit to Landlord the proposed fabrication drawings thereof which will be sufficiently detailed for Landlord to determine whether the sign complies with such comprehensive sign plan.

17.5 First Right of Offer . So long as no Event of Default then exists under this Lease and Tenant is then in compliance with ail terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant will have the first right (“First Right”) to be offered by Landlord the opportunity to lease the approximately 7,539 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite 200 on the second floor of the Building (the “First Right Space”). The First Right is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 17.5 and is further subject to Landlord’s existing lease (as of the Lease Date) of such space to a third party tenant (the “Existing Suite 200 Lease”). If at any time after the Commencement Date, the Existing Suite 200 Lease expires (which lease is presently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2012) or sooner terminates as the result of the default of the existing tenant (but not as the result of a voluntary termination or lease forgiveness by Landlord) and Tenant has met the requirements necessary to exercise the First Right, Landlord will first notify Tenant that the First Right Space is available for lease. Landlord’s notice will contain all economic terms and conditions of Landlord’s proposed leasing of the First Right Space. Tenant must notify Landlord in writing within five (5) Business Days of receiving Landlord’s notice (time being of the essence) whether Tenant desires to lease the First Right Space from Landlord on the terms set forth in Landlord’s notice. If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant does not desire to lease the First Right Space, or if Tenant does not respond in writing to Landlord’s notice within such five (5) Business Day period, then Landlord may freely lease the First Right Space without restriction and Landlord’s obligations under this Section 17.5 shall thereafter automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided, however, if a lease of the First Right Space to another tenant (or tenants, as applicable) on substantially the same (as hereinafter defined) economic terms is not consummated within six (6) months next following the lapse of the above-mentioned notice periods, as applicable, then Tenant’s First Right as to such First Right Space shall be reinstated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the terms and conditions of Landlord’s lease of the First Right Space to another tenant (or tenants, as applicable) shall be “substantially the same” as the terms and conditions offered to Tenant if Landlord leases the First Right Space with an effective rental rate equal to at least eighty-five percent (85%) of that offered to Tenant and for a term at least eighty-five percent (85%) as long as the term proposed in the notice to Tenant from Landlord. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord in writing within such five (5) Business Day period that Tenant desires to lease the First Right Space on the terms and conditions contained within Landlord’s notice, the parties will thereafter negotiate the documentation for Tenant’s lease of the First Right Space from Landlord; provided, however, that in the event Tenant exercises Tenant’s first right to lease the First Right Space and the commencement date for the First Right Space occurs within the first twelve (12) months of the initial Term, then in that event the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the original Premises under this Lease shall apply to the First Right Space, with an appropriately prorated tenant improvement allowance to reflect the reduced lease term with regard to the First Right Space as well as the condition of the then-existing tenant improvements within the First Right Space. If Landlord and Tenant fail to mutually agree upon the documentation memorializing Tenant’s lease of the First Right Space and to execute a written amendment to this Lease within ten (10) days after Tenant delivers Tenant’s offer notice to Landlord, then Landlord’s obligations under this Section 17.5 shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect at the end of such ten (10) day period, subject to reinstatement as expressly provided above in this Section 17.5. If Tenant’s First Right is still in effect at the end of the initial Term, the First Right shall automatically terminate on the last day of the initial Term and will not apply during any extension of the Term. The purpose of this Section 17.5 is to provide notice to Tenant so that Tenant may be in a position to offer to lease such space on a competitive basis with others, and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 17.5, nothing in this Section 17.5 shall be deemed to be an option or right of first refusal.

17.6 Building Antenna/Microwave Dishes . Subject to the provisions of this Section 17.6, Tenant may use a portion of the roof of the Building to install, operate and maintain telecommunications equipment including antennae and satellite dishes solely for Tenant’s personal use within the Premises (“Telecommunications Equipment”). If Tenant elects to install Telecommunications Equipment, Landlord will not impose a monthly rental charge for the placement of such equipment on the Building Roof. Tenant will install the Telecommunications Equipment (and related wiring) only in a location

 

34


determined by Landlord, which location Landlord may change from time to time during the Term for any reason, including, without limitation, to accommodate Landlord’s installation of one (1) or more solar panels on the Building roof in a location determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Landlord will provide Tenant with reasonable access to the Building risers in order for Tenant to effectuate the Telecommunications Equipment installation. Tenant’s installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of any Telecommunications Equipment (and related wiring) must comply with the requirements of any Building roof warranties, all provisions of Article 7 governing Alterations, and the other terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant’s installation, operation and maintenance of the Telecommunications Equipment is subject to Tenant receiving and maintaining all governmental approvals required for the Telecommunications Equipment and otherwise complying with all Laws relating thereto. The Telecommunications Equipment (and related wiring) must not interfere with any existing Building equipment or other tenants’ equipment. Upon prior notice to Landlord, Tenant will be allowed reasonable access to the Telecommunications Equipment area during Business Hours for the purpose of maintaining and servicing such equipment. All Telecommunications Equipment (and related wiring) will remain the personal property of Tenant, will be located and maintained at Tenant’s sole cost and risk, and must be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term, Tenant hereby agreeing to return the portion of the Building roof upon which the Telecommunications Equipment was located to the condition in which such portion of the Building roof existed immediately prior to Tenant’s installation of the Telecommunications Equipment thereon.

17.7 Access . Subject to emergencies and Force Majeure events, Tenant will have access to the Building and the Parking Facilities twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, via a card key system, subject to compliance with Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding security.

17.8 Tenant’s Security System . Subject to obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, following Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant may install a separate security/card access system for the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provided that such separate security system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 of this Lease and shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and provisions contained in this Lease. If Tenant installs such a system in the Premises, any replacement of such system and all maintenance and repair of such system will be Tenant’s sole responsibility and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with said system. Tenant further agrees that Landlord will have no liability for any failure or other breach of said system. Tenant is obligated to remove said system from the Building at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and Tenant must repair any and all damage to the Building resulting from such removal. Such removal and the repair of damage caused thereby shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

17.9 Restricted Tenants . Subsequent to the date of this Lease, provided no Event of Default then exists, Landlord agrees, during the time that the originally-named Tenant hereunder is continuously operating for business during Business Hours from the Premises, Landlord will not lease space in the Building to any of the following entities: Yahoo!, Google, Yellowpages.com (division of AT&T) and Reach Local; provided, however, in the event Tenant is acquired by or otherwise merges with any of the foregoing four (4) entities, then in that event, upon Tenant’s prior written request, Landlord will agree to delete the acquiring/merging entity from the foregoing list and replace the same with another competitor of Tenant reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the “Restricted Tenants Clause”). If Tenant fails to continuously operate for business from within the Premises for more than six (6) months (as reasonably determined by Landlord) or if the Restricted Tenants Clause is deemed to be in violation of applicable law, then the Restricted Tenants Clause, and Landlord’s obligations under this Section 17.9, will automatically terminate. Tenant does hereby indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any claim, cost, loss or damage (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred or alleged against Landlord by any person, firm, corporation or other entity whatsoever by reason of Landlord’s compliance, or attempted compliance, with this Section 17.9, and in the event Landlord is made subject to any action, proceeding or penalty with respect to the provisions of this Section 17.9, Tenant will indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any cost, loss, claim or expense in respect thereto with counsel approved by Landlord, the actual out-of-pocket costs of such indemnification and defense (including reasonable

 

35


attorneys’ fees) to be paid entirely by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 17.9 will not apply to (i) any leases entered into by Landlord prior to the date of this Lease (or any leases being circulated for signature prior to the date of this Lease), nor to any amendments or renewals of such leases, or (ii) any leases for premises within buildings other than the Building.

17.10 Notices . Any notice, demand, request, consent or approval that either party desires or is required to give to the other party under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be served by messenger or reputable overnight courier service, addressed to the other party at the party’s address for notices set forth in the Basic Terms. Notices shall be deemed to have been given and be effective on the earlier of (a) receipt (or refusal of delivery or receipt), or (b) one (1) day after acceptance by the independent service for delivery, if sent by independent messenger or overnight courier service. Either party may change its address for notices hereunder by notice to the other party complying with this Section 17.10. If Tenant sublets the Premises, notices from Landlord shall be effective on the subtenant when given to Tenant pursuant to this Section 17.10.

17.11 Financial Statements . From time to time during the Term, but not more than one (1) time during any calendar year, and within twenty (20) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord complete, accurate and up-to-date financial statements (including at least a balance sheet and a statement of profit and loss) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by an independent certified public accountant or Tenant’s (or each guarantor’s) chief financial officer as being a true, complete and correct statement of Tenant’s (or each guarantor’s) financial condition as of the date of such financial statements.

17.12 Quiet Possession . Subject to Tenant’s full and timely performance of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, and subject to the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall have the quiet possession of the Premises throughout the Term free from hindrance or molestation from Landlord or any persons or entities lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord.

17.13 Security Measures . Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Project, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption; provided, however, that such measures shall be implemented in a way as to minimize unreasonable inconvenience of tenants of the Building. If Landlord uses an access card system, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord a reasonable deposit for each Building access card issued to Tenants. Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, theft or breakage of any such cards, which must be returned by Tenant to Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Landlord may retain the deposit for any card not so returned. Landlord shall, at all times, have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures, and Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such Security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

17.14 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Base Rent, Additional Rent and any other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, “Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time

 

36


period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by an event of Force Majeure.

17.15 Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with the rules and regulations attached to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit D. In addition, Tenant shall be bound by any reasonable, nondiscriminatory rules and regulations hereafter adopted by Landlord for the Building upon notice to Tenant thereof (collectively, the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit D and such rules and regulations hereinafter adopted are referred to as the “Building Rules”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for any violation of, or failure to observe, the Building Rules by any other tenant or other person.

17.16 Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance or transfer of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance or transfer, the transferor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to obligations of the Landlord hereunder to be performed after the date of such conveyance or transfer. However, notwithstanding any such transfer, the transferor remains entitled to the benefits of Tenant’s releases and indemnity and insurance obligations (and similar obligations) under this Lease with respect to matters arising or accruing during the transferor’s period of ownership. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building and the rents, issues and profits therefrom as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of this Lease. In no event is Landlord or any Landlord Party liable to Tenant or any other person for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages.

17.17 Consents and Approvals . Except as expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord’s consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If it is determined that Landlord failed to grant consent where Landlord was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to injunctive relief but shall not to be entitled to monetary damages or to terminate this Lease for such failure. The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item or matter to be reviewed or approved by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for the accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or matter or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Project, and no third parties, including Tenant or the Representatives and Visitors of Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, shall have any rights as a consequence thereof.

17.18 Brokers . Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of the broker or brokers identified in the Basic Terms (the “Brokers”) in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreement with the Brokers, if any. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this Lease neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Lease other than the Brokers. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any Claims, including costs, expenses and attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission, based upon any dealings with or statements made by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives.

17.19 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Lease, including the Exhibits attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Project or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. No

 

37


subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease (other than to the Building Rules) is binding on Landlord or Tenant unless it is in writing and signed by the party to be charged with performance.

17.20 Authority . Each person executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord and Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that: (a) the entity on whose behalf such person is signing is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state or country of organization; (b) such entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations hereunder; and (c) each person (and both of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord or Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

17.21 Successors . The covenants and agreements contained in this Lease bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, bind Tenant and its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of Tenant and its permitted successors and assigns.

17.22 Captions . The captions of the articles and sections of this Lease are to assist the parties in reading this Lease and are not a part of the terms or provisions of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

17.23 No Joint Venture . This Lease does not create the relationship of principal and agent, or of partnership, joint venture, or of any association or relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than that of landlord and tenant.

17.24 Severability . If any covenant, condition, provision, term or agreement of this Lease is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portion thereof and all other covenants, conditions, provisions, terms and agreements of this Lease will not be affected by such holding, and will remain valid and in force to the fullest extent permitted by law.

17.25 Survival . All of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (together with interest on payment obligations at the Interest Rate) accruing prior to expiration or other termination of this Lease survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Further, all of Tenant’s releases and indemnification, defense and hold harmless obligations under this Lease survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease, without limitation.

17.26 Governing Law . This Lease is governed by, and must be interpreted under, the internal laws of the State in which the Premises is located. Any suit arising from or relating to this Lease must be brought in the County in which the Premises is located; Landlord and Tenant waive the right to bring suit elsewhere.

17.27 Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

17.28 Joint and Several Liability . All parties signing this Lease as Tenant and any guarantor(s) of this Lease are jointly and severally liable for performing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

17.29 Provisions are Covenants and Conditions . All provisions of this Lease, whether covenants or conditions, are deemed both covenants and conditions.

17.30 Management . Landlord’s General Manager is authorized to manage the Project. Landlord has appointed General Manager to act as Landlord’s agent for leasing, managing and operating the Project. The General Manager then serving is authorized to accept service of process and to receive and give notices and demands on Landlord’s behalf.

 

38


17.31 No Recording . Tenant will not record this Lease or a Memorandum of this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

17.32 Nondisclosure of Lease Terms . The terms and conditions of this Lease constitute proprietary information of Landlord that Tenant will keep confidential. Tenant’s disclosure of the terms and conditions of this Lease could adversely affect Landlord’s ability to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants. Accordingly, Tenant will not, without Landlord’s consent (which consent Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion), directly or indirectly disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other tenant or prospective tenant of the Building or to any other person or entity other than Tenant’s employees and agents who have a legitimate need to know such information (and who will also keep the same in confidence).

17.33 Construction of Lease and Terms . The terms and provisions of this Lease represent the results of negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, each of which are sophisticated parties and each of which has been represented or been given the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its own choosing, and neither of which has acted under any duress or compulsion, whether legal, economic or otherwise. Consequently, the terms and provisions of this Lease must be interpreted and construed in accordance with their usual and customary meanings, and Landlord and Tenant each waive the application of any rule of law that ambiguous or conflicting terms or provisions contained in this Lease are to be interpreted or construed against the party who prepared the executed Lease or any earlier draft of the same. Landlord’s submission of this instrument to Tenant for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option to lease and is not effective as a lease or otherwise until Landlord and Tenant both execute and deliver this Lease. The parties agree that, regardless of which party provided the initial form of this Lease, drafted or modified one or more provisions of this Lease, or compiled, printed or copied this Lease, this Lease is to be construed solely as an offer from Tenant to lease the Premises, executed by Tenant and provided to Landlord for acceptance on the terms set forth in this Lease, which acceptance and the existence of a binding agreement between Tenant and Landlord may then be evidenced only by Landlord’s execution of this Lease.

17.34 No Press Release . The parties agree that there will be no media release, public announcement or public disclosure (“Publicity”) relating to this Lease or the subject matter of this Lease, unless and until the time for delivery of the Tl Termination Notice has expired without the giving of notice by one party to the other. Any Publicity which a party wishes to give after the expiration of such period must be coordinated with and reasonably approved by the other party.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have each caused this Lease to the executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the Lease Date set forth above.

 

TENANT:

  LANDLORD:

YELP! INC., a Delaware corporation

 

JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

By:

 

/s/ Geoffrey L. Donaker

  By:   Scottsdale Holding Inc., a Delaware corporation

Name:

  Geoffrey L. Donaker     Its Managing Member

Title:

  COO    
    By:  

/s/Joseph Jerome

    Name:   Joseph Jerome
    Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

40


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

A-1


LOGO

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND

PARCEL NO. 1 :

That portion of the Southwest quarter of Section 23, Township 2 North, Range 4 East of the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian, Maricopa County, Arizona, more particularly described as follows:

COMMENCING at the Northwest corner of the Southwest quarter of the Northwest quarter of said Southwest quarter;

thence South 89 degrees 32 minutes 34 seconds East (assumed bearing) along the North line of the Southwest quarter of the Northwest quarter of said Southwest quarter 51.98 feet to a point on a curve concave Northeasterly whose radius point bears North 73 degrees 56 minutes 49 seconds East 505.00 feet, said curve hereinafter referred to as “Curve Number 1”, said point-on-curve being the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

thence continuing along said North line and along the North line of the South half of the East half of the Northwest quarter of the Southwest quarter of said Section 23, South 89 degrees 32 minutes 34 seconds East 613.48 feet to a point of intersection with the Southerly prolongation of the West line of Tract B, Camelback Park Plaza, according to Book 86 of Maps, page 13, records of Maricopa County;

thence North 00 degrees 06 minutes 23 seconds East along said West line and Southerly prolongation a distance of 147.12 feet to the Northwest corner of said Tract B;

thence South 89 degrees 32 minutes 34 seconds East along the North line of said Tract B a distance of 73.13 feet (Record 73.00 feet) to the Northeast corner thereof,

thence South 00 degrees 07 minutes 46 seconds West (record South) along the East line of said Tract B and its Southerly prolongation a distance of 147.12 feet to a point on the North line of the Southeast quarter of the Northwest quarter of said Southwest quarter,

thence South 89 degrees 32 minutes 34 seconds East (record South 89 degrees 39 minutes 41 seconds East and South 89 degrees 38 minutes West) along last said North line 206.91 feet to a point of intersection with the Northerly prolongation of the East line of Tract A, Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Four, according to Book 70 of Maps, page 28, records of Maricopa County,

thence South 00 degrees 05 minutes 08. seconds West (record South 0 degrees 01 minutes 43 seconds East) along said East line and Northerly prolongation a distance of 165.85 feet;

thence North 89 degrees 33 minutes 20 seconds West (record North 89 degrees 41 minutes 21 seconds West) a distance of 288.07 feet along the South line of said Tract A and its Westerly prolongation to a point on the East line of the Southwest quarter of the Northwest quarter of said Southwest quarter; said point being the Southeast corner of the North half of the North half of said Southwest quarter of the Northwest quarter of the Southwest quarter, and said point also being the Northeast corner of Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three, according to Book 70 of Maps, page 49, records of said county;

thence South 00 degrees 07 minutes 05 seconds West (record South 0 degrees 01 minutes 30 seconds East) along last said East line 105.92 feet;

thence North 89 degrees 32 minutes 38 seconds West 48.33 feet to a point of curvature of a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 205.00 feet.

 

B-1


thence Southwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 48 degrees 49 minutes 13 seconds a distance of 174.68 feet to a point on the North line of Lot 111 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three, which point lies North 89 degrees 33 minutes 43 seconds West (record North 89 degrees 41 minutes 21 seconds West) 33.58 feet from the Northeast corner thereof,

thence continuing along last said curve through a central angle of 6 degrees 46 minutes 17 seconds a distance of 24.23 feet to a point of tangency;

thence South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West 17.33 feet to a point of curvature of a curve concave, Northerly having a radius of 25.00 feet;

thence Westerly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 90 degrees 00 minutes 00 seconds a distance of 39.27 feet to a point of tangency,

thence North 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds West 70.60 feet to a point on the North line of Lot 110 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three, which point lies South 89 degrees 33 minutes 43 seconds East (record South 89 degrees 41 minutes 21 seconds East) 24.85 feet from the Northwest corner thereof,

thence continuing along last said tangent line a distance of 34.93 feet;

thence North 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds East a distance of 7.00 feet;

thence North 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds West 76.53 feet to a point of curvature of a curve concave Northeasterly, being said “Curve Number 1”, whose radius point bears North 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds East 505.00 feet;

thence Northwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 39 degrees 04 minutes 57 seconds a distance of 344.47 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING.

PARCEL NO. 2 :

That portion of the Southwest quarter of Section 23, Township 2 North, Range 4 East of the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian, Maricopa County, Arizona, more particularly described as follows:

COMMENCING at the Northwest corner of the Southwest quarter of the Northwest quarter of said Southwest quarter;

thence South 00 degrees 07 minutes 06 seconds West (assumed bearing) (record South) along the monument line of Scottsdale Road a distance of 536.00 feet (record 535.82 feet) to the Northwest corner of Winfield Scott Plaza unit Two, according to Book 67 of Maps, page 41, records of Maricopa County;

thence South 89 degrees 33 minutes 19 seconds East along the North line of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Two, which North line is also the South line of Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three, according to Book 70 of Maps, page 49, records of said County, a distance of 56.00 feet to a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of Scottsdale Road, said point being the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

thence North 00 degrees 07 minutes 06 seconds East along said Easterly right-of-way line of Scottsdale Road a distance of 40.00 feet to the Southwest corner of Lot 96 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three;

thence South 89 degrees 33 minutes 19 seconds East (record South 89 degrees 42 minutes 10 seconds East) along the South line of said Lot 96, its Easterly prolongation, and along the South line of Lot 105 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three a distance of 123.40 feet to a point on last said South line which lies North 89 degrees 33 minutes 19 seconds West (record North 89 degrees 42 minutes 10 seconds West) 52.64 feet from the Southeast corner of said Lot 105;

 

B-2


thence North 00 degrees 28 minutes 09 seconds East a distance of 36.34 feet;

thence South 89 degrees 31 minutes 51 seconds East a distance of 22.02 feet;

thence North 00 degrees 26 minutes 41 seconds East h distance of 25.57 feet;

thence South 89 degrees 33 minutes 00 seconds East along the North line of Lot 104 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three and its Easterly prolongation a distance of 70.21 feet to the Monument Line of Winfield Scott Plaza Street as shown on the plat of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three;

thence North 00 degrees 04 minutes 50 seconds East (record North) along said Monument Line a distance of 19.87 feet;

thence South 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds East a distance of 48.70 feet to a point on the West line of Lot 107 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three, from which point the Southwest comer of Lot 106 of said Winfield . Scott Plaza Unit Three lies South 0 degrees 04 minutes 50 seconds West (assumed bearing) a distance of 54.21 feet;

thence continuing South 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds East a distance of 34.17 feet to the point of curvature of a curve concave Westerly having a radius of 25.00 feet;

thence Southern, along the art: of said curve through a central angle of 90 degrees 00 minutes .00 seconds a distance of 39.27 feet to the point of tangency;

thence South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West a distance of 0.15 feet to a point on the South line of said Lot 106, from which point the Southeast corner of Lot 115 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three lies South 89 degrees 35 minutes 15 seconds East a distance of 141.77 feet;

thence continuing South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West a distance of 182.88 feet to the point of curvature of a curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 145.00 feet;

thence Southwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 6 degrees 25 minutes 05 seconds a distance of 16.24 feet to a point on the East line of Lot 84 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Two;

thence continuing along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 40 degrees 15 minutes 45 seconds a distance of 101.89 feet to a point on the Easterly prolongation of the South line of Lot 90 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Two, which lies South 89 degrees 33 minutes 28 seconds East (record South 89 degrees 42 minutes 57 seconds East) 88.53 feet from the Southwest corner of said Lot 90;

thence continuing along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 14 minutes 12 seconds a distance of 20.85 feet to the point of tangency;

thence South 89 degrees 46 minutes 55 seconds West a distance of 67.76 feet to a point on the Easterly right-of-way line of Scottsdale Road which point is on the West line of Lot 91 of said Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Two, and which point lies South 0 degrees 07 minutes 06 seconds West (record South) a distance of 2.52 feet from said Southwest corner of Lot 90;

thence North 00 degrees 07 minutes 06 seconds East along said Easterly right-of-way line a distance of 174.64 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING.

 

B-3


PARCEL NO. 3 :

That part of the following described parcel designated and referred to as the “Subsurface Parcel” in that certain License Agreement recorded in Document No. 89-407772, records of Maricopa County, Arizona;

That portion of the Southwest quarter of Section 23, Township 2 North, Range 4 East of the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian, Maricopa County, Arizona, more particularly described as follows:

COMMENCING at the intersection of the monument lines of Paradise Paseo (also known as 6th Avenue) and Winfield Scott Plaza as shown on the plat of Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three as recorded in Book 70 (Maps) page 49 at the Maricopa County Recorder’s Office, Maricopa County, Arizona;

thence South 89 degrees 35 minutes 15 seconds East (assumed bearing) along the monument line of said Paradise Pasco 82.96 feet;

thence North 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds East 101.08 feet;

thence North 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds West 50.00 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

thence South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West 48.51 feet to a point of ton-tangent curvature of a curve concave Southwesterly whose radius point bears South 46 degrees 24 minutes 05 seconds West 25.00 feet;

thence Northwesterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 11 degrees 32 minutes 13 seconds a distance of 5.03 feet to a point of tangency;

thence North 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds West 182.07 feet;

thence South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West 2.00 feet to a point of non-tangency curvature of a curve concave Northeasterly whose radius point bears North 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds East 610.00 feet, said curve hereinafter referred to as “Curve Number 1”;

thence Northwesterly along the arc of said curve, through a central angle of 8 degrees 11 minutes 06 seconds a distance of 87.14 feet;

thence leaving the arc of said curve on a radial bearing North 43 degrees 02 minutes 58 seconds East 100.00 feet to a point on non-tangent curvature of a curve concave Northeasterly, concentric with said Curve Number 1, whose radius point bears North 43 degrees 02 minutes 58 seconds East 510.00 feet;

thence Southeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 8 degrees 11 minutes 06 seconds a distance of 87.14 feet;

thence leaving the arc of said curve on a radial line South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West 2.00 feet;

thence South 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds East 182.07 feet to a point of curvature of a curve concave Northeasterly having a radius of 25.00 feet;

thence Southeasterly along the arc of said curve through a central angle of 11 degrees 32 minutes 13 seconds a distance of 5.03 feet;

thence leaving the arc of said curve on a non-tangential line South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West 48.51 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING.

 

B-4


PARCEL NO. 4 :

That part of the following described parcel designated and referred to as the “Air Parcel” in that certain License Agreement recorded in Document No. 89-407772, records of Maricopa County, Arizona;

That portion of the Southwest quarter of Section 23, Township 2 North, Range 4 East of the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian, Maricopa County, Arizona, more particularly described as follows:

COMMENCING at the intersection of the monument lines of Paradise Paseo (also known as 6th Avenue) and Winfield Scott Plaza as shown on the plat of Winfield Scott Plaza Unit Three as recorded in Book 70 (Maps) page 49 at the Maricopa County Recorder’s Office, Maricopa County, Arizona;

thence South 89 degrees 35 minutes 15 seconds East (assumed bearing) along the monument line of said Paradise Paseo 82.96 feet;

thence North 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds East 101.08 feet;

thence North 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds West 36.00 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

thence South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West 60.00 feet;

thence North 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds West 80.00 feet;

thence North 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds East 120.00 feet;

thence South 55 degrees 08 minutes 08 seconds East 80.00 feet;

thence South 34 degrees 51 minutes 52 seconds West 60.00 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

EXCEPT that part lying within the hereinabove described Parcel Nos. 1 and 2.

PARCEL NO. 5 :

Lots 8, 9 and 10, SHOEMAN TRACT, according to the plat of record in the office of the County Recorder of Maricopa County, Arizona, in Book 42 of Maps, page 31.

PARCEL NO. 6 :

Lots 72, 73, 74 and the West half of Lot 71, CAMELBACK PARK PLAZA, according to the plat of record in the office of the County Recorder of Maricopa County, Arizona, in Book 86 of Maps, page 13.

PARCEL NO. 7 :

That portion of the alley lying Southerly and adjacent to Lots 72, 73, 74 and the West half of Lot 71, CAMELBACK PARK PLAZA, according to the plat of record in the office of the County Recorder of Maricopa County, Arizona 0 in Book 86 of Maps, page 13, as abandoned by City of Scottsdale Resolution No. 3207 recorded August 31, 1989 in Document No. 89-407767.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

TENANT IMPROVEMENT RIDER

 

18. INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS .

18.1 Tenant Improvements . Landlord will cause to be constructed (using an architect, MEP engineers, general contractor and subcontractors selected by Landlord [after obtaining at least three (3) competitive bids from Landlord’s general contractors]), at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 18.1), all Tenant Improvements identified with specificity within, and in substantial accordance with, the Space Plan (as hereinafter defined). The parties intend that the Tenant Improvements set forth herein will be performed in a manner such that this Lease is a “turn key” Lease. The Tenant Improvements will be designed as described in this Tenant Improvement Rider. The Tenant Improvements become the property of Landlord and a part of the Building immediately upon installation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that, as of the Lease Date, Landlord has not received a final cost estimate for the Tenant Improvements from Landlord’s general contractor. If, after receipt of the final cost estimate, Landlord determines that it is unable to “turn key” the Tenant Improvements, Landlord, within three (3) business days after receipt of the final cost estimate, will meet with its general contractor and negotiate to reduce the total cost for the Tenant Improvements. If Landlord is still not able to “turn key” the Tenant Improvements, then, within three (3) business days of such meeting with the general contractor, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (“Landlord’s Notice”) of Landlord’s inability to construct the Tenant Improvements on a “turn key” basis, time being of the essence. Within five (5) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notification, Tenant will confer with Landlord in an effort to mutually and reasonably value engineer the Tenant Improvements such that both parties are willing to proceed with construction of the Tenant Improvements. If, despite such efforts, the parties are unable to so value engineer the Tenant Improvements within ten (10) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Notice, then either party, in its sole and absolute discretion, may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other party (the “Tl Termination Notice”). In the event either party gives a Tl Termination Notice, Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Temporary Premises for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1. Upon expiration of such one hundred twenty day (120) day period, the Lease shall terminate and neither party shall have any further duties or obligations to the other party under this Lease (except for those obligations that expressly survive the termination of this Lease), and the Lease shall thereafter be considered null and void and of no further force or effect. For purposes hereof, “Substantially Complete” and “Substantially Completed” means either (a) the date a certificate of occupancy (temporary or final) is issued for the Premises, or (b) if a certificate of occupancy is not required, the date Tenant is reasonably able to take occupancy of the Premises; provided that if either (a) or (b) is delayed or prevented because of work Tenant is responsible for performing in the Premises, “Substantial Completion” means the date that all of Landlord’s work which is necessary for either (a) or (b) to occur has been performed and Landlord has made the Premises available to Tenant for the performance of Tenant’s work.

18.2 Space Plan . The parties acknowledge that a copy of the approved space plan for the Tenant Improvements, is attached hereto as Schedule 1 to this Exhibit C (“Space Plan”).

18.3 Construction Drawings and Specifications . Landlord will prepare construction drawings and specifications for the Tenant Improvements in substantial accordance with the Space Plan (the “Construction Drawings and Specifications”). Tenant will not specify long lead time items that would delay Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements.

18.4 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant designates John Lieu as the representative of Tenant having authority to respond to construction issues relating to the Premises and to bind Tenant by signing documents and all other notices regarding the Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s representative shall have the right to monitor Landlord’s progress in the construction of the Premises from time to time so long as such monitoring does not interfere with Landlord’s construction activities.

 

C-1


18.5 Punch List . Within twenty (20) days after Substantial Completion, Landlord and Tenant will inspect the Premises and develop a Punch List. Landlord will complete (or repair, as the case may be) the items listed on the Punch List with commercially reasonable diligence and speed, subject to Tenant Delay and Force Majeure. If Tenant refuses to inspect the Premises with Landlord within the twenty (20)-day period, Tenant is deemed to have accepted the Premises as delivered.

18.6 Floor Core Drilling Penetrations . As part of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord will provide floor core drilling penetrations within the Premises in the locations depicted on the Space Plan.

18.7 Tenant’s Noise Suppression System . Following Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to reimbursement by Landlord as expressly provided below), shall have the right to provide and install a noise suppression system within the Premises (the “Tenant’s Noise Suppression System” ). Tenant’s Noise Suppression System shall constitute “Alterations” for purposes of this Lease and shall be performed in strict accordance with Article 7 of this Lease, including, without limitation, the requirement that (a) Tenant obtain Landlord’s prior written consent as to the design and construction of such system and Tenant’s proposed installation of the same within the Premises and (b) such system will at all times comply with any and all applicable Laws. Landlord will have no liability for any failure or other breach of Tenant’s Noise Suppression System. Upon Landlord’s prior request, Tenant will remove Tenant’s Noise Suppression System on or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, will repair any damage to the Project resulting from such removal. Landlord will reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s costs of installing Tenant’s Noise Suppression System within the Premises in an amount not to exceed Fifteen Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($15,000.00) (the “Noise Suppression System Allowance” ). Any and all proposed costs submitted to Landlord for reimbursement from the Noise Suppression System Allowance must be supported by reasonable documentation, such as an invoice or receipt of purchase and payment and full, final and unconditional lien waivers from each of the contractors constructing and/or installing any portion of Tenant’s Noise Suppression System. Tenant will not request any such reimbursement from Landlord until Tenant has completed the installation of Tenant’s Noise Suppression System in strict accordance with plans and specifications reasonably pre-approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s Noise Suppression System within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s written request for reimbursement, together with reasonable supporting documentation evidencing Tenant’s prior payment thereof, provided that Landlord has no obligation to reimburse any amounts incurred by Tenant in excess of the Noise Suppression System Allowance.

 

C-2


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT C

APPROVED SPACE PLAN

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

C-3


LOGO

 

C-4


 

C-5


LOGO

 

C-6


EXHIBIT D

BUILDING RULES

The following Building Rules apply to and govern Tenant’s use of the Premises and Project. Capitalized terms have the meanings given in the Lease, of which these Building Rules are a part. Tenant is responsible for all Claims arising from any violation of the Building Rules by Tenant.

1. NO AWNING OR OTHER PROJECTION MAY BE ATTACHED TO THE OUTSIDE WALLS OF THE PREMISES OR PROJECT. NO CURTAINS, BLINDS, SHADES OR SCREENS VISIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR OF THE PREMISES MAY BE ATTACHED TO OR HUNG IN, OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY WINDOW OR DOOR OF THE PREMISES WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF LANDLORD. SUCH CURTAINS, BLINDS, SHADES, SCREENS OR OTHER FIXTURES MUST BE OF A QUALITY, TYPE, DESIGN AND COLOR, AND ATTACHED IN A MANNER, APPROVED BY LANDLORD IN WRITING.

2. NO SIGN, LETTERING, PICTURE, NOTICE OR ADVERTISEMENT WHICH IS VISIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR OF THE PREMISES OR PROJECT MAY BE INSTALLED ON OR IN THE PREMISES WITHOUT LANDLORD’S PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT, AND THEN ONLY IN SUCH MANNER, CHARACTER AND STYLE AS LANDLORD MAY HAVE APPROVED IN WRITING.

3. TENANT WILL NOT OBSTRUCT SIDEWALKS, ENTRANCES, PASSAGES, CORRIDORS, VESTIBULES, HALLS, OR STAIRWAYS IN AND ABOUT THE PROJECT WHICH ARE USED IN COMMON WITH OTHER TENANTS. TENANT WILL NOT PLACE OBJECTS AGAINST GLASS PARTITIONS OR DOORS OR WINDOWS WHICH WOULD BE UNSIGHTLY FROM ANY OF THE CORRIDORS OF THE PROJECT OR FROM THE EXTERIOR OF THE PROJECT AND WILL PROMPTLY REMOVE ANY SUCH OBJECTS UPON NOTICE FROM LANDLORD.

4. TENANT WILL NOT CREATE OR ALLOW OBNOXIOUS OR HARMFUL FUMES, ODORS, SMOKE OR OTHER DISCHARGES WHICH MAY BE OFFENSIVE TO THE OTHER OCCUPANTS OF THE PROJECT OR NEIGHBORING PROPERTIES, OR OTHERWISE CREATE ANY NUISANCE.

5. THE PREMISES SHALL NOT BE USED FOR COOKING (AS OPPOSED TO HEATING OF FOOD), LODGING, SLEEPING OR FOR ANY IMMORAL OR ILLEGAL PURPOSE.

6. TENANT WILL NOT MAKE EXCESSIVE NOISES, CAUSE DISTURBANCES OR VIBRATIONS OR USE OR OPERATE ANY ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL DEVICES OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT EMIT EXCESSIVE SOUND OR OTHER WAVES OR DISTURBANCES OR WHICH MAY BE OFFENSIVE TO THE OTHER OCCUPANTS OF THE PROJECT, OR THAT MAY UNREASONABLY INTERFERE WITH THE OPERATION OF ANY DEVICE, EQUIPMENT, COMPUTER, VIDEO, RADIO, TELEVISION BROADCASTING OR RECEPTION FROM OR WITHIN THE PROJECT OR ELSEWHERE.

7. MACHINES AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BELONGING TO TENANT, WHICH CAUSE NOISE OR VIBRATION THAT MAY BE TRANSMITTED TO THE STRUCTURE OF THE BUILDING OR TO ANY SPACE THEREIN TO SUCH A DEGREE AS TO BE OBJECTIONABLE TO LANDLORD OR TO ANY TENANTS IN THE BUILDING, SHALL BE PLACED AND MAINTAINED BY TENANT, AT TENANT’S EXPENSE, ON VIBRATION ELIMINATORS OR OTHER DEVICES SUFFICIENT TO ELIMINATE NOISE OR VIBRATION.

8. NO ANIMAL IS ALLOWED IN THE PROJECT, EXCEPT FOR ANIMALS ASSISTING THE DISABLED.

 

D-1


9. TENANT WILL NOT WASTE ELECTRICITY, WATER OR AIR CONDITIONING AND WILL COOPERATE WITH LANDLORD TO ENSURE THE MOST EFFECTIVE OPERATION OF THE PROJECT’S HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, VENTILATION AND UTILITY SYSTEMS. TENANT WILL NOT USE ANY METHOD OF HEATING OR AIR CONDITIONING (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION FANS OR SPACE HEATERS) OTHER THAN THAT SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD OR APPROVED IN WRITING.

10. TENANT ASSUMES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROTECTING ITS SPACE FROM THEFT, ROBBERY AND PILFERAGE, WHICH INCLUDES KEEPING VALUABLE ITEMS LOCKED UP AND DOORS LOCKED AND OTHER MEANS OF ENTRY TO THE PREMISES CLOSED AND SECURED AFTER BUSINESS HOURS AND AT OTHER TIMES THE PREMISES IS NOT IN USE.

11. NO ADDITIONAL LOCKS OR SIMILAR DEVICES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO ANY EXTERIOR DOOR OR WINDOW (OR INTERIOR DOOR OR WINDOW, IF REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE FIRE CODE AND/OR BY THE FIRE MARSHAL) AND NO KEYS OTHER THAN THOSE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD SHALL BE MADE FOR ANY DOOR. IF MORE THAN TWO KEYS FOR ONE LOCK ARE DESIRED BY THE TENANT, LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE THE SAME UPON PAYMENT BY THE TENANT. UPON TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE OR OF TENANT’S POSSESSION, TENANT WILL SURRENDER ALL KEYS OF THE PREMISES AND SHALL EXPLAIN TO LANDLORD ALL COMBINATION LOCKS ON SAFES, CABINETS AND VAULTS.

12. TENANT WILL NOT BRING INTO THE PROJECT INFLAMMABLES, SUCH AS GASOLINE, KEROSENE, NAPHTHA AND BENZINE, OR EXPLOSIVES OR ANY OTHER ARTICLE OF INTRINSICALLY DANGEROUS NATURE.

13. TENANT SHALL NOT BRING ANY BICYCLES OR OTHER VEHICLES OF ANY KIND INTO THE BUILDING, EXCEPT FOR APPROPRIATE VEHICLES NECESSARY FOR ASSISTING THE DISABLED.

14. IF ANY CARPETING OR OTHER FLOORING IS INSTALLED BY TENANT USING AN ADHESIVE, SUCH ADHESIVE WILL BE AN ODORLESS, RELEASABLE ADHESIVE.

15. IF TENANT REQUIRES TELEGRAPHIC, TELEPHONIC, SECURITY ALARM, SATELLITE DISHES, ANTENNAE OR SIMILAR SERVICES, TENANT SHALL FIRST OBTAIN LANDLORD’S WRITTEN APPROVAL, AND COMPLY WITH LANDLORD’S INSTRUCTIONS IN THEIR INSTALLATION.

16. THE WATER AND WASH CLOSETS, DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND OTHER PLUMBING FIXTURES WILL NOT BE USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN THOSE FOR WHICH THEY WERE CONSTRUCTED, AND NO SWEEPINGS, RUBBISH, RAGS, COFFEE GROUNDS OR OTHER SUBSTANCES SHALL BE THROWN THEREIN.

17. TENANT WILL NOT OVERLOAD ANY UTILITIES SERVING THE PREMISES.

18. ALL LOADING, UNLOADING, RECEIVING OR DELIVERY OF GOODS, SUPPLIES, FURNITURE OR OTHER ITEMS WILL BE MADE ONLY THROUGH ENTRYWAYS PROVIDED FOR SUCH PURPOSES. DELIVERIES DURING NORMAL OFFICE HOURS SHALL BE LIMITED TO NORMAL OFFICE SUPPLIES AND OTHER SMALL ITEMS. NO DELIVERIES SHALL BE MADE WHICH IMPEDE OR INTERFERE WITH OTHER TENANTS OR THE OPERATION OF THE BUILDING. NO EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FURNITURE, PACKAGES, SUPPLIES, MERCHANDISE OR OTHER PROPERTY WILL BE RECEIVED IN THE BUILDING OR CARRIED IN THE PASSENGER ELEVATORS EXCEPT BETWEEN SUCH HOURS AND IN SUCH ELEVATORS AS MAY BE DESIGNATED BY LANDLORD.

 

D-2


19. TENANT’S INITIAL MOVE IN AND SUBSEQUENT DELIVERIES OF HEAVY OR BULKY ITEMS, SUCH AS FURNITURE, SAFES AND SIMILAR ITEMS SHALL BE MADE ONLY OUTSIDE OF BUSINESS HOURS AND ONLY IN SUCH MANNER AS SHALL BE PRESCRIBED IN WRITING BY LANDLORD. LANDLORD WILL IN ALL CASES HAVE THE RIGHT TO SPECIFY THE PROPER POSITION OF ANY SAFE, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER HEAVY ARTICLE, WHICH SHALL ONLY BE USED BY TENANT IN A MANNER WHICH WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH OR CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PREMISE OR THE PROJECT, OR TO THE OTHER TENANTS OR OCCUPANTS OF THE PROJECT. TENANT WILL NOT OVERLOAD THE FLOORS OR STRUCTURE OF THE BUILDING.

20. TENANT WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CLAIMS ARISING FROM ANY DAMAGE TO THE PROJECT OR THE PROPERTY OF ITS EMPLOYEES OR OTHERS AND ANY INJURIES SUSTAINED BY ANY PERSON WHOMSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE DELIVERY OR MOVING OF ANY ARTICLES BY OR FOR TENANT.

21. CANVASSING, SOLICITING, AND PEDDLING IN OR ABOUT THE PROJECT IS PROHIBITED AND TENANT WILL COOPERATE TO PREVENT THE SAME.

22. AT ALL TIMES (A) PERSONS MAY ENTER THE BUILDING ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH REGULATIONS AS LANDLORD MAY PROVIDE, (B) PERSONS ENTERING OR DEPARTING FROM THE BUILDING MAY BE QUESTIONED AS TO THEIR BUSINESS IN THE BUILDING, AND THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO REQUIRE THE USE OF AN IDENTIFICATION CARD OR OTHER ACCESS DEVICE OR PROCEDURES AND/OR THE REGISTERING OF SUCH PERSONS AS TO THE HOUR OF ENTRY AND DEPARTURE, NATURE OF VISIT, AND OTHER INFORMATION DEEMED NECESSARY FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE BUILDING, AND (C) ALL ENTRIES INTO AND DEPARTURES FROM THE BUILDING SHALL BE THROUGH ONE OR MORE ENTRANCES AS LANDLORD SHALL FROM TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE. LANDLORD MAY ELECT NOT TO ENFORCE CLAUSES (A), (B) AND (C) ABOVE DURING BUSINESS HOURS, BUT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DO SO AT LANDLORD’S DISCRETION.

23. IN CASE OF INVASION, MOB, RIOT, PUBLIC EXCITEMENT, OR OTHER COMMOTION, LANDLORD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT OR PREVENT ACCESS TO THE PROJECT DURING THE CONTINUANCE OF THE SAME BY CLOSING THE DOORS OR TAKING OTHER APPROPRIATE STEPS. LANDLORD WILL IN NO CASE BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY ERROR OR OTHER ACTION TAKEN WITH REGARD TO THE ADMISSION TO OR EXCLUSION FROM THE PROJECT OF ANY PERSON AT ANY TIME.

24. SMOKING IS NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT IN THE SMOKING AREAS LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING, IF ANY, AS DESIGNATED AND REDESIGNATED IN WRITING FROM TIME TO TIME BY LANDLORD, IN ITS SOLE, ABSOLUTE AND ARBITRARY DISCRETION, AND TENANT WILL NOT SMOKE ANYWHERE WITHIN THE PROJECT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PREMISES AND THE SIDEWALKS, ENTRANCES, PASSAGES, CORRIDORS, HALLS, ELEVATORS AND STAIRWAYS OF THE PROJECT, OTHER THAN THE SMOKING AREAS, IF ANY, DESIGNATED IN WRITING BY LANDLORD. ALL SMOKING MATERIALS MUST BE DISPOSED OF IN ASHTRAYS OR OTHER APPROPRIATE RECEPTACLES PROVIDED FOR THAT PURPOSE.

25. THE BUILDING DIRECTORY WILL BE PROVIDED EXCLUSIVELY FOR THE DISPLAY OF THE NAME AND LOCATION OF TENANTS ONLY AND LANDLORD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO EXCLUDE ANY OTHER NAMES THEREFROM AND TO LIMIT THE AMOUNT OF SPACE THEREON DEDICATED TO TENANT.

26. UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY LANDLORD IN WRITING, ALL JANITORIAL SERVICES FOR THE PROJECT AND THE PREMISES SHALL BE PROVIDED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH LANDLORD, AND EXCEPT WITH THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF LANDLORD, NO PERSON OR PERSONS OTHER THAN THOSE APPROVED BY LANDLORD SHALL BE EMPLOYED BY TENANT OR PERMITTED TO ENTER THE PROJECT FOR THE PURPOSE OF PERFORMING

 

D-3


JANITORIAL SERVICES. TENANT SHALL NOT CAUSE ANY UNNECESSARY LABOR BY CARELESSNESS OR INDIFFERENCE TO THE GOOD ORDER AND CLEANLINESS OF THE PROJECT.

27. LANDLORD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO EXCLUDE OR EXPEL FROM THE PROJECT ANY PERSON WHO, IN LANDLORD’S JUDGMENT, IS INTOXICATED OR UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF LIQUOR OR DRUGS OR WHO IS IN VIOLATION OF ANY OF THE BUILDING RULES OR ANY LAWS.

28. TENANT SHALL STORE ALL ITS TRASH AND GARBAGE IN PROPER RECEPTACLES WITHIN ITS PREMISES OR IN OTHER FACILITIES PROVIDED FOR SUCH PURPOSE BY LANDLORD. TENANT SHALL NOT PLACE IN ANY TRASH BOX OR RECEPTACLE ANY MATERIAL WHICH CANNOT BE DISPOSED OF IN THE ORDINARY AND CUSTOMARY MANNER OF TRASH AND GARBAGE DISPOSAL. ALL GARBAGE AND REFUSE DISPOSAL SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIRECTIONS ISSUED FROM TIME TO TIME BY LANDLORD. TENANT WILL COOPERATE WITH ANY RECYCLING PROGRAM AT THE PROJECT.

29. TENANT WILL NOT USE IN THE PREMISES OR COMMON AREA OF THE PROJECT ANY HAND TRUCK EXCEPT THOSE EQUIPPED WITH RUBBER TIRES AND SIDE GUARDS OR SUCH OTHER MATERIAL-HANDLING EQUIPMENT AS LANDLORD MAY APPROVE.

30. TENANT WILL NOT USE THE NAME OF THE BUILDING OR THE PROJECT IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN PROMOTING OR ADVERTISING THE BUSINESS OF TENANT EXCEPT AS TENANT’S ADDRESS.

31. TENANT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL SAFETY, FIRE PROTECTION AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS ESTABLISHED BY LANDLORD OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

32. TENANT’S REQUIREMENTS WILL BE ATTENDED TO ONLY UPON APPROPRIATE APPLICATION TO LANDLORD’S PROPERTY MANAGEMENT OFFICE FOR THE PROJECT BY AN AUTHORIZED INDIVIDUAL.

33. TENANT WILL NOT PARK OR PERMIT PARKING IN ANY AREAS DESIGNATED BY LANDLORD FOR PARKING BY VISITORS TO THE PROJECT OR FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF TENANTS OR OTHER OCCUPANTS OF THE PROJECT. ONLY PASSENGER VEHICLES MAY BE PARKED IN THE PARKING AREAS.

34. PARKING STICKERS OR ANY OTHER DEVICE OR FORM OF IDENTIFICATION SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD AS A CONDITION OF USE OF THE PARKING FACILITIES SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF LANDLORD. SUCH PARKING IDENTIFICATION DEVICE MUST BE DISPLAYED AS REQUESTED AND MAY NOT BE MUTILATED OR OBSTRUCTED IN ANY MANNER. SUCH DEVICES ARE NOT TRANSFERABLE AND ANY DEVICE IN THE POSSESSION OF AN UNAUTHORIZED HOLDER WILL BE VOID. LANDLORD MAY CHARGE A FEE FOR PARKING STICKERS, CARDS OR OTHER PARKING CONTROL DEVICES SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD.

35. NO OVERNIGHT OR EXTENDED TERM PARKING OR STORAGE OF VEHICLES IS PERMITTED.

36. PARKING IS PROHIBITED (A) IN AREAS NOT STRIPED FOR PARKING; (B) IN AISLES; (C) WHERE “NO PARKING” SIGNS ARE POSTED; (D) ON RAMPS; (E) IN CROSS-HATCHED AREAS (IF ANY); (F) IN LOADING AREAS; AND (G) IN SUCH OTHER AREAS AS MAY BE DESIGNATED BY LANDLORD FROM TIME TO TIME.

 

D-4


37. ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE, LOSS OR THEFT TO VEHICLES AND THE CONTENTS THEREOF IS ASSUMED BY THE PERSON PARKING THEIR VEHICLE.

38. TENANT AND/OR EACH USER OF THE PARKING AREA MAY BE REQUIRED TO SIGN A PARKING AGREEMENT, AS A CONDITION TO PARKING, WHICH AGREEMENT MAY PROVIDE FOR THE MANNER OF PAYMENT OF ANY PARKING CHARGES AND OTHER MATTERS NOT INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE AND THESE BUILDING RULES.

39. LANDLORD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE PARKING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES AND PARKING RIGHTS TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON WHO FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE BUILDING RULES APPLICABLE TO THE PARKING AREAS. ANY VIOLATION OF SUCH RULE SHALL SUBJECT THE VEHICLE TO REMOVAL, AT SUCH PERSON’S EXPENSE.

40. A THIRD PARTY MAY OWN, OPERATE OR CONTROL THE PARKING AREAS, AND SUCH PARTY MAY ENFORCE THESE BUILDING RULES RELATING TO PARKING. TENANT WILL OBEY ANY ADDITIONAL RULES AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING PARKING WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED BY THE PARKING OPERATOR OR ANY OTHER PERSON CONTROLLING THE PARKING AREAS SERVING THE PROJECT.

41. TENANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OBSERVANCE OF ALL OF THE BUILDING RULES BY TENANT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CLIENTS, CUSTOMERS, INVITEES AND GUESTS).

42. LANDLORD MAY, FROM TIME TO TIME, WAIVE ANY ONE OR MORE OF THESE BUILDING RULES FOR THE BENEFIT OF TENANT OR ANY OTHER TENANT, BUT NO SUCH WAIVER BY LANDLORD SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS A CONTINUING WAIVER OF SUCH BUILDING RULE(S) IN FAVOR OF TENANT OR ANY OTHER TENANT, NOR PREVENT LANDLORD FROM THEREAFTER ENFORCING ANY SUCH BUILDING RULE(S) AGAINST TENANT OR ANY OR ALL OF THE TENANTS OF THE PROJECT.

43. LANDLORD MAY, FROM TIME TO TIME, HOLD, OR PERMIT OTHERS TO HOLD, PRIVATE EVENTS IN THE ATRIUM OF THE BUILDING. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TENANT SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH OR ATTEND, AND SHALL NOT PERMIT OTHERS TO INTERFERE WITH OR ATTEND, ANY SUCH PRIVATE EVENTS WITHOUT INVITATION.

44. THESE BUILDING RULES ARE IN ADDITION TO, AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO IN ANY WAY MODIFY OR AMEND, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THE OTHER TERMS, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THESE BUILDING RULES AND ANY EXPRESS TERM OR PROVISION OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN THE LEASE, SUCH OTHER EXPRESS TERM OR PROVISION SHALL BE CONTROLLING.

 

D-5


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 4 th day of January, 2011, by and between JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as “Landlord”, and YELP! INC., a Delaware corporation, as “Tenant”.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of January 20, 2010 (the “Lease”), for the lease of certain space in the Building commonly known and described as Galleria Corporate Centre having an address of 4343 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to modify the Lease to, among other things, expand the Premises as hereinafter set forth in this First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The terms and provisions of this First Amendment shall be effective on the date of this First Amendment. All capitalized terms used in this First Amendment, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.

2. Tenant desires to expand the Premises (which Premises currently consists of that certain space containing approximately Twenty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Four (28,574) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 220 therein) to include that certain expansion space containing approximately Seven Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Nine (7,539) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 200 therein, as such expansion space is shown on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as Exhibit B (the “Suite 200 Expansion Space”). Commencing on the date of Substantial Completion (as hereinafter defined) of the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements (as hereinafter defined) within the Suite 200 Expansion Space (the “Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date”), and continuing for the remainder of the Term, Tenant will lease from Landlord, in addition to the space currently being leased by Tenant from Landlord, the Suite 200 Expansion Space. The parties anticipate that the Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date will occur on or about the March 1, 2011 (the “Estimated Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date”); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements are not Substantially Completed by the Estimated Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date. If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Suite 200 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before the Estimated Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date for any reason, the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect (subject only to the following sentences of this Section 2); provided, however, that unless the delay is a Tenant Delay, the Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date will be extended by a period equal to the number of days of delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Suite 200 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before April 30, 2011 (as such date may be extended pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2, the “Suite 200 Expansion Space Termination Date”), then Tenant may terminate this First Amendment (but not the Lease, which will continue in full force and effect unmodified by this First Amendment) by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord not later than ten (10) days after the Suite 200 Expansion Space Termination Date. If Tenant timely delivers such notice of termination, then


this First Amendment (but not the Lease, which will continue in full force and effect unmodified by this First Amendment) will terminate and the parties will have no further rights or obligations hereunder, provided that if Landlord tenders possession of the Suite 200 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed within ten (10) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s termination notice, then the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, will continue in full force and effect. Any failure by Tenant to deliver such termination notice to Landlord on or before ten (10) days after the Suite 200 Expansion Space Termination Date will constitute a waiver of Tenant’s right to terminate this First Amendment pursuant to this Section 2, and the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, will continue in full force and effect. The Suite 200 Expansion Space Termination Date will in all events be extended by reason of Tenant Delay or Force Majeure. Tenant’s rights under this Section 2 will be Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies against Landlord for any delay in achieving Substantial Completion of the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements. Tenant’s lease of the Suite 200 Expansion Space will in all events be coterminous with Tenant’s lease of the remainder of the Premises.

3. The following provisions will be effective on the Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date:

(a) The term “Premises”, as defined in the Lease, will be deemed to include, in addition to the space currently leased by Tenant from Landlord, the Suite 200 Expansion Space (which Premises, inclusive of the Suite 200 Expansion Space, will consist of approximately Thirty-Six Thousand One Hundred Thirteen (36,113) rentable square feet of floor area), and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as specifically amended hereby, will be applicable to the entire Premises (including the Suite 200 Expansion Space).

(b) Commencing on the later to occur of (i) the Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date and (ii) March 15, 2011 (such later date being hereinafter referred to as the “Suite 200 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date”), the Base Rent schedule contained within the Basic Terms of the Lease is hereby deleted In its entirety and is hereby substituted with the following schedule.

 

Base Rent:    Months     Annual Base
Rent
    Monthly
Installments
 
     01-24  ***    $ 510,096.13  ***    $ 42,508.01  *** 
     25-33      $ 848,655.50      $ 70,721.29   
     34-49      $ 902,825.00      $ 75,235.42   
     50-69      $ 938,938.00      $ 78,244.83   

 

*** Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times prior to the Suite 200 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, Annual Base Rent shall equal $403,675.75 and monthly installments of Annual Base Rent shall equal $33,633.98 ( i.e. , calculated on the basis that the Premises consists of Twenty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Four (28,574) rentable square feet of floor area prior to the Suite 200 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date).

(c) Commencing on the Suite 200 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, the reference to “9.64%” ( i.e. , Nine and 64/100ths Percent) contained in the Tenant’s Share provisions of the Basic Terms of the Lease is hereby deleted and is hereby substituted with “12.18%” ( i.e. , Twelve and 18/100ths Percent). At all times prior to the Suite 200 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share shall equal Nine and 64/100ths Percent (9.64%) ( i.e. , calculated on the basis that the Premises consists of Twenty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Four (28,574) rentable square feet of floor area prior to the Suite 200 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date).

 

2


(d) Section 17.2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in Its entirety and is hereby replaced with the following text:

17.2 Parking : Commencing on the Suite 200 Expansion Space Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remainder of the first twenty-four (24) months of the initial Term, Landlord licenses to Tenant one hundred eighty-five (185) unreserved parking spaces, such parking spaces to be located in a portion of the Parking Facilities as designated from time to time by Landlord and provided to Tenant without charge until the expiration of the first twenty-four (24) months of the initial Term. From and after the expiration of the aforementioned twenty-four (24) month period and continuing throughout the remainder of the first sixty-nine (69) months of the initial Term, Landlord shall increase this license by thirty-six (36) unreserved parking spaces such that Tenant is provided with two hundred twenty-one (221) unreserved parking spaces, all such parking spaces to be located in a portion of the Parking Facilities as designated from time to time by Landlord and provided to Tenant at a cost of $25.00 per month for each of the two hundred twenty-one (221) unreserved parking spaces. From and after the expiration of the first sixty-nine (69) months of the Initial Term, Landlord may change its parking charges at any time on not less than thirty (30) days prior notice to Tenant. Unless otherwise notified by Landlord, Tenant will pay all parking fees as Additional Rent at the same time, place and manner as Base Rent, but said parking may be paid separately by Tenant. Parking at the Project by Tenant is subject to the other provisions of this Lease, including without limitation, the Building Rules. In no event will Landlord be liable for any loss, damage or theft of, to or from any vehicle at the Project. From time to time during the Term, Tenant may request the license of additional unreserved parking spaces, and In such event, provided the same are available, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, Landlord will license same to Tenant on the same terms and conditions as are set forth above (provided, however, that any such additional unreserved parking spaces will be provided to Tenant at a cost of $25.00 per month for each such space If Tenant elects to license the same at any time during the first sixty-nine (69) months of the Initial Term). Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Parking Facilities may include surface parking adjacent to the building in which the Premises is located if Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, elects to construct such surface parking at any time during the Term.

(e) Section 17.5 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is hereby replaced with the following text:

17.5 Right of First Refusal : if, prior to close of business on February 28, 2011 (the “Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Expiration Date”), Landlord agrees upon lease terms with an unaffiliated third party (“Third Party”) to lease that certain space containing approximately Twelve Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Nine (12,799) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 270 therein (the “Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space”), then Landlord will give a written copy of such offer (“Lease Offer”) to Tenant. The delivery of a Lease Offer by Landlord to Tenant shall constitute an offer by Landlord to Tenant to lease the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space to Tenant in accordance with the Lease Offer, and Tenant shall thereafter have the first right to lease such space in accordance with the

 

3


Lease Offer by accepting the offer made by Landlord by written notice to Landlord given within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of the applicable Lease Offer, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s acceptance of the Lease Offer. Tenant’s failure to timely respond to the Lease Offer within the aforementioned ten (10) business day period shall constitute Tenant’s rejection of the Lease Offer and, subject to the following sentence, Landlord may thereafter freely lease the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space without reference to this Section 17.5 or any of Tenant’s rights therein or thereto and this Section 17.5 shall immediately terminate and be of no force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant rejects (or is deemed to have rejected) the Lease Offer and Landlord thereafter (but prior to the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Expiration Date) desires to lease the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space to a Third Party for a base rental rate that is less than ninety percent (90%) of the base rental rate contained within the Lease Offer, then Landlord will again offer to lease the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space to Tenant by way of a “Supplemental Lease Offer” containing the reduced base rental rate offered to the Third Party and the provisions of this Section 17.5 will govern the procedure for Tenant’s acceptance or rejection (or deemed rejection, as the case may be) of the Supplemental Lease Offer, except that Tenant will have five (5) business days (as opposed to ten (10) business days) in which to provide Landlord with Tenant’s written acceptance the Supplemental Lease Offer, time being of the essence with respect to such acceptance. Under no circumstance will Landlord be under any obligation to provide Tenant with a Lease Offer or Supplemental Lease Offer at any time from and after the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Expiration Date.

If Tenant timely accepts the Lease Offer in writing, Tenant will be bound to lease the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space strictly in accordance with the terms of the Lease Offer. The parties will, within ten (10) business days after Tenant timely accepts the Lease Offer, amend the Lease in writing to incorporate the terms of the Lease Offer; if Landlord and Tenant fall to execute such amendment within such ten (10) business day period, however, Tenant will nevertheless be obligated to lease the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space on the terms and conditions contained in the Lease Offer. In the event Landlord does not submit a Lease Offer to Tenant pursuant to this Section 17.5 on or before the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Expiration Date, then Tenant’s rights to the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space shall automatically terminate from and after the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Expiration Date; provided, however, that, during the remainder of the first sixty-nine (69) months of the initial Term, Landlord will use best efforts to notify Tenant of any bona fide third party written offer to lease the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space in order to accommodate any then current expansion needs of Tenant, but nothing contained in this sentence (or elsewhere in this Section 17.5) shall be deemed to constitute an option or right of first refusal or right of first offer to lease any portion of the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space at any time after the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Expiration Date.

(f) Exhibit A to the Lease is hereby deleted in Its entirety and is hereby substituted with Exhibit A attached hereto and Incorporated herein.

 

4


4. Landlord will cause to be constructed all of the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements in accordance with this Section 4 and any inapplicable or duplicative provision of Article 18 of the Lease (contained within the Tenant Improvement Rider (Exhibit C) to the Lease) shall be superseded hereby in connection with the construction of the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements:

(a) Landlord will cause to be constructed (using an architect, MEP engineers, general contractor and subcontractors selected by Landlord), at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 4), all improvements (the “Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements”) identified with specificity within, and in substantial accordance with, the Suite 200 Expansion Space Space Plan (as hereinafter defined). The parties Intend that the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements set forth herein will be performed in a “turn key” fashion and the parties further agree that Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, will pay for the reasonable costs associated with test-fit space plans for the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements, as well as the reasonable costs associated with working drawings, ADA retrofit and other reasonable code-related issues related to the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements using Landlord’s designated architect and engineers. The Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements will be designed as described in this Section 4. The Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements become the property of Landlord and a part of the Building immediately upon Installation. For purposes of the construction of the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements under this Section 4, “Substantially Complete” and “Substantially Completed” means either (a) the date a certificate of occupancy (temporary or final) is issued for the Suite 200 Expansion Space, or (b) if a certificate of occupancy Is not required, the date Tenant is reasonably able to take occupancy of the Suite 200 Expansion Space (as reasonably determined by Landlord); provided that if either (a) or (b) Is delayed or prevented because of work Tenant is responsible for performing in the Suite 200 Expansion Space, “Substantial Completion” means the date that all of Landlord’s work which Is necessary for either (a) or (b) to occur has been performed and Landlord has made the Suite 200 Expansion Space available to Tenant for the performance of Tenant’s work therein.

(b) The parties acknowledge that a copy of the approved space plan for the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements (which contemplates a proposed build out of the Suite 200 Expansion Space substantially similar to the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord within the original Premises pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Rider to the Lease) is attached to this First Amendment as Exhibit C (the “Suite 200 Expansion Space Space Plan”).

(c) Landlord will prepare construction drawings and specifications for the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements in substantial accordance with the Suite 200 Expansion Space Space Plan. Tenant will not specify long lead time items that would delay Substantial Completion of the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements.

(d) Tenant designates John Lieu as the representative of Tenant having authority to respond to construction issues relating to the Suite 200 Expansion Space and to bind Tenant by signing documents and all other notices regarding the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements. Tenant’s representative shall have the right to monitor Landlord’s progress in the construction of the Suite 200 Expansion Space from time to time so long as such monitoring does not interfere with Landlord’s construction activities.

(e) Within twenty (20) days after Substantial Completion of the Suite 200 Expansion Space Improvements, Landlord and Tenant will inspect the Suite 200 Expansion Space and develop a punch list of items therein (the “Suite 200 Expansion Space Punch List”). Landlord will complete (or repair, as the case may be) the items listed on the Suite 200 Expansion Space Punch List with commercially reasonable diligence and speed, subject to Tenant Delay and Force Majeure. If Tenant refuses to inspect the Suite 200 Expansion Space with Landlord within the aforementioned twenty (20)-day period, Tenant is deemed to have accepted the Suite 200 Expansion Space as delivered.

5. So long as no Event of Default then exists under this Lease, but subject

 

5


to all rights granted prior to the execution date of this First Amendment to any and all other tenants in the Building In and to (i) that certain space containing approximately Nine Thousand Two Hundred Seventy-Eight (9,278) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 280 therein (the “Suite 280 Expansion Option Space”) and/or (ii) that certain space containing approximately Three Thousand Nine Hundred (3,900) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 290 therein (the “Suite 290 Expansion Option Space”), Tenant will have the option to expand the Premises to include either or both of the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space (in its entirety) and/or the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space (in its entirety). For the avoidance of doubt, subject to the rights of other Building tenants (as more particularly described below), the parties expressly agree that Tenant may elect to lease either or both of the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space (in Its entirety) and/or the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space (in its entirety). If Tenant desires to exercise such option at any time during the first sixty-nine (69) months of the initial Term, Tenant must do so by delivering a written exercise notice to Landlord, which notice will stipulate whether Tenant desires to lease either or both of the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space (in its entirety) and/or the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space (In its entirety) (the “Proposed Expansion Option Space”). Within ten (10) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of such notice, Landlord will notify Tenant in writing as to whether all or any portion of the Proposed Expansion Option Space is available for lease (the “Available Expansion Option Space”), it being acknowledged and agreed to by Tenant that Landlord will be under no obligation to lease the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space or the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space to Tenant if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, one (1) or more other Building tenants have rights to any portion of the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space or the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space, respectively, granted prior to the execution date of this First Amendment, such rights remain active and uncleared, and no suitable space exists within the Building in which to relocate such tenant(s). If Landlord so determines that Available Expansion Option Space exists for lease by Tenant, Landlord’s notice will contain all economic terms and conditions (the “Available Expansion Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions”) of Landlord’s proposed leasing of the Available Expansion Option Space to Tenant, including without limitation, Landlord’s proposed Fair Market Base Rent and additional rent for such space and tenant improvements to be constructed therein or otherwise contributed to the Available Expansion Option Space, and an estimated commencement date for Tenant’s leasing of the Available Expansion Option Space, which date will in all events account for reasonably sufficient time for Landlord to relocate any and all existing tenants within any portion of the Available Expansion Option Space in accordance with and pursuant to such tenants’ respective leases (Tenant hereby agreeing to pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written request therefor, for Landlord’s estimated costs associated with such relocation; promptly following such relocation, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a written statement detailing the actual costs to Landlord associated with such relocation; within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of such statement, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, shall pay to the other the amount of any overpayment or deficiency for such relocation such that Tenant ultimately pays Landlord’s actual costs associated with such relocation). Tenant must notify Landlord in writing within ten (10) Business Days of receiving Landlord’s notice (time being of the essence) whether Tenant desires to lease the Available Expansion Option Space from Landlord on the Available Expansion Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions or if Tenant desires to lease the Available Expansion Option Space from Landlord but elects to have the Fair Market Base Rent therefor determined In accordance with Section 3.3(c) of the Lease, If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant does not desire to lease the Available Expansion Option Space, or if Tenant does not timely respond In writing to Landlord’s notice within such ten (10) Business Day period, then Tenant’s expansion option with regard to each of the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space and the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space hereunder shall thereafter automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord in writing within such ten (10) Business Day period that (a) Tenant desires to lease the Available Expansion Option Space on the Available Expansion Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions or (b) Tenant desires to lease the Available Expansion Option Space and submit the determination of Fair Market Base Rent to arbitration in accordance with Section 3.3(c) of the Lease, then the parties will, within ten (10) Business Days (1) after Tenant’s notice to Landlord if Tenant accepts the Available Expansion Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions; or (2) after the parties’ mutual agreement on Fair Market Base Rent or the arbitration is concluded, reasonably and in good faith negotiate the documentation ( e.g. , an amendment to the Lease or a new lease for the Available

 

6


Expansion Option Space) for Tenant’s lease of the Available Expansion Option Space from Landlord. Such documentation will incorporate the Available Expansion Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions (modified, as the case may be, to account for the Fair Market Base Rent determination made in accordance with Section 3.3(c) of the Lease) and will be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, If Landlord and Tenant fail to timely execute such documentation, however, Tenant will nevertheless be obligated to lease the Available Expansion Option Space on the Available Expansion Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions (modified, as the case may be, to account for the Fair Market Base Rent determination made in accordance with Section 3,3(c) of the Lease) once Tenant has exercised its expansion option in the manner provided above in this Section 5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord’s obligation to lease the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space to Tenant pursuant to this Section 5 is expressly conditioned upon Landlord’s successful termination of Landlord’s existing lease of the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space to CareerBuilder LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Suite 290 Existing Lease”). In the event Landlord is unable to terminate the Suite 290 Existing Lease for any reason whatsoever, Tenant’s expansion option hereunder will be limited to the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space ( i.e. , all references to the Available Expansion Option Space hereunder will mean the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space only) and the Available Expansion Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions will be modified, as necessary, to exclude Suite 290 from the Available Expansion Option Space.

6. In addition to depicting the general location of the Suite 200 Expansion Space on the second floor of the Building, as contemplated under Section 2 above, Exhibit B to this First Amendment also depicts the general locations of each of (i) the Suite 270 Right of First Refusal Space, (ii) the Suite 280 Expansion Option Space and (iii) the Suite 290 Expansion Option Space.

7. Tenant represents that Tenant has dealt with no brokers in connection with this First Amendment other than CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (the “Broker”) and that, insofar as Tenant knows, no other broker negotiated or participated in negotiations of this First Amendment or is entitled to any commission In connection herewith. Landlord and Tenant agree that no broker (other than the Broker) shall be entitled to any commission in connection with the expansion of the Premises pursuant to this First Amendment. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims of brokers, finders or any like third party claiming any right to commission or compensation by or through acts of Tenant hi connection herewith other than the Broker. Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims of brokers, finders or any like third party claiming any right to commission or compensation by or through acts of Landlord in connection herewith including the Broker. Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of the Broker arising out of the transaction contemplated by this First Amendment in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreement with the Broker.

8. Except as otherwise expressly modified in this First Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Lease are and shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this First Amendment, the terms and provisions of this First Amendment shall govern and control.

9. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one instrument, and each of which shall be deemed an original.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE)

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
YELP! INC., a Delaware corporation     JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/     Geoffrey L. Donaker     By:   Scottsdale Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Name:   Geoffrey L. Donaker       Its Managing Member
Title:   COO      
      By:   /s/     Joseph Jerome
      Name:   Joseph Jerome
      Title:   Authorized Signatory
       

 

8


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

FLOOR PLAN OF SUITE 200 EXPANSION SPACE,

SUITE 270 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL SPACE,

SUITE 280 EXPANSION OPTION SPACE AND

SUITE 290 EXPANSION OPTION SPACE

[TO BE ATTACHED]

 

EXHIBIT B

(Page 1 of 1)


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

SUITE 200 EXPANSION SPACE SPACE PLAN

LOGO


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 8 DAY OF August, 2011 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), by and between JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as “Landlord”, and YELP! INC., a Delaware corporation, as “Tenant”.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of January 20, 2010, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease (the “First Amendment”) dated as of January 4, 2011 (as amended, the “Lease”), for the lease of certain space in the Building commonly known and described as Galleria Corporate Centre having an address of 4343 North Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to modify the Lease to, among other things, expand the Premises as hereinafter set forth in this Second Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. The terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall be effective on the date of this Second Amendment. All capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.

2. Tenant desires to expand the Premises (which Premises currently consists of that certain space containing approximately Thirty-Six Thousand One Hundred Thirteen (36,113) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 220/200 therein) to include (i) that certain expansion space containing approximately Twelve Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety Nine (12,799) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 270 therein, as such expansion space is shown on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as Exhibit B (the “Suite 270 Expansion Space”) and (ii) that certain expansion space containing approximately Thirteen Thousand One Hundred Seventy Eight (13,178) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suites 280 and 290 therein, as such expansion space is shown on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference as Exhibit B (the “Suite 280/290 Expansion Space”). Commencing on the date of Substantial Completion (as hereinafter defined) of (a) the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements (as hereinafter defined) within the Suite 270 Expansion Space (the “Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date”), and (b) the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements (as hereinafter defined) within the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space (the “Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Commencement Date”), and continuing for the remainder of the Term, Tenant will lease from Landlord, in addition to the space currently being leased by Tenant from Landlord, the Suite 270 Expansion Space and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space. Tenant’s lease of the Suite 270 Expansion Space and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space will in all events be coterminous with Tenant’s lease of the remainder of the Premises, and the Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Suite 270 Expansion Space and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space will be at the same rate and on the same terms and conditions as the Base Rent and Additional Rent then in effect at the time of the Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date or the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Commencement Date, as applicable. The parties anticipate that the Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date will occur on or about October 21, 2011 (the “Estimated Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date”) and that the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Commencement Date will occur on or about March 1, 2012 (the “Estimated Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Commencement Date”); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements or the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements, as applicable, are not Substantially Completed by the applicable expansion space commencement date.

 

1


(a) If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Suite 270 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before the Estimated Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date for any reason, the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect (subject only to the following sentences of this Section 2(a)); provided, however, that if Landlord has not delivered the Suite 270 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before the date one hundred twenty (120) days following the Amendment Effective Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2(a)), then Tenant will be entitled to a day-for-day rent abatement on the Suite 270 Expansion Space for each day from and after the end of such 120-day period until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 270 Expansion Space to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Suite 270 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the Amendment Effective Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2(a), the “Suite 270 Expansion Space Termination Date”), then Tenant may terminate this Second Amendment (but not the Lease, which will continue in full force and effect unmodified by this Second Amendment) by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord not later than ten (10) days after the Suite 270 Expansion Space Termination Date, time being of the essence. If Tenant timely delivers such notice of termination, then this Second Amendment (but not the Lease, which will continue in full force and effect unmodified by this Second Amendment) will terminate and the parties will have no further rights or obligations hereunder, provided that if Landlord tenders possession of the Suite 270 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed within ten (10) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s termination notice, then this Second Amendment will continue in full force and effect. Any failure by Tenant to timely deliver such termination notice to Landlord on or before ten (10) days after the Suite 270 Expansion Space Termination Date will constitute a waiver of Tenant’s right to terminate this Second Amendment pursuant to this Section 2(a), and the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, will continue in full force and effect. The Suite 270 Expansion Space Termination Date will in all events be extended by reason of Tenant Delay or Force Majeure. Tenant’s rights under this Section 2(a) will be Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies against Landlord for any delay in achieving Substantial Completion of the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements. Tenant’s lease of the Suite 270 Expansion Space will in all events be coterminous with Tenant’s lease of the remainder of the Premises. All notices given pursuant to this Section 2(a) must be given in accordance with the notice requirements of the Lease.

(b) if Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before the Estimated Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Commencement Date for any reason, the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect (subject only to the following sentences of this Section 2(b)); provided, however, that if Landlord has not delivered the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before May 1, 2012 (as such date may be extended pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2(a)), then Tenant will be entitled to a day-for-day rent abatement on the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space for each day from and after such date until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed on or before June 30, 2012 (as such date may be extended pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2(b)) then Tenant may terminate Tenant’s lease of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space only (but the remainder of this Second Amendment will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any such termination) by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord not later than July 10, 2012, time being of the essence. If Tenant timely delivers such notice of termination, then Tenant’s lease of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space will terminate and the parties will have no further rights or obligations with respect to the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space (but the remainder of this Second Amendment and the Lease will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any such termination), provided that if Landlord tenders possession of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space to Tenant with the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements Substantially Completed within ten (10) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s termination notice, then this Tenant’s lease of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space will continue in full force and effect. Any failure by Tenant to timely deliver

 

2


such termination notice to Landlord on or before ten (10) days after the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Termination Date will constitute a waiver of Tenant’s right to terminate Tenant’s lease of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space, and the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment (including Tenant’s lease of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space), will continue in full force and effect. The Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Termination Date will in all events be extended by reason of Tenant Delay or Force Majeure. Tenant’s rights under this Section 2(b) will be Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies against Landlord for any delay in achieving Substantial Completion of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements. Tenant’s lease of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space will in all events be coterminous with Tenant’s lease of the remainder of the Premises. If Landlord is required to relocate another tenant in order to tender possession of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space to Tenant, then Tenant will pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written request therefor, for Landlord’s estimated costs associated with such relocation. Promptly following such relocation, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a written statement detailing the actual costs to Landlord associated with such relocation, and within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of such statement, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, shall pay to the other the amount of any overpayment or deficiency for such relocation such that Tenant ultimately pays Landlord’s actual costs associated with such relocation. All notices given pursuant to this Section 2(b) must be given in accordance with the notice requirements of the Lease.

3. The following provisions will be effective on the Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date:

(a) The term “Premises”, as defined in the Lease, will be deemed to include, in addition to the space currently leased by Tenant from Landlord, the Suite 270 Expansion Space (which Premises, inclusive of the Suite 270 Expansion Space, will consist of approximately Forty-Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Twelve (48,912) rentable square feet of floor area), and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as specifically amended hereby, will be applicable to the entire Premises (including the Suite 270 Expansion Space).

(b) Commencing on the Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Base Rent schedule will be as follows:

 

Base Rent:   

Months after Suite 270

Expansion Space

Commencement Date

     Annual Base Rent        

 

Monthly

Installments

  

  

  

Suite 270 Expansion

Space

Commencement Date –

6/20/2012

   $ 690,882.00       $ 57,573.50   
   6/21/2012 - 3/20/2013    $ 1,149,432.00       $ 95,786.00   
   3/21/2013 - 7/20/2014    $ 1,222,800.00       $ 101,900.00   
   7/21/2014 - 2/20/2016    $ 1,271,712.00       $ 105,976.00   

(c) Commencing on the Suite 270 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, the Tenant’s Share will be 16.50% ( i.e. , Sixteen and 50/100ths Percent).

(d) Section 17.2 of the Lease is hereby amended by increasing the number of unreserved parking spaces deleted in its entirety and is hereby replaced with the following text:

17.2 Parking : Commencing on the Suite 270 Expansion Space Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remainder of the first sixty-nine (69) months of the initial Term, Landlord licenses to Tenant Two Hundred Ninety-three (293) unreserved parking spaces, such parking spaces to be located in a portion of the Parking Facilities as designated from time to time by Landlord and provided to Tenant without

 

3


charge until June 20, 2012. From and after June 20, 2012 and continuing throughout the remainder of the first sixty-nine (69) months of the initial Term, all such parking spaces will be provided to Tenant at a cost of $25.00 per month for each of the Two Hundred Ninety-three (293) unreserved parking spaces. From and after the expiration of the first sixty-nine (69) months of the initial Term, Landlord may change its parking charges at any time on not less than thirty (30) days prior notice to Tenant. Unless otherwise notified by Landlord, Tenant will pay all parking fees as Additional Rent at the same time, place and manner as Base Rent, but said parking may be paid separately by Tenant. Parking at the Project by Tenant is subject to the other provisions of this Lease, including without limitation, the Building Rules. In no event will Landlord be liable for any loss, damage or theft of, to or from any vehicle at the Project. From time to time during the Term, Tenant may request the license of additional unreserved parking spaces, and in such event, provided the same are available, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, Landlord will license same to Tenant on the same terms and conditions as are set forth above (provided, however, that any such additional unreserved parking spaces will be provided to Tenant at a cost of $25.00 per month for each such space if Tenant elects to license the same at any time during the first sixty-nine (69) months of the initial Term). Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Parking Facilities may include surface parking adjacent to the Building in which the Premises is located if Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, elects to construct such surface parking at any time during the Term.

(e) Exhibit A to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is hereby substituted with Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein.

4. The following provisions will be effective on the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Commencement Date:

(a) The term “Premises”, as defined in the Lease, will be deemed to include, in addition to the space currently leased by Tenant from Landlord and the Suite 270 Expansion Space, the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space (which Premises, inclusive of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space, will consist of approximately Sixty-Two Thousand Ninety (62,090) rentable square feet of floor area), and all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as specifically amended hereby, will be applicable to the entire Premises (including the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space).

(b) Commencing on the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Base Rent schedule contained within the Basic Terms of the Lease will be as follows:

 

Base Rent:   

Months after Suite

280/290 Expansion Space

Commencement Date

     Annual Base Rent        

 

Monthly

Installments

  

  

  

Suite 280/290 Expansion

Space

Commencement Date –

6/20/2012

   $ 877,021.25       $ 73,085.10   
   6/21/2012 - 3/20/2013    $ 1,459,115.00       $ 121,592.92   
   3/21/2013 - 7/20/2014    $ 1,552,250.00       $ 129,354.17   
   7/21/2014 - 2/20/2016    $ 1,614,340.00       $ 134,528.33   

(c) Commencing on the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share will be 20.95% ( i.e. , Twenty and 95/100ths Percent).

 

4


(d) The number of unreserved parking spaces licensed to Tenant pursuant to Section 17.2 of the Lease (as amended by Section 3(d) of this Second Amendment) is increased to Three Hundred Seventy Three (373) unreserved parking spaces.

(e) Exhibit A to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is hereby substituted with Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and incorporated herein.

5. Landlord will cause to be constructed all of the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements in accordance with this Section 5 and any inapplicable or duplicative provision of Article 18 of the Lease (contained within the Tenant Improvement Rider (Exhibit C) to the Lease) shall be superseded hereby in connection with the construction of the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements:

(a) Landlord will cause to be constructed (using an architect, MEP engineers, general contractor and subcontractors selected by Landlord), at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 5), (a) all improvements identified with specificity within, and in substantial accordance with, the Suite 270 Expansion Space Space Plan (as hereinafter defined) (the “Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements”); and (b) all improvements identified with specificity within, and in substantial accordance with, the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Space Plan (as hereinafter defined) (the “Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements”). The parties intend that the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements set forth herein will be performed in a “turn key” fashion and the parties further agree that Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, will pay for the reasonable costs associated with test-fit space plans for the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements, as well as the reasonable costs associated with working drawings, ADA retrofit and other reasonable code-related issues related to the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements using Landlord’s designated architect and engineers. The Suite 270 Expansion Space improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements will be designed as described in this Section 5. The Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements become the property of Landlord and a part of the Building immediately upon installation. For purposes of the construction of the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements or the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements, as applicable, under this Section 5, “Substantially Complete” and “Substantially Completed” means either (a) the date a certificate of occupancy (temporary or final) is issued for the applicable expansion space, or (b) if a certificate of occupancy is not required, the date Tenant is reasonably able to take occupancy of the applicable expansion space (as reasonably determined by Landlord); provided that if either (a) or (b) is delayed or prevented because of work Tenant is responsible for performing in the applicable expansion space, “Substantial Completion” means the date that all of Landlord’s work which is necessary for either (a) or (b) to occur has been performed and Landlord has made the applicable expansion space available to Tenant for the performance of Tenant’s work therein.

(b) The parties acknowledge that a copy of the approved space plan for the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements (which contemplates a proposed build out of the Suite 270 Expansion Space substantially similar to the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord within the original Premises pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Rider to the Lease) is attached to this Second Amendment as Exhibit C (the “Suite 270 Expansion Space Space Plan”). The parties acknowledge that a copy of the approved space plan for the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements (which contemplates a proposed build out of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space substantially similar to the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord within the original Premises pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Rider to the Lease) is attached to this Second Amendment as Exhibit C (the “Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Space Plan”).

(c) Landlord will prepare construction drawings and specifications for (i) the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements in substantial accordance with the Suite 270 Expansion Space Space Plan; and (ii) the Suite 280/290- Expansion Space Improvements in substantial accordance with

 

5


the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Space Plan. Tenant will not specify long lead time items that would delay Substantial Completion of the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements or the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements, as applicable.

(d) As part of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost, will expand the restrooms which are adjacent to Suite 280/290 pursuant to a mutually acceptable expansion plan.

(e) Tenant designates John Lieu as the representative of Tenant having authority to respond to construction issues relating to the Suite 270 Expansion Space and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space and to bind Tenant by signing documents and all other notices regarding the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements. Tenant’s representative shall have the right to monitor Landlord’s progress in the construction of the Suite 270 Expansion Space and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space from time to time so long as such monitoring does not interfere with Landlord’s construction activities.

(f) Within twenty (20) days after Substantial Completion of the Suite 270 Expansion Space Improvements, Landlord and Tenant will inspect the Suite 270 Expansion Space and develop a punch list of items therein (the “Suite 270 Expansion Space Punch List”). Landlord will complete (or repair, as the case may be) the items listed on the Suite 270 Expansion Space Punch List with commercially reasonable diligence and speed, subject to Tenant Delay and Force Majeure. If Tenant does not inspect the Suite 270 Expansion Space with Landlord within the aforementioned twenty (20)-day period, Tenant is deemed to have accepted the Suite 270 Expansion Space as delivered.

(g) Within twenty (20) days after Substantial Completion of the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Improvements, Landlord and Tenant will inspect the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space and develop a punch list of items therein (the “Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Punch List”). Landlord will complete (or repair, as the case may be) the items listed on the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space Punch List with commercially reasonable diligence and speed, subject to Tenant Delay and Force Majeure. If Tenant does not inspect the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space with Landlord within the aforementioned twenty (20)-day period, Tenant is deemed to have accepted the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space as delivered.

6. So long as no Event of Default then exists under this Lease, but subject to all rights granted prior to the execution date of this Second Amendment to any and all other tenants in the Building in and to that certain space containing approximately Twenty Five Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Seven (25,377) rentable square feet located on the second floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suite 265 therein (the “Suite 265 Option Space”), Tenant will have the right to be offered the option to expand the Premises to include the Suite 265 Option Space (in its entirety) upon the date on which the Suite 265 Option Space becomes available to Lease in accordance with the remaining provisions of this Section 6. Tenant acknowledges that another tenant of the Building currently occupies the Suite 265 Option Space and that the current occupant thereof may elect to exercise its prior rights to renew its lease with respect to the Suite 265 Option Space. If during the Term all prior rights that other tenants or occupants of the Project may have with respect to the Suite 265 Option Space have been cleared and the Suite 265 Option Space is available for lease, Landlord will provide notice of the availability of the Suite 265 Option Space for lease by Tenant. Landlord’s notice will contain all economic terms and conditions (the “Suite 265 Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions”) of Landlord’s proposed leasing of the Suite 265 Option Space to Tenant, including without limitation, Landlord’s proposed Fair Market Base Rent and additional rent for such space, the length of the term and tenant improvements to be constructed therein or otherwise contributed to the Suite 265 Option Space, and an estimated commencement date for Tenant’s leasing of the Suite 265 Option Space. Tenant must notify Landlord in writing within ten (10) Business Days of receiving Landlord’s notice (time being of the essence) whether Tenant desires to lease the Suite 265 Option Space from Landlord on the Suite 265 Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions. If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant does not desire to lease the Suite 265 Option Space, or if Tenant does not timely respond in writing to Landlord’s notice within such ten (10) Business Day period, then Tenant’s expansion option with the Suite 265 Option Space hereunder shall thereafter automatically

 

6


terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided, however, if Tenant rejects (or is deemed to have rejected) Landlord’s offer to lease the Suite 265 Option Space and Landlord thereafter desires to lease the Suite 265 Option Space to a third party for a base rental rate that is less than ninety percent (90%) of the base rental rate contained within the Suite 265 Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions, then Landlord will again offer to lease the Suite 265 Option Space to Tenant by way of a “Supplemental Offer” containing the reduced base rental rate offered to the third party and the remaining provisions of this Section 6 will govern the procedure for Tenant’s acceptance or rejection (or deemed rejection, as the case may be) of the Supplemental Offer, except that Tenant will have five (5) Business Days (as opposed to ten (10) Business Days) in which to provide Landlord with Tenant’s written acceptance the Supplemental Offer, time being of the essence with respect to such acceptance. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord in writing within such ten (10) Business Day period (or such five (5) Business Day period in the case of a Supplemental Offer) that Tenant desires to lease the Suite 265 Option Space on the Suite 265 Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions (or on the terms of the Supplemental Offer, if applicable), then the parties will, within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord if Tenant accepts the Suite 265 Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions (or on the terms of the Supplemental Offer, if applicable), reasonably and in good faith negotiate the documentation (e.g., an amendment to the Lease or a new lease for the Suite 265 Option Space) for Tenant’s lease of the Suite 265 Option Space from Landlord. Such documentation will incorporate the Suite 265 Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions (or on the terms of the Supplemental Offer, if applicable) and will be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant fail to timely execute such documentation, however, Tenant will nevertheless be obligated to lease the Suite 265 Option Space on the Suite 265 Option Space Lease Terms and Conditions (or on the terms of the Supplemental Offer, if applicable) once Tenant has exercised its expansion option in the manner provided in this Section 6.

7. In addition to depicting the general location of the Suite 270 Expansion Space and the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space on the second floor of the Building, as contemplated under Section 2 above, Exhibit B to this Second Amendment also depicts the general location of the Suite 265 Option Space.

8. Tenant’s expansion rights granted in Section 5 of the First Amendment are hereby deleted in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

9. At any time during the initial term, Tenant may request by written notice to Landlord that Landlord identify any space on the entire second (2nd) floor of the Building available for lease by Tenant. Provided that no Event of Default exists under the Lease at the time of such request, within fifteen (15) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of any such request, Landlord will provide Tenant with written notice identifying any such space, it being acknowledged and agreed to by Tenant that any such space will not be available for lease by Tenant if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, one (1) or more other Building tenants have rights to any portion of any such available space granted prior to the execution date of this Second Amendment and such rights remain active and uncleared. If Tenant desires to lease any such available space from Landlord, then Tenant will notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s desire to lease any such available space from Landlord, and Landlord and Tenant will thereafter negotiate in good faith for Tenant’s leasing of any such space on terms, covenants and conditions mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant. If the parties do not mutually agree upon the terms, covenants and conditions of the leasing of any such available space within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice electing to lease such available space from Landlord, then Landlord may freely lease any such space without restrictions of any kind.

10. Section 17.5 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is of no further force or effect.

11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.4 of the Lease, in addition to the Early Termination Payment due concurrently with the delivery of Tenant’s early termination notice to Landlord (which Early Termination Payment will be calculated as provided in Section 3.4 of the Lease based on and including all of the space leased by Tenant pursuant to the original Lease and all amendments (including, without limitation, the Suite 270 Expansion

 

7


Space, the Suite 280/290 Expansion Space and, if leased by Tenant, the Suite 265 Option Space)), Tenant will also pay to Landlord, concurrently with the delivery of Tenant’s early termination notice to Landlord, a “Balance of Base Rent Fee,” which shall be an amount equal to Six Hundred Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($600,000.00) as of May 1, 2014. The Balance of Base Rent Fee will decrease by the amount of Twenty-Six Thousand Eighty Six and 96/100ths Dollars ($26,086.96) on the first day of each month after May 1, 2014, such that the Balance of Base Rent Fee will be reduced to the minimum amount of Three Hundred Thirty Nine Thousand One Hundred Thirty and 43/100ths Dollars ($339,130.43) on March 1, 2015 (after which date no further reduction will be applicable because of the notice and payment requirements of Section 3.4). Tenant’s early termination right set forth in Section 3.4 shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect if either (i) Tenants fails to timely pay the Early Termination Fee or the Balance of Base Rent Fee, or (ii) Tenant fails to timely deliver written notice of its early termination right at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term.

12. Tenant represents that Tenant has dealt with no brokers in connection with this Second Amendment other than CB Richard Ellis, Inc. (the “Broker”) and that, insofar as Tenant knows, no other broker negotiated or participated in negotiations of this Second Amendment or is entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Landlord and Tenant agree that no broker (other than the Broker) shall be entitled to any commission in connection with the expansion of the Premises pursuant to this Second Amendment. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims of brokers, finders or any like third party claiming any right to commission or compensation by or through acts of Tenant in connection herewith other than the Broker. Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims of brokers, finders or any like third party claiming any right to commission or compensation by or through acts of Landlord in connection herewith including the Broker. Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of the Broker arising out of the transaction contemplated by this Second Amendment in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreement with the Broker.

13. Except as otherwise expressly modified in this Second Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Lease are and shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall govern and control.

14. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one instrument, and each of which shall be deemed an original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment to Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
YELP! INC., a Delaware corporation     JEMB SCOTTSDALE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By  

/s/ Vlado Herman

    By:   Scottsdale Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Name:  

Vlado Herman

      Its Managing Member
Title:  

CFO

     
      By  

/s/ Joseph Jerome

      Name:  

Joseph Jerome

      Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

8


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

between

HARRISON 160, LLC,

as Licensor,

and

MRL Ventures Inc.

as Licensee

dated as of April 16, 2004

 

 

 


BASIC LICENSE TERMS

 

1 Parties

        
LOGO  
  

Data Center Operator:

365 The Main Exchange, Inc.

365 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105

Contact: Kevin Shanahan             415-546-6258

    

Licensee:

MRL Ventures Inc.

650 Mission, Suite 2

San Francisco, CA 94105

 

 

Licensor:

Harrison 160, LLC

c/o Union Property Capital, Inc.

353 Sacramento Street, Suite 560

San Francisco, CA 94111

    

Licensee Contact:

Max Levchin

Principal

650-218-0563

max@levchin.com

 

Licensor Contacts:

Martin B. Dalton             415-989-8846

Chris Dolan                     415-764-1601

      

2 License Term

      

 

Base Term:    12 Months
Optional Term:    Renewal options to be presented within 90 days of conclusion of original term.
Early Access Date:    April 23, 2004
Commencement Date:    August 1, 2004 through July 31, 2005

 

DESCRIPTION

   UNITS    NON-RECURRING
CHARGE/UNIT
     RECURRING
CHARGE/UNIT
     NON-RECURRING
CHARGES
     RECURRING
CHARGES
 

3 License Area Requirement

  

Secure Private Cabinet

   1    $ 1,100.00       $ 400.00         Waived       $ 400.00   

4 Electrical Charges Power Billing Options: Billed Actual

  

20 Amp Power Circuit, 1 Phase

   1    $ 395.00          $ 395.00         Billed Actual   

Circuit Grounding

   1    $ 65.00          $ 65.00         N/A   

BCMS Circuit Monitoring

   1    $ 25.00       $ 25.00         Waived         Waived   

5 Cross Connect Charges

  

Ethernet 10/100 Cabinet to IP

   1    $ 75.00       $ 50.00         Waived       $ 50.00   

6 Additional Products and Feature Charges

  

Committed Bandwidth (per MB)

   0          $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

Burst Bandwidth (95th % Billing)

   0          $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

Remote Hands (Tier 1 Support)

   1          $ 0.00         Included   

7 Grand Total

              

Total Extension of all Charges:

  

   $ 460.00       $ 450.00   

Security Deposit:

  

   $ 440.00      

TOTAL DUE AT INCEPTION (Includes NRC, Security Deposit & One Month  License Fees):

  

   $ 1,350.00      

TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE:

  

   $ 450.00   

Requires execution of License Terms & Conditions and Bandwidth Terms & Conditions. Quote valid for 10 days. Beginning August 1, customer agrees to pay for all racks occupied at the rate listed above. During the Early Access period, customer to pay only power.

 

1


9 Commitment Levels

 

  a) Electrical Power. Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide electricity to the License Area without interruption. In the event of any power outage for reasons other than Licensee actions or omissions, Licensee shall be entitled to an abatement of one day’s License Fee for each hour that delivery of electricity to the License Area is disrupted during any twenty-four (24) hour period, provided in no event shall the License Fees be abated for a period longer than thirty (30) days. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the previous sentence, Licensor shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Licensee for any loss, damage or expense which Licensee may sustain or incur as a result of the unavailability of or interruption in the supply of electric current to the License Area or a change in the quantity or character or nature of such current and such change, interruption or unavailability shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Licensee to any abatement or diminution of, or relieve Licensee from any of its obligations under this License Agreement, or impose any liability upon Licenser or its agents, by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to or interruption of Licensee’s business, or otherwise.

 

  b) Environmental Control: Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain conditions in the License Area as follows: (i) the relative humidity shall be maintained between 47.5% ambient and 52.5% ambient, and (ii) the temperature shall not exceed 78° Fahrenheit ambient. In the event that Licensor shall fail to maintain conditions as described above, Licensor shall make the necessary adjustments to obtain the conditions set forth herein within one hour of receiving notice of such failure to maintain such conditions.

 

  c) Work Order Request: Subject to any other provisions of this Agreement which may limit or impair the availability of the following items or place conditions on the availability of such items, Licensor shall implement Licensee’s requests for the following work order items within the time periods designated below following fully executed work order:

 

Type of Work Order

  

Time Period

Increase Electrical Capacity

   Qty: 1-10 – Five (5) days

(20 amp – 120V circuit)

   Qty: 11-20 - Ten (10) days
   Qty: 21 + - agreed upon work order

Install Cross Connects

   24 hours from approved work order

 

       Licensee shall submit a work order for any such requested change in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Policies and Procedures. If Licensor determines in its reasonable commercial judgment that Licensor has failed to meet the work order commitment, Licensee shall receive a credit equal to 50% of Licensor’s standard charge for the service with respect to which this commitment has not been met.

 

  d) Preparation of License Area: Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make the License Area available to Licensee in the condition required under this Agreement on or prior to the commencement of the Term. In the event Licensor fails to do so, Licensee shall be entitled to an abatement of one days License Fee for each day of Licensor’s delay in making the License Area available to Licensee, up to a maximum of thirty (30) days; provided, however, that this provisions with respect to preparation of the License Area shall not apply if (i) Licensee has given Licensor incorrect or incomplete information with respect to the configuration of the License Area (ii) Licensee has altered or modified the requested configuration of the License Area after submission of such information to Licensor and acceptance thereby, or (iii) Licensee has requested that Licensor configure the License Area in accordance with specifications other than those that are standard for the Building.

 

  e) Remote Hands: Licensor or its independent contractor shall respond to a request for “Remote Hands” as described in the table below. Licensor’s or its independent contractor’s response time in connection with such a request shall be measured from the time Licensor or its independent contractor receives and logs Licensee’s request with all necessary information requested by Licensor or its independent contractor until a representative of Licensor or its independent contractor first calls Licensee in response to such request. In the event Licensor or its independent contractor fails to satisfy the Remote Hand commitment Licensee shall be entitled to an abatement of one day’s License Fee for each failed occurrence.

 

2


Response Table (Schedule 1)

 

Severity

   Alarm
Description
  

Meaning

   Generic
Response
  

NOC “Target”
Response Time

  

Field Staff “Target”
Response Time

1    Critical    Site Down    Immediate    15 minutes    15 minutes
2    Major    Degrading Performance    ASAP    30 minutes    15 minutes
3    Minor    Required Maintenance    Normal    Next Business Day    As advised by NOC

 

  f) Any abatement of License Fees or other credit permitted pursuant to these Basic License Terms shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  1) The failure of Licensor to satisfy the applicable commitment level shall not have been caused in whole or in part by any scheduled maintenance events, unavoidable delay, Licensee actions or inactions, Licensee-supplied power or equipment, actions or inactions of any third party, excluding any third party directly involved in the operation and maintenance of the Building, but including, without limitation, Licensee’s end users, third party network providers, traffic exchange points controlled by third parties, any power, equipment or services provided by third parties, or an event of force majeure.

 

  2) Licensee must notify Licensor within five (5) business days from the time Licensee becomes eligible to receive an abatement of License Fees or any other credit pursuant to these Basic License Terms. Licensee shall forfeit any right to receive such an abatement of License Fees or other credit if Licensee fails to timely notify Licensor.

 

  3) If Licensee is entitled to multiple credits or abatement of License Fees for multiple reasons under these Basic License Terms, such credits or abatement of License Fees shall be limited to a maximum of thirty (30) days’ License Fees.

 

  4) In no event shall Licensee be entitled to a credit or abatement of License Fees if Licensee is in default under this Agreement or has otherwise failed to comply with Policies and Procedures.

These Basic License Terms shall not be binding upon Licensor and Licensees until such time as the parties have agreed to and executed a License Agreement into which this summary of Basic License Terms shall be incorporated.

 

LICENSOR:     LICENSEE:

Harrison 160, LLC

a California limited liability company

   

By: /s/ Max Levchin

By: /s/ M. B. Dalton

    Print Name: Max Levchin

Print Name: M. B. Dalton

    Title: CEO

Date signed: 4/27/04

    Date signed: 4/20/04

 

3


License Terms and Conditions

These License Terms and Conditions together with any schedules and exhibits attached hereto and the immediately preceding summary of Basic License Terms (the “Basic License Terms” ) when taken together comprise the “License Agreement” or “Agreement” between 160 Harrison, LLC, a California limited liability company ( “Licensor” ), and the licensee identified in the Basic License Terms (the “Licensee” ).

1. Grant of License.

Licensor hereby grants Licensee the right during the Term of this Agreement to install, maintain and operate the equipment described on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (together with any customary cabling and any replacement or additional equipment of a type similar to such original equipment, collectively, the “Equipment” ) within the space designated on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the “License Area” ) within the building commonly known as 365 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105 (the “Building” ), Licensor shall not be obligated to provide any telecommunications services or managed services to Licensee under this Agreement. In addition, Licensor shall have no obligation to make any alterations, install any equipment or otherwise prepare the License Area for use by Licensee other than the work specifically set forth on Exhibit A-2 as work to be completed by Licensor in the License Area prior to the commencement of the Term (the “Licensor Work” ). Licensee acknowledges and agrees that any services to be provided by Licensor hereunder in connection with the Equipment or the License Area may be performed by an independent contractor or contractors on behalf of Licensor and Licensor shall have no liability for the work of such contracts except as specifically set forth in the Commitment Levels section of the Basic License Terms.

2. Term.

The term of this Agreement shall be the “Base Term” shown in the Basic License Terms, as extended by any “Optional Term” described therein with respect to which Licensee has duly exercised its option to extend (the “Term” ), unless this Agreement is sooner terminated in accordance with Section 13.1 below.

3. Policies and Procedures, Access and Security.

The Policies and Procedures of the Building in effect as of the date hereof are attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Policies and Procedures” ). Licensor reserves the right, from time to time to adopt additional Policies and Procedures to amend the Policies and Procedures then in effect. Licensor shall provide to Licensee written notice of any such additions or amendments to the Policies and Procedures. Licensee and Licensees Representatives (as defined in Section 4.1(c) below) shall comply with the Policies and Procedures, as so supplemented or amended. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to impose upon Licensor any duty or obligation to enforce the Policies and Procedures or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease or license against any other lessee or licensee, and Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee for violation of the same by any other lessee or licensee, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees. If there shall be any inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Policies and Procedures, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail. Access to the Building and the License Area is governed by the Policies and Procedures.

4. Use; Hazardous Materials; Compliance with Laws; Inspection.

4.1 Use.

(a) Licensee shall use and occupy the License Area only for the use set forth in the Basic License Terms, and for no other purpose. Licensee shall not use or keep in the License Area any hazardous materials, foul or noxious gas or substance, or any flammable or combustible fluid or material (collectively, “Hazardous Materials” ) other than those specifically approved by Licensor in writing and permitted to be used under local governing code and ordinances in the operation of Licensee’s business that are used and stored in compliance with Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 492(a) below). Licensor may in its sole discretion, modify the definition of Hazardous Materials from time to time during the Term upon written notice to Licensee. Licensee’s violation of this Section 4.1(a) will be grounds for termination of this Agreement by Licensor in Licensor’s sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Licensee shall not place a load upon any area of the License Area, which load either exceeds the floor load per square foot that such area is designed to carry or violates Legal Requirements. Pursuant to Building specifications, the designated loads per square foot are: (i) two thousand (2000) pounds with respect to any raised floor, and (ii) two hundred fifty (250) pounds with respect to areas other than a raised floor.

(c) Licensee’s Indemnification. Licensee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Licensor, its successors and assigns, and its and their trustees, beneficiaries, directors, officers, shareholders, members, managers, employees, agents, and partners from all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, claims, fines, penalties, interest, judgments, and losses of any kind, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from or In any way related to Licensee’s or Licensee’s officers, employees, contractors, representatives, affiliates, assignees, sublicensees, agets, invitees (collectively, “Licensee’s Representatives” ) handling of Hazardous Materials during the Term or violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement pertaining to Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Losses” ), including consequential damages, damages for personal or bodily injury, property damage, damage to natural resources occurring on or off the License Area, encumbrances,

 

-1-


liens, costs and expenses of investigations, monitoring, clean up, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials, defense costs of any claims (whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated), good faith settlements, attorneys” and consultants’ fees and costs, and losses attributable to the diminution of value, loss or use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the License Area, whether or not such Environmental Losses are contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable.

 

  4.2 Licensee’s Compliance with Legal Requirement

(a) Definitions.

“Legal Requirements” means all present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes, executive orders, rules of common law, and any judicial interpretations thereof, extraordinary as well as ordinary, of all Government Authorities, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12,101 et seq., and any law of like import, any statute, rule or regulation designing any substance as a hazardous material or substance, and all rules, regulations and government orders with respect thereto, and of any applicable fire rating bureau, or other body exercising similar functions, affecting Licensee’s use of the License Area, the Building or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof, or any street or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the Building.

“Governmental Authority” means any of the United States of America, the State of California, the City and County of San Francisco, any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing; now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Building or any portion thereof or the vaults, curbs, sidewalks, streets and areas adjacent thereto.

(b) Compliance with Legal Requirements . Licensee, at its sole expense, shall comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to the License Area or the use and occupancy thereof by Licensee. Licensee shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the License Area which will invalidate or be in conflict with Licensor’s insurance policies. If, as a result of Licensee’s acts or omissions, the insurance rates for the Building shall be increased, then Licensee shall reimburse Licensor for the amount of any such increase upon demand by Licensor.

(c) City and County of San Francisco. Licensee shall have the sole responsibility to secure any and all governmental approvals relating to Licensee’s use of the License Area other than building permits required in connection with any Licensor Work. Licensee shall secure such approvals prior to execution of this Agreement and hold Licensor harmless from any costs and fees Incurred in the process of obtaining such approvals, and from any fines or penalties Imposed by a Governmental Authority arising from Licensee’s non-conformance with Legal Requirements (other than building permits required in connection with any Licensor Work).

4.3 Access and Inspection. Licensor and Licenser’s lender and consultants, and each of their respective officers, agents, employees, members or managers, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter into the License Area at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times to inspect the License Area. In any such case, Licensee shall upon request reimburse Licensor for the reasonable cost of such inspections, so long as such inspections are reasonably related to any violation of Legal Requirements or other provision of this Agreement. In addition, Licensor or Licensor’s agents may have access to the License Area at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or licensees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the License Area as Licensor may deem necessary. All such activities shall be without abatement of License Fees or liability to Licensee.

5. Alterations.

5.1 The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the License Area from and after the commencement of the Term, whether by addition or deletion and shall exclude any Licensor Work.

5.2 Licensee shall not make any Alterations to the License Area without Licensor’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Licensor’s sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that Licensor shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the installation in the License Area by Licensee of customary cabling and trade fixtures. Any proposed Alterations that Licensee shall desire to make shall be presented to Licensor in written form with detailed plans. Any proposed Alterations shall be bonded in the amount of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the estimated costs, shall be undertaken at Licensee’s sole cost and expense and risk, shall be made in a safe and workmanlike manner, shall not cause or result in any mechanics or labor and materials liens for the work to be levied on the License Area and shall be subject to Licensor’s customary conditions of construction, as set r In Licensor’s form of Consent to Alterations.

5.3 Indemnification. Licensee shall keep the License Area free from any liens and shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished or for Licensee or for use on or in the License Area. Licensee shall give Licensor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in on or about the License Area and Licensor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in connection with such work. If Licensee shall contest the validity of any such lien claim or demand, then Licensee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Licensor and the License, Area against the same, shall post adequate security in connection therewith and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof.

 

-2-


6. Commitment Levels.

Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide or cause an independent contractor to provide on behalf of Licensor, at Licensor’s expense, except as otherwise set forth herein, the following, in accordance with the commitment levels described in the Basic License Terms , as applicable:

6.1 Electricity. Licensee has elected be charged for electricity service on either an actual usage basis (as described in Section 6.1(a) below) or on a charge per circuit basis (as described in Section 6.1(b) below), as such election is indicated in the Basic License Terms. Licensor, subject to the provisions of this Section 6.1, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to Licensee, AC electric capacity at a level not less than the level described In the Basic License Terms (the “Basic Capacity”). Licensee shall be solely responsible, at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, for the installation of all power circuits and rack grounding to the base Building grounding grid system required in order to deliver the Basic Capacity to the License Area and to distribute it therein. Licensee shall use Licensor’s designated electrical contractor to perform the tap-in to the Building’s electrical system located at the remote power panel. In the event that Licensee shall require electrical capacity in excess of the Basic Capacity, then upon request, and subject to the availability of additional electrical capacity in the Building, as determined by Licensor in its sole and absolute discretion, Licensor shall make additional electric power available to Licensee. Licensee shall pay to Licensor a one-time charge equal to Licensor’s designated electrical contractor’s expense to install such electrical facilities and equipment necessary to enable Licensee to obtain such additional electrical capacity. Licensor’s current rate for additional power as of the date of this Agreement is set forth in the Basic License Terms, subject to increase during the term due to increases in Licensor’s costs and the charges of the Electricity Provider (as defined below). Licensee shall pay. Licensor, as additional License Fees, on a monthly basis, for its consumption of electrical energy at the License Area, which consumption shall be deemed to include both the electrical energy consumed by each circuit in the License Area as well as the electrical energy required to cool the heat generated thereby (the “License Area Consumption”), as more particularly provided herein. “Licensor’s Electricity Cost” means the cost per kilowatt hour and cost per kilowatt demand, adjusted by applicable rate adjustments, to Licensor for the purchase of electricity from the public utility or other electricity provider furnishing electricity service to the Building from time to time (the “Electricity Provider” ), including sales and other taxes or other impositions imposed by any Governmental Authority on Licensor’s purchase of electricity. If at any time during the term the cost elements comprising Licensor’s Electricity Cost shall be increased by the Electricity Provider, or Licensor’s Electricity Cost shall be increased for any other reason, then effective as of the date of such increase, Licensee’s payment for submetered electricity under this Section 6.1 shall be proportionately increased. Licensor res6004Wright to contract with different Electricity Providers from time to time in its sole discretion, and without reference to whether any Electricity Provider selected by Licensor provides lower rates than any other electricity supplier. Licensee covenants that Licensee’s License Area Consumption shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical facilities and installations in or otherwise serving or being used in the License Area and Licensee shall, upon the submission by Licensor to Licensee of written notice, promptly cease the use of any of Licensee’s electrical equipment which Licensor believes will cause Licensee to exceed such capacity. If, within twenty-four (24) hours of receiving such a notice from Licensor, Licensee shall fail to reduce its License Area Consumption to a level. that complies with the terms of this Section 6.1, Licensor shall have the right to disconnect power to the applicable circuit. Any additional feeders, risers, electrical facilities and other such installations required for electric service to the License Area will be supplied by Licensor, at Licensee’s expense, upon Licensor’s prior consent in each instance, provided that, in Licensor’s judgment, such additional electrical facilities and installations, feeders or risers are necessary for Licensee’s use of the License Area and are permissible under Legal Requirements and insurance regulations, and provided further that the installation of such feeders or risers will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the License Area or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations or repairs or interfere with, or disturb, other licensee or occupants of the Building. In addition, Licensor shall have no obligation to consent to such additional feeders, risers, electrical facilities and installations if in Licensor’s judgment, the same would give Licensee a disproportionate amount of the electrical current supplied to the Building at the expense of, or in derogation of the needs of other licensees or occupants of the Building.

(a) Electricity Charge based upon Actual Usage. 1f Licensee has elected to pay for electricity based upon actual usage, the calculations and determinations of the charges for Licensee’s License Area Consumption shall be based on the readings of one or more circuit monitors to be installed by Licensor, applied to Licensor’s Electricity Cost, as defined below. The cost for installation of such submeters be borne by Licensor if the License Area comprises an entire colocation area; otherwise, Licensee shall bear such cost as set forth in the Basic License Terms. Licensee shall pay on a monthly Licensor’s Electricity Cost for Licensee’s License Area Consumption for circuit power and cooling, as determined hereunder as measured and calculated by such circuit monitor or monitors including a factor of two (2) applied to the monitored totals to account for cooling electricity usage. in .addition, Licensee shall pay to Licensor, as additional License Fees (i) the fees and expenses of Licensor’s electrical contractor for services rendered based upon readings of such contractor in the maintenance and repair of such circuit monitors and (ii) the amount of any taxes or other impositions imposed by any Governmental Authority on Licensors receipts from the sale of electricity to Licensee.

(b) Electricity Charged Per Circuit. If Licensee has elected to pay for electricity on a per circuit basis, Licensee shall pay additional License Fees for such circuits in the amounts identified in the Basic License Terms. Such additional License Fees shall be based on the consumption rate per circuit shown in the Basic License Terms. In addition, Licensee shall pay to Licensor as additional License Fees (i) the fees and expenses of Licensor’s. designated electrical contractor for services rendered by such contractor in the maintenance and repair of any such circuits, and (ii) the amount of taxes or other impositions-imposed by any Governmental Authority on Licensor’s receipts from the sale of electricity to Licensee.

6.2 Environmental Controls. Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning ( “HVAC” ) to the License Area twenty-

 

-3-


four (24 hours a day, seven (7) days a week, three hundred sixty-five (365) days a year through use of the Building standard HVAC system.

6.3 Security. Licensor, or an independent contractor on behalf of Licensor, shall provide security services for the Building twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week. Such security services shall be consistent with those provided at buildings comparable to the Building, including, without limitation, monitoring alarm and surveillance systems, responding to emergencies, escorting visitors, safekeeping licensee cage keys, and monitoring and controlling access to the Building. Licensee shall provide to Licensor the names of Licensee’s Representatives who are authorized to access the Building and the License Area in accordance with the Policies and Procedures attached hereto as Exhibit B . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee acknowledges and agrees that neither Licensor’s agreement to provide such security services nor Licensor’s actual provision of the same pursuant to this Agreement shall directly or indirectly create any liability (and Licensee hereby waives any claim based on any such liability) on the part of Licensor to Licensee, any persons occupying or visiting the License Area or the Building, or any other person or entity with respect to any loss by theft, injury or loss of life, or any other damage suffered or incurred in connection with any entry into the License Area or any other breach of security with respect to the License Area or the Building; provided, however, that the foregoing acknowledgment and agreement shall not apply to any such loss or damage that results from Licensor’s failure to use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with its obligations under this subparagraph or from Licensor’s willful misconduct.

6.4 Fire Detection and Suppression. Licensor shall maintain a very early smoke detection system and a double interlock pre-action and detection system in the Building. In addition, Licensor shall provide and maintain fire extinguishers in the Building, Including clean agent extinguishers for use in “mission critical” portions of the Building, as determined by Licensor. Licensee shall review and approve the smoke detection and fire suppression systems prior to commencement of the Term.

6.5 Remote Hands. Licensor, or an independent contractor on behalf of Licensor, shall provide personnel capable of performing certain limited maintenance services in accordance with the Licensee’s written directions ( “Remote Hands” ) on equipment belonging to Licensee installed in the License Area, provided that Remote Hands shall not be available beyond the point at which a login prompt appears on Licensee’s Equipment. Remote Hands shall be available twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week. Licensee shall access and utilize Remote Hands in accordance with the Policies and Procedures. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Licensor be responsible for the repair, configuration, tuning or installation of the Equipment or the License Area or any damage or loss caused by Remote Hands, except to the extent resulting from Licensor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.6 Changes In Configuration. Licensor, or an independent contractor on behalf of Licensor, shall implement Licensee requests for changes in electrical capacity (to the extent additional capacity is available and in accordance with Section 6.1 above), installation of cross connects and any other modifications to Licensee’s License Area that Licensor is required by this Agreement to provide to Licensee upon Licensee’s request, in accordance with the applicable commitment level set forth in the Basic License Term.

6.7 Elevators. Licensor, or an independent contractor on behalf of Licensor, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide passenger elevator service to the License Area twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, three hundred sixty-five (365) days a year. Such elevator service shall be subject to such rules and regulations as Licensor may promulgate from time to time with respect thereto:

6.8 Cleaning and Rubbish Removal. Licensor, or an independent contactor on behalf of Licensor, shall provide janitorial service consistent with a telecommunications building similar to the Building. Licensee shall use Building trash containers for office-generated trash only and shall not use Building trash containers for disposal of construction-related materials, equipment or other bulky debris. Licensee shall remove from the License Area any debris generated by Licensee other than paper and other customary office waste and dispose of such debris in accordance with the Policies and Procedures and Legal Requirements.

6.9 Water. Licensor shall furnish water in such quantities as Licensor deems sufficient for ordinary drinking, lavatory and cleaning purposes in the License Area.

7. Condition of License Area.

Licensee understand that the License Area and related services are provided on an “AS-IS” basis, and Licensor makes no warranty that the space or such services are suitable for Licensees intended purpose. Licensee acknowledges that: (a) Licensee has made such investigations as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its use of the License Area and (b) neither Licensor, Licensor’s agents, nor any broker has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Agreement. Installation of any Equipment by Licensee shall be deemed conclusive evidence that Licensee accepts the same “as-is” and agrees that Licensor is under no obligation to perform any work or provide any materials to prepare the License Area or the Building for Licensee except for any Licensor Work. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, LICENSOR MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN:

 

-4-


8. Fees, Billing and Payment.

Licensee agrees to pay all fees detailed in the Basic License Terms and any additional fees described in this Agreement (collectively, “License Fees” ) when due. Upon execution of this Agreement, Licensee wilt pay all amounts designated in the Basic License Terms as “Non-recurring Charges”, including, without limitation, installation charges, security deposit and License Fees with respect to the first full month of the Term. After the commencement of the Term, ongoing License Fees will be billed monthly in advance with payment due on the first business day of each month, provided that any failure of Licensee to timely receive a detailed billing statement shall not affect Licensee’s obligation to pay such License Fees when due. Any credit due Licensee as a result of Licensee having paid a full month’s License Fees upon execution of this Agreement and the Term having commenced on a date other than the first calendar day of a month will be applied to License Fees with respect to the first full calendar month of the Term and reflected in the applicable billing statement sent by Licensor to Licensee.

9. Removal of Equipment.

9.1 During Term. Licensee agrees not to remove any Equipment from the License Area except in strict compliance with the Policies and Procedures, including, without limitation, the completion of Licensor’s equipment check-out form.

9.2 Upon Termination. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall remove all Equipment from the License Area and from the Building in accordance with the Policies and Procedures. If Licensee fails to do so, Licensor may treat the Equipment as abandoned and charge Licensee for the removal and/or storage costs. Licensor has no duty to preserve or care for any Equipment abandoned or deemed abandoned hereunder, and Licensee hereby waives and releases any claims it may have in connection with any such removal or storage.

10. Insurance; Indemnity.

10.1 Insurance. At all times during the Term of this Agreement, Licensee maintain and pay for (a) commercial general liability insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence, (b) workers’ compensation insurance in an amount not less than that prescribed by applicable law; (c) employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence, (d) commercial automobile liability insurance applicable to bodily injury and property damages, covering owned, non-owned, leased and other hired vehicles in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per accident, (e) insurance coverage on all of Licensee’s Equipment and property in the License Area with full replacement cost coverage .and a deductible not to exceed $100,000 per occurrence, and (f) umbrella or excess liability Insurance with a combined single limit of not less than $5,000,000 to apply over the above mentioned policies. The policies for such commercial general liability insurance and umbrella or excess liability coverage shall name Licensor as an additional insured. In additional, all insurance policies required under this Section 10.1 shall (i) be non-cancelable except upon thirty (30) day written notice to Licensor, (ii) be issued by an insurer with an AM Best’s Rating of B+ or better, (iii) include a waiver of subrogation rights and (iv) be primary in nature. Licensee shall provide Licensor with certificates evidencing the required coverages prior to bringing any Equipment into the Building. if Licensee fails to maintain the required coverages, Licensor may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase such coverage for Licensee, at Licensee’s cost. Licensee shall insure that all of its subcontractors and agents maintain insurance in the amounts required in this Section 10.1.

10.2 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Licensee and Licensor each hereby release and relieve the other and their respective officers, employees, agents and representatives, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against within. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Licensor or Licensee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby. Licensor and Licensee each agree to take any necessary action to make this release effective and binding upon their respective insurance carriers so that such carriers specifically waive any right of subrogation that such carriers might otherwise have against either the parties hereto or their officers, employees, agents or representatives.

10.3 Indemnity.

(a) Except for any matter resulting from Licensor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Licensee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Licensor and its agents, partners and Lenders (as defined in Section 30 below), from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of involving, or in connection with the use and/or occupancy of the License Area by Licensee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Licensor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Licensee shall upon notice defend the same at Licensees expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Licensor and Licensor shall cooperate with Licensee in such defense. Licensor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

(b) Licensor shall have no liability or responsibility for the content of any communications transmitted via third party services, and Licensee shall defend, indemnify and hold Licensor harmless from any and all claims (including claims by any Governmental Authority seeking to impose penal sanctions) related to such content or for claims by third parties relating to Licensee’s use of the License Area. Licensor does not operate or control the information, services, opinions or other content of third party services that may utilize equipment in the Building or provide services therein. Licensee agrees that it shall make no claim whatsoever against Licensor relating to the content of any such services or respecting any information, product, service or software ordered through or provided by virtue of such third party services.

 

-5-


10.4 Exemption of Licensor from Liability. Licensor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Licensee, Licensee’s employees, contractors, Invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the License Area; whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether such injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the License Area or from other sources or places, other than damages proximately caused by reason of Licensors gross negligence or willful misconduct and not covered by insurance required to be carried by Licensee under this Agreement. Licensor shall not be liable any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other licensee of Licensor. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee for any indirect special, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages (including but not limited to damages for lost profits, lost revenues or the cost of purchasing replacement services) arising out the performance or failure to perform Licensor’s obligations under this Agreement.

11. Casualty and Condemnation.

In the event of material damage to, destruction of or condemnation of the Building or the License Area Licensor shall have the right, in Licensor’s sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement upon notice to Licensee, and upon delivery of such notice, Licensor shall have no further obligations to Licensee under this Agreement.

12. Events of Default.

Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

(a) the failure of Licensee to make any payment of License Fees or any other monetary payment required to be made by Licensee hereunder, whether to Licensor or to a third party, when due;

(b) the failure of Licensee to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Agreement;

(c) the failure of Licensee to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of five (5) days after receipt of written notice of such breach;

(d) the failure by Licensee to provide reasonable written evidence of compliance with Legal Requirements or any other documentation or information which Licensor may reasonably require of Licensee under the terms of this Agreement, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice to Licensee;

(e) the failure of Licensee to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4 of this Agreement;

(f) Licensee’s abandonment of the Equipment in License Area or the Building;

(g) Licensee’s commencement of any case, proceeding or other action under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent or Licensee’s admitting in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or

(h) Licensee’s breach of any other provision of this Agreement or any agreement referred to herein (except those breaches described in clauses (a) through (g) of this Section 12), including without limitation, violation of the Policies and Procedures, if not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such breach.

No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

13. Remedies/Termination.

13.1 Upon occurrence of an Event or Default, Licensor shall have available to it all remedies at law or In equity and, in addition to any other remedy available to Licensor at law or in equity, Licensor may elect to terminate this Agreement by notice to Licensee, and this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the notice. If Licensee files a petition under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other similar federal or state law, Licensee; unconditionally and Irrevocably agrees that Licensor shall be entitled, and. Licensee unconditionally consents, to relief from the automatic stay so as to allow Licensor to exercise its rights and remedies under this Agreement with respect to the Building or the License Area. In such event, Licensee hereby agrees it shall not, in any manner, oppose or otherwise delay any motion filed by Licensor for relief from the automatic stay. Licensor’s enforcement of the rights granted herein for relief from the automatic stay is subject to the approval of the bankruptcy court in which the case is then pending.

13.2 Late Charges. Licensee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Licensee of License Fees will cause Licensor to incur costs not contemplated by this Agreement, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such

 

-10-


costs include, but are not limited to processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Licensor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any License Fees shall not be received by Licensor within three (3) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Licensee, Licensee shall pay to Licensor a late charge for each such occurrence equal to ten percent (10%) of each such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Licensor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Licensor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Licensee’s Default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

13.3 Interest. Any monetary payment due Licensor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Licensor when due shall bear interest at the highest interest rate allowable by law from the date due until paid in full. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Section 13.2.

13.4 Breach by Licensor. Licensor shall not be deemed in breach of this Agreement unless Licensor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Licensor. For purposes of this Section 13.4, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Licensor, and any lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Licensee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying the obligation of Licensor that has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Licensor’s obligation is such that more than thirty 930) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Licensor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14. Assignment and Sublicensing.

14.1 Licensee’s Assignment or Subletting. Licensee shall not assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise transfer this Agreement, in whole or in part, nor sublicense or permit use by any party other than Licensee of all or any part of the License Area, without obtaining in each instance the prior written consent of Licensor, which consent Licensor shall not unreasonably withhold, subject to the terms and provisions of Licensor’s form of Consent to Assignment/Sublicensing. Any purported assignment or sublicensing contrary to the provisions hereof without Licensor’s written consent shall be void. The written consent by Licensor to any assignment or sublicensing shall not constitute a waiver of such consent to any subsequent assignment or sublicensing.

14.2 Licensor’s Assignment. If Licensor conveys its interest in the License Area or the Building, Licensor shall provide Licensee with notice of such conveyance and Licensor shall be automatically relieved from all liability as respects the further performance of its covenants or obligations hereunder after the effective date of such conveyance and from any and all further obligations, liabilities, and claims arising from or connected with this Agreement.

15. Notice.

15.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Section 15. The addresses noted in the Basic License Terms shall be that party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice. A copy of all notices to Licensor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Licensor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

15.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card. Notices delivered by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given upon delivery. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt, provided a copy is also delivered via overnight courier or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

16. Force Majeure.

Except for monetary obligations, neither party shall be responsible for failure to act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement if such failure is due to causes beyond the party’s reasonable control, financial inability excluded, such as earthquake, flood, acts of God, war, or terrorist attacks, whether physical or electronic, or failure of the Internet; provided that the party who is unable to act promptly provides written notice detailing the problem and further provided that such party use commercially reasonable efforts to overcome such delay.

17. Advertising.

Licensee consents to the disclosure and use by Licensor of Licensee’s name and status as a Licensee of the Building, in any advertising or marketing efforts of Licensor.

18. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California.

 

-7-


19. Successors.

This Agreement shall inure to the binding on the parties, and their heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, but nothing contained in this Section 19 shall be construed to permit an assignment or other transfer except as provided in Section 14.

20. Severability.

The invalidity of any provision of this Agreement, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

21. Days.

Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Agreement shall mean and refer to calendar days.

22. Limitations on Liability.

The obligations of Licensor under this Agreement shall not constitute personal obligations of Licensor, the individual partners, managers or members of Licensor or its or their individual partners, directors, officers, employees, members, investors or shareholders, and Licensee shall look to the License Area and the Building, and to no other assets of Licensor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Licensor with respect to this Agreement, and shall not seek recourse against Licensor or the individual partners or members of Licensor, or its or their individual partners, directors, officers, members, investors or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction .

23. Time of Essence.

Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the parties under this Agreement.

24. Waivers.

No waiver by Licensor of any Event of Default hereunder by Licensee shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Event of Default by Licensee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. A party’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of such party’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by the other party, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Agreement requiring such consent The acceptance of License Fees by Licensor shall not be a waiver of any Event of Default by Licensee. Any payment by Licensee may be accepted by Licensor on account of moneys or damages due Licensor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Licensee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Licensor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement.

All provisions of this Agreement to be observed or performed by Licensee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Agreement, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Agreement shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both parties had prepared it.

26. Consents.

Whenever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Licensor is required or permitted under this Agreement, Licensor may exercise such judgment in Licensor’s sole and absolute discretion in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the provision providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies that Licensor’s consent or approval not to be unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Licensor may withhold its consent. The review and/or approval by Licensor of an item to be reviewed or approved by Licensor under the terms of this Agreement or any Exhibits hereto shall not impose upon Licensor any liability for accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Licensor’s interest in the Building, and no third parties, including Licensee or Representatives and visitors or Licensee or any person or entity claiming by through or under Licensee, shall have any rights hereunder.

 

-8-


27. Reservations.

Licensor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Licensee, such easements, rights and dedications that Licensor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the License Area by Licensee. Licensee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Licensor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

28. Authority.

If either party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Agreement on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

29. Survival.

Section 4.1(a) (Use), 9 (Removal of Equipment), 10.3 (Indemnity), WA (Exemption of Licensor from Liability) and 32 (Attorney’s Fees) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Agreement.

30. Amendment.

The Agreement may be changed only by a written agreement signed by both parties. As long as they do not materially change Licensee’s obligations hereunder, Licensee agrees to make such reasonable non monetary modifications to this Agreement as may be reasonably required by a lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Building ( “Lender” ).

31. Subordination; Estoppel Certificates.

This Agreement shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other hypothecation or security device now or hereafter placed upon the License Area or the Building (collectively, “Security Device” ), to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Licensor under this License. Any Lender may elect to have this Agreement superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Licensee, notwithstanding the relative dates of documentation or recordation thereof. Any Lender who succeeds to the interests of Licensor hereunder shall have the option to either terminate this Agreement upon notice to Licensee or to maintain this Agreement in full force and effect, in the sole discretion of such Lender. The agreements in this Section 31 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Licensor or Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Building, Licensee and Licensor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination provided for herein. In addition, Licensee shall, within ten (10) days after the written notice from Licensor, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Licensor an estoppel certificate in the form requested by Licensor or any Lender, together with any additional information, confirmation and/or statements reasonably requested by Licensor.

32. Attorneys’ Fees.

If either party commences an action or arbitration against the other party arising out of or concerning this Agreement, . the prevailing party in such litigation or arbitration shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs in addition to such relief as may be awarded.

33. No Real Property Interest Conveyed; No Joint Venture.

Licensee’s interest is as a licensee; with such license revocable upon an Event of Default. Nothing in this Agreement grants Licensee an easement, leasehold, or other property or ownership right in the License Area or the Building or creates a partnership or joint venture between Licensor and Licensee. Licensee acknowledges and agrees that this agreement does not comprise a leasehold or any other interest in real estate involving the Building, the License Area or otherwise. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit Licensor’s right to maintain and operate Building and the License Area in its sole discretion.

34. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, consisting of the Basic License Terms and the Exhibits attached hereto, contains the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof, and there are no verbal or other agreements which modify or affect this Agreement. The Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements made by or on behalf of Licensor and Licensee regarding the subject matter hereof.

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as this 25th day of April, 2004.

 

LICENSEE:

 

   LICENSOR:

MRL Ventures, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

  

HARRISON 160, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

By:   /s/    Max Levchin     By:   /s/    Martin B. Dolan
  Print Name: Max Levchin       Authorized Signatory
  Title: CE0      

 

-14-


EXHIBIT A-1

Equipment

 

A-1-1


EXHIBIT A-2

License Area

 

A-2-1


EXHIBIT B

Policies and Procedures

 

1. The License Area is to be used by Licensee solely for lawful purposes in accordance with these Policies a Procedures and the other terms and conditions of the License Agreement.

 

2. Licensee Access — Licensee shall designate in writing, its primary contact ( “Primary Contact” ) and three representatives having authorization to add/remove Licensee representatives from the “Licensee Access List” Only those individuals identified in writing by Licensee on the Licensee Access List may access the License Area and the Building It is the responsibility of Licensee to inform security personnel of Licensor of any change of status for authorized personnel.

 

3. Licensee acknowledges that the security and access provisions employed by Licensor or an independent contractor on behalf of Licensor shall not be construed as Licensor’s acceptance of responsibility or liability or the security of persons or property within the Building or the License Area. Licensor does not guaranty the security of Licensees property or Equipment. Licensor may require access to the License Area in order to install or maintain Infrastructure systems to support the Building and the Building systems.

 

4. The Primary Contact, utilizing the Security Authorization Form, must identify visitors in advance of their visit to the Building. A temporary cardkey (good for one visit) will be issued when the authorized visitor presents their authorized company ID and surrenders their valid driver’s license or valid photo ID in exchange for the temporary ID. Such form of identification will be held at security until each visitor completes his or her activities in the Building. A Licensee Representative must accompany any visitor to the License Area or the Building.

 

5. Upon entering and leaving the Building, each Licensee Representative and authorized visitor must sign in or out in the Building logbook. Upon signing out and returning the security access card, a visitor’s photo identification will be returned.

 

6. Licensee shall cooperate in keeping the Building locked and in restricting access to unauthorized personnel. On entering or leaving the Building each Licensee Representative and authorized visitor must make sure the door is shut and not left ajar. At no time shall entrance be granted by Licensee or any Licensee Representative to anyone except employees or contractors for whom security access has been authorized by use of the Security Authorization Form.

 

7. Licensee, Licensee’s Representatives, authorized visitors and guests shall not obstruct corridors, halls, stairways, sidewalks, building entrance ramps, or site driveways at any time. Corridors, halls, stairways, sidewalks, building entrance ramps and site driveways shall be used for egress and ingress only There shall be no congregating in hallways.

 

8. Parking — Only Licensee and Licensee’s Representatives may access the Building parking area. Parking is permitted on a first come first serve basis. Licensee vendors and/or contractors may not have access to the parking garage unless otherwise approved by Licensor. Licensee and its employees shall not allow any unauthorized persons to have access to the parking garage without written approval by Licensor. Licensee and Licensee’s Representatives shall park in the designated parking spaces. Any vehicles parked outside the designated areas will be subject to removal from parking garage at owner’s expense.

 

9. All activities in the License Area and the Building must be in compliance with all laws, including all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, codes and regulations. Prior to commencement of any work in the License Area, Licensee must obtain any necessary federal, state, and municipal permit, licenses and approvals. Licensor must also approve all work to be undertaken by Licensee in advance.’

 

10. Licensee is responsible for installation of its own Equipment. All of the Equipment must fit inside the License Area. All equipment must be UL approved. All cabling used by Licensee must meet national electrical and fire standards. All cables must be clearly labeled. Licensee shall not place or leave any Equipment or other items outside the License Area without the express written consent of Licensor.

 

11. Licensee shall maintain the License Area in a neat and orderly manner and shall promptly remove all trash, packing materials, boxes, etc. that Licensee has brought or had delivered to the Building.

 

12. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of Licensee’s License Agreement, Licensee shall remove all Equipment from the License Area and shall repair, or reimburse Licensor for the reasonable costs to repair any damage caused by Licensee during the course of any such removal.

 

13. Licensee will not permit any third party to locate any equipment in the License Area without the prior written consent of Licensor. Any such permitted use shall be subject to these Policies and Procedures and the other terms and conditions.

 

14.

The following items are banned from the Building, and Licensee agrees not to bring these into the Building or the License Area: alcohol, cameras, controlled substances, explosives, flammable liquids, gases or chemicals, tape recorders, chemical agents, weapons of any kind, wet cell batteries and all similar equipment and materials. There is no smoking

 

B-1


  permitted in the Building. There is also no smoking permitted in front of the Building front entrance. There will be a designated smoking area adjacent to the loading dock. No food or drink will be allowed in the License Area. No animals are permitted in the Building.

 

15. Licensee shall maintain and operate the Equipment in a safe manner, so as to avoid interference, physical or electronic, with other occupants of the Building and their equipment, Licensee shall not disrupt, adversely affect or interfere, physically or electronically, with other licensees of space in the Building or with any other licensee’s use and enjoyment of such licensee’s license area within the Building or the common areas of the Building.

 

16. Any interference, physical or electronic, caused to the equipment of other licensees of the Building by the installation, operation, maintenance replacement or repair of Licensee’s Equipment shall result in the immediate disconnection and removal of such Equipment by Licensor, at Licensee’s sole risk, cost and expense. Licensor reserves the right to take other reasonable actions to prevent such interference.

 

17. Relocation of License Area Licensor may, in Licensor’s reasonable discretion and at Licensor’s expense, change the location or the configuration of the License Area or other space within the Building. Licensor and Licensee shall cooperate in good faith minimize any disruption in Licensee’s operations that might be caused by such changes in location or configuration of the License Area.

 

18. Work Orders—Licensee will be required to complete a “Request for Work Order” form to Licensor in connection with any proposed changes to Licensee’s use or configuration of the License Area Upon submission of the work order, Licensor will evaluate the request and return a written estimate and schedule for the work. All work orders requiring changes to the existing License Agreement will result in an Amendment to License Agreement to be approved by Licensee prior to any work being performed in the License Area.

 

19. Remote Hands (Data Center Technicians) — Licensor, or an independent contractor on behalf of Licensor, shall provide Data Center Technicians capable of performing certain limited maintenance services with respect to the Equipment in accordance with the Licensee’s written directions, provided that Remote Hands shall not be available beyond the point at which a login prompt appears on Licensee’s Equipment. Licensee shall access Remote Hands by contacting the Licensor’s Help Desk. All written instructions shall be submitted along with the ticket.

 

20. Help Desk Call In — Licensor shall provide a Help Desk phone number for Licensee to call in to report troubles. The Help desk will create a ticket that will be sent via e-mail to Licensee and to the Data Center Technician on site. The Help Desk will monitor the ticket and notify Licensee when the ticket Item is closed or escalate to the appropriate level based on escalation procedures.

 

21. Escalation protocol — The Help Desk is the communications facilitator whose function is to assist in communicating events that occur in the Data Center environment to all the people who need to be informed during an event. The people who are paged are notified according to the “criticality” levels that the Help Desk members report. To perform this function effectively, the Help Desk uses the “escalation protocol” flow chart. This flow chart guides the Help Desk through the process of reporting and managing an event from the moment it is discovered by or reported to the Help Desk. The flow chart describes how to instruct the Help Desk to page out according to “Class”, how to escalate and de-escalate the event, and how to close the event. Since this procedure is general in nature and cannot anticipate all possible contingencies, the Data Center Technicians staffing the Help Desk may, at times, need to use their own judgment regarding the definitions for a specific event classification. For any unscheduled event that is escalated using the Help Desk, a Post Incident Report (PIR) will be written to document the event.

 

22. Shipping and receiving — It is the Licensee’s responsibility to notify Licensor of the impending receipt of any shipments through the Help Desk. Licensor, or an Independent contractor on behalf of Licensor, will take receipt of Licensee supplied equipment for a limited period of time and store it in a secure environment. It is the Licensee’s responsibility to notify the shipping location of the impending receipt via e-mail. Licensor, or an independent contractor on behalf of Licensor, will only release a shipment upon obtaining an authorized signature and verifying identification. Security personnel use commercially reasonably efforts to monitor incoming and outgoing packages to ensure that goods entering and leaving the premises are accompanied by duly completed documentation. Once Licensor has released a shipment to Licensee, Licensor is longer responsible for tracking the shipment and it becomes Licensee’s responsibility.

 

23. No Equipment will be permitted to be removed from the Building without the submission of a duly completed equipment check-out form.

 

24. No work will be done below the raised floor area without the prior written approval of Licensor.

 

25. No exposed cables shall be installed under raised flooring.

 

26. Licensee shall not inscribe, paint or affix advertisements, identifying signs or other notices on any part of the corridors, doors, public areas, common areas or the grounds of the License Area or any subdivision related thereof.

 

B-2


27. Licensee shall be allowed full use of provided common areas of the Building (bathrooms, coffee station, hallways, etc.). Licensee and Licensee’s Representatives shall not-conduct activities in common areas that interfere with the activities of other licensees of the Building or Licensor. Licensee should make a concerted effort to keep all such areas clean and neat at all times. Licensee and Licensee’s Representatives shall only use the common areas of the Building for their designated purposes.

 

28. Failure by Licensee or Licensee’s Representatives to materially comply with the Policies and Procedures in effect from time to time may result in (a) removal of Licensee or any Licensee Representative from the Building, (b) restriction of Licensee’s access to the Building; (c) impositions of additional charges, and/or (c) termination of the License Agreement.

 

29. Licensor reserves the right, in Licensor’s sole discretion, to amend these Policies and Procedures at any time. Licensee acknowledges that the Polices and Procedures are subject to change from time to time Licensor shall provide to Licensee written notice of any such additions or amendments to the Policies and Procedures.

 

B-3


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.    GRANT OF LICENSE      1   
2.    TERM      1   
3.    POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, ACCESS AND SECURITY      1   
4.    USE; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; INSPECTION      1   
5.    ALTERATIONS      2   
6.    COMMITMENT LEVELS      3   
7.    CONDITION OF LICENSE AREA      4   
8.    FEES, BILLING AND PAYMENT      5   
9.    REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT      5   
10.    INSURANCE; INDEMNITY      5   
11.    CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION      6   
12.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT      6   
13.    REMEDIES/TERMINATION      6   
14.    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLICENSING      7   
15.    NOTICE      7   
16.    FORCE MAJEURE      7   
17.    ADVERTISING      7   
18.    GOVERNING LAW      7   
19.    SUCCESSORS      8   
20.    SEVERABILITY      8   
21.    DAYS      8   
22.    LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY      8   
23.    TIME OF ESSENCE      8   
24.    WAIVERS      8   
25.    COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS; CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT      8   
26.    CONSENTS      8   
27.    RESERVATIONS      9   
28.    AUTHORITY      9   
29.    SURVIVAL      9   
30.    AMENDMENT      9   
31.    SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES      9   
32.    ATTORNEYS’ FEES      9   
33.    NO REAL PROPERTY INTEREST CONVEYED; NO JOINT VENTURE      9   
34.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT      9   

 

Exhibit A-1 — Equipment

     A-1-1   

Exhibit A-2 — License Area

Exhibit B — Policies and Procedures

    

 

A-2-1

B-1

  

  

 

-1-


Basic License Terms Change Order

     LOGO     
This Addendum is made by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000.   

 

Not withstanding anything to the contrary contained in the License Agreement Licensor and Licensee agree to the following modifications;   

 

Licensee:

MRL Ventures Inc.

650 Mission, Suite 2

San Francisco, CA 94105

1.      The Licensee is responsible to Initiate a work order request via email to service@365maln.com or via phone by calling 1-866-365-MAIN (6246).

  

2.      Unless otherwise noted, billing commencement will coincide with activation date as is tracked through the 365 Main Ticketing system.

   Licensee Contact:

Max Levchin

Principal

max@levchin.com

3.      Licensee fax signed change order to 1-866-487-9581 and mail original.

  

LICENSE TERM

 

Term:    Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #: 2006052510002823
Billing Date:    6/1/2006   

 

DESCRIPTION

   UNITS    ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER UNIT
   MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     BILL DATE      ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

CROSS CONNECTIONS

   1       $ 50.00         06/01/2006          $ 50.00   

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

                 

Total extension of all charges

  

      $ 50.00   

Security Deposit

   $ 0.00   

Net Installation charges

  

Total to be billed (includes NRC and Security Deposit)

   $ 50.00   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE

   $ 50.00   

Quote valid through June 2006.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/    Max Levchin     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
      By:   Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Print Name: Max Levchin     By:   Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: CEO     By:   Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company, its manager
Date: 5/26/06     By:   RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager
    By:   /s/
      Authorized Signatory
    Date Signed: 8/23/06


Basic License Terms Change Order      LOGO     
This Addendum is made by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000.   

 

Not withstanding anything to the contrary contained in the License Agreement Licensor and Licensee agree to the following modifications;   

 

Licensee:

MRL Ventures Inc.

650 Mission, Suite 2

San Francisco, CA 94105

1.      The Licensee is responsible to Initiate a work order request via email to service@365maln.com or via phone by calling 1-866-365-MAIN (6246).

  

2.      Unless otherwise noted, billing commencement will coincide with activation date as is tracked through the 365 Main Ticketing system.

  

Licensee Contact:

Max Levchin

Principal

max@levchin.com

3.      Licensee fax signed change order to 1-866-487-9581 and mail original.

  

LICENSE TERM

 

Term:    Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #: 2006052510002823
Billing Date:    5/1/2006   

 

DESCRIPTION

   UNITS    ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER UNIT
   BILL DATE      ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

ELECTRICAL POWER

                 

20 Amp 120v (requires plug strip)

   1    $ 450.00            05/01/2006       $ 450.00         Billed actual   

Branch Circuit Monitoring System

   1    $ 25.00            05/01/2006       $ 25.00      

Horizontal Plug Strips

Please note this will be a vertical plug strip)

   1    $ 125.00            05/01/2006       $ 125.00      
Total extension of all charges                                      
Security Deposit      
First Month Rent      
Net Installation charges       $ 600.00   
Total Due at inception (includes NRC and Security Deposit)       $ 600.00   
                 

 

 

 

TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE

  

  

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/    Kenneth R. Brownfield     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Print Name: Kenneth R. Brownfield

Title: Director IT

Date: 4/19/2006

    By:   Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
    By:   Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
    By:   Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company, its manager
      By:   RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager
      By:   /s/
        Authorized Signatory
      Date Signed: 8/23/06


Basic License Terms Change Order – FILE AUDIT COPY

     LOGO     
This Addendum is made by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000.   

 

   Licensee:
   Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.
   650 Mission, Suite 2
   San Francisco, CA 94105
   Licensee Contact:
   Max Levchin
   Principal
   max@levchin.com

LICENSE TERM

 

Term:    Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #:
Billing Date:    11/01/2005   

 

DESCRIPTION

   UNITS        ONE-TIME  
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     BILL DATE      ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

LICENSE AREA REQUIREMENTS

                 

Rack in a Private Cage

     5          $ 400.00         11/01/2005          $ 2,000.00   

Rack in a Private Cage

     1          $ 400.00         11/01/2005          $ 400.00   

ELECTRICAL POWER

                    

L520 – 20 Amp 120v (requires plug)

              11/01/2005            Billed Actual   

CROSS CONNECTIONS

                 

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

     1          $ 50.00         11/01/2005          $ 50.00   

SECURITY DEPOSIT

                 

Additional Security Deposit

     1       -$ 400.00            11/01/2005       -$ 400.00      
              11/01/2005         
Total extension of all charges          $ 2,450.00   
Security Deposit       $ 2,000.00   
Net Installation charges      
Total to be billed (includes NRC and Security Deposit)       $ 4,450.00   
  

 

 

 
TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE       $ 2,450.00   

Racks and cross-connections & power installed from previous contract. Security deposit may be over by $40. Confirm from 000 & Skyline billing.


Basic License Terms

 

1. Parties          LOGO
Data Center Operator       Licensee:   
365 The Main Exchange Inc.         
365 Main Street, San Francisco,    CA 94105    MRL Ventures Inc.   
Contact: Kevin Shanahan    415-901-5707    650 Mission, Suite 2   
   FAX 866-487-9581      
Licensor:       San Francisco, CA 94105   
Harrison 160, LLC         
c/o Union Property Capital, Inc.       Licensee Contact:   
201 California Street, Suite 1250         
San Francisco, CA 94111       Max Levchin   
      Principal   
Licensor Contacts:       650-218-0563   
Martin B. Dalton    415-989-8846    max@levchin.com   
Chris Dolan    415-901-5708      

2. License Term

 

Base Term:    36 Months
Early Access Date:    Three weeks from receipt of Licensee signature.
Commencement Date:    November 01, 2005 through October 31, 2008

 

DESCRIPTION

   UNITS    NON-RECURRING
CHARGE/UNIT
     RECURRING
CHARGE/
UNIT
     NON-RECURRING
CHARGES
     RECURRING
CHARGES
 

3. License Area Requirements

              

Rack in a Private Cage

   6    $ 425.00       $ 400.00         Installed       $ 2,400.00   

4. Electrical Charges Power Billed Actual

              

20 Amp Power Circuit, 1 Phase

      $ 450.00            Installed         Billed Actual   

Rack Grounding

      $ 65.00            Installed         N/A   

BCMS Circuit Monitoring

      $ 25.00       $ 25.00         Installed         Waived   

5. Cross Connect Charges

              

Ethernet 10/100 or Cabinets to IP

   1    $ 75.00       $ 50.00         Installed       $ 50.00   

6. Additional Products and Feature Charges

              

Remote Hands – (Tier 1 Support)

   0            Included         Included   

7. Grand Total

              

Total Extension of all Charges:

  

      $ 2,450.00   

Additional Security Deposit

  

   $ 2,000.00      
TOTAL DUE AT INCEPTION (Includes Additional Security Deposit & First Month MRC):         $ 4,450.00      
TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE:       $ 2,450.00   

 

8. Notes:

Quote valid for August 2005. Replaces Basic License Terms with Commencement Date of August 1, 2004 while retaining the already executed License Agreement dated April 16, 2004. Terms above valid only if received via fax or delivered on site by Midnight 8/31/2005.


9. Commitment Levels

 

  a) Electrical Power: Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide electricity to the License Area without interruption. In the event of any power outage for reasons other than Licensee actions or omissions, Licensee shall be entitled to an abatement of one day’s License Fee for each hour that delivery of electricity to the License Area is disrupted during any twenty-four (24) hour period, provided in no event shall the License Fees be abated for a period longer than thirty (30) days. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the previous sentence, Licensor shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Licensee for any loss, damage or expense which Licensee may sustain or incur as a result of the unavailability of or interruption in the supply of electric current to the License Area or a change in the quantity or character or nature of such current and such change, interruption or unavailability shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Licensee to any abatement or diminution of, or relieve Licensee from any of its obligations under this License Agreement, or impose any liability upon Licensor or its agents, by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to or interruption of Licensee’s business, or otherwise.

 

  b) Environmental Control: Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain conditions in the License Area as follows: (i) the relative humidity shall be maintained between 47.5% ambient and 52.5% ambient, and (ii) the temperature shall not exceed 78° Fahrenheit ambient. In the event that Licensor shall fail to maintain conditions as described above, Licensor shall make the necessary adjustments to obtain the conditions set forth herein within one hour of receiving notice of such failure to maintain such conditions.

 

  c) Work Order Request: Subject to any other provisions of this Agreement which may limit or impair the availability of the following items or place conditions on the availability of such items, Licensor shall implement Licensee’s requests for the following work order items within the time periods designated below following fully executed work order:

 

Type of Work Order    Time Period

Increase Electrical Capacity

   Qty: 1-10 - Five (5) days
   Qty: 11- 20 - Ten (10) days
   Qty: 21 + - agreed upon work order

Install Cross Connects

   24 hours from approved work order

 

Equipment Access Services     

Pre-Approved use of loading dock & freight elevator

   M-F 8 AM to 5PM – included

Outside standard business hours

   $50/hr (4hr min.)

Licensee shall submit a work order for any such requested change in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Policies and Procedures. If Licensor determines in its reasonable commercial judgment that Licensor has failed to meet the work order commitment, Licensee shall receive a credit equal to 50% of Licensor’s standard charge for the service with respect to which this commitment has not been met.

 

  d) Preparation of License Area: Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make the License Area available to Licensee in the condition required under. this Agreement on or prior to the commencement of the Term. In the event Licensor fails to do so, Licensee shall be entitled to an abatement of one day’s License Fee for each day of Licensor’s delay in making the License Area available to Licensee, up to a maximum of thirty (30) days; provided, however, that this provisions with respect to preparation of the License Area shall not apply if (i) Licensee has given Licensor incorrect or incomplete information with respect to the configuration of the License Area, (ii) Licensee has altered or modified the requested configuration of the License Area after submission of such information to Licensor and acceptance thereby, or (iii) Licensee has requested that Licensor configure the License Area in accordance with specifications other than those that are standard for the Building.

 

  e) Remote Hands: Licensor or its independent contractor shall respond to a request for “Remote Hands” as described in the table below. Licenser’s or its independent contractor’s response time in connection with such a request shall be measured from the time Licensor or its independent contractor receives and logs Licensee’s request with all necessary information requested by Licensor or its independent contractor until a representative of Licensor or its independent contractor first calls Licensee in response to such request. In the event Licensor or its independent contractor fails to satisfy the Remote Hands commitment, Licensee shall be entitled to an abatement of one day’s License Fee for each failed occurrence.

 

2.


Response Table (Schedule 1)

 

Severity

   Alarm
Description
   Meaning    Generic
Response
   NOC “Target”
Response Time
   Field Staff “Target”
Response Time
1    Critical    Site Down    Immediate    15 minutes    15 minutes
2    Major    Degrading Performance    ASAP    30 minutes    15 minutes
3    Minor    Required Maintenance    Normal    Next Business Day    As advised by NOC

 

  f) Any abatement of License Fees or other credit permitted pursuant to these Basic License Terms shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  1) The failure of Licensor to satisfy the applicable commitment level shall not have been caused in whole or in part by any scheduled maintenance events, unavoidable delay, Licensee actions or inactions, Licensee-supplied power or equipment, actions or inactions of any third party, excluding any third party directly involved in the operation and maintenance of the Building, but including, without limitation, Licensee’s end users, third party network providers, traffic exchange points controlled by third parties, any power, equipment or services provided by third parties, or an event of force majeure.

 

  2) Licensee must notify Licensor within five (5) business days from the time Licensee becomes eligible to receive an abatement of License Fees or any other credit pursuant to these Basic License Terms. Licensee shall forfeit any right to receive such an abatement of License Fees or other credit if Licensee fails to timely notify Licensor.

 

  3) If Licensee is entitled to multiple credits or abatement of License Fees for multiple reasons under these Basic License Terms, such credits or abatement of License Fees shall be limited to a maximum of thirty (30) days’ License Fees.

 

  4) In no event shall Licensee be entitled to a credit or abatement of License Fees if Licensee is in default under this Agreement or has otherwise failed to comply with the Policies and Procedures.

These Basic License Terms shall be binding upon Licensee for incurred installation costs. The monthly recurring shall not be binding until such time as the parties have agreed to and executed a License Agreement into which this summary of Basic License Terms shall be incorporated.

 

LICENSEE:

 

  LICENSOR:
By:   /s/    Max Levchin   Harrison 160, LLC
  a California limited liability company
Print Name:  Max Levchin  
  By:   /s/
    Authorized Signatory
Title: Principal  
  Print Name : Terry Sternberg
Date: 9/6/05  
  Date Signed : 1-2-89

 

3.


 

Basic License Terms OOC Documentation    LOGO  

 

This Addendum is made by and between Harrison 160, LLC (Licensor) and MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000.

  
Not withstanding anything to the contrary contained in the License Agreement Licensor and Licensee agree to the following modifications;   

 

Licensee:

MRL Ventures
Inc. 650 Mission,
Suite 2 San
Francisco, CA
94105

1.      The Licensor will provide the additional below listed items.

  

2.      The Licensee is responsible to Initiate a work order request via email to service@365maln.com or via phone by calling 1-866-365-MAIN (6246).

   Licensee
Contact: Max
Levchin

Principal

max@levchin.com

3.      Unless otherwise noted, billing commencement will coincide with activation date as is tracked through the 365 Main Ticketing system.

  

4.      Licensee fax signed change order to 1-866-487-9581 and mail original.

  

LICENSE TERM

 

Term:    OOC 3.00 months
Billing Date:    8/1/2005

 

DESCRIPTION

   UNITS      ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER UNIT
   MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     BILL DATE      ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
LICENSE AREA REQUIREMENTS                  

Secure Private Cabinet

     1          $ 400.00         08/01/2005          $ 400.00   
ELECTRICAL POWER                  

20 Amp 120v (requires plug)

     1               08/01/2005            Billed Actual   

Branch Circuit Monitoring System

     1               08/01/2005         

Rack/Cabinet Grounding

     1               08/01/2005         
CROSS CONNECTIONS                  

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

     1          $ 50.00         08/01/2005          $ 50.00   

SECURITY DEPOSIT

                 

Additional Security Deposit OOC additional deposit on file

     1               08/01/2005         
     Total extension of all charges    $ 450.00   
     Security Deposit   
     First month rent    $ 450.00   
     Installation charges    $ 4,450.00   
                 

 

 

 
     TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE    $ 450.00   


Basic License Terms Renewal Order

 

This Addendum is made by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000.    LOGO
        
Data Center Operator:          Licensee:
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.
Contact:          706 Mission Street, 7th Floor
   Shaun Reid    415-901-5706    San Francisco, CA 94103
   Peter Pagano    415-901-5754   
   Asa Donohugh    415-901-5739    Licensee Contact:
   Confidential FAX    866-487-9581    Vlado Herman
         VP of Finance
Licensor:          415.908.3801
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          vlado@yelp.com
365 Main Street         
San Francisco, CA 94105         
        
        
        

LICENSE TERM

 

Base Term:    36 months
Billing Date:    11/1/2008 through 10/31/2011

 

       DESCRIPTION    UNITS      ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     BILL DATE      ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
LICENSE AREA REQUIREMENTS                  

Rack in a Private Cage

     10          $ 1,000.00         11/01/2008          $ 10,000.00   

Power Allocation per 2 kW

     5          $ 1,000.00         11/01/2008          $ 5,000.00   

ELECTRICAL POWER – ACTUAL RECURRING

                 

L520 – 20 Amp 120v (requires plug strip)

     18               11/01/2008            Billed Actual   
CROSS CONNECTIONS                  

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

     3          $ 75.00         11/01/2008          $ 225.00   

SECURITY DEPOSIT

                 

Offset for security deposit on account

     1       -$ 11,440.00            11/01/2008       -$ 11,440.00      

 

1.


ONE-TIME

CHARGES

EXTENDED

   RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

Total extension of all charges

   $ 15,225.00   

Additional Security Deposit

   $ 3,560.00   

First Month Rent

   $ 15,225.00   

Net Installation Charges

  

Total to be billed (includes NRC and Security Deposit)

   $ 18,785.00   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE (includes ramp-ups and rate adjustments)

   $ 15,225.00   

Quote valid through October, 2008. Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the License Agreement, the Basic Capacity for the license area is 30 kW.

 

LICENSEE:       LICENSOR:
By: /s/    Aaron Vinson                RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print Name: Aaron Vinson      

By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager and sole member

Title: System Administrator      

By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager and sole member

Date: 10/6/08      

By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company,

its manager

       

By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager

      B Y :   /s/
        Authorized Signatory
        Date Signed: 10/24/08

 

2.


Basic License Terms Change Order

 

     LOGO     
This addendum (“Change Order’) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 04/16/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.   

 

Not withstanding anything to the contrary contained in the License Agreement Licensor and Licensee agree to the following modifications:

  

Licensee:

Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.

   365.047.012
   706 Mission Street, 7th Floor   

1.      The Licensee is responsible to initiate a work order request via email to service@365main.com or via phone by calling (866) 365-MAIN

   San Francisco, CA 94103   
   Licensee Contact:   

2.      Unless otherwise noted, billing commencement will coincide with activation date as is tracked through the 365 Main Ticketing system.

  

Aaron Vinson

aaron@yelp.com

  
     

3.      Licensee fax signed change order to 866-487-9581 and mail original.

     

LICENSE TERM

 

Term:    Coterminous with existing agreement
Billing Date:    8/1/2009

 

DESCRIPTION

   UNITS      ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER UNIT
   MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER UNIT
     BILL DATE      ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
LICENSE AREA REQUIREMENTS                  

Basic Capacity (power allocation)

     6 kW          $ 500.00         08/01/2009          $ 3,000.00   

 

3.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

Total extension of all charges

   $ 3,000.00   

Security Deposit

   $ 3,000.00   

Net Installation Charges

  

Total to be billed (includes NRC and Security Deposit)

   $ 6,000.00   
     

 

 

 

TOTAL MONTHLY CHARGE (includes ramp-ups and rate adjustments)

   $ 3,000.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by May 31, 2009. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall be increased by 6 kW to a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements and the Additional Basic Capacity Rate Schedule shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

Without limiting any remedies of Licensor under the Agreement, upon the occurrence of an event of default thereunder, the Licensor shall be entitled to apply to or to set off against any the security deposit or any other deposits or other sums held by Licensor from or on behalf of Licensee against payment of any License Fees or other obligations of Licensee now or hereafter arising under the Agreement.

 

 

LICENSEE:

 

     LICENSOR:
By:     /s/    Aaron Vinson               RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print Name: Aaron Vinson      By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: Sys Admin      By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Date: 5/14/09      By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company, its manager
      

By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager

         By:     /s/    
           Authorized Signatory
         Date Signed: 6-12-09

 

4.


EXHIBIT A

[graphic]

 

5.


Basic License Terms Change Order   

LOGO

 

This addendum (“Change Order”) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

  
Data Center Operator:          Licensee:    365.047.013

Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC

         Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.   

Contact :

         706 Mission Street, 7th Floor   
   Shaun Reid    415-901-5706    San Francisco, CA 94103   
   Amir Moon    415-901-5750      
   Peter Pagano    415-901-5754    Licensee Contact:   
   Confidential FAX    866-487-9581    Max Levchin   

Licensor :

         Principal   

Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC

         max@levchin.com   

365 Main Street

           

San Francisco, CA 94105

           

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #:
Change Order Commencement Date: 11/1/2009   

 

DESCRIPTION

   QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
     MONTHLY
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
   EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED

LICENSE AREA REQUIREMENTS

                 

Rack in a Private Cage (Licensor Provided)

     1       $ 715.00            11/01/2009       $ 715.00      

We are installing a 365 Main provided rack into C7.15.00.

                 

 

6.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
   $ 715.00      

Additional License Fees

  

  

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

     

Net One-Time Installation Charges

  

   $ 715.00   

Additional Security Deposit

  

   $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

  

   $ 715.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by October 31, 2009. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

Without limiting any remedies of Licensor under the Agreement, upon the occurrence of an event of default thereunder, the Licensor shall be entitled to apply to or to set off against any the security deposit or any other deposits or other sums held by Licensor from or on behalf of Licensee against payment of any License Fees or other obligations of Licensee now or hereafter arising under the Agreement.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/ Aaron Vinson     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print Name: Aaron Vinson     By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: Sys Admin     By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Date: 10/8/09     By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company, its manager
    By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager
      By:   /s/
        Authorized Signatory
      Date Signed: 10/20/09

 

7.


Basic License Terms Change Order    LOGO

 

This addendum (“Change Order”) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

  

 

Data Center Operator:      

Licensee:

   365.047.014
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC      

Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.

  

Contact:

     

706 Mission Street, 7th Floor

  
   Shaun Reid    415-901-5706   

San Francisco, CA 94103

  
   Amir Moon    415-901-5750         
   Peter Pagano    415-901-5754   

Licensee Contact:

  
   Confidential FAX    866-487-9581   

Max Levchin

  
Licensor:      

Principal

  

Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC

     

max@levchin.com

  
365 Main Street            
San Francisco, CA 94105            

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement

     Ticket  #: 2009101410000867 

Change Order Commencement Date: 11/1/2009

  

 

DESCRIPTION

   QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
     MONTHLY
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
     EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

CROSS CONNECTIONS

                 

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

     1       $ 75.00       $ 75.00         11/01/2009       $ 75.00       $ 75.00   

 

8.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
   $ 75.00       $ 75.00   

Additional License Fees

  

  

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

  

   $ 75.00   

Net One-Time Installation Charges

  

   $ 75.00   

Additional Security Deposit

  

   $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

  

   $ 150.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by October 31, 2009. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

This is a xconnect to Internap.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/ Aaron Vinson     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print   Name: Aaron Vinson     By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: System Admin    

By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager and sole member

Date:   10/14/09  

By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company,

its manager

   

By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager

    By:       /s/
        Authorized Signatory
      Date Signed: 10/22/09

 

9.


9/23/2011

 

Basic License Terms Renewal Order

   LOGO  

 

This renewal (“Renewal”) is entered into by and between Digital 365 Main, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures, Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed tot hem in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Renewal and the terms of the Agreement, the terms of this Renewal shall govern. The Agreement is hereby amended as and where necessary to give effect to the terms of this Renewal. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

  

This renewal (“Renewal”) is entered into by and between Digital 365 Main, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures, Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed tot hem in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Renewal and the terms of the Agreement, the terms of this Renewal shall govern. The Agreement is hereby amended as and where necessary to give effect to the terms of this Renewal. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Data Center Operator:       Licensee:
Digital 365 Main, LLC       Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.

Contact:

      706 Mission Street, 9th Floor
   Shaun Reid    415-848-9287    San Francisco, CA 94103
   Amir Moon    415-848-9310      
   Peter Pagano    415-901-5754    Licensee Contact:
   Confidential FAX    866-487-9581    Michael Stoppelman
Licensor:       VP of Enginnering
Digital 365 Main, LLC       (451) 254-7803
365 Main Street       stop@yelp.com
San Francisco, CA 94105         

RENEWAL TERM

The Term of the Agreement is hereby extended to 10/31/2013, and the License Fees applicable to the portion of the Term from 11/1/2011 (the “Renewal Commencement Date”) through 10/31/2013 are set forth below.

 

DESCRIPTION

  QUANTITY     ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER UNIT
    MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER UNIT
    EFFECTIVE
DATE
    ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
    MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

LICENSE AREA REQUIREMENTS

           

License Area (Custom Private Cage)

    1            11/01/2011       

Basic Capacity (power allocation)

    45 kW        $ 325.00        11/01/2011        $ 14,625.00   

Subject to annual rate increases described in the schedule below

           

Rack in a Private Cage (Existing)

    10            11/01/2011       

ELECTRICAL POWER – ACTUAL RECURRING

           

L520 – 20 Amp 120v (requires plug strip)

    24            11/01/2011          Billed Actual   

CROSS CONNECTIONS

           

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

    9        $ 75.00        11/01/2011        $ 675.00   

Fiber

    1        $ 200.00        11/01/2011        $ 200.00   

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

To SFMix; no MRC.

    1            11/01/2011       

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS AND FEATURES

           

Permanent Badges

    2        $ 10.00        11/01/2011        $ 20.00   

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Offset for security deposit on account

    1      -$ 18,000.00          11/01/2008      -$ 18,000.00     

 

1


    ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
  MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

License Fee Summary

    $ 15,520.00   

First Month’s Recurring Charges

    $ 15,520.00   

Net One-Time Installation Charges

   

Security Deposit

    -$ 2,936.25   

Total License Fees payable upon invoice

    $ 12,583.75   

 

      BASIC CAPACITY
RATE SCHEDULE

 

     Dollars per kW      Effective Period      Basic Capacity
Monthly
Recurring Charge
 

With scheduled annual rate increases of 3%

     45 kW       $ 325.00       11/1/2011      10/31/2012       $ 14,625.00   

Basic Capacity (Power Allocation)

     45 kW       $ 334.75       11/1/2012      10/31/2013       $ 15,063.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

This Renewal shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by September 30, 2011. From and after the Renewal Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall be 45 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements and the Basic Capacity Rate Schedule shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Renewal Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

Without limiting any remedies of Licensor under the Agreement, upon the occurrence of an event of default thereunder, the Licensor shall be entitled to apply to or to set off against the security deposit or any other deposits or other sums held by Licensor from or on behalf of Licensee against payment of any License Fees or other obligations of Licensee now or hereafter arising under the Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the License Agreement Licensor’s sole obligation with respect to environmental conditions in the License Area shall be to maintain at all times during the Term of the Agreement conditions in accordance with the then-current ASHRAE TC 9.9 (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Technical Committee 9.9) Design Considerations for Datacom Equipment Centers © , for Class 1 buildings and Licensor shall have no liability to Licensee for failure to satisfy any other standard or commitment levels. In connection therewith, Licensor shall maintain filtration quality per design specifications and relative humidity control ranges shall be non-condensing.

This Renewal shall become effective only upon execution and delivery of both Licensor and Licensee.

Each party agrees that the terms and provisions of this Renewal are confidential and constitute proprietary information of the parties as though the terms hereof were originally part of the Agreement.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By: /s/ Michael Stoppelman     DIGITAL 365 MAIN, LLC a Delaware limited liability company

Print Name: Michael Stoppelman

 

Title: VP of Engineering

    By:  

Digital Realty Trust, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership,

Its Member and Manager

Date: 9/26/2011       By:  

Digital Realty Trust, Inc. a Maryland corporation,

Its General Partner

    By: /s/ Richard Berk
      Print Name: Richard Berk
      Title: VP Portfolio Management
      Date: 9/30/2011

 

2.


EXHIBIT A

[graphic]

 

3.


Basic License Terms Change Order    LOGO  

 

This Addendum (“Change Order”) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

  

 

Data Center Operator:      

Licensee:

Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC      

Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.

Contact:

     

706 Mission Street, 7th Floor

   Shaun Reid    415-901-5706   

San Francisco, CA 94103

   Amir Moon    415-901-5750      
   Peter Pagano    415-901-5754   

Licensee Contact:

   Confidential FAX    866-487-9581   

Max Levchin

Licensor:      

Principal

Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC      

365.047.015

max@levchin.com

365 Main Street         
San Francisco, CA 94105         

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement

     Ticket  #: 2009102710001074 
Change Order Commencement Date: 11/1/2009   

 

DESCRIPTION

   QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
   MONTHLY
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
   EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS AND FEATURES

                 

Permanent Badges

     1                  

This is a permanent badge for Daniel Chen

              11/01/2009         

 

1.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

Additional License Fees

     

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

     

Net One-Time Installation Charges

     

Additional Security Deposit

      $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

      $ 0.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by October 31, 2009. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 KW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or infrastructure in the License Area.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By: /s/    Aaron Vinson     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print Name: Aaron Vinson     By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: System Administrator     By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Date: 10/29/09     By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company, its manager
    By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager
   

 

By:

  /s/
        Authorized Signatory
      Date Signed: 11/2/09

 

2.


Basic License Terms Change Order    LOGO  

 

This addendum (“Change Order’) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 04/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

  

 

Data Center Operator:      

Licensee:

Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC      

Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.

Contact:

     

706 Mission Street, 7th Floor

   Shaun Reid    415-901-5706   

San Francisco, CA 94103

   Amir Moon    415-901-5750      
   Peter Pagano    415-901-5754   

Licensee Contact:

   Confidential FAX    866-487-9581   

Max Levchin

Licensor:      

Principal

Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC       365.047.016
365 Main Street       max@levchin.com   
San Francisco, CA 94105         

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement

     Ticket  #: 2010010410000561 

Change Order Commencement Date: 2/1/2010

  

 

DESCRIPTION

   QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
   MONTHLY
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
     EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

CROSS CONNECTIONS

                 

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

     -1          $ 75.00         02/01/2010          -$ 75.00   

This is a disconnect from original ticket #2008072410002738 and order #365.047.007. This xconnect was renewed on order 365.047.011.

 

3.


    

ONE-TIME

CHARGES

EXTENDED

  

RECURRING

CHARGES

EXTENDED

 
      -$ 75.00   

Additional License Fees

     

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

      -$ 75.00   

Net One-Time Installation Charges

     

Additional Security Deposit

      $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

      -$ 75.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by January 31, 2010. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

This is a disconnect from original ticket #2008072410002738 and order #365.047.007. This xconnect was renewed on order 365.047.011.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By: /s/    Aaron Vinson     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print Name: Aaron Vinson     By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: Sys Admin     By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Date: 1/4/10     By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company, its manager
    By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager
    By:   /s/
        Authorized Signatory
      Date Signed: 6-18-10

 

4.


EXHIBIT A

[graphic]

 

5.


Basic License Terms Change Order   LOGO  

 

This addendum (“Change Order”) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

 

Data Center Operator:

         Licensee:    365.047.013
Rincon 365 Borrower,LLC          Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc.   
Contact :          706 Mission Street, 7th Floor   

Shaun Reid

   415-901-5706       San Francisco, CA 94103   

Amir Moon

   415-901-5750         

Peter Pagano

   415-901-5754       Licensee Contact:   

Confidential FAX

   866-487-9581       Max Levchin   
Licensor:          Principal   
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          max@levchin.com   
365 Main Street            
San Francisco, CA 94105            

 

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #:
Change Order Commencement Date: 11/1/2009   

 

DESCRIPTION

   QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
     MONTHLY
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
   EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED

LICENSE AREA REQUIREMENTS

                 

Rack in a Private Cage (Licensor Provided)

     1       $ 715.00            11/01/2009       $ 715.00      

We are installing a 365 Main provided rack into C7.15.00.

                 

 

6.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
   $ 715.00      

Additional License Fees

     

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

     

Net One-Time Installation Charges

      $ 715.00   

Additional Security Deposit

      $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

      $ 715.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by October 31, 2009. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

Without limiting any remedies of Licensor under the Agreement, upon the occurrence of an event of default thereunder, the Licensor shall be entitled to apply to or to set off against any the security deposit or any other deposits or other sums held by Licensor from or on behalf of Licensee against payment of any License Fees or other obligations of Licensee now or hereafter arising under the Agreement.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/    Aaron Vinson     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print Name: Aaron Vinson     By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: Sys Admin     By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member

 

Date: 10/8/09

   

By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company, its manager

   

By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager

   

 

By:

  /s/
        Authorized Signatory
      Date Signed: 10/20/09

 

7.


Basic License Terms Change Order   LOGO  

 

This addendum (“Change Order”) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

 

Data Center Operator:

         Licensee:    365.047.014
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc   
Contact:          706 Mission Street, 7th Floor   

Shaun Reid

   415-901-5706       San Francisco, CA 94103   

Amir Moon

   415-901-5750         

Peter Pagano

   415-901-5754       Licensee Contact:   

Confidential FAX

   866-487-9581       Max Levchin   
Licensor:          Principal   
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          max@levchin.com   
365 Main Street            
San Francisco, CA 94105            

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #: 2009101410000867
Change Order Commencement Date: 11/1/2009   

 

DESCRIPTION

   QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER
QUANTITY
     MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER
QUANTITY
     EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

CROSS CONNECTIONS

                 

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

     1       $ 75.00       $ 75.00         11/01/2009       $ 75.00       $ 75.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
   $ 75.00       $ 75.00   

Additional License Fees

  

  

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

  

   $ 75.00   

Net One-Time Installation Charges

  

   $ 75.00   

Additional Security Deposit

  

   $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

  

   $ 150.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by October 31, 2009. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

This is a xconnect to Internap.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/    Aaron Vinson     RINCON 365 BORROWER, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Print Name: Aaron Vinson     By: Rincon 365 Mezz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager and sole member
Title: System Admin    

By: Above Rincon LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager and sole member

Date: 10/14/09    

By: Rincon Point, LLC, a California limited liability company,

its manager

     

By: RP Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,

its manager

   

 

By:

      /s/
        Authorized Signatory
      Date Signed: 10/22/09

 

9.


Basic License Terms Change Order   LOGO  

 

This addendum (“Change Order”) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

 

Data Center Operator:

         Licensee:   
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc   
Contact:          706 Mission Street, 7th Floor   

Shaun Reid

   415-901-5706       San Francisco, CA 94103   

Amir Moon

   415-901-5750         

Peter Pagano

   415-901-5754       Licensee Contact:   

Confidential FAX

   866-487-9581       Max Levchin   
Licensor:          Principal   
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          max@levchin.com   
365 Main Street            
San Francisco, CA 94105            

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #: 2010010410000561
Change Order Commencement Date: 2/1/2010   

 

DESCRIPTION

   QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
   MONTHLY
CHARGE PER
QUANTITY
     EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 

CROSS CONNECTIONS

                 

Ethernet 10/100 or T1/DSL (Copper)

     -1          $ 75.00         02/01/2010          -$ 75.00   

This is a disconnect from original ticket #2008072410002738 and order #365.047.007. This xconnect was renewed on order 365.047.011.

 

1.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
   RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
      -$ 75.00   

Additional License Fees

     

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

      -$ 75.00   

Net One-Time Installation Charges

     

Additional Security Deposit

      $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

      -$ 75.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by January 31, 2010. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

This is a disconnect from original ticket #2008072410002738 and order #365.047.007. This xconnect was renewed on order 365.047.011.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/    Aaron Vinson    
Print Name: Aaron Vinson    
Title: System Administrator     By:    
        Authorized Signatory
Date Signed: 1/4/10     Date Signed:

 

2.


Basic License Terms Change Order

  LOGO  

 

This addendum (“Change Order”) is entered into by and between Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC (Licensor) and Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc. (Licensee), and modifies the License Agreement for original Licensee Customer Number 365.047.000 dated 4/20/2004 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the above-referenced Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

 

Data Center Operator:

         Licensee:   
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          Yelp fka MRL Ventures Inc   
Contact:          706 Mission Street, 7th Floor   

Shaun Reid

   415-901-5706       San Francisco, CA 94103   

Amir Moon

   415-901-5750         

Peter Pagano

   415-901-5754       Licensee Contact:   

Confidential FAX

   866-487-9581       Max Levchin   
Licensor:          Principal   
Rincon 365 Borrower, LLC          max@levchin.com   
365 Main Street            
San Francisco, CA 94105            

 

CHANGE ORDER TERM

 

Term: Coterminous with existing agreement    Ticket #: 2010060810000599
Change Order Commencement Date: 7/1/2010   

 

DESCRIPTION    QUANTITY      ONE-TIME
CHARGE
PER
QUANTITY
     MONTHLY
CHARGE
PER
QUANTITY
   EFFECTIVE
DATE
     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     MONTHLY
RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS AND FEATURES

                 

Miscellaneous

Cost for the Card Reader and the installation

     1       $ 3,479.00            07/01/2010       $ 3,479.00      

Miscellaneous

Cost to run conduit for the Card Reader door C7.15.00

     1       $ 518.00            07/01/2010       $ 518.00      

Miscellaneous

Cost for the Caging material

     1       $ 822.00            07/01/2010       $ 822.00      

 

1.


     ONE-TIME
CHARGES
EXTENDED
     RECURRING
CHARGES
EXTENDED
 
   $ 4,819.00      

Additional License Fees

     

Additional Monthly Recurring Charges

     

Net One-Time Installation Charges

      $ 4,819.00   

Additional Security Deposit

      $ 0.00   

Total Additional License Fees payable upon invoice

      $ 4,819.00   

All additional License Fees set forth in this Change Order are payable in addition to all License Fees payable under the Agreement and any other change orders relating thereto.

This Change Order shall not be valid unless executed by Licensee by June 30, 2010. From and after the Commencement Date, the Basic Capacity pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement shall not be increased and shall remain at a total Basic Capacity of 36 kW. All License Fees shown as “Monthly Recurring Charges” under the License Area Requirements shall be payable by Licensee in full on a monthly basis every month of the Term from and after the Change Order Commencement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement whether or not Licensee fully utilizes its allotted Basic Capacity and notwithstanding any removal, modification or operation or non-operation of all or any portion of Licensee’s Equipment or Infrastructure in the License Area.

 

LICENSEE:     LICENSOR:
By:   /s/    Aaron Vinson    
Print Name: Aaron Vinson    
Title: System Administrator     By:   /s/
        Authorized Signatory
Date: 6/15/10     Date Signed:

 

2.

Exhibit 10.15

February 3, 2012

Mr. Jeremy Stoppelman

Via email

Re: Terms of Employment by Yelp Inc.

Dear Jeremy:

I am very pleased to confirm the terms of your continuing employment with Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or “ Yelp ”), in the position of Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors, on the terms set forth in this letter (the “ Letter ”).

1. Salary . Effective as of January 1, 2012, your annual base salary is $300,000 per year (as adjusted from time to time, your “ Salary ”), less all applicable deductions required by law, which is payable at the times and in the installments consistent with the Company’s then current payroll practice. Your Salary is subject to periodic review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

2. Incentive Compensation & Benefits . You are eligible to participate in the incentive compensation programs, insurance programs and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time in accordance with the terms of those programs and plans. The Company reserves the right to change the terms of its programs and plans at any time.

3. Equity Compensation . The Company has previously granted certain equity compensation awards to you, including awards under one or more of the Company’s equity incentive plans. This Letter does not amend any of your outstanding awards, each of which remains subject to its respective current award agreement and plan covering such award.

4. Executive Severance Plan . You are eligible to participate in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Severance Plan ”), subject to the terms and conditions thereof. For clarity, nothing in the Severance Plan modifies the vesting or other terms of your existing equity award agreements.

5. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you signed the Company’s standard Confidentiality and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ,” the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein) as a condition of your employment. Nothing in this letter modifies the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, which remains in full force and effect. You further understand and agree that you will not to disclose any other information that has not been presented to you for public usage.

6. Non-Disparagement and Non-Solicitation . At all times during and after your Yelp employment, you agree that you will not take any actions to disrupt Yelp’s community or


business or tarnish Yelp’s reputation. Specifically, you will not (a) use the Yelp websites or mobile applications (“ Site ”) to write harsh reviews, post negatively on Yelp Talk, or otherwise take actions that would be inconsistent with your tone and manner as an executive of the Company, (b) publicly announce or otherwise discuss your departure except as expressly permitted by Yelp in writing or as required by law, (c) materially alter your account profile on the Site ( e.g. , removing or editing reviews that you have previously written, photos that you have previously uploaded, or changing your user name), (d) use the Site or use Yelp’s confidential information to market any other product or service to the Site’s users, (e) disparage Yelp or its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation, or (f) publicly discuss any non-public details about Yelp or your role at Yelp, or disclose any of Yelp’s proprietary and confidential information, including its trade secrets.

In addition, at all times during the period of your Yelp employment and for the one (1) year period thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, either for yourself or on behalf of another company, (i) recruit or otherwise solicit any Yelp employee or contributor to terminate his or her relationship with Yelp, or (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with any existing relationship between Yelp and any Yelp customer.

Nothing in this Section 6 is intended to restrain you in any manner from engaging in any lawful profession, trade or business of any kind.

7. Conflicts & Competition . You represent that the performance of your duties in your current position will not violate the terms of any agreements you may have with others, including any former employer. You also understand that in your work for Yelp, you are prohibited from using or disclosing any confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you may use only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or is otherwise provided or developed by Yelp. You agree that you have not brought, and you will not bring, onto Yelp premises or use in your work for Yelp any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or third party that you are not authorized to use and disclose. You represent further that you have disclosed to Yelp any contract you have signed that might restrict your activities on behalf of Yelp.

8. Dispute Resolution . Nothing in this Letter modifies the terms of the Dispute Resolution Policy which you previously entered into with the Company.

9. Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Letter, it is intended that the benefits and other payments payable under this Letter satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-(b)(9) and this Letter will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) (including, without limitation, Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), all payments made under this Letter and the Severance Plan will be

 

Page 2


treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

It is intended that any payment and any other benefits provided under this Letter or the Severance Plan that are not exempt from application of Section 409A will be interpreted and administered so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the greatest extent possible, including the requirement that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Letter or the Severance Plan, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and to the extent any payments due to you by the Company upon a Separation from Service are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments (or delayed issuance of any shares subject to equity awards that are not themselves exempt from Section 409A) is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments will not be provided to you (or such shares issued) prior to the earliest of (a) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company, (b) the date of your death, or (c) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation, and on the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph will be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due will be paid as otherwise provided in this Letter or the Severance Plan, without interest.

10. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. However, given the prominent nature of your role with the company, we ask that you provide a minimum of sixty (60) days’ advance notice if you decide to terminate your employment relationship with Yelp. During this time, we would expect you to perform your customary job duties, and assist as requested by Yelp in transitioning outstanding projects, tasks and relationships to other Yelp personnel. That said, nothing in this paragraph is intended to alter your at will employment relationship with Yelp, and your employment will remain on an at will basis. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and any statements contradicting any provision in this Letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock incentive or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at will employment status may occur only by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and an authorized member of the Board of Directors.

11. Entire Agreement . This Letter, including your Confidentiality Agreement, and any other documents referred to herein, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Letter, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

12. Severability . You understand that any violation of Sections 5, 6 or 7 could irreparably harm Yelp’s business and/or its growth potential and that, as such, Yelp may seek damages from you, in accordance with applicable law. If any provision of this Letter or any portion thereof is

 

Page 3


declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Letter agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Acceptance . Please sign the enclosed copy of this Letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this Letter and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

We look forward to your continued employment with the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Rob Krolik
YELP INC.
Rob Krolik, CFO

I have read and understood this Letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of the terms of my employment except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Jeremy Stoppelman

    Date signed:  

February 3, 2012

Jeremy Stoppelman      

 

Page 4

Exhibit 10.16

Y ELP I NC .

2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ANUARY  25, 2012

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS :                   , 2012

IPO D ATE /E FFECTIVE D ATE :                   , 2012

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Yelp! 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”). From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i) Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and be then immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii) In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, with respect to the aggregate number of shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under either the Prior Plan or the Yelp! Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan that would, but for the operation of this sentence, subsequently return to the share reserve of the Prior Plan by operation of Sections 1(a) and 3(a) of the Prior Plan (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”), such shares will not return to the reserve of the Prior Plan, and instead that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Returning Shares will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when the such a share becomes a Returning Share, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. This Plan, through the granting of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such

 

1.


persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under his or her then-outstanding Award without his or her written consent.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of

 

2.


the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair that Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without his or her written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more outstanding Awards. Except with respect to amendments that disqualify or impair the status of an Incentive Stock Option or as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of an outstanding Award will materially impair that Participant’s rights under his or her outstanding Award without his or her written consent. To be clear, unless prohibited by applicable law, the Board may amend the terms of an Award without the affected Participant’s consent if necessary (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option, (B) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code, or (C) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash award and/or (6) award of other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the

 

3.


power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such rights and options, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(x)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 55,667,368 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) 14,302,000 shares, plus (ii) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, in an amount not to exceed 1,385,725 shares, plus (iii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time, in an amount not to exceed 39,979,643 shares. In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year, for a period of not more than ten years, commencing on January 1 of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2022, in an amount equal to 4.0% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would

 

4.


otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code: (i) a maximum of 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year, (ii) a maximum of 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals) and (iii) a maximum of $2,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

(e) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof

 

5.


(as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in connection with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in connection with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

5. P ROVISIONS RELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

 

6.


(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the strike price. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine.

 

7.


In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order or official marital settlement agreement. If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

 

8.


(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of three months (that need not be consecutive) after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate upon the date on which the event giving rise to the termination for Cause first occurred, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option

 

9.


or SAR from and after the date on which the event giving rise to the termination for Cause first occurred (or, if required by law, the date of termination of Continuous Service).

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

10.


(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

11.


(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c) Performance Awards .

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, vest or exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable

 

12.


Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of any completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in

 

13.


which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the

 

14.


event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with the rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

15.


(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six (6) month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Clawback/Recovery . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise

 

16.


to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board will take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

17.


(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board will determine (or, if the Board will not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

10. P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

11. E XISTENCE OF THE P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date (that is, the Effective Date). In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

18.


12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) Cause ” means the Participant’s termination because of: (A) the Participant’s engaging in any act of dishonesty or misrepresentation or willful commission of fraud; (B) the Participant’s violation of any federal, state or foreign law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business; (C) the Participant’s violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct, confidential information and/or inventions assignment agreement, or any similar obligations under contract or applicable law; (D) the Participant’s conviction of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; or (E) any other misconduct that is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company, which conduct, if capable of cure or remedy, is not cured or remedied within two weeks after written notice from the Company describing such conduct.

(h) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

19.


(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ” ) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined

 

20.


voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For purposes of determining voting power under the term Change in Control, voting power shall be calculated by assuming the conversion of all equity securities convertible (immediately or at some future time) into shares entitled to vote, but not assuming the exercise of any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase those shares. In addition, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) the term Change in Control will not include a change in the voting power of any one or more stockholders as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and (C) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply. If required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(i) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

21.


(k) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the Class A common stock of the Company, having 1 vote per share.

(l) Company ” means Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service ; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(o) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

22.


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will an event be deemed a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(p) Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r) “Disability means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s) Effective Date ” means the IPO Date.

(t) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(u) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(v) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any

 

23.


natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(x) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(y) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(z) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(aa) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(bb) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(cc) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

24.


(dd) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(gg) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(hh) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(jj) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(kk) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ll) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(mm) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,

 

25.


amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) user satisfaction; (xxx) stockholders’ equity; (xxxi) capital expenditures; (xxxii) debt levels; (xxxiii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiv) workforce diversity; (xxxv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxvi) billings; (xxxvii) bookings; (xxxviii) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (xxxix) employee retention; (xxxx) and to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(nn) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

 

26.


Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(oo) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(pp) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(qq) Plan ” means this Yelp Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

(rr) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ss) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(uu) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(vv) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(ww) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(xx) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(yy) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(zz) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a

 

27.


Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(aaa) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(bbb) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(ccc) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

28.

Exhibit 10.17

Y ELP I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement and in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in the Option and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

    

Date of Grant:

    

Vesting Commencement Date:

    

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

    

Exercise Price (Per Share):

    

Total Exercise Price:

    

Expiration Date:

    

 

Type of Grant:

   ¨   Incentive Stock Option                         ¨   Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:

   Same as Vesting Schedule

Vesting Schedule:

   [The Option vests with respect to 25% of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to this option (rounded down to the nearest whole share) one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and as to 1/48 th of the shares (rounded down to the nearest whole share, except for the last vesting installment) each month thereafter, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service with the Company through each such vesting date.]

Payment:

   By one or a combination of the following items:
  

x        By cash or check

 

x        Pursuant to a Regulation T Program, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

 

x        By delivery of already-owned shares, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

 

x        If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the stock plan prospectus for this Plan. As of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on this option award, with the exception, if applicable, of (i) the written employment agreement or offer letter agreement entered into between the Company and Optionholder specifying the terms that should govern this option, (ii) the Company’s Executive Severance Plan, and (iii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.


Y ELP I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :
By:          
  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2012 Equity Incentive Plan


Yelp Inc.

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

Option Agreement

(Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments as provided in the Plan.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). This option may not be exercised prior to vesting.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to


the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause (as defined in the Plan);

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however , that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because doing so would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has


been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further , that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d));

(d) 18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you exercise your option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company), or making the required electronic election with the Company’s designated broker, and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s stock plan administrator, or to such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option, you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition


of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after the effective date of your exercise.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order or official marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to contact the Company’s General Counsel regarding the proposed terms of any division of this option prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

12. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated


by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock unless such obligations are satisfied.

13. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

14. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

16. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the


Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

17. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18. V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

19. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.


*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.


Y ELP I NC .

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT G RANT N OTICE

2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby awards to Participant the number of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Notice, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Award Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Participant:        

Date of Grant:

       
Vesting Commencement Date:        
Number of RSUs:        

 

Vesting Schedule:    [The Company will obtain guidance from Compensia as to the appropriate vesting schedule.]
Issuance Schedule:    Subject to any change on a Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued for each RSU which vests at the time set forth in Section 26 of the Award Agreement.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement, the Plan and the stock plan prospectus for this Plan. As of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the terms of the Award, with the exception, if applicable, of (i) the written employment agreement or offer letter agreement entered into between the Company and Participant specifying the terms that should govern this Award, (ii) the Company’s Executive Severance Benefit Plan, and (iii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive Plan documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

Y ELP I NC .     P ARTICIPANT :
By:          
  Signature       Signature
Title:         Date:    
Date:          

A TTACHMENTS : Award Agreement, 2012 Equity Incentive Plan


Y ELP I NC .

2012 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) and in consideration of your services, Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”) has awarded you a Restricted Stock Unit award (the “ Award ”) under its 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the number of Restricted Stock Units indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

The details of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

1. G RANT OF THE A WARD . This Award represents your right to be issued on a future date one share of the Company’s Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.

2. V ESTING . Your Restricted Stock Units will vest as provided in the Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Any Restricted Stock Units that have not yet vested will be forfeited on the termination of your Continuous Service.

3. N UMBER OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NITS  & S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK .

(a) The Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

(b) Any additional Restricted Stock Units and any shares, cash or other property that become subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3 will be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and shares covered by your Award.

(c) No fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock will be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

4. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . You will not be issued any Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units or other shares with respect to your Restricted Stock Units unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

1.


5. T RANSFERABILITY . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Restricted Stock Units or the shares in respect of your Restricted Stock Units. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan, nor may you transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares. This restriction on transfer will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Death. Your Restricted Stock Units are not transferable other than by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect transactions under the Plan, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, will thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Common Stock or other consideration to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Agreement. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, such Common Stock or other consideration.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration under your Restricted Stock Units, pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order or official marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss with the Company’s General Counsel the proposed terms of any such transfer prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. The Company is not obligated to allow you to transfer your Award in connection with your domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

6. D ATE OF I SSUANCE .

(a) The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner.

(b) Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company will issue to you, on the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests and such issuance date is referred to as the “ Original Issuance Date .” If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery will instead occur on the next following business day.

(c) However, if (i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock

 

2.


market (including but not limited to under a previously established Company-approved 10b5-1 trading plan), and (ii) the Company elects, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (1) not to satisfy the Withholding Taxes described in Section 10 by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, (2) not to permit you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement (including but not limited to a commitment under a previously established Company-approved 10b5-1 trading plan), and (3) not to permit you to pay your Withholding Taxes in cash, then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

7. D IVIDENDS . You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your Restricted Stock Units with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution except as provided in the Plan with respect to a Capitalization Adjustment.

8. R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS . The Common Stock issued with respect to your Restricted Stock Units will be endorsed with appropriate legends determined by the Company.

9. A WARD NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your Continuous Service is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Restricted Stock Units or the issuance of the shares subject to your Restricted Stock Units), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ or service of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

10. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). Specifically, the Company or an Affiliate may, in its sole discretion,

 

3.


satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with your Restricted Stock Units with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however , that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.

(b) Unless the Withholding Taxes of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company will have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

(c) In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

11. U NSECURED O BLIGATION . Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of vested Restricted Stock Units, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

12. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

13. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in

 

4.


the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

14. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award, and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

(d) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

16. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

17. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of the Award subject to this Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the Employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

5.


18. A MENDMENT . Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing, signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company. The Board reserves the right to amend this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, interpretation, ruling, or judicial decision.

19. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A OF THE C ODE . This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). However, if this Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise not exempt from, and therefore deemed to be deferred compensation subject to, Section 409A of the Code, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled dates and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

20. N O O BLIGATION TO M INIMIZE T AXES . The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and will not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

*        *        *

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

6.

Exhibit 10.18

Y ELP I NC .

2012 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ANUARY  25, 2012

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS :              , 2012

 

1. G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of Eligible Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for these persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

(c) This Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. It is the intention of the Company to have the 423 Component qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that does not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan because of deviations necessary to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws; these Purchase Rights will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or subplans adopted by the Board designed to achieve these objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company and its Related Corporations. Except as otherwise provided herein or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

(d) If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated 423 Corporation participating in the 423 Component to a Designated Non-423 Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component, he or she will immediately cease to participate in the 423 Component; however, any Contributions made for the Purchase Period in which such transfer occurs will be transferred to the Non-423 Component, and that Participant will immediately join the then current Offering under the Non-423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for his or her participation in the Plan, except for those modifications as may be required by applicable law. A Participant who transfers employment from a Designated Non-423 Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component to the Company or any Designated 423 Corporation participating in the 423 Component will remain a Participant in the Non-423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the

 

1


Non-423 Component, or (ii) the Offering Date of the first Offering in which he or she participates following such transfer.

 

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical), including which Designated 423 Corporations and Designated Non-423 Corporations will participate in the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component.

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Corporations and Designated Non-423 Corporations and which Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Corporations.

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the 423 Component be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, but consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures and subplans, which, for purposes of the Non-423 Component, may be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code, regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of

 

2


local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, which may vary according to local requirements.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3. S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 4,200,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1, commencing in 2013 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2022, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 2% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the share reserve for that calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for that calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under that Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4. G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering on Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem

 

3


appropriate, and with respect to the 423 Component will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in that terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of the new Purchase Period.

 

5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding that Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, that Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on or after the day on which that person becomes an Eligible Employee, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. The Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

 

4


(i) the date on which that Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of that Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of that Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to that Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of the original Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if that person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, that Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation (unless otherwise required by law). For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which that Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by that Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if those Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit that Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

6. P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee will be granted a Purchase Right under the applicable Offering to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board but in either case not exceeding 15%, of that Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such other date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with that Offering.

 

5


(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during that Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to that Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7. P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for that Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from that payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under applicable law or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon withdrawal, that Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to that Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but the Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in future Offerings.

 

6


(c) Unless otherwise required by applicable law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to that individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by that Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e) The Company has no obligation to pay interest on Contributions, unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

8. E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering and the remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock, then the remaining amount will be held in that Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless the Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in that Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to the Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest (unless otherwise required by applicable law). If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock, then the remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to the Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest (unless otherwise required by applicable law).

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon that exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable laws. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on that Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest.

 

7


9. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10. D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before those shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change the designation of beneficiary. Any designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) On a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) On a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction

 

8


under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12. A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

13. C ODE S ECTION  409A; T AX Q UALIFICATION .

(a) Purchase Rights granted under the 423 Component are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(ii). Purchase Rights granted under the Non-423 Component to U.S. taxpayers are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Section 13(b) hereof, Purchase Rights granted to U.S. taxpayers under the Non-423 Component will be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such Purchase Rights to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the shares subject to a Purchase Right be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Section 13(b) hereof, in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Board determines that a Purchase Right or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is

 

9


subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Purchase Right will be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the Purchase Right that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board with respect thereto.

(b) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Section 13(a) hereof. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

 

14. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective on the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

15. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, the provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if the invalid provision were omitted.

 

10


16. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) 423 Component ” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for Employee Stock Purchase Plans may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b) Affiliate ” means any branch or representative office of a Related Corporation, as determined by the Board, whether now or hereafter existing.

(c) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(e) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f) Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board.

(h) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the Class A common stock of the Company, having 1 vote per share.

(i) Company ” means Yelp Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(k) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

11


(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(l) Designated Non-423 Corporation ” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as eligible to participate in the Non-423 Component.

(m) Designated Company means a Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Corporation.

(n) Designated 423 Corporation ” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as eligible to participate in the 423 Component.

(o) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(p) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that the Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(q) Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is treated as an employee in the records of the Company or a Related Corporation (including an Affiliate). However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(r) Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(s) Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for the stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or

 

12


market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(u) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(v) Non-423 Component ” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for Employee Stock Purchase Plans may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(w) Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(x) Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(y) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(z) Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(aa) Plan ” means this Yelp Inc. 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the 423 and Non-423 Components, as amended from time to time.

(bb) Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with that Offering.

(cc) Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

 

13


(dd) Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee) Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(ff) Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg) Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

14

Exhibit 10.19

Y ELP I NC .

E XECUTIVE S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN

1. I NTRODUCTION . The Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”) is established effective January 6, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan provides for severance payments and benefits to certain employees of Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”), including, but not limited to, upon a Change in Control. This document constitutes the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

2. D EFINITIONS . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as follows:

(a) “ Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “ Cause means, with respect to a Participant: (i) the Participant’s failure to perform his or her reasonably assigned duties or responsibilities as an employee after written notice from the Company describing such failure and an opportunity to cure; (ii) the Participant’s engaging in any act of dishonesty or misrepresentation or willful commission of fraud; (iii) the Participant’s violation of any federal, state or foreign law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business; (iv) the Participant’s violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct, the Proprietary Agreement, or any similar obligations under contract or applicable law; (v) the Participant’s conviction of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; or (vi) any other misconduct that is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company, which conduct, if capable of cure or remedy, is not cured or remedied within two weeks after written notice from the Company describing such conduct.

(c) “ Change in Control means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any person, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) acquires beneficial ownership of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other person, entity or group that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ” ) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number

 

1


of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of beneficial ownership held by any such person, entity or group (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the beneficial owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities beneficially owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not beneficially own, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their beneficial ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are beneficially owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their beneficial ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of the Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

2


For purposes of determining voting power under the term Change in Control, voting power will be calculated by assuming the conversion of all equity securities convertible (immediately or at some future time) into shares entitled to vote, but not assuming the exercise of any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase those shares. In addition, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company. In addition, the term Change in Control will not include a change in the voting power of any one or more stockholders as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(d) “ COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, together with any state or local law of similar effect.

(e) “ Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Constructive Termination means the Participant’s resignation from all positions he or she then holds with the Company resulting in a Separation from Service after one of the following is undertaken without the Participant’s written consent:

(i) any assignment or reassignment of duties or responsibilities that results in a material diminution in the Participant’s role in the Company as in effect immediately prior to the date of such change (provided that neither (A) a change in title, nor (B) the acquisition of the Company and conversion of the Company into a subsidiary, division or unit of the acquirer that results in changes to the Participant’s duties or responsibilities which are customary and reasonable in the context of such an acquisition and conversion, and which changes do not cause a material adverse change in the reporting structure or a material reduction in status, will, by itself, be deemed a material diminution in the Participant’s role);

(ii) a greater than 10% aggregate reduction by the Company in the Participant’s annual base salary (that is, a material reduction), as in effect immediately prior to the date of such actions; provided, however , that if there are across-the-board proportionate reductions for all executives of the Company, as determined by the Plan Administrator, as part of a general salary reduction, the reduction as to the Participant will not constitute a basis for a Constructive Termination; or

(iii) a non-temporary relocation of the Participant’s business office to a location that increases the Participant’s one way commute by more than 25 miles from the primary location at which the Participant performs duties as of immediately prior to the date of such action;

 

3


provided, however , that in each case, an event or action by the Company will not give the Participant grounds for a Constructive Termination unless (A) the Participant gives the Company written notice, within 90 days after the initial existence of such event or action, that the event or action by the Company would give the Participant such grounds to so terminate employment, (B) such event or action is not reversed, remedied or cured, as the case may be, by the Company as soon as possible but in no event later than within 30 days of receiving such written notice from the Participant, and (C) the Participant terminates his employment in a manner that is a Separation from Service within 90 days following the end of the cure period.

(g) ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(h) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to which the common stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(i) Involuntary Termination Without Cause ” means a Participant’s involuntary termination of employment by the Company resulting in a Separation from Service for a reason other than death, disability or Cause.

(j) Participant ” means an individual (i) who is employed by the Company and who holds a title of Vice President of the Company or above, (ii) who is deemed by the Company to be an officer within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (a “ Section 16 Officer ”), (iii) who is selected for participation in the Plan by the Plan Administrator, and (iv) who has received a Participation Notice from, and signed and returned such Participation Notice to, the Company.

(k) Participation Notice ” means the latest notice delivered by the Company to a Participant informing the employee that the employee is eligible to participate in the Plan, substantially in the form of E XHIBIT A hereto.

(l) Plan Administrator ” means the Board or any committee thereof duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan. The Plan Administrator may, but is not required to be, the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Board may at any time administer the Plan, in whole or in part, notwithstanding that the Board has previously appointed a committee to act as the Plan Administrator.

(m) Qualifying Termination ” means either (i) an Involuntary Termination Without Cause, or (ii) a Constructive Termination. Termination of employment of a Participant due to death or disability will not constitute a Qualifying Termination.

(n) Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any permissible alternative definition of “termination of employment” thereunder.

3. E LIGIBILITY FOR B ENEFITS .

 

4


(a) Eligibility; Exceptions to Benefits. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Company will provide the benefits described in Section 4 to the affected Participant. A Participant will not receive benefits under the Plan (or will receive reduced benefits under the Plan) in the following circumstances, as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion:

(i) The Participant is a party to an employment agreement or equity award agreement with the Company, or is an eligible participant in another benefit plan, in each case providing for severance benefits and/or accelerated vesting of equity awards in the event of a Change in Control and/or a Qualifying Termination, and which agreement or plan is in effect at the time of the Change in Control and/or the Qualifying Termination, and the Participant has not waived his or her rights to such severance benefits and accelerated vesting rights in consideration for participation in this Plan, in which case such Participant’s applicable benefit will be governed by the terms of such agreement or plan, unless such Participant’s Participation Notice expressly provides for both this Plan and such other document or right to apply. This Plan does not provide for duplication of benefits with any other agreement or plan.

(ii) The Participant’s employment is terminated by either the Participant or the Company for any reason other than a Qualifying Termination.

(iii) The Participant has not entered into the Company’s standard form of Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement or any similar or successor document (the “ Proprietary Agreement ”).

(iv) The Participant has failed to execute and allow to become effective, or has revoked, the Release (as defined and described in Section 6(a) below) within 60 days following his or her Separation from Service.

(v) The Participant has publicly announced or discussed his or her Qualifying Termination, or the circumstances around such Qualifying Termination, except as expressly permitted by the Company in writing.

(vi) The Participant has failed to return all Company Property. For this purpose, “ Company Property ” means all paper and electronic Company documents (and all copies thereof) created and/or received by the Participant during his or her period of employment with the Company and other Company materials and property that the Participant has in his or her possession or control, including, without limitation, Company files, notes, drawings records, plans, forecasts, reports, studies, analyses, proposals, agreements, financial information, research and development information, sales and marketing information, operational and personnel information, specifications, code, software, databases, computer-recorded information, tangible property and equipment (including, without limitation, leased vehicles, computers, computer equipment, software programs, facsimile machines, mobile telephones, servers), credit and calling cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys, and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof, in whole or in part). As a condition to receiving benefits under the Plan, a Participant must not make or retain copies, reproductions or summaries of any such Company documents, materials or property. However, a Participant is not required to return his or her

 

5


personal copies of documents evidencing the Participant’s hire, termination, compensation, benefits and stock options and any other documentation received as a stockholder of the Company.

(b) Termination of Benefits. A Participant’s right to receive benefits under the Plan will terminate immediately if, at any time prior to or during the period for which the Participant is receiving benefits under the Plan, the Participant, without the prior written approval of the Plan Administrator:

(i) willfully breaches a material provision of the Proprietary Agreement and/or any obligations of confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, no conflicts or non-competition set forth in the Participant’s employment agreement, offer letter or under applicable law;

(ii) encourages or solicits any of the Company’s then current employees to leave the Company’s employ for any reason or interferes in any other manner with employment relationships at the time existing between the Company and its then current employees; or

(iii) induces any of the Company’s then current clients, customers, suppliers, vendors, distributors, licensors, licensees or other third party to terminate their existing business relationship with the Company or interferes in any other manner with any existing business relationship between the Company and any then current client, customer, supplier, vendor, distributor, licensor, licensee or other third party.

4. A MOUNT OF B ENEFITS . If the Participant experiences a Qualifying Termination, and unless otherwise be provided in the Participant’s Participation Notice, the Participant will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits as his or her sole severance rights (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”), subject to the Participant’s obligations described in this Plan.

(a) Lump Sum Salary Payment. The Company will pay the Participant a lump sum cash payment equal to one (1) year of the Participant’s then current base salary (ignoring any reduction that forms the basis for a Constructive Termination), payable on the 60th day following the Separation from Service.

(b) Lump Sum Bonus Payment. The Company will pay the Participant a lump sum cash payment equal to the actual cash incentive bonus payment, if any, that the Participant would have earned for the year of the Qualifying Termination based on the Company’s actual performance, but pro-rated for the period of active service by the Participant during the year of termination, payable on the 60 th day following the end of the year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs. If the Qualifying Termination occurs (i) on or after a Change in Control and (ii) during the year in which the Change in Control occurs, then the actual cash incentive bonus will be calculated under the assumption that the Company would have achieved all of the goals under the incentive plan in that year at an on-target level ( i.e. , at 100% achievement).

(c) COBRA Coverage. If the Participant timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, then the Company will pay, as and when due directly to the COBRA carrier, the COBRA premiums necessary to continue the health insurance coverage in effect for the

 

6


Participant and his or her eligible dependents until the earliest of (i) the close of the six (6) month period following the Separation from Service, (ii) the expiration of eligibility for continuation coverage under COBRA, or (iii) the date when the Participant becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period from the termination date through the earliest of (i) through (iii), the “ COBRA Payment Period ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2) of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of providing the COBRA premiums, the Company will instead pay the Participant on the first day of each month of the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “ Special Severance Payment ”), for the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period. On the sixtieth (60th) day following the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Company will make the first payment under this paragraph (and, in the case of the Special Severance Payment, such payment will be made to the Participant, in a lump sum) equal to the aggregate amount of payments that the Company would have paid through such date had such payments commenced on the Separation from Service through such 60 th day, with the balance of the payments paid thereafter on the schedule described above. If the Participant becomes eligible for coverage under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise ceases to be eligible for COBRA during the period provided in this clause, the Participant must immediately notify the Company of such event, and all payments and obligations under this clause will cease.

(d) Double Trigger Vesting. If and only if the Qualifying Termination occurs on or within 12 months following a Change in Control, the Participant will become vested, effective as of immediately prior to his or her Separation from Service, as to 50% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of the Participant’s then-outstanding compensatory equity awards that were granted on or after the Effective Date, including, without limitation, stock options, shares of restricted stock, and restricted stock units. The accelerated vesting provided for in this Section 4(d) does not apply to, and does not modify the terms of, any compensatory equity award that was granted to a Participant prior to the Effective Date.

5. A DDITIONAL B ENEFITS . The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide additional or enhanced benefits to the Participants and may also provide the benefits of this Plan to employees who are not Participants (“ Non-Participants ”) but who are chosen by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, to receive benefits under this Plan. The provision of any such benefits to a Participant or a Non-Participant will in no way obligate the Company to provide such benefits to any other Participant or to any other Non-Participant, even if similarly situated. If benefits under the Plan are provided to a Non-Participant, references in the Plan to “Participant” will be deemed to refer to such Non-Participants. Any additional benefits provided to a Participant will be set forth in the Participation Notice.

6. L IMITATIONS ON B ENEFITS .

(a) Release. To be eligible to receive any benefits under the Plan that are triggered by a Qualifying Termination, a Participant must execute, in connection with the Participant’s

 

7


Qualifying Termination, a general waiver and release in substantially the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT B , E XHIBIT C , or E XHIBIT D , as appropriate (the “ Release ”), and such release must become effective in accordance with its terms within 60 days following the Separation from Service (the “ Release Date ”). With respect to any outstanding stock option held by the Participant that is subject to acceleration under this Plan, such option may not be exercised as to any shares as to which the vesting was accelerated until the Release Date, and only if the Release becomes effective. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law, and any such Release may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with the Participant.

(b) Prior Agreements; Certain Reductions. The Plan Administrator will reduce a Participant’s benefits under this Plan by any other statutory severance obligations or contractual severance benefits, obligations for pay in lieu of notice, and any other similar benefits payable to the Participant by the Company (or any successor thereto) that are due in connection with the Participant’s Qualifying Termination and that are in the same form as the benefits provided under this Plan ( e.g. , equity award vesting credit) unless the Participant’s Participation Notice expressly provides for additional benefits. Without limitation, this reduction includes a reduction for any benefits required pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”), (ii) a written employment, severance or equity award agreement with the Company, (iii) any Company policy or practice providing for the Participant to remain on the payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of the termination of the Participant’s employment, and/or (iv) any required salary continuation, notice pay, statutory severance payment, or other payments either required by local law, or owed pursuant to a collective labor agreement, as a result of the termination of the Participant’s employment. The benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, and not to provide benefits duplicative of, any and all statutory, contractual and collective agreement obligations of the Company in respect of the form of benefits provided under this Plan that may arise out of a Qualifying Termination, and the Plan Administrator will so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. Reductions may be applied on a retroactive basis, with benefits previously provided being recharacterized as benefits pursuant to the Company’s statutory or other contractual obligations. The payments pursuant to the Plan are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any unpaid salary, bonuses or employee welfare benefits to which a Participant may be entitled for the period ending with the Participant’s Qualifying Termination.

(c) Mitigation. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, a Participant will not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided under the Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will the amount of any payment provided for under the Plan be reduced by any compensation earned by a Participant as a result of employment by another employer or any retirement benefits received by such Participant after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company.

(d) Indebtedness of Participants. If a Participant is indebted to the Company on the effective date of his or her Qualifying Termination, the Company reserves the right to offset the payment of any severance benefits under the Plan by the amount of such indebtedness. Such offset will be made in accordance with all applicable laws. The Participant’s execution of the Participant Notice constitutes knowing written consent to the foregoing.

 

8


(e) Parachute Payments. If any payment or benefit the Participant would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and, (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (i) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, or (ii) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to the Participant. Within any such category of Payments (that is, (1), (2), (3) or (4)), a reduction will occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Participant’s applicable type of stock award ( i.e. , earliest granted stock awards are cancelled last).

7. T AX M ATTERS .

(a) Application of Code Section 409A. It is intended that all of the benefits provided under the Plan satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and the Plan will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions. To the extent not so exempt, the Plan (and any definitions under the Plan) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), a Participant’s right to receive any installment payments under the Plan will be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment under the Plan will at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. If the Plan Administrator determines that any of the payments upon a Separation from Service provided under the Plan (or under any other arrangement with the Participant) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if the Participant is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), at the time of his or her Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the payments upon a Separation from Service will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six months and one day after the effective date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company will (A) pay to the Participant a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the

 

9


payments upon Separation from Service that the Participant would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payments had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 7(a), and (B) commence paying the balance of the payments in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in above. No interest will be due on any amounts so deferred.

(b) Withholding. All payments under the Plan will be subject to all applicable withholding obligations of the Company, including, without limitation, obligations to withhold for federal, state, provincial, foreign and local income and employment taxes.

(c) Tax Advice. By becoming a Participant in the Plan, Participant agrees to review with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, provincial, local and foreign tax consequences of participation in this Plan. Participant will rely solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of becoming a Participant in the Plan.

8. R EEMPLOYMENT . In the event of a Participant’s reemployment by the Company during the period of time in respect of which severance benefits have been provided (that is, benefits as a result of a Qualifying Termination), the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may require such Participant to repay to the Company all or a portion of such severance benefits as a condition of reemployment.

9. R IGHT TO I NTERPRET P LAN ; A MENDMENT AND T ERMINATION .

(a) Exclusive Discretion. The Plan Administrator will have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms, and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, without limitation, the eligibility to participate in the Plan, the amount of benefits paid under the Plan and any adjustments that need to be made in accordance with the laws applicable to a Participant. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of the Plan Administrator will be binding and conclusive on all persons.

(b) Amendment or Termination. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan, any Participation Notice issued pursuant to the Plan or the benefits provided hereunder at any time; provided, however , that no such amendment or termination will apply to any Participant who would be adversely affected by such amendment or termination unless such Participant consents in writing to such amendment or termination. Any action amending or terminating the Plan or any Participation Notice will be in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

10. N O I MPLIED E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT . The Plan will not be deemed (i) to give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, or (ii) to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any employee or other person at any time, with or without cause, which right is hereby reserved.

 

10


11. L EGAL C ONSTRUCTION . The Plan will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California (without regard to principles of conflict of laws), except to the extent preempted by ERISA.

12. C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES A ND A PPEALS .

(a) Applications for Benefits and Inquiries. Any application for benefits, inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing by an applicant (or his or her authorized representative). The Plan Administrator is set forth in Section 14(d).

(b) Denial of Claims. In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must provide the applicant with written or electronic notice of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. The notice of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant and will include the following:

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3) a description of any additional information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and

(4) an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described in Section 12(d).

The notice of denial will be given to the applicant within 90 days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional 90 days for processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial 90 day period.

The notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the application.

(c) Request for a Review. Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after the application is denied. A request for a review will be in writing and will be addressed to:

 

11


Yelp Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

706 Mission Street, 7 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94103

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The applicant (or his or her representative) will have the opportunity to submit (or the Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit) written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to his or her claim. The applicant (or his or her representative) will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the applicant (or his or her representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d) Decision on Review. The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional 60 days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant within the initial 60 day period. This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the review. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written or electronic notice of its decision to the applicant. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits, in whole or in part, the notice will set forth, in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant, the following:

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3) a statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim; and

(4) a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e) Rules and Procedures. The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.

 

12


(f) Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the applicant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 12(a), (ii) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 12(c), and (iv) has been notified that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator does not respond to an applicant’s claim or appeal within the relevant time limits specified in this Section 12, the applicant may bring legal action for benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.

13. B ASIS O F P AYMENTS T O A ND F ROM P LAN . All benefits under the Plan will be paid by the Company. The Plan will be unfunded, and benefits hereunder will be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

14. O THER P LAN I NFORMATION .

(a) Employer and Plan Identification Numbers. The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “Plan Sponsor” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 20-1854266. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 525.

(b) Ending Date for Plan’s Fiscal Year. The date of the end of the fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining the Plan’s records is December 31.

(c) Agent for the Service of Legal Process . The agent for the service of legal process with respect to the Plan is:

Yelp Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

706 Mission Street, 7 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94103

(d) Plan Sponsor and Administrator. The “Plan Sponsor” and the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan is:

Yelp Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

706 Mission Street, 7 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94103

The Plan Sponsor’s and Plan Administrator’s telephone number is (415) 568-3249. The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary charged with the responsibility for administering the Plan.

15. S TATEMENT O F ERISA R IGHTS .

Participants in the Plan (which is a welfare benefit plan sponsored by Yelp Inc.) are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. If you are a Participant, you are

 

13


considered a participant in the Plan for the purposes of this Section 15 and, under ERISA, you are entitled to:

Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits

(a) Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration;

(b) Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, and an updated (as necessary) Summary Plan Description. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies; and

(c) Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if applicable. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

Prudent Actions By Plan Fiduciaries

In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Plan participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, your union or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a Plan benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

Enforce Your Rights

If your claim for a Plan benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan, if applicable, and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.

If you have a claim for benefits that is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or federal court.

If you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have

 

14


sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

Assistance With Your Questions

If you have any questions about the Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

16. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

(a) Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan will be in writing and will be deemed given when delivered personally, when received electronically (including email addressed to the Participant’s Company email account and to the Company email account of the Company’s General Counsel), or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties, in the case of the Company, at the address set forth in Section 14(d), in the case of a Participant, at the address as set forth in the Company’s employment file maintained for the Participant as previously furnished by the Participant or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

(b) Transfer and Assignment. The rights and obligations of a Participant under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company. The Plan will be binding upon any surviving entity resulting from a Change in Control and upon any other person who is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company without regard to whether or not such person or entity actively assumes the obligations hereunder.

(c) Waiver. Any party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of the Plan will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent any party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of the Plan. The rights granted to the parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of any party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

(d) Severability. Should any provision of the Plan be declared or determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.

(e) Section Headings. Section headings in the Plan are included only for convenience of reference and will not be considered part of the Plan for any other purpose.

17. E XECUTION . To record the adoption of the Plan as set forth herein, Yelp Inc. has caused its duly authorized officer to execute the same as of the Effective Date.

 

15


Y ELP I NC .:
 
(Signature)
By:    
Title:    

 

16


For Employees Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

E XHIBIT A

Y ELP I NC .

E XECUTIVE S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN

P ARTICIPATION N OTICE

To:_____________________

Date:___________________

Yelp Inc. (the “ Company ”) has adopted the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Company is providing you this Participation Notice to inform you that you have been designated as a Participant in the Plan. A copy of the Plan document is attached to this Participation Notice. The terms and conditions of your participation in the Plan are as set forth in the Plan and this Participation Notice, which together constitute the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

By accepting participation, you represent that you have either consulted your personal tax or financial planning advisor about the tax consequences of your participation in the Plan, or you have knowingly declined to do so.

Notwithstanding the terms of the Plan:

________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________

Please return to the Company’s General Counsel a copy of this Participation Notice signed by you and retain a copy of this Participation Notice, along with the Plan document, for your records.

 

Y ELP I NC .:
 
(Signature)
By:    
Title:    


E XHIBIT B

R ELEASE AND N ON -D ISPARAGEMENT A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; I NDIVIDUAL T ERMINATION ]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Proprietary Agreement.

I agree not to take any actions which reasonably could disrupt Yelp’s client/user base or business, or tarnish Yelp’s reputation, including but not limited to making statements about Yelp or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, current or former executives, officers, directors, clients, users, products, or services – including statements about my role at Yelp or departure from Yelp – to any person orally or in writing that would tend to lessen his/her/its integrity, quality, standing, stature or reputation in the eyes of an ordinary citizen, except for truthful statements that are required by law.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any

 

ii


written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party, the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate, or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not do so); (c) I have 21 days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release.

I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any claims hereunder.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than 21 days following the date it is provided to me.

 

iii


P ARTICIPANT :
 
(Signature)
By:    
Date:    

 

iv


E XHIBIT C

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; G ROUP T ERMINATION ]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Proprietary Agreement.

I agree not to take any actions which reasonably could disrupt Yelp’s client/user base or business, or tarnish Yelp’s reputation, including but not limited to making statements about Yelp or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, current or former executives, officers, directors, clients, users, products, or services – including statements about my role at Yelp or departure from Yelp – to any person orally or in writing that would tend to lessen his/her/its integrity, quality, standing, stature or reputation in the eyes of an ordinary citizen, except for truthful statements that are required by law.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any


written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party, the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate, or under applicable law, or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have 45 days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an office of the Company; (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release; and (f) I have received with this Release a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated.

I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any claims hereunder.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than 45 days following the date it is provided to me.

 

ii


P ARTICIPANT :
 
(Signature)
By:    
Date:    

 

iii


E XHIBIT D

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES U NDER A GE 40]

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Yelp Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Employee Proprietary Agreement.

I agree not to take any actions which reasonably could disrupt Yelp’s client/user base or business, or tarnish Yelp’s reputation, including but not limited to making statements about Yelp or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, current or former executives, officers, directors, clients, users, products, or services – including statements about my role at Yelp or departure from Yelp – to any person orally or in writing that would tend to lessen his/her/its integrity, quality, standing, stature or reputation in the eyes of an ordinary citizen, except for truthful statements that are required by law.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release: (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party, the


charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate, or under applicable law; or (b) any rights which cannot be waived as a matter of law. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the claims identified in this paragraph, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have that are not included in the Release.

I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any claims hereunder.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked; I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, or otherwise; and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than 14 days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :
 
(Signature)
By:    
Date:    

 

ii

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-178030 on Form S-1 of our report dated February 3, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Yelp Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Jose, California

February 3, 2012